Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
R2001-0031 02-26-01
RESOLUTION NO. R2001-31 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER OR HIS DESIGNEE TO EXECUTE A CHANGE ORDER WITH PATE & PATE ENTERPRISES, INC. FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES ASSOCIATED WITH THE MAGNOLIA/HARKEY SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That certain change order by and between the City of Pearland and Pate & Pate Enterprises, Inc., a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and made a part hereof for all purposes, is hereby authorized and approved. Section 2. That the City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute and the City Secretary to attest the original of the attached change order with Pate & Pate Enterprises, Inc., for and on behalf of the City of Pearland, for construction services associated with the Magnolia/Harkey Sanitary Sewer Improvements Project in the amount of 9114,684.20. Section 3. That the costs associated with said change order will be paid from City of Pearland Account No. 064-9601-565.03-00. PASSED, APPROVED, AND ADOPTED this 26 2001. ATTEST: TOM REID MAYOR __ day of February ORDINANCE NO. 2001-31 APPROVED AS TO FORM: D,~RI~iN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY 2 FeS-l~-2001 05:28pm From-CARTER & BURGESS l~,agnolia ! Harkey Extra Cement Stabilized Sand CalculaUons ' CSS Invoices Provided by Pate & Pate - Total Invoice # of I Invoice Date Weight (Tons) Deliveries! Number -11102/2000 19 i 5180280 11/02/2000 '57 3 6180281 ~ 1/09/2000 185 9. 6180879 11/09/2000 19 1 6180878 11110/2000 389 .21 ' 6181073 - '--11/10/2000 110 6 6181074 11/11/2000 483 27 6181222 1 lj14/2000 132 7 6181479 11/14~2000 493 29 6181480 11/1 5/2000 .362 22 6181701 11/15/2000 586 32. 6181700 11/21/2000 11 i 7 6182110 11/2212000 358 21 6182337 - i 1122/2000 188 10 6182336 _ 11/Z'/'12000 435 ~ 6182548 1 li~8/2000 78 4, 6182807 -~/28/2000 276 17 6182808 11129/2000 106 6 6183012 11/30/2000 18 1 6183225 11/30/2000 822 49 6183227 _ -12/01/2000 618 38 6183455 12/02/2000 54.7 12 6183604 12/04.12000 160 i0 6183749 _ ~2/05/2000 305 19 6183978 -12/06/2000 60 4 6184149 1 Z/07/2000 354. 21 6184318 12/08/200.0 435 27 6184.544 ~ 2/0912000 14 1 6184679 12/11 ~2000 183 10 6184846 ~ 2111/2000 501 30 6184847 12/12/2000 633 39 6185049 12/1412000 18 1 6185223 12/15/2000 405 14 6185408 12/16/2000 325 19 6185499 ~il 8/2000 98 6 6185646 12119~2000 171 10 6185855 -1 2/20/2000 56 3 6186088 12/20/2000 ~.04 12 6186089 01103/2001 38 2 6187088 01/0312001 '109 6 6187089 01/0412001 242 14 6187281 0110512001 34.9 19 6187487 01/05/2001 265 16 6187488 01/0612001 '342 20 6187632 01/0812001 392 23 6187812 01/08/2001 202 11 6187811 0110912001 46:7' 26 '6188027 0111012001 150 8 6188205 01112/2001 702 39 6188455 0111312000 430 25 8t 88372 01115/2000 592 32 6188726 .. 01/23/2001 346 19 6189270 ~1/23~2001 53 3 6189271 . 01126/2001 318 28 6189979 01/2712001 38 2 6190110 Total 15,327 848 · G:X19G~-~9-3064.0S0\CONSTR ADM[N~and.xl$ T-Z3Z P.006/007 F-Bg5 Fab-lB-2001 O§:28pm From-CARTER & BURGESS ?128695005 T-232 P.007/007 F-Bg8 Magnolia / Harkey Extra Cement S~abitized Sand Calculations quiredfrom Stat[on 167+17,8 to End of Proiect · -- ~ ~ CSS/or Manhole Manhole Station ~ ~ 167+ 17.8 167+70,8 77' 276 17"-'~+82.6 77 1,965 171+94,4 76 658 175+21,7 73 2,006 179+02.3 69 .2,24~. 179+62.3 69 296 182+82.0 66' 1.~800 ~185+84.3 67 1,677 Bore Pit (20'xS'x18.3') 108_ 46 Stub Out @ 170+82,6 43, S~tub Out @ 175+21.7 41 Stub Out @ 179+62,3 " - Stub Out @ 185+84,3 45 648 11,209 Total J.._. __..- Total CSS Installed (Contractor's Invoices) 15,327 Tons Total CSS BID (Carter & Burgess, Inc, Calculations) 11,857 Tons Extra CSS used 3,470 Tons Extra CSS used (1.64 Tons / CY conversion Factor) 2,116 Cubic Yards 02112/2001 g:\1999-\993064,030\CONSTR ADMIN~sand.xls Sum of Estimated CSS CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR Sanitary Sewer Improvements for Magnolia Boulevard - Gravity Trunk Main' and Veterans Drive and Walnut Street- Force Main COP PN: B98-01 Amended BY: Carter ,'-Burgess CARTER & BURGESS, INC. Consultants in Planning, Engineering, Architecture, and Related Services 55 Waugh Drive, Suite 300 Houston, Texas 77007 PREPARED FOR: ,,"~:"* 'LI~"~ "City of Pe" a...;,. ' ~:.,.,.,,....... ..E,...,. , Pearland, Texas t~. o~, ,..;.~ · October, t999 , · . ADDENDUM NO. 1 -October 26, 1999 City of Pearland Sanitary Sewer Improvements for Magnolia Boulevard - Gravity Trunk Main and Veterans Drive and Walnut Street -Force Main Date. October 26, 1999 To: Prospective Bidders From: Keith R. Davis, P.E. Carter& Burgess, Inc. The Addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the contract documents, as applicable. Insofar as the plans and specifications are inconsistent, this addendum governs. There is no change in bid date or time. The following are changes in the bidding documents: General Item 1 The construction administration phase of the project will be handled by Carter & Burgess, Inc. All references made to Snowden Engineering, Inc. in the contract documents should be replaced with Carter& Burgess, Inc. Specifications Item 1 Section 00010 - Notice to Bidders - Delete and Replace with the attached section. Item 2. Section 00300- Bid Proposal - Delete and Replace with the attached section Item 3. Section 00611 -Statutory Payment Bond - Delete in its entirety Item 4 Section 00655- Drug Policy Compliance Declaration-Delete in its entirety Item 5 Section 00710- Supplementary Conditions of the Construction Contract, Add the following after paragraph 1 4 "1.5 INSPECTOR. The word inspector shall be understood as referring to an authorized representative of the owner during the construction of the project having the duties identified in paragraph 2.12." Add the following after paragraph 2.11 "2.12 INSPECTOR RESPONSIBILITIES. The inspector shall have the following responsibilities and duties. 1 )Provide on-site inspection and observation of the construction activity of the project. Make informal written, personal, and telephone reports to the City Engineer and design 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.1 ADDENDUM NO 1 -October 26, 1999 City of Pearland Sanitary Sewer Improvements for Magnolia Boulevard -Gravity Trunk Main and Veterans Drive and Walnut Street - Force Main engineer as appropriate. 2.) Maintain Project Diaries for the project and submit to the City Engineer and design engineer semi-weekly for review and file. 3.) Coordinate geotechnical services under contract to the owner including schedule and scope of all field and laboratory services. Make recommendations for retention by owner of specific geotechnical firms as needed. 4) Receive, comment and report upon all submittals, requests for clarification, requests for change orders, partial pay estimates and requests for approval inspections as needed 5 )Act as the on-site representative of the owner and assume responsibility for maintaining effective communication between contractor, owner, geotechnical services, design engineer, surveyor, utility companies, and other public and private entities having interest in the successful completion and acceptance of the project. Paragraph 4 6-Replace the following:"7:30 a.m.to 4:30 p.m."with"8:00 a.m.to 5:00 p.m." Item 6 Section 00710- Supplementary Conditions of the Construction Contract-Add the following after paragraph 14 15 TEXAS WATER DEVELOPMENT BOARD REQUIREMENTS This contract is contingent upon approval from the Texas Water Development Board (TWDB) and upon the contractor meeting certain requirements as set forth by the TWDB. The requirements of the TWDB are included in the section titled TEXAS WATER DEVELOPMENT BOARD within the contract documents. This section includes instructions for the contractor to abide by and forms to be submitted by the contractor This section includes the following: TWDB Contract Conditions ED-4 Contractor's Act of Assurance, ED- 103 Contractors Act of Assurance Resolution, ED- 104 Certification of Contractor Regarding Debarment, EPA-5700-49 MWBE Requirements, SRF-52 MWBE Certification and Participation Summary, SRF-373 Executed Site Certificate, ED-101 Item 7 Section 00811 -Wage Scale for Engineering construction. Paragraph 2 delete the following:"General Decision Number TX980048 on labor classifications and wage scales is attached herein." and replace with "Labor Classifications and Prevailing Wage Rates for Engineering Construction is attached herein. If the prevailing wage rates are modified during the bidding process then the new rates will be issued through an addendum,otherwise the rates contained herein shall 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.1 ADDENDUM NO. 1 -October 26, 1999 City of Pearland Sanitary Sewer Improvements for Magnolia Boulevard -Gravity Trunk Main and Veterans Drive and Walnut Street- Force Main govern." Delete General Decision Number TX980048 and replace with the attached labor classifications and prevailing wage rates for engineering construction. Item 8. TEXAS WATER DEVELOPMENT BOARD-Add the attached TWDB forms. Contractor's Act of Assurance, ED- 103 Contractors Act of Assurance Resolution, ED- 104 Certification of Contractor Regarding Debarment, EPA-5700-49 MWBE Certification and Participation Summary, SRF- 373 Executed Site Certificate, ED- 101 Item 9 TEXAS WATER DEVELOPMENT BOARD - MWBE Requirements, SRF-52 - Delete the first seven lines and,replace with the following: "A goal-oriented system has been established to promote minority and women's business enterprises (MWBE) participation on State Revolving Fund (SRF) funded wastewater treatment projects. The MWBE fair share goal is twelve(12%)of the total SRF funded project cost." Item 10 Section 01740 - Restoration of Site Improvements - Insert attached section 01740 Item 11 Section 02052 - Abandonment of Sanitary Sewer Force Mains - Delete paragraph 1 02 A and replace with the following: "Measurement and payment for abandonment of sanitary sewer force mains will be based on a lump sum basis for each cut and plug installed." Item 12. Section 02533 -Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers - Add the attached section. Item 13. Section 02571 - Pavement Repair for Utilities-Delete Paragraph 1 02 C Item 14 Section 02620- PVC Pipe-Delete and replace with the attached section. Item 15. Section 02608- Fiberglass Manholes- Delete in its entirety Item 16 Section 02669- Cut, Plug and Abandonment of Mains- Delete in its entirety Item 17 Section 02731 - Sanitary Sewer Force Mains - Delete paragraph 1 02 B Acceptance testing for force mains is to be included in price bid for installation of force mains. Item 18. Section 02922-Sodding- Insert the attached section 02922. 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.1 ADDENDUM NO. 1 -October 26, 1999 City of Pearland Sanitary Sewer Improvements for Magnolia Boulevard -Gravity Trunk Main and Veterans Drive and Walnut Street - Force Main Item 19 Section 02504-Centrifugally Cast Fiberglass Pipe- Insert the attached section 02504 Drawings Item 1 Incorporate changes identified as revision 1 on each sheet of the drawings where this revision appears. Item 2 See the attached drawing for the storm sewer crossing shown on sheet 20 of the plan set. 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.1 SECTION 00010 NOTICE TO BIDDERS CITY OF PEARLAND BID NO. B98-01 Sealed bids will be received, in duplicate, marked "VETERANS/MAGNOLIA LINE WORK(B98- 01)" in the office of the Purchasing Officer, the City of Pearland, City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland,Texas, 77581, until 2:00 P M Wednesday December 1, 1999, at which time they will be publicly opened and read aloud for the construction of SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS FOR MAGNOLIA BOULEVARD -GRAVITY TRUNK MAIN AND VETERANS DRIVE AND WALNUT STREET - FORCEMAIN B98-01 A mandatory Prebid conference will be held at the office of Carter&Burgess, Inc., 55 Waugh Drive, Carter & Burgess Training Facility, 8th floor, Houston, Texas 77007 at 2.00 PM, Wednesday November 17, 1999 This project will entail: The construction of approximately 1,747 linear feet of 42"sanitary sewers, 2,915 linear feet of 36" sanitary sewers along Magnolia Boulevard and 5,800 linear feet of 16" forcemain along Veterans Drive and Walnut Street. Information and Bid Documents: Copies of Contract Documents and Technical Specifications and Plans are on file at the following locations for review City of Pearland 281-485-2411 City Hall 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Houston Contractors Association 713-871-0784 300 Weslayan Houston, Texas 77027 The Associated General Contractors 713-843-3700 of America, Inc. 3825 Dacoma Houston, Texas 77092 AGC of Texas 713-334-7100 2400 Augusta, Suite 180 Houston, Texas 77057 97-3247-010 Section 00010 Page 1 of 2 ADDENDUM No.1 Dodge Reports 713-529-4895 3131 Eastside, Suite 300 Houston, Texas 77098 These documents may be examined without charge at the above locations. Bidders may obtain a complete set of the Contract Documents, Technical Specifications and Plans from the office of the Engineer, Carter & Burgess, Inc., 55 Waugh Drive, Suite 300, Houston, Texas 77007, 713-869- 7900 upon request and deposit of$100 00 per set. No partial sets will be issued. The amount of the deposit will not be refunded. Only bids from registered plan holders will be considered. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of sixty (60) days subsequent to the opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. Bidder's Bond, Cashier's Check or Certified Check payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5%of the total bid price must accompany each proposal. The City of Pearland reserves the right to reject any or all bids, or to accept any bid deemed advantageous to it. The successful bidders must furnish Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds. This contract is contingent upon release of funds from the Water Development Board. Any contract or contracts awarded under this Notice to Biders are expected to be funded in part by a loan from the Texas water Development Board. Neither the State of Texas nor any of its departments, agencies, or employees are or will be a party to this Invitation for Bids or any resulting contract. Equal Opportunity in Employment-All qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, age, handicap or national origin Bidders on this work will be required to comply with the President's Executive Order No 11246, as amended by Executive Order 11375,and as supplemented in Department of Labor Regulations 41 CFR Part 60 This contract includes goals for MBE &WBE participation. TWDB document SRF-052, Guidance for Utilization of Small, Minority and Women-Owned Businesses in Procurement, describes the requirements of this program. The Contractor must provide the Owner with the information required for Affirmative Action Certification and Participation Summary, TWDB document SRF-373, prior to execution of the contract, and provide a documentation of a good-faith effort to meet the MWBE goals. END OF DOCUMENT 97-3247-010 Section 00010 Page 1 of 2 ADDENDUM NO.1 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 BID PROPOSAL SECTION 00300 BID PROPOSAL SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS FOR MAGNOLIA BOULEVARD -GRAVITY TRUNK MAIN AND VETERANS DRIVE AND WALNUT STREET- FORCEMAIN B98-01 BID PROPOSAL (Submit in Duplicate) Name of Bidder- Dated: The Honorable Mayor and Council City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland,Texas 77581 Gentlemen- Pursuant to the published Notice to Bidders dated , the undersigned bidder hereby proposes to do all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment,tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the work included under the General Contract for the construction of the Sanitary Sewer Improvements for Magnolia Boulevard Gravity Trunk Main and Veterans Drive and Walnut Street Forcemain as shown on the plans with all related appurtenances, complete, tested and operational, in accordance with the plans,and specifications prepared by the Engineer, Snowden Engineering, Inc., Pearland,Texas, under the City of Pearland's inspection for the unit prices set forth on the attached bid sheet which bears our signature for identification. It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered made in any part of the work, the unit prices bid shall apply as additions to or deductions from the total prices for the parts of the work so changed. The bidder binds himself upon acceptance of his proposal to execute a contract and furnish performance bond and payment bond each in the amount of one hundred percent(100%)of the total contract price, according to the specified forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated, and furnishing a satisfactory maintenance bond indemnifying the Owner against defective workmanship and material for a period of one (1)year The undersigned bidder agrees to commence work within ten (10) days after the date of a written notice to commence work. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall complete the work within 180 calendar days.Time for completion shall begin on the tenth day after the issuance of the notice to commence work. Section 00300 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM,NO.1 Page 1 of 7 City of Pearland,Texas SWEC Project B98-01 BID PROPOSAL ITEM SECTION No. REFERENCE ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS OTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE 1 Mobilization(include two project signs) LS 1 2 01526 Trench Safety LF 12,281 3 01563 Control of Ground Water LF 3,731 4 01567 Filter Fabric Fence(SWPPP) LF 3,517 5 01568 Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier LF 144 6 01570 Traffic Control and Regulation LS 1 7 01570 Flagmen HR 200 Restoration of Unpaved Surfaces above 8 01740 new Line Segments L.F 11,930 9 01740 Restoration of Pavement(All Types) S.Y 415 10 01740 Restoration of Curb or Curb-and-Gutter L.F 100 Cut, Plug and Abandonment of Existing 11 02052 Force Mains(All Diameters) Ea. 9 Removal of Existing Lift Station(Magnolia 12 02076 Blvd.) LS 1 13 02076 Remove Exist.8" San. Swr (all depths) LF 94 Remove Exist.8" Force Main from bridge crossing(Mary's Creek @ Veteran's Drive)including all hardware(fill holes 14 02076 w/epxoy incidental) LS 1 Remove Exist.42"San.Swr (include grouting of Exist.MH opening and 15 02076 opening for new line location) LF 20 16 02111 Clearing and Grubbing SY 3,696 • Section 00300 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.1 Page 2 of 7 1 City of Pearland,Texas SWEC Project B98-01 BID PROPOSAL ITEM SECTION No. REFERENCE ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS CITY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE Install 16°City Furnished Valve on 16" FM(Location to be determined by City of • 17 02521 Pearland) EA 2 4'Diameter San.Swr MH (std 8'depth) 18 02601 (Precast) EA 1 4'Diameter San.Swr MH(Extra Depth) 19 02601 (Precast) VF 1 6'Diameter San.Swr MH(std 8'depth) 20 02601 (Precast)(Corrosion Resistant) EA 13 6'Diameter San.Swr MH(Extra Depth) 21 02601 (Precast)(Corrosion Resistant) VF 86 6'Diameter San.Swr MH for Force Main Discharge(std 8'depth)(Precast) 22 02601 (Corrosion Resistant) EA 3 6' Diameter San.Swr MH for Force Main Discharge(Extra Depth)(Precast) 23 02601 (Corrosion Resistant) VF 18 8'Diameter San.Swr MH(std 8'depth) 24 02601 (Precast)(Corrosion Resistant) EA 6 8'Diameter San.Swr MH(Extra Depth) 25 02601 (Precast)(Corrosion Resistant) VF 73 26 02601 8"Standard(External)Drop Connection EA 1 8" Diameter(External)Standard Drop 27 02601 Connection, Extra Depth VF 1 28 02601 12"Standard(External)Drop Connection EA 1 12"Diameter(External)Standard Drop 29 02601 Connection, Extra Depth VF 4 30 02601 8"Standard(Internal)Drop Connection EA 2 Section 00300 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.1 Page 3 of 7 City of Pearland,Texas SWEC Project B98-01 BID PROPOSAL ITEM SECTION No. REFERENCE ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS OTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE 8"Diameter(Internal)Standard Drop 31 02601 Connection, Extra Depth VF 13 32 02601 16"Standard(Internal)Drop Connection EA 1 16"Diameter(Internal)Standard Drop 33 02601 Connection, Extra Depth VF 5 Auger or Bore&Jack 16"Diameter C- 905 PVC San. Force Main(Including 24" 34 02316 Casing) LF 418 Remove and Replace with salvaged 24" (or less) RCP Stm.Swr., (Class III,C-76) 35 02632 (Including Inlets) LF 795 Remove and Replace with salvaged 48" Stm.Swr w/SET,(Class III,C-76) 36 02632 (Including Inlet) LF 140 Air Release and Vaccum Relief Valve with 6'Dia Manhole, including all 37 02642 necessary appurtenances EA 3 8" Gravity San.Swr (all depths),Open- 38 02730 Cut LF 121 12"Gravity San. Swr (all depths),Open- 39 02730 Cut LF 60 36"Gravity San.Swr (12'-16'cut), 40 02730 Open-Cut LF 3,221 36"Gravity San. Swr (16'-20'cut), 41 02730 Open-Cut LF 1,678 42"Gravity San.Swr (16'-20'),Open- 42 02730 Cut LF 1,703 Auger or Bore&Jack 36"Gravity San. 43 02316 Swr (all depths) LF 139 Auger or Bore&Jack 36"Gravity San. Swr Under 42" RCP Storm Sewer, 44 02316 (HOBAS Pipe or equal) LF 30 4"Diameter C-900 PVC Sanitary Force Main,Complete in Place(Including 45 02731 Valves and Fittings),Open-Cut LF 40 Section 00300 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.1 Page 4 of 7 City of Pearland,Texas SW EC Project B98-01 BID PROPOSAL ITEM SECTION No. REFERENCE ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS OTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE 8"Diameter C-900 PVC Sanitary Force Main,Complete in Place(Including 46 02731 Fittings),Open-Cut LF 55 16"Diameter C-905 PVC Sanitary Force 47 02731 Main,Open-Cut LF 5,491 16"Diameter C-905 PVC San. Force Main w/cement stabilized sand encasement slab(Veterans Dr C© Mary's 48 02731 Creek),Open-Cut LF 80 Auger or Bore&Jack 16"Diameter C- 905 PVC Sanitary Swr Force Main 49 02316 (Including 24"Steel Casing) LF 418 BASE BID ITEMS(1 -49)TOTAL Section 00300 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.1 Page 5 of 7 City of Pearland,Texas SW EC Project B98-01 BID PROPOSAL The undersigned agrees that the amount bid in this proposal will not be withdrawn or modified for sixty(60)days following date of bid opening. It is understood that in the event the successful bidder fails to enter into the Contract within ten (10)days and to furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond in the amount of 100 percent of the Contract for all parts of the work, he will forfeit the Bid Security as provided in the Specifications submitted with his bid proposal. The undersigned proposes, if awarded the Contract,to begin work promptly after written notice to commence work is given by the Engineer, and to substantially complete the work in accordance with the completion schedule stipulated in Specification 00710 - Supplementary Conditions of the Construction Contract, Paragraph 4.5, Time Allotted for Completion and the number of calendar days specified in this bid proposal. The work included in this bid shall be substantially completed within 180 calendar days. Section 00300 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.1 Page 6 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SW EC Project B98-01 BID PROPOSAL The following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bid documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid price. Addendum No. Dated Addendum No Dated Addendum No. Dated Addendum No Dated This bid proposal shall be considered part of the Contract. Very truly yours, BY ADDRESS. ATTEST. Seal, if bidder is Corporation END OF SECTION Section 00300 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.1 Page 7 of 7 ED-103 (2=.J93) CONTRACTOR'S ACT OF ASSURANCE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BEFORE ME, , a Notary Public duly commissioned and qualified in and for the County of in the State of Texas came and appeared , as represented by , the corporation's , who declares he/she is authorized to represent pursuant to provisions of a resolution adopted by said corporation on the- day of , 19 (a duly certified copy of such resolution is attached to and is hereby made a part of this document). , as the representative of 'MI MI declares that assures the Texas Water Development Board that it will construct project at , Texas, in accordance with sound construction practice, all laws of the State of Texas, and the rules of the Texas Water Development Board. GIVEN UNDER MY HAND and seal of office this day of 199 A.D Printed Name My Commission expires J F-E5 ED-104 (9/19/94) CONTRACTOR'S ACT OF ASSURANCE RESOLUTION Name I hereby certify that it was RESOLVED by a quorum of the directors of the name of corporation meeting on the day of , 19_, that be, and hereby is, authorized to act on behalf of name of corporation as its representative, in all business transactions conducted in the State of Texas, and; That all above resolution was unanimously ratified by the Board of Directors at said meeting and that the resolution has not been rescinded or amended and is now in full forces and effect; and, In authentication of the adoption of this resolution, I subscribe my name and affix the seal of the corporation this day of , 199_ Secretary (seal) F-16 v EPA CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, AND OTHER RESPONSIBILITY MATTERS Name of Entity- The prospective participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief that it and its principals: (a) Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or agency- (b) Have not within a three year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgement rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State, or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property; (c) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a government entity (Federal, State, or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (1) (b) of this certification; and (d) Have not within a three-year period preceding this application/proposal had one or more public transactions (Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default. I understand that a false statement on this certification may be grounds for rejection of this proposal or termination of the award. In addition, under 18 USC Section 1001, a false statement may result in a fine of up to $ 10,000 or imprisonment for up to five (5) years, or both. Name and Title of Authorized Representative (Typed) Signature of Authorized Representative Date ❑ I am unabie to certify to the above statements. My explanation is attached. EPA Form 5700-49(11-38) F-17 SRF-373 (10/4/89) MWBE CERTIFICATION AND PARTICIPATION SUMMARY Loan Applicant Project Number I certify that the Minority and Women's Business Enterprises Participating in this project are qualified in accordance with the TWDB SRF-52 MWBE Guidance and that all that all MWBE consultants, contractors and sub-contractors will comply with six affirmative steps outlined in the guidance. Attached are: ❑ Solicitation Documents ❑ Contracts The attached documents outline the efforts taken in complying with the MWBE Guidance. Signature and Title of Authorized Representative of Applicant Total Loan Amount$ Total Contract Amount$ - MWBE Firms Contract Amount MBE WBE % of Total Contract (Name and Address) Loan Attached 1 2. 3 4. 5 Total MBE Participation % Total WBE Participation •Note: Any.changes,.additions:or:dekaons:.to,these:contracts.after.loan'closing':must:be:"submitted prior to. •award. F-9 _A i ER & BURGESS OCT 7 i 1999 ,,0 901 SITE CERTIFICATE RECEIVED This is to certify that the CITY OF PEARLAND (Legal Name of Applicant. i e , City. District. etc ) has now acquired, taken bona tide options on or initiated formal condemnation proceedings against all property (sites, easements, rights-of-way, or specific use permits) necessary for construction, operation and maintenance of wastewater facilities described as LOAN NO 3393-01-03. SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS FOR MAGNOLIA BLVD - GRAVITY TKUNK MAIN AND VETERANS DRIVE AND WALNUT STREET - FORCE MAIN (Proposed Contract No.and Description) in accordance with plans and specifications approved by the Texas Water Development Board Any deeds or documents required to be recorded to protect the title(s) held by CITY OF PEARLAND (Legal Name of Applicant) have been recorded or filed for record wherever necessary In the event of conflicts with existing under round utilities or preserve unknown cultural or historic resources, the CITY OP PEARLAND (Name of Applicant) has the right of eminent domain and will take condemnation action, if necessary, to acquire any sites, easements or rights-of-way which may be required to change the location of any of the facilities described above, and upon acquisition of the rights-of-way and recording of documents, will submit another site certificate to that effect. EXECUTED this 19th day of OCTOBER -, 19 99 (ra -- a,—k (Signature) (Tide) NOTE: This certificate MUST BE EXECUTED BY AN ATTORNEY OR AN ABSTRACTOR qualified to evaluate the Applicant's interest in the site and make such a determination. F-8 LABOR CLASSIFICATIONS AND PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION PREVAILING RATE CLASSIFICATION PREVAILING RATE Air Tool Man $ 6.70 Paving Grader 6.65 Asphalt Raker 7.05 Crane,Clamshell,Backhoe, Derrick, Asphalt Shoveler 6.20 Dragline,Shovel(Less than 1-1/2 CY) 8.25 Batching Plant Scaleman 7 75 Crane,Clamshell,Backhoe,Derrick Carpenter,Rough 9.25 Dragline,Shovel(1-1/2 CY&Over) 9.50 Carpenter Helper,Rough 7.00 Crusher or Screening Plant Operator 9.50 Concrete Finisher(Paving) 7.80 Elevating Grader 8.00 Concrete Finisher Helper(Paving) 5.95 Foundation Drill Oper Truck Mounted 9.00 Concrete Finisher(Strs.) 7.95 Front End Loader(2-1/2 CY&Less) 7.30 Concrete Finisher Helper(Strs.) 6.45 Front End Loader(Over 2-1/2 CY) 8.25 Concrete Rubber 7.00 Mixer(Concrete Paving) 8.00 Electrician 13.95 Motor Grader Operator Fine Grade 8 95 Electrician Helper,Senior 9.90 Motor Grader Operator 8 15 Electrician Helper,Junior 7.85 Roller,Steel Wheel(Plant-Mix Pavement) 7.35 Form Builder(Strs.) 8.00 Roller,Steel Wheel(Other Flat Wheel or Form Builder Helper(Strs.) 5.95 Tamping) 7.20 Form Liner(Pvg.&Curb) 8.05 Roller,Pneumatic Self-Propelled 6.50 Form Setter(Pvg.&Curb) 7.20 Scrapers(17 CY&Less) 6.55 Form Setter Helper(Pvg.&Curb) 5.75 Scrapers(Over 17 CY) 7.60 Form Setter(Strs.) 7.35 Self-Propelled Hammer Operator 7.80 Form Setter Helper(Strs.) 6.25 Tractor(Crawler type)150 HP&Less 7 70 Laborer,Common 5.30 Tractor(Crawler type)Over 150 HP 8.80 Laborer,Utility Man 6.25 Tractor(Pneumatic)80 HP&Less 6.35 Manhole Builder,Brick 6.85 Tractor(Pneumatic)Over 80 HP 7.50 Mechanic 9.85 Trenching Machine,Light 7.50 Mechanic Helper 7.50 Wagon-Drill, Boring Machine or Post Hole Oiler 7.00 Driller Operator 9.50 Serviceman 7.60 Reinforcing Steel Setter(Paving) 6.85 Piledriverman 8.45 Reinforcing Steel Setter(Strs.) 8.20 Pipe Layer 6.75 Reinforcing Steel Setter(Helper) 6.25 Pipe Layer Helper 5.75 Steel Worker(Strs.) 7.95 Steel Worker Helper(Strs 6.30 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS: Spreader Box Man 7.50 Asphalt Distributor 7 75 Broom or Sweeper Operator 6.25 TRUCK DRIVERS Bulldozer, 150 HP or Less 7 40 Single Axle,Light 6.40 Bulldozer,over 150 HP 8.55 Single Axle,Heavy 6.75 Concrete Paving Curing Machine 7 45 Tandem Axle or Semi-Trailer 7 15 Concrete Paving Finishing Machine 8.35 Lowboy-Float 7.90 Concrete Paving Form Grader 7.50 Transit-Mix 7.00 Concrete Paving Grinder 7.35 Winch 5.90 Concrete Paving Joint Machine 7.30 Welder 8.40 Concrete Paving Joint Sealer 7.85 Welder Helper 8.00 Concrete Paving Saw 7.50 Concrete Paving Spreader 7.55 END OF DOCUMENT 97-3247-010 Section 00811 Page 1 of 1 ADDENDUM NO.1 SECTION 01740 RESTORATION OF SITE IMPROVEMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Restoration of the work site in public rights-of-way or easements and adjacent public or private property affected by construction operations, including pavement, esplanades, sidewalks, driveways, fences, lawns, landscaping, and mailboxes. 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unpaved Surface Restoration 1 Measurement and payment of restoration of unpaved surfaces above new line segments is by the linear foot for the total line segment. The item covers surface restoration of all excavation,including but not limited to,open-cut trench,shafts,auger pits, and service connections, as applicable. B. Paved Surface Restoration 1 Pavement and Driveway Replacement: Measure replaced pavement by the square yard using the minimum trench width, plus 18 inches on each side times the length of pavement replaced, unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. Payment will be made at the applicable unit price for restoration of pavement. 2. Sidewalk Replacement:Measure sidewalks on the square foot basis calculated by the width of the sidewalk times the length to the nearest joints on each side of the excavation, based on minimum trench width plus 18" on each side. Payment will be made at the unit price for sidewalk replacement. 3 Curb and Gutter Measure curb and gutter by the linear foot for the distance between the limits of the minimum trench width plus 2 feet or the trench length as applicable. Payment will be made at the unit price for curb and gutter replacement. 4 Replacement Outside of Minimum Dimensions:Pavements,driveways,and sidewalks damaged outside of the minimum dimensions for payment shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner C Service Reconnections: Service reconnections are not considered restoration of site improvements and are not paid under this section. D Mailboxes. Mail service shall be maintained at all times. Mailboxes to be relocated during construction shall be restored to preconstruction location in equal or better condition. Homeowner shall provide written consent two weeks prior to work in that area for temporary relocation during construction. post office will be notified as to temporary relocation 72 97-3247-010 Section 01740 Page 1 of 5 ADDENDUM NO.1 hours in advance and again upon restoration. 103 REFERENCES A. ANSI Z60 1 -American Standard for Nursery Stock 104 DEFINITIONS A. Site Restoration. Replacement or reconstruction of site improvement to right-of-way, easements, public property,and private property that are affected or altered by construction operations, with the improvements restored to a condition which is equal to, or better than, that which existed prior to construction operations. B Site Improvements. Includes but is not limited to pavement,curb and gutter,septic systems, esplanades, sidewalks, driveways, fences, lawns, irrigation systems, and landscaping C Line Segment. The length of sewer from center line to center line of manholes, inline junction structure, and bends as designated on drawings, and to the end of stubs or the termination of the pipe. D Minimum Trench Width. The allowable trench width for a corresponding pipe outside diameter as defined in Section 02227- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 105 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in conformance with Section 01340 -Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 1 06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Have landscape plantings planted by qualified personnel. 107 SCHEDULING A. After paving or utility work is completed on a line segment and the segment is submitted on the monthly estimate for payment,complete site restoration for that segment before the next monthly estimate for payment is submitted, unless extended in writing by the Engineer B. For utility work requiring testing or post-installation TV inspection,completion of the segment is not considered to include testing or TV inspection. The schedule for completion of site restoration is not determined by completion of testing or TV inspection. 108 WARRANTY A. Provide a two month warranty on plants and grasses that die due to shock or damage only B. Replace plants that fail during the warranty period according to the specifications governing the original plants. 97-3247-010 Section 01740 Page 2 of 5 ADDENDUM NO.1 C Contractor to provide a written notification to homeowner stating that homeowner is responsible for watering replaced plants and grasses, after the warranty period. D Damage caused by natural hazards such as hail, high winds, or storm is not covered by the warranty E. Existing plant material to be moved on the site are covered under the warranty PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Pavement, Sidewalks, and Driveways. Use material as specified in Section 02571 - Pavement Repair for Utilities. B. Seeding,and Sodding:Conform to Section 02932-Hydromulch Seeding or Section 02922- Sodding. C Landscape Plantings,Trees,and Shrubs:Provide trees,shrubs,and plants of quantity,size, genus, species, and variety of those being replaced and complying with recommendations and requirements of ANSI Z60 1 PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Construction Site Photographs. Document conditions on and adjacent to the construction site with construction photographs. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Removing Pavements and Structures: 1 Remove the minimum pavement, curb, and gutter, and other structures as required to perform the Work. Perform removals in accordance with Section 02076-Removing Existing Pavements and Structures. B. Remove or relocate existing fencing, if required, for construction operations. Maintain the integrity of the private property owners' fencing if needed for protection of children, pets, livestock, or property Notify the property owner 72 hours in advance before removing fencing and coordinate security needs. 3 03 INSTALLATION A. Pavement, Sidewalks, and Driveway Restoration: 1 Replace pavement, curb and gutter, sidewalks, and driveways removed or damaged 9 97-3247-010 Section 01740 Page 3 of 5 ADDENDUM NO.1 as the result of construction operations. Reconstruct in accordance with Section 02571 - Pavement Repair for Utilities. 2. Where replacement sidewalks terminate at a street curb radius,construct a wheelchair ramp. If details are not provided in construction documents, submit proposed detail prior to construction. B. Seeding and Sodding: 1 Clean up construction debris and level the area with bank sand so that the resulting surface of the new grass matches the level of the existing grass and maintains preconstruction drainage patterns. Level minor ruts or depressions caused by construction operations where grass is still viable by filling with bank sand 2. Restore grass areas disturbed or damaged by construction with grass comparable with that previously existing. 3. Restore established lawn areas, including easements and esplanades disturbed or damaged by construction,by sodding and fertilizing in accordance with Section 02922 - Sodding. 4 Restore grass areas not requiring sodding using hydromulch methods in accordance with Section 02932 - Hydromulch Seeding. C Trees, Shrubbery, and Plants: 1 Extra care shall be taken in removing and replanting trees, shrubbery and plants. Trees, shrubbery, and plants shall be placed outside of the excavation area. 2. Replace in kind any trees,shrubbery,and plants removed or damaged by construction operations. 3 Have a nursery or landscape firm make tree replacements using balled-and-burlapped nursery stock. Within the availability of standard nursery stock,replace each removed tree with one of an equivalent species and size, but with not less than a 2-1/2 inch diameter trunk, as measured 1-1/2 feet above natural ground D Fence Removal and Replacement: 1 Replace fencing removed or damaged, with same type of fencing, including but not limited to posts, caps,concrete footings,concrete curb under fence,wire mesh,wood panels, top and bottom railing. 2. Reconstruct any portion of the fence disturbed by construction to equal or better condition than what existed prior to construction operations as evidenced by preconstruction photographs or videos. 3. Remove and dispose of damaged or substandard material. 97-3247-010 Section 01740 Page 4 of 5 ADDENDUM NO.1 4 Temporary fencing shall be provided to maintain the same or better level of security as provided by the preconstruction fencing. E. Mailboxes: 1 Restore mailboxes to preconstruction location in equal or better condition with like materials. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove debris and trash which is the result of the Contractor's operation to maintain a clean and orderly site. 3.05 MAINTENANCE A. Maintain plantings, sodded areas and seeded areas through warranty period. B. Replace plantings and seeded or sodded areas that fail to become established through the warranty period. C Maintain plantings as follows: 1 Initial watering shall be by Contractor Continued maintenance shall be by homeowner 2. Prune as necessary D If it is necessary to remove tree branches, have removal and other necessary pruning performed by a qualified nursery or land scape firm utilizing best standard practices. END OF SECTION 97-3247-010 Section 01740 Page 5 of 5 ADDENDUM NO.1 SECTION 02533 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Acceptance testing of sanitary sewers including: 1 Visual inspection of sewer pipes 2. Mandrel testing for flexible sewer pipes. 3. Leakage testing of sewer pipes. 4 Leakage testing of manholes. 5. Smoke testing of point repairs. 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for acceptance testing for sanitary sewers. Include in price bid for installation of sewer line. 103 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 828-Standard Test Method for Low Pressure Air Test of Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines. B. ASTM C 924-Standard Practice for Testing Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines by Low-Pressure Air Test Method. C ASTM D 3034-Standard Specification for Type PSM Polyethylene (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. D ASTM F 794 - Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Large-Diameter Ribbed Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter E. ASTM F 1417-Standard Test Method for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Gravity Sewer Lines Using Low Pressure Air F 30 TAC 317.2 - Design Criteria for Sewage Systems. G. Uni-Bell UNI-B-3 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe (Complying with AWWA C 900) 1 04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Gravity flow sanitary sewers are required to have a straight alignment and uniform grade between manholes. 97-3247-010 Section 02533 Page 1 of 12 ADDENDUM NO. 1 B. Flexible pipe, including "semi-rigid" pipe, is required to show no more than 5 percent deflection. Test pipe no sooner than 30 days after backfilling of a line segment but prior to final acceptance using a standard mandrel to verify that installed pipe is within specified deflection tolerances. C Maximum allowable leakage for Infiltration or Exfiltration 1 The total exfiltration, as determined by a hydrostatic head test, shall not exceed 50 gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours at a minimum test head of 2 feet above the crown of the pipe at the upstream manhole or 2 feet above the groundwater elevation, whichever is greater 2. When pipes are installed more than 2 feet below the groundwater level, an infiltration test shall be used in lieu of the exfiltration test. The total infiltration shall not exceed 50 gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours. Groundwater elevation must be at least 2 feet above the crown of the pipe at the upstream manhole 3. Refer to Table 02533-1,Water Test Allowable Leakage, at the end of the Section, for measuring leakage in sewers. Perform leakage testing to verify that leakage criteria are met. 105 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall comply with Section 01340 -Shop Drawing, Product Data and Samples B Test Plan. Before testing begins and in adequate time to obtain approval through the submittal process, prepare and submit a test plan for approval by the Engineer Include testing procedures, methods, equipment, and tentative schedule. Obtain advance written approval for deviations from the Drawings and Specifications. C Test Reports. Submit test reports for each test on each segment of sanitary sewer 1 06 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Repair, correct, and retest manholes or sections of pipe which fail to meet specified requirements when tested. B Provide testing reports as directed by the Engineer 1 07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Perform testing as work progresses. Schedule testing so that no more than 1000 linear feet of installed sewer remains untested at any one time. B. Coordinate testing schedules with the Engineer Perform testing under observation of the Engineer 97-3247-010 Section 02533 Page 2 of 12 ADDENDUM NO. 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DEFLECTION MANDREL A. Mandrel Sizing. The rigid mandrel shall have an outside diameter(0 D )equal to 95 percent of the inside diameter(I D ) of the pipe. The inside diameter of the pipe, for the purpose of determining the outside diameter of the mandrel, shall be the average outside diameter minus two minimum wall thicknesses for 0 D controlled pipe and the average inside diameter for I D controlled pipe, dimensions shall be per appropriate standard. Statistical or other"tolerance packages"shall not be considered in mandrel sizing. B. Mandrel Design. The rigid mandrel shall be constructed of a metal or a rigid plastic material that can withstand 200 psi without being deformed. The mandrel shall have nine or more "runners"or"legs"as long as the total number of legs is an odd number The barrel section of the mandrel shall have a length of at least 75 percent of the inside diameter of the pipe. The rigid mandrel shall not have adjustable or collapsible legs which would allow a reduction in mandrel diameter during testing. A proving ring shall be provided and used for modifying each size mandrel. C Proving Ring. Furnish a "proving ring" with each mandrel. Fabricate the ring of Winch-thick, 3-inch-wide bar steel to a diameter 0 02 inches larger than approved mandrel diameter D Mandrel Dimensions(5 percent allowance). Average inside diameter and minimum mandrel diameter are specified in Table 02533-5, Pipe vs. Mandrel Diameter, at the end of this Section. Mandrels for higher strength, thicker wall pipe or other pipe not listed in the table may be used when approved by the Engineer 2.02 EXFILTRATION TEST A. Water Meter Obtain a transient water meter from the Owner for use when water for testing will be taken from the Owner's system Conform to Owner's requirements for water meter use. B Test Equipment 1 Pipe plugs. 2. Pipe risers where the manhole cone is less than 2 feet above highest point in pipe or service lead. 2.03 INFILTRATION TEST A. Test Equipment 1 Calibrated 90 degree V-notch weir 2. Pipe plugs. 97-3247-010 Section 02533 Page 3 of 12 ADDENDUM NO. 1 2.04 LOW PRESSURE AIR TEST A. Minimum Requirement for Equipment: 1 Control panel. 2. Low-pressure air supply connected to control panel. 3. Pneumatic plugs: Acceptable size for diameter of pipe to be tested; capable of withstanding internal test pressure without leaking or requiring external bracing. 4 Air hoses from control panel to• a. Air supply b. Pneumatic plugs. c. Sealed line for pressuring. d. Sealed line for monitoring internal pressure. B Testing Pneumatic Plugs: Place a pneumatic plug in each end of a length of pipe on the ground. Pressurize plugs to 25 psig; then pressurize sealed pipe to 5 psig. Plugs are acceptable if they remain in place against the test pressure without external aids. 2.05 GROUND WATER DETERMINATION A. Equipment: Pipe probe or small diameter casing for ground water elevation determination. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Provide labor, equipment, tools, test plugs, risers, air compressor, air hose, pressure meters, pipe probe, calibrated weirs, or any other device necessary for proper testing and inspection. B The selection of test methods and pressures for gravity sanitary sewers shall be determined based on ground water elevation. Determine ground water elevation using equipment and procedures conforming to Section 01563 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 3.02 VISUAL INSPECTION OF GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS A. Check pipe alignment visually by flashing a light between structures. Verify if alignment is true and no pipes are misplaced. In case of misalignment or damaged pipe, remove and re-lay or replace pipe segment. 97-3247-010 Section 02533 Page 4 of 12 ADDENDUM NO. 1 3.03 MANDREL TESTING FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS A. Perform deflection testing on flexible and semi-rigid pipe to confirm pipe has no more than 5 percent deflection. Mandrel testing shall conform to ASTM D 3034 Perform testing no sooner than 30 days after backfilling of line segment, but prior to final acceptance testing of the line segment. B. Pull the approved mandrel by hand through sewer sections. Replace any section of sewer not passing the mandrel. Mandrel testing is not required for stubs. C Retest repaired or replaced sewer sections. 3.04 LEAKAGE TESTING FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS A. Test Options: 1 Test gravity sanitary sewer pipes for leakage by either exfiltration or infiltration methods, as appropriate, or with low pressure air testing. 2. Test new or rehabilitated sanitary sewer manholes with water or low pressure air Manholes tested with low pressure air shall undergo a physical inspection prior to testing. 3 Leakage testing shall be performed after backfilling of a line segment, and prior to tie- in of service connections. 4 If no installed piezometer is within 500 feet of the sewer segment, Contractor shall provide a temporary piezometer for this purpose. B. Compensating for Ground Water Pressure. 1 Where ground water exists, install a pipe nipple at the same time sewer line is placed. Use a 1/2-inch capped pipe nipple approximately 10 inches long Make the installation through manhole wall on top of the sewer line where line enters manhole. 2. Immediately before performing line acceptance test,remove cap,clear pipe nipple with air pressure, and connect a clear plastic tube to nipple. Support tube vertically and allow water to rise in the tube. After water stops rising, measure height in feet of water over invert of the pipe. Divide this height by 2.3 feet/psi to determine the ground water pressure to be used in line testing. C Exfiltration Test: 1 Determine ground water elevation. 2. Plug sewer in downstream manhole. 3. Plug incoming pipes in upstream manhole. 97-3247-010 Section 02533 Page 5 of 12 ADDENDUM NO. 1 4 Install riser pipe in outgoing pipe of upstream manhole if highest point in service lead (house service) is less than 2 feet below bottom of manhole cone. 5 Fill sewer pipe and manhole or pipe riser, if used, with water to a point 2-1/2 feet above highest point in sewer pipe, house lead, or ground water table, whichever is highest. 6. Allow water to stabilize for one to two hours. Take water level reading to determine drop of water surface, in inches, over a one-hour period, and calculate water loss (1 inch of water in 4 feet diameter manhole equals 8.22 gallons)or measure the quantity of water required to keep water at same level. Loss shall not exceed that calculated from allowable leakage according to Table 02533-1 at the end of this Section. D Infiltration test: Ground water elevation must be not less than 2.0 feet above highest point of sewer pipe or service lead (house service) 1 Determine ground water elevation. 2. Plug incoming pipes in upstream manhole 3. Insert calibrated 90 degree V-notch weir in pipe on downstream manhole. 4 Allow water to rise and flow over weir until it stabilizes. 5 Take five readings of accumulated volume over a period of 2 hours and use average for infiltration. The average must not exceed that calculated for 2 hours from allowable leakage according to the Table 02533-1 at the end of this Section. E. Low Air Pressure Test: When using this test conform to ASTM C 828, ASTM C 924, or ASTM F 1417, as applicable, with holding time not less than that listed in Table 02533-2. 1 Air testing for sections of pipe shall be limited to lines less than 36-inch average inside diameter 2. Lines 36-inch average inside diameter and larger shall be tested at each joint. The minimum time allowable for the pressure to drop from 3.5 pounds per square inch gauge to 2.5 pounds per square inch during a joint test shall be 10 seconds, regardless of pipe size. 3. For pipe sections less than 36-inch average inside diameter a. Determine ground water level. b. Plug both ends of pipe. For concrete pipe, flood pipe and allow 2 hours to saturate concrete. Then drain and plug concrete pipe. 97-3247-010 Section 02533 Page 6 of 12 ADDENDUM NO. 1 c. After a manhole-to-manhole section of sanitary sewer main has been sliplined and prior to any service lines being connected to new liner, plug liner at each manhole with pneumatic plugs. d. Pressurize pipe to 4 0 psig. Increase pressure 1 0 psi for each 2.3 feet of ground water over highest point in system. Allow pressure to stabilize for 2 to 4 minutes. Adjust pressure to start at 3.5 psig(plus adjustment for ground water table) See Table 02533-2 at the end of this Section. e. To determine air loss, measure the time interval for pressure to drop to 2.5 psig The time must exceed that listed in the Table 02533-2 at the end of this Section for pipe diameter and length. For slip-lining, use diameter of carrier pipe. F Retest: Any section of pipe which fails to meet requirements shall be repaired and retested. 3.05 TEST CRITERIA TABLES A. Exfiltration and Infiltration Water Tests: Refer to Table 02533-1, Water Test Allowable Leakage, at the end of this Section. B. Low Pressure Air Test: 1 Times in Table 02533-2, Time Allowed For Pressure Loss From 3 5 psig to 2.5 psig, at the end of this Section, are based on the equation from Texas Natural Resources and Conservation Commission (TNRCC) Design Criteria 317.2(a)(4)(B) T= 0 0850(D)(K)/(Q) where. T = time for pressure to drop 1 0 pounds per square inch gauge in seconds K = 0 000419 DL, but not less than 1 0 D = average inside diameter in inches L = length of line of same pipe size in feet Q = rate of loss, 0 0015 ft3/min./sq. ft. internal surface 2. Since a K value of less than 1 0 shall not be used,there are minimum testing times for each pipe diameter as given in Table 02533-3, Minimum Testing Times for Low Pressure Air Test. Notes: 1 When two sizes of pipe are involved, the time shall be computed by the ratio of lengths involved. 2. Lines with a 27-inch average inside diameter and larger may be air tested at each joint. 3. Lines with an average inside diameter greater than 36 inches must be air tested for leakage at each joint. 97-3247-010 Section 02533 Page 7 of 12 ADDENDUM NO. 1 4 If the joint test is used, a visual inspection of the joint shall be performed immediately after testing. 5 For joint test, the pipe is to be pressurized to 3.5 psi greater than the pressure exerted by groundwater above the pipe. Once the pressure has stabilized, the minimum times allowable for the pressure to drop from 3.5 pounds per square inch gauge to 2.5 pounds per square inch gauge shall be 10 seconds 3.06 LEAKAGE TESTING FOR MANHOLES A. After completion of manhole construction, wall sealing, or rehabilitation, but prior to backfilling, test manholes for water tightness using hydrostatic or vacuum testing procedures. B Plug influent and effluent lines, including service lines, with suitably-sized pneumatic or mechanical plugs. Ensure plugs are properly rated for pressures required for test; follow manufacturer's safety and installation recommendations. Place plugs a minimum of 6 inches outside of manhole walls. Brace inverts to prevent lines from being dislodged if lines entering manhole have not been backfilled. C Vacuum testing: 1 Install vacuum tester head assembly at top access point of manhole and adjust.for proper seal on straight top section of manhole structure. Following manufacturer's instructions and safety precautions, inflate sealing element to the recommended maximum inflation pressure, do not over-inflate. 2. Evacuate manhole with vacuum pump to 10 inches mercury (Hg), disconnect pump, and monitor vacuum for the time period specified in Table 02533-4,Vacuum Test Time Table. 3. If the drop in vacuum exceeds 1 inch Hg over the specified time period tabulated above, locate leaks, complete repairs necessary to seal manhole and repeat test procedure until satisfactory results are obtained. D Hydrostatic exfiltration testing shall be performed as follows. 1 Seal wastewater lines coming into the manhole with an internal pipe plug. Then fill the manhole with water and maintain it full for at least one hour 2. The maximum leakage for hydrostatic testing shall be 0 025 gallons per foot diameter per foot of manhole depth per hour 3 If water loss exceeds amount tabulated above, locate leaks, complete repairs necessary to seal manhole and repeat test procedure until satisfactory results are obtained. 97-3247-010 Section 02533 Page 8 of 12 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Table 02533-1 WATER TEST ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE VOLUME PER INCH OF ALLOWANCE LEAKAGE* DIAMETER OF RISER OR DEPTH STACK IN INCHES GALLONS/MINUTE PER INCH GALLONS PIPE SIZE IN INCHES 100 FT 1 0.7854 0034 6 0 0039 2 3.1416 0136 8 0 0053 2.5 4.9087 0212 13 0 0066 3 7 0686 0306 12 0 0079 4 12.5664 0306 15 0 0099 5 19.6350 0544 18 0 0118 6 28.2743 1224 21 0.0138 8 50.2655 .2176 24 0 0158 27 0.0177 30 0.0197 36 0.0237 42 0 0276 For other diameters, multiply square of diameters by value for Equivalent to 50 gallons per inch of inside 1"diameter diameter per mile per 24 hours. * Allowable leakage rate shall be reduced to 10 gallons per inch of inside diameter per mile per 24 hours, when sewer is identified as located within the 25-year flood plain. 97-3247-010 Section 02533 Page 9 of 12 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Table 02533-2 ACCEPTANCE TESTING FOR SANITARY SEWERS TIME ALLOWED FOR PRESSURE LOSS FROM 3.5 PSIG TO 2.5 PSIG Pipe Min. Length Time Diam Time for for Specification Time for Length(L)Shown(min:sec) (in) (min:sec) Min. Longer Time Length (ft) (sec) 100 ft 150 ft 200 ft 250 ft 300 ft 350 ft 400 ft 450 ft 500 ft 550 ft 600 ft 6 5:40 398 0.8548 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:42 6:25 7:07 7:50 8:33 8 7:33 298 1.5196 7:33 7:33 7:33 7:33 7:36 8:52 10:08 11:24 12:40 13:56 15:12 10 9:27 239 2.3743 9:27 9:27 9:27 9:54 11:52 13:51 15:50 17.48 19:47 2146 23:45 12 11:20 199 3.4190 11:20 11:20 11:20 14.15 17:06 19:57 22:48 25:39 28:30 31:20 3411 15 14'10 159 5.3423 14:10 14'10 17.48 22:16 26:43 31.10 35:37 40:04 44:31 48:58 53:25 18 17:00 133 7.6928 17:00 19:14 25:39 32:03 38:28 44:52 51.17 57.42 64:06 70:31 76:56 21 19:50 114 10.470 19:50 26:11 34:54 43:38 52:21 61:05 69:48 78:32 87.15 95:59 104:42 24 22:40 99 8 22:48 34:11 45:35 56:59 68:23 79:47 91.10 102:34 113:58 125:22 136:46 27 25:30 88 13.676 28:51 43:16 57'42 72:07 86:33 100:58 115:24 129:49 144.14 158:40 173:05 30 28:20 80 2 35:37 53:25 71'14 89:02 106:51 124:39 142:28 160:16 178:05 195:53 213:41 33 3110 72 17.308 43:06 64:38 86:11 107'44 129:17 150:50 172:23 193:55 215:28 237:01 258:34 9 21.369 0 25.856 5 Table 02533-3 MINIMUM TESTING TIMES FOR LOW PRESSURE AIR TEST PIPE DIAMETER MINIMUM TIME LENGTH FOR MINIMUM TIME FOR LONGER TIME LENGTH (INCHES) (sEcoNDs) (FEET) (SECONDS) 6 340 398 0.855 (L) 8 454 298 1 520(L) 10 567 239 2.374(L) 12 680 199 3.419(L) 15 850 159 5.342(L) 18 1020 133 7 693(L) 21 1190 114 10 471 (L) 24 1360 100 13.676(L) 27 1530 88 17.309 (L) 30 1700 80 21.369(L) 33 1870 72 25.856(L) 97-3247-010 Section 02533 Page 10 of 12 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Table 02533-4 VACUUM TEST TIME TABLE DEPTH IN FEET TIME IN SECONDS BY PIPE DIAMETER 48" 60" 72" 4 10 13 16 8 20 26 32 12 30 39 48 16 40 52 64 20 50 65 80 24 60 78 96 * 5 0 6.5 8.0 *Add T times for each additional 2-foot depth. (The values listed above have been extrapolated from ASTM C 924-85) 97-3247-010 Section 02533 Page 11 of 12 ADDENDUM NO. 1 l Table 02533-5 PIPE VS. MANDREL DIAMETER Nominal Average Minimum Mandrel Material and Size I.D Diameter Wall Construction (Inches) (Inches) (Inches) PVC-Solid (SDR 26) 6 5.764 5.476 8 7 715 7 329 10 9.646 9 162 PVC-Solid (SDR 35) 12 11 737 11 150 15 14.374 13.655 18 17.629 16.748 21 20.783 19 744 24 23.381 22.120 27 26.351 25 033 PVC-Truss 8 7 750 7 363 10 9 750 9.263 12 11 790 11.201 15 14 770 14 032 PVC-Profile(ASTM F 794) 12 11 740 11 153 15 14 370 13 652 18 17.650 16.768 21 20.750 19 713 24 23.500 22.325 27 26.500 25.175 30 29.500 28.025 36 35.500 33.725 42 41 500 39 425 48 47 500 45 125 HDPE-Profile 18 18.000 17 100 21 21 000 19.950 24 24 000 22.800 27 27 000 25.650 30 30.000 28.500 36 36.000 34.200 42 42.000 39.900 48 48.000 45 600 54 54 000 51 300 60 60 000 57 000 Fiberglass-Centrifugally Cast 12 12.85 11 822 (Class SN 46) 18 18.66 17 727 20 20.68 19 646 24 24 72 23.484 30 30 68 29 146 36 36.74 34 903 • 42 42.70 40.565 48 48.76 46.322 54 54.82 52.079 60 60.38 57 361 END OF SECTION 97-3247-010 Section 02533 Page 12 of 12 ADDENDUM NO. 1 SECTION 02620 ti POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Polyvinyl chloride sewer pipe for gravity sanitary sewers in nominal diameters 4 inches through 42 inches. B. Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe for gravity sanitary sewers and force mains in nominal diameters 4 inches through 16 inches. 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices. 1 No separate payment will be made for PVC pipe under this section. Include cost in unit price for work included as specified in the following sections. a. Section 02730-Gravity Sanitary Sewers b. Section 02731 -Sanitary Sewer Force Mains 2. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 103 REFERENCES A. ANSI A21.5 (AWWA C 105)- Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Piping for Water and Other Liquids. B. ANSI A21 10 (AWWA C 110)- Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 inches through 48 inches for Water and Other Liquids. C ANSI A21 11 (AWWA C 111) - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. D ASTM D 1248 -Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials. E. ASTM D 1784-Standard Specification for Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride Compound and Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride Compounds. F ASTM D 2241 -Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) 97-3247-010 Section 02620 Page 1 of 7 Addendum No. 1 G. ASTM D 2321 - Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe. H. ASTM D 2444-Test Method for Impact Resistance of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings by Means of a Tup (Falling Weight) ASTM D 2680 -Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) and Polyvinyl Chloride Composite Sewer Piping. J ASTM D 3034-Specification for Type PSM Polyvinyl Chloride Sewer Pipe and Fittings. K. ASTM D 3139-Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. L. ASTM D 3212 - Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. M. ASTM F 477 -Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. N. ASTM F 679 -Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Large-Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. O ASTM F 794- Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Large-Diameter Ribbed Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter P ASTM F 949-Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth Interior and Fittings. Q. AVVWA C 900- Polyvinyl Chloride Pressure Pipe, 4 Inches Through 12 Inches for Water Distribution. R. AWWA C 905- Polyvinyl Chloride Water Transmission Pipe, Nominal Diameters 14 Inches Through 36 Inches. S. PPI TR3 - Policies and Procedures for Developing Recommended Hydrostatic Design Stresses.for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials. T UNI-B-11 Recommended Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Water Transmission Pipe (Nominal Diameters 14 Inches through 36 Inches) U UNI-B-13- Recommended Standard Performance Specification for Joint Restraint Devices for Use with Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe. 97-3247-010 Section 02620 Page 2 of 7 Addendum No. 1 104 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. B. Submit shop drawings showing design of new pipe and fittings indicating alignment and grade, laying dimensions, fabrication, fittings, flanges, and special details. 1 05 QUALITY CONTROL A. Submit manufacturer's certifications that PVC pipe and fittings meet requirements of this Section and AWWA C 900 or AWWA C 905 for pressure pipe applications, or the appropriate ASTM standard specified for gravity sewer pipe. B. Submit manufacturer's certification that PVC pressure pipe has been hydrostatically tested at the factory in accordance with AWWA C 900 or AWWA C 905 and this Section. C When foreign manufactured material is proposed for use, have material tested for conformance to applicable ASTM requirements by certified independent testing laboratory located in United States. Certification from any other source is not acceptable Furnish copies of test reports to City Engineer for review Cost of testing shall be borne by Contractor PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL A. Use PVC compounds in the manufacture of pipe that contain no ingredient in an amount that has been demonstrated to migrate into water in quantities considered to be toxic. B. Furnish PVC pressure pipe manufactured from Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B virgin PVC compounds as defined in ASTM D 1784 Use compounds qualifying for a rating of 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F per requirements of PPI TR3. Provide pipe which is homogeneous throughout, free of voids, cracks, inclusions, and other defects, uniform as commercially practical in color, density, and other physical properties. Deliver pipe with surfaces free from nicks and scratches with joining surfaces of spigots and joints free from gouges and imperfections which could cause leakage. C Gaskets: 1 Gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 477 Use elastomeric factory- installed gaskets to make joints flexible and watertight. 97-3247-010 Section 02620 Page 3 of 7 Addendum No. 1 2. Pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated areas, especially where free product is found near the elevation of the proposed sewer, shall have the following gasket materials for the noted contaminants. CONTAMINANT GASKET MATERIAL REQUIRED Petroleum (diesel, gasoline) Nitrile Rubber Other contaminants As recommended by the pipe manufacturer 3 Do not use PVC gasket material for water mains in potentially contaminated areas. D Lubricant for rubber-gasketed joints: Water soluble, non-toxic, non-objectionable in taste and odor imparted to fluid, non-supporting of bacteria growth, having no deteriorating effect on PVC or rubber gaskets. 2.02 BENDS AND FITTINGS FOR PVC PRESSURE PIPE A. Bends and Fittings: ANSI A 21 10, ductile iron, ANSI A 21 11 single rubber gasket push-on type joint; minimum 150 psi pressure rating. B Coatings and Linings: Conform to requirements of Section 02610- Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2.03 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE A. PVC gravity sanitary sewer pipe shall be in accordance with the provisions in the following table: SDR(MAX.)/ WALL PRODUCT ASTM STIFFNESS DIAMETER CONSTRUCTION MANUFACTURER OPTIONS DESIGNATION (MIN.) SIZE RANGE Solid J-M Pipe Approved D3034 SDR 26/PS 6"to 10" 115 CertainTeed Approved D3034 SDR 35/ PS 46 12" & 15" Can-Tex Approved F679 SDR 35/PS 46 18"to 27" Carlton Approved AWWA C900 DR 18/N/A 4"to 12" Diamond Plastics Approved AWWA C905 DR 18/N/A 14"to 36" IPEX Approved AWWA C905 DR 51 / N/A 24"to 42" 97-3247-010 Section 02620 Page 4 of 7 Addendum No. 1 SDR(MAX.)/ WALL PRODUCT ASTM STIFFNESS DIAMETER CONSTRUCTION MANUFACTURER OPTIONS DESIGNATION (MIN.) SIZE RANGE Truss Contech Approved D2680 N/A/200 psi 8"to 15" (Gasketed) Profile Contech A-2000 Approved F949 N/A/50 psi 6"to 36" IPEX Approved F794 N/A/46 psi 12"to 36" Lamson Vylon Approved F794 N/A/46 psi 21"to 42" Diamond Plastics Approved F794 N/A/46 psi 21"to 42" B. When solid wall PVC pipe 18 inches to 27 inches in diameter is required in SDR 26, provide pipe conforming to ASTM F 679, except provide wall thickness as required for SDR 26 and pipe strength of 115 psi. C For sewers up to 12-inch-diameter crossing over waterlines, or crossing under waterlines with less than 2 feet separation, provide minimum 150 psi pressure-rated pipe conforming to ASTM D 2241 with suitable PVC adapter couplings. D Joints: Spigot and integral wall section bell with solid cross section elastomeric or rubber ring gasket conforming to requirements of ASTM D 3212 and ASTM F 477, or ASTM D 3139 and ASTM F 477 Gaskets shall be factory-assembled and securely bonded in place to prevent displacement. The manufacturer shall test a sample from each batch conforming to requirements ASTM D 2444 E. Fittings. Provide PVC gravity sewer sanitary bends, tee, or wye fittings for new sanitary sewer construction. PVC pipe fittings shall be full-bodied, either injection molded or factory fabricated. Saddle-type tee or wye fittings are not acceptable. 2.04 SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAIN PIPE A. Provide PVC pressure pipe conforming to the requirements for water service pipe, and conforming to the minimum working pressure rating specified in Section 02731 - Sanitary Sewage Force Mains. B. Acceptable pipe joints are integral bell-and-spigot, containing a bonded-in elastomeric sealing ring meeting the requirements of ASTM F 477 In designated areas requiring restrained joint pipe and fittings, use EBAA Iron Series 2000PV, Uniflange Series 1350 restrainer, or equal joint restraint device conforming to UNI-B-13, for PVC pipe 12-inch diameter and less. C Fittings: Provide ductile iron fittings as per Paragraph 2.03, except furnish fittings with one of the following internal linings: 97-3247-010 Section 02620 Page 5 of 7 Addendum No. 1 1 Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum)virgin polyethylene complying with ASTM D 1248, heat fused to the interior surface of the fitting, as manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe"Polybond", or U S. Pipe "Polyline" 2. Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum) polyurethane, Corro-pipe II by Madison Chemicals, Inc. 3. Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum) ceramic epoxy, Protecto 401 by Enduron Protective Coatings. D Exterior Protection: Provide polyethylene wrapping of ductile iron fittings as required by Section 02630- Polyethylene Wrap. E. Hydrostatic Tests: Hydrostatically test pressure rated pipe in accordance with Paragraph 2.02E. F Manufacturers: Approved manufacturers of pressure rated, solid wall PVC pipe for sanitary sewer force mains are. 1 J-M Manufacturing Company, Inc. 2. CertainTeed Corporation 3. Diamond Plastics Corporation 4 Carlon Company 5 IPEX PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION A. Store pipe under cover out of direct sunlight and protect from excessive heat or harmful chemicals in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Conform to requirements of Section 02730-Gravity Sanitary Sewers, and Section 02731 -Sanitary Sewage Force Mains, as applicable. B. Install PVC pipe in accordance with Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, ASTM D 2321, and manufacturer's recommendations. C Avoid imposing strains that will overstress or buckle the pipe when lowering pipe into trench. 97-3247-010 Section 02620 Page 6 of 7 Addendum No. 1 D Hand shovel pipe bedding under the pipe haunches and along the sides of the pipe barrel and compact to eliminate voids and ensure side support. END OF SECTION 97-3247-010 Section 02620 Page 7 of 7 Addendum No. 1 SECTION 02922 SODDING PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Restoration of existing lawn areas disturbed by construction shall be by installation of new sod. B. Sod is defined as blocks, squares, strips of turf grass, and adhering soil used for vegetative planting. To be placed edge to edge for complete coverage. C Lawn is defined as ground covered with fine textured grass kept neatly mowed. 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for sodding. Include in price bid for Restoration of Site Improvements. 103 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 01340- Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 104 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sod only when weather and soil conditions are deemed by Engineer to be suitable for proper placement. B Water and fertilize new sod. C Guarantee sod to be growing 30 days after substantial completion. D Maintenance Period: 1 Begin maintenance immediately after each section of grass sod is installed and continue for a 30-day period from date of substantial completion. 2. Resod unacceptable areas. 3. Water, fertilize, control disease and insect pests, mow, edge, replace unacceptable materials, and perform other procedures consistent with good horticultural practice to ensure normal, vigorous and healthy growth. Disease control shall be installed within guidelines set forth by the Structural Pest Control Board of the State of Texas. 97-3247-010 Section 02922 Page 1 of 4 Addendum No. 1 E. Notify the Engineer 10 days before end of maintenance period for inspection. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SOD A. Species. Replace sod with some species as was present in the lawn prior to construction. B. Contents: 95 percent permanent grass suitable to climate in which it is to be placed; not more than 5 percent weeds and undesirable grasses; good texture, free from obnoxious grasses, roots, stones and foreign materials. C Size. 12 inch wide strips, uniformly 2 inches thick with clean-cut edges. D Sod is to be supplied and maintained in a healthy condition as evidenced by the grass being a normal green color 2.02 FERTILIZER A. Available nutrient percentage by weight: 12 percent nitrogen, 4 percent phosphoric acid, and 8 percent potash; or 15 percent nitrogen, 5 percent phosphoric acid, and 10 percent potash. 2.03 WEED AND INSECT TREATMENT A. Provide acceptable treatment to protect sod from weed and insect infestation Submit treatment method to the Engineer for approval. Insect and disease control shall be installed within guidelines set forth by the Structural Pest Control Board of the State of Texas. 2.04 WATER A. Potable, available on-site through Contractor's water trucks. Do not use private resident's water 2.05 BANK SAND A. Free of clay lumps, roots, grass, salt or other foreign material. PART3 EXECUTION 3 01 PREPARATION A. Verify that soil placement and compaction have been satisfactorily completed. Verify that soil is within allowable range of moisture content. 97-3247-010 Section 02922 Page 2 of 4 Addendum No. 1 • B. Top soil shall be free of weeds and foreign material immediately before sodding. C Do not start work until conditions are satisfactory Do not start work during inclement or impending inclement weather D Rake areas to be sodded smooth, free from unsightly variations, bumps, ridges or depressions. E. Spread 2-inch layer of bank sand over areas to be sodded prior to planting of sod. F Apply fertilizer at a rate of 25 pounds per 1000 square feet. Apply after raking soil surface and not more than 48 hours prior to laying sod. Mix thoroughly into upper 2 inches of soil. Lightly water to aid in dissipation of fertilizer 3.02 APPLICATION A. Lay sod with closely fitted joints leaving no voids and with ends of sod strips staggered. Sod shall be laid within 24 hours of harvesting. B After sod is laid, irrigate thoroughly to secure 6-inch minimum penetration into soil below sod. C Tamp and roll sod with approved equipment to eliminate minor irregularities and to form close contact with soil bed immediately after planting and watering. Submit type of tamping and rolling equipment to be used to the Engineer for approval, prior to construction. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A. Watering' 1 Water lawn areas once a day with minimum 1/2 inch water for the first 3 weeks after area is sodded. 2. After 3-week period, water twice a week with 3/4 inch of water each time unless comparable amount has been provided by rain. , 3. Make weekly inspections to determine moisture content of soil unless soil is in frozen condition. 4 Water in afternoon or at night to enable soil to absorb maximum amount of water with minimum evaporation. B. Mowing: 1 Mow sod at intervals which will keep grass height from exceeding 3-1/2 inches. 2. Set mower blades at 2-1/2 inches. 4111 97-3247-010 Section 02922 Page 3 of 4 Addendum No. 1 3. Do not remove more than one-half of grass leaf surface. 4 Sodded areas requiring mowing within 1 month after installation, shall be mowed with a light-weight rotary type mower The sod shall be mowed only when dry and not in a saturated or soft condition. 5 Remove grass clippings during or immediately after mowing. C Fertilizer and Pest Control: 1 Evenly spread fertilizer composite at a rate of 40 pounds per 5000 square feet or as recommended by manufacturer Fertilizer shall not be placed until 2 weeks after placement of sod. 2. Restore bare or thin areas by topdressing with a mix of 50 percent sharp sand and 50 percent sphagnum peat moss. 3. Apply mixture 1/4 to 1/2 inch thick. 4 Treat areas of heavy weed and insect infestation as recommended by treatment manufacturer 3 04 CLEANUP A. During course of planting, remove excess and waste materials; keep lawn areas clean and take precautions to avoid damage to existing structures, plants, grass, and streets. B Remove barriers, signs, and other Contractor material and equipment from project site at termination of establishment period. C Dispose of unused materials and rubbish. END OF SECTION 97-3247-010 Section 02922 Page 4 of 4 Addendum No. 1 SECTION 02504 CENTRIFUGALLY CAST FIBERGLASS PIPE PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Centrifugally cast fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) pipe for sanitary sewers. 1 02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices. 1 Payment will be made for fiberglass pipe under this Section. Include in unit price for Section 02730-Gravity Sanitary Sewers or Section 02731 -Sanitary Sewage Force Mains. 2. Refer to Section 01025- Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 103 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 3262 -Standard Specification for Reinforced Plastic Mortar Sewer Pipe B. ASTM D 3754 - Standard Specification for "Fiberglass" (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Sewer and Industrial Pressure Pipe. C ASTM D 3681 - Method for Determining Chemical Resistance of Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pipe in Deflected Condition. D ASTM D 4161 - Specification for"Fiberglass" (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting- Resin) Pipe Joints Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. E. ASTM F 477 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) Joining Plastic Pipe. 104 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01340 - Shope Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. B. Provide sufficient data for the Engineer to properly evaluate the pipe. C Product data submittals shall include the following, as a minimum. 1 Details of the proposed pipe. 2. Properties and strengths of the pipe. 97-3247-010 Section 02504 Page 1 of 6 Addendum No. 1 3. Details of pipe joint. 4 Pipe design analysis. 5. Instruction on storage, handling, transporting, and installation. 6 Standard catalog sheets. D Test Reports: Provide test reports upon request, certifying that the pipe has been tested in accordance with and exceeds minimum requirements of ASTM D 3262 and ASTM D 3681 PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Preapproved manufacturer for centrifugally cast fiberglass pipe is Hobas Pipe USA, Inc. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Resin Systems. The manufacturer shall use only polyester resin systems with a proven history of performance in this particular application. The historical data shall have been collected from applications of a composite material of similar construction and composition as the proposed product. B. Glass Reinforcements: The reinforcing glass fibers used to manufacture the components shall be of highest quality commercial grade glass filaments with binder and sizing compatible with impregnating resins. C Fillers: Silica sand or other suitable materials may be used. D Additives. Resin additives, such as pigments, dyes, and other coloring agents, if used, shall in no way be detrimental to the performance of the product nor shall they impair visual inspection of the finished products. E. Rubber Gaskets: Supply from an approved gasket manufacturer in accordance with ASTM F 477, when no contaminant is identified and suitable for the service intended. Gaskets shall either be affixed to the pipe by means of a suitable adhesive or shall be installed in such a manner so as to prevent the gasket from rolling out of the pre-cut groove in the pipe or sleeve coupling When pipe is to be installed in potentially contaminated areas, especially where free product is found near the elevation of the proposed sewer, provide the following gasket materials for the noted contaminants. 97-3247-010 Section 02504 Page 2 of 6 Addendum No. 1 CONTAMINANT GASKET MATERIAL REQUIRED Petroleum (diesel, gasoline) Nitrile Rubber Other Contaminants As recommended by the pipe manufacturer F The internal liner resin shall be suitable for service as sewer pipe, and shall be highly resistant to exposure to sulfuric acid as produced by biological activity from hydrogen sulfide gases. Pipe shall meet or exceed requirements of ASTM D 3681 2.03 MANUFACTURE AND CONSTRUCTION A. Pipes: 1 Furnish pipes in the diameters specified and within the tolerances specified below 2. Manufacture pipe by the centrifugal casting process to result in a dense, nonporous, corrosion-resistant, consistent composite structure to meet the operating conditions as shown on the Drawings. 3 Do not use stiffening ribs or rings. B. Couplings: Unless otherwise specified,the pipe shall be field connected with fiberglass sleeve couplings that utilize elastomeric sealing gaskets as the sole means to maintain joint watertightness. The joints must meet the performance requirements of ASTM D 4161 C Fittings: Flanges, elbows, reducers, tees, and other fittings shall be capable of withstanding operating conditions when installed. They may be contact molded or manufactured from mitered sections of pipe joined by glass fiber reinforced overlays. D Manhole Connections: Provide a water stop flange(wall pipe)for connection to a cast-in- place manhole base or other structure. E. Grout Ports: Provide grout ports in the wall of pipe when required. Provide plugs of 316 stainless steel or other corrosion-resistant material compatible with the pipe. Grout port plugs shall be designed and installed to meet the test pressure of the pipe. 2.04 DIMENSIONS A. Diameters. The actual outside diameter of the pipes shall be in accordance with Table 3 of ASTM D 3262 for gravity sewers, or ASTM D 3754 for force mains. B. Lengths: The pipe standard length will be approximately 20 feet. A maximum of 10 percent of the lengths,excluding special order pipes,may be supplied in random lengths. 97-3247-010 Section 02504 Page 3 of 6 Addendum No. 1 C Wall Thickness: The minimum average wall thickness shall be the stated design thickness. The minimum single point thickness shall not be less than 90 percent of the stated design thickness. D End Squareness: Pipe ends shall be square to the pipe axis. E. Tolerance of Fittings. The tolerance of the angle of an elbow and the angle between the main and leg of a wye or tee shall be plus or minus 2 degrees. The tolerance on the laying length of a fitting shall be plus or minus 2 inches. 2.05 STIFFNESS CLASSES A. Stiffness class of FRP pipe shall satisfy design requirements, but shall not be less than 46 psi,when used in direct bury operation; 36 psi,when installed within a primary tunnel liner B Stiffness class of FRP in a pipe jacking operation shall be governed either by the ring deflection limitations or by a pipe design providing longitudinal strength required by the jacking method and shall satisfy design requirements stated below Submit design calculations as required in Paragraph 1 05, Submittals. 1 Pipe stress calculations based on jacking loads shall be performed to conform with Section 02441 - Microtunneling and Pipe Jacked Tunnels. 2. Ring deflection calculations shall conform with design requirements of 30 TAC Chapter 317.20 pertaining to flexible pipe used in gravity sewers. The pipe deflection calculations shall ensure that predicted deflection will be less than 5 percent under long-term loading conditions(soil prism load)for the highest density of soil overburden and surcharge loads. Deflection on calculations shall be prepared using long-term (drained) values for soil parameters contained in the geotechnical investigation report for the Project,or other site-specific data obtained by the Contractor as approved by the Engineer 2.06 TESTING A. Pipes shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D 3262 or ASTM D 3754, as applicable, except that the factory hydrostatic pressure testing is not required. B. Joints: Coupling joints shall be qualified per the tests of Section 7 of ASTM D 4161 2.07 INSPECTION A. The Engineer shall be entitled to inspect pipes or witness the pipe manufacturing. Such inspection shall not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibilities to provide products that comply with the applicable standards and these Specifications. 97-3247-010 Section 02504 Page 4 of 6 Addendum No. 1 B. Manufacturer's Notification: Should the Engineer wish to see specific pipes during any phase of the manufacturing process, the manufacturer must provide the Engineer with adequate advance notice of when and where the production of those pipes will take place. C Failure to Inspect: Should the Engineer elect not to inspect the manufacturing, testing, or finished pipes, it in no way implies approval of products or tests. 2.08 PACKAGING, HANDLING, AND SHIPPING A. Packing, handling, and shipping should be done in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install pipe and fittings in accordance with requirements of Section 02730 - Gravity Sanitary Sewers and 02731 -Sanitary Sewage Force Mains. B The manufacturer must supply a suitable qualified field service representative to be present periodically during the installation of pipe. C Pipe Bedding. Conform to requirements of Section 02227- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. D Pipe Handling: Use textile slings. E. Jointing 1 Clean ends of pipe and coupling components. 2. Check pipe ends and couplings for damage Correct any damage found. 3. Coupling grooves must be completely free of dirt. 4 Apply joint lubricant to pipe ends and rubber seals of coupling. Use only lubricants approved by the pipe manufacturer 5. Use suitable auxiliary equipment,such as a wire rope puller,to pull joints together 6 Do not exceed forces recommended by the manufacturer for coupling pipe. If excessive force is required, remove coupling, determine source of problem, and correct it. 7 In the process of jointing the pipe, do not allow the deflection angle to exceed the deflection permitted by the manufacturer 97-3247-010 Section 02504 Page 5 of 6 Addendum No. 1 F If pressure grouting of the pipe is conducted as part of a pipe jacked tunnel installation, seal the grout holes with liner resin to a thickness equal to the pipe liner thickness,or with a threaded plug for that purpose. G. Tests. Conform to requirements of Section 02533 - Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers. END OF SECTION 97-3247-010 Section 02504 Page 6 of 6 Addendum No. 1 `'. ` \\.. .. o. NOTE: \\ AUGERED PIPE MUST BE HOBAS PIPE \\ \ EX FLI4 EI=38.36 (OR EQUAL) VNTHOUT STEEL MASSING. EX FL142'WI=38.33 \\\\\\\ 'EX CONC SLOPE P MINS \ \\ \ ROW \\\\ \ EXIST WY RCP STM \ \\ \ OEOP \ \\ \ EXIST 10- WL \ \\ \ _ -4-41-T - — EX IST 10 OO - APC STA 581.31.50 \\\\\\\ 59+ - / \ \ \\ \ OD P7 STA 59+16,47 ��EXIST N FM 1 BANDON \ \`_ - __ __ . \\ \ u •- — _ _ 18' STM \ \\ \ — -- — — -_ PROP 36' SEW V\\ \‘— — — ==M • _.. _ : 1PiiP. • _ _ _- � \ SEW,ROWJ \\1L{ _ ! EXIST SWXT U/G CABLE 0 40 80 STA 58+79.83-36'RT ----_--� PROP 6' DIAM SAN SWR MH \\\\\\\ 440 FL(361-34.29 \\\\\\\ ROW GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET 49 -* %\ 9 aII STING ROAD i 4 S PVMT•EDGE KEITH Rii, . DAVIS SI Tr,'1.3, 82625 J 47 • S DITCH HI SANK �I.O,r,1)FC i,���=H S DITCH E ,,��Qii;NAB�.��' 45 ---------- . (souTHi-�______---------_ -- _ 1 o I Z'LI g4 i 43 �-E% 8 $AN FM (ABANOON)• � EXIST 2a42- STM • _ - P . ..• • Na. aeemen De.anPuaa Dale 1 . .- - 41 - `\ E1?IST 70 WL .•. _ - __ R iergess .�rrrr9�..9�� yy 91rArarr=....n9. [ ... CARTER & BURGESS, RJC. i 11 MOON 0199.9M12 709 39 HOunON.II"D°'.N" ` tz • MAGNOLIA BOULEVARD 37 : : • A : : I STORM SEWER CROSSING 1 35 FROP Se SWR6`'WI Stiff / A •i• • " • • • • • • 33 U AUK rr.� ns NOTE0 am=or. PO _ 0•tt OCT 1099999 Ouw n P /l 58+00 59+00 ''•aoo "-7i 020 coo. ^ .a,r 2 ADDENDUM NO.2 -November 17, 1999 City of Pearland Sanitary Sewer Improvements for Magnolia Boulevard -Gravity Trunk Main and Veterans Drive and Walnut Street - Force Main Date. November 17, 1999 To. Prospective Bidders From: Keith R. Davis, P.E. Carter&Burgess, Inc. The Addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the contract documents, as applicable. Insofar as the plans and specifications are inconsistent, this addendum governs. There is no change in bid date or time. The following are changes in the bidding documents: General Item 1 Additional geotechnical borings have been taken by TERRA-MAR , Inc. They are attached for your reference. Specifications Item 1 Section 00300- Bid Proposal - Delete pages 2 thru 5 in Addendum no 1 and replace with the attached pages 2 thru 5 Item 2. Section 01321 - Construction Photographs- Insert the attached section. Drawings Item 1 Sheet No. 27 and Sheet No. 28 - The 16" force main is to be installed using trenchiess construction methods from station 15+80 to 17+50 Of tc?,• *'i 0. � ,L1 t }:I. OAVIS ��/ . • 1 5• 'Q/ t141011ML C ►01, 199 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.2 TIERRA-MAR LOG OF BORING TB-1 PAGE 1 OF 1 DRILLING DATE 11/04/99 iAW PROJECT Proposed Sanitary Sewer System SURFACE ELEVATION _.- Magnolia & Veterans Street, Pearland, Texas _ — ATTERB ERG Houston - Austin - Dallas Fort Worth - Longview - Lubbock PROJECT NO HE 99043 BORING TYPE. Auger0' - 20' Wash bore: 20' - 3C' LIMITS(X) LOCATION • BLOW COUNT • Natural Moisture Content % 20 40 60 80 and .- W . o •,-.W v z p W W 2 1' • Cu(tst) a Atterberg Limits X i a "' ; o USC W Veterans a� Marys Creek (sht 29) Lo 2,0 3.0 4.0 T v a m N t^ W _ ■ SS (tsf) •■ Plastic Moisture Liquid " a .. o " W ▪ V, Sta. 23+20 (82 Right) Z W Limit Content Limit „ a `� z 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 W v z> > a 5 s z a z c, W 2 < -, , < • Torvane (psf) • c, 3 Z I---=—•----� '- a a a - '4 s MATERIAL DESCRIPTION "' o 200 400 600 BOO o n "' u a 20 40 60 80 LL PL PI a W i o a . . . . . . . . E CH FAT CLAY WITH SAND (CH), stiff to very _ stiff, gray & brown w/ roots - w/ calcareous nodules from 2' io 4' P=3.0 1 - w/ ferrous stains from 2' to 6' - 1.1 5 t P=2.0 _ CH g FAT CLAY (CH), firm to stiff, gray, brown P=1.25 1 & brownish yellow / -6 w/ ferrous stains & ferrous nodules from P=1.0 -I- s' to 10' _ 10 - / - w/ slickensides & silt seams from 13' to '% 18 P=1.0 ML f 1 SILT (ML), loose, brownish yellow • 11. - 20 -L CL LEAN CLAY (CL), stiff, brownish yellow w/ P=1.25 silt seams, silt layers & silt pockets • _JJ CH p FAT CLAY (CH), very stiff, reddish brown P=3.5 & light greenish gray w/ slickensides - 25 -- - greenish gray, light yellowish red &, reddish brown w/ calcareous nodules & ferrous nodules from 28' to 30' ` P=3.0 I• 1 • 30 Boring terminated at 30' Ground water was measured at a depth of 10.9' below the existing ground surface 24 hours after the completion of drilling & Boring TB-1 caved in to a depth of 11.2' Water Level Est. V Measured: X Perched: 2 Key to Abbreviations: Notes: Water Observations: Ground water was encountered during drilling at a N - SPT Data (Blows/Ft) Drilled By: Van & Sons Drilling Service, Inc. Logged By: Mario D. Tagavilla (Terra-Mar, P - Pocket Penetrometer (tsf) depth of 18.3' below the existing ground surface and ground water level T - Torvane (psf) Inc.) rose up to o depth of 11.8' after 5 minutes. Cu- Undrained Cohesion (tsf) Sample Key: ®SPT 0 Shelby Tube ®Disturbed SS - Shear Strength (P/2, tsf) -- mmuvriuut LOG OF BORING TB-2 PAGE 1 OF 1 DRILLING DATE 11/04/99 .A`t PROJECT Proposed Sanitary Sewer System SURFACE ELEVATION _— Magnolia & Veterans Street, Pearland, Texas -- ATTERBERG Houston — Austin — Dallas — Fort Worth — Longview — Lubbock PROJECT NO. HE 99043 BORING TYPE. Auger LIMITS(%) LOCATION • BLOW COUNT • Natural Moisture Content 20 40 60 80 x ^ a X W 1a ♦ Cu(tsf) ♦ = and = o ipz —> USC W Magnolia @ Veterans (sht 23) 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 a = Atterberg Limits Z x o u 0 .y o -' O z ti Sta 70+32 (42' Right) ■ SS (tsf) ■ y N �, Plastic Moisture Liquid u c� ; cEf a 3 C. ZLa < 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 0 i Limit Content Limit j N N O A W 1.- • Torvane (psf) • } y =W I-----•----� N 1 a VIz Z W W 0 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION `^ 200 400 600 800 a _ - 20 40 60 80 LL PL PI d W = o CH V FAT CLAY WITH SAND (CH), hard, dark P=4.5 - 0 I gray w/ roots E. CH V FAT CLAY (CH), stiff to very stiff, dark " P=3.25 Agray w/ ferrous stains I■. — brown & brownish yellow w/ ferrous P=1.5 - 5 / nodules from 4' to 8' ' III— w/ calcareous nodules from 6' to 8' P=1.5 ''' _ _A ■. — brown, brownish yellow & yellowish red P=1.5 J w/ calcareous matters from 8' to 13' -• 10 — reddish brown, light yellowish red & light P=2.75 - 1 greenish gray from 13' to 17' r. ` 15 4 — w/ calcareous nodules & slickensides from 13' to 15' P=1.5 A CL LEAN CLAY (CL), stiff, reddish brown, P=1.5 ■ light yellowish red & light greenish gray w/r ._. • silt seams, silt layers & silt pockets / Boring terminated at 18' Ground water was measured at a depth of 7 4' below the existing ground surface 24 hours after the completion of drilling & Boring TB-2 caved in to a depth of 7.8' Water Level Est. V Measured: X Perched: Key to Abbreviations: Notes: Water Observations: Ground water was not encountered during drilling. N — SPT Data (Blows/Ft) Drilled By. Van & Sons Drilling Service, Inc. Logged By: Mario D. Tagavilla (Terra—Mar, Inc.) P — Pocket Penetrometer (tsi) T — Torvane (psi) C u — Undrained Cohesion ,(tsf) 1st Sample Key: ®SPT 0 Shelby Tube ®Disturbed SS — Shheaar Strength (P/2 tsf) 111ERRIVMAR LOG OF BORING TB-3 PAGE 1 OF 1 DRILLING DATE 11/04/99. I''llt . PROJECT Proposed Sanitary Sewer System SURFACE ELEVATION ____ Magnolia & Veterans Street, Pearland, Texas __ ATTERBERG Houston - Austin - Dallas Fort Worth - Longview - Lubbock PROJECT NO. HE 99043 BORING TYPE. Auger - LIMITS(%) N LOCATION • BLOW COUNT • Natural Moisture Content -cc' se 20 40 60 80 v and Z c W O z '. h Cu(isf) ♦ a z Atierberg Limits Z - m o V, .2 ai Magnolia @ McLean (sht 17) 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 Ti o - o e a USC '" Plastic Moisture Li uid " m "' N ■ SS (tsf) ■ W W z j Limit Content Limit = g- �' z < z Ste 46+25 (36' Right) Z 1.0 2.0 3.0 4:0 la d W - - 0 W < 0 N Z S. lr y i--_—•---.—_.f 13 E- 1 c. A I F. W IT W s < W < ♦ Torvane (psf) ♦ > ce z,.. N In e= It. x MATERIAL DESCRIPTION '� `" tm200 400. 600 800 0 " '- a 20 40 60 80 Lt. PL PI a W = o CH rFAT CLAY (CH), stiff to hard, dark groy P=4.5 - w/ roots from 0' to 2' ■ - w/ ferrous nodules from 2' to 6' P=2 0 - / - w/ ferrous stains from 2' to 10' E. - dark gray, gray & brownish yellow from P=2.5 4' to 6' ■ • - brown & brownish yellow from 6' io 8' P=1.5 -- - / - w/ slickensides & sill seams from 6' to ■ 15' P=2.0 - - brown, brownish yellow & yellowish red • • - 10 / from 8' to 13' - w/ silt pockets from 8' to 15' - o • - reddish brown & light greenish gray from P=2.75 13' to 15' •■• 15 r - reddish brown w/ slickensides from 18' to P=2.0 25' 4 ' P=3.0 - 25 l` Boring terminated at 25' Boring TB-3 was dry & open to a depth of 23' below the existing ground surface 24 hours after the completion of drilling. Water Level Est. U Measured: X Perched: SL. Key to Abbreviations: Notes: - Water Observations: Ground water was not, encountered during drilling. N - SPT Data (Blows/Ft) Drilled By: Van & Sons Drilling Service, Inc. Logged By: Mario D. Tagavilla (Terra-Mar, Inc.) P - Pocket Penetrometer (tsf) T - Torvane (psf) C u- Undrained Cohesion (1st) Sample Key: ®SPT ill Shelby Tube 0 Disturbed - SS - Shear Strength (P/2, tsf) 1MMAR LOG OF BORING TB-4 PAGE 1 OF 1 DRILLING DATE 11/04/99 iIIIh t PROJECT Proposed Sanitary Sewer System SURFACE ELEVATION - Magnolia & Veterans Street, Pearland, Texas 7._...--- ' ATTERBERG • Houston - Austin - Dallas Fort Worth - Longview - Lubbock PROJECT NO. HE 99043 BORING TYPE. Auger LIMITS(X) LOCATION • BLOW COUNT • Natural Moisture Content v re le ,:, 20 40 60 80 Si' and W La o Z ♦ Cu(isf) ♦ a W -- z w _ USC W Magnolia (sht 14) 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 v - Atterberg Limits z = _ ,_ o z N W _ ■ SS (tsf) ■ . �, Plastic Moisture Liquid W o C) ; o W, v1 Sta 36+30 (48 Right) 2 E ._- W z a Limit Content Limit cc g ,,, . 12 < ►i _ z 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 0 = L J o g W 3 Q W Fes- Q • Torvane (psf) • r N z W F�---•---�1 N ' C. 6 VHI F W = a MATERIAL DESCRIPTION '^ 200 400 600 BOO o ti 20 40 60 80 = LL PL PI Q. W Z o 0 1 CH r' FAT CLAY (CH), stiff to hard, dark gray P=4.5 - w/ roots from 0' to 2' • U. - dark gray & gray from 2' to 4' P=2.0 lil - 5 -/ - gray & brownish yellow w/ ferrous stains P=2.0 & ferrous nodules from 4' to 8' : II • P=1.5 ■ I - gray, brownish yellow & yellowish red w/ P=2:0 ferrous nodules, ferrous stains & I • 10 calcareous matter from 8' to 13' , - -. :7 0 - reddish brown & light greenish gray w/ P=2.0 calcareous nodules, slickensides & silt - 15 — seams from 13' to 18' " . • I - reddish brown w/ slickensides from 18' to P=3.5 25' ■ - 20 - w/ silt seams from 18' to 20' • . . . . • . . P=3.75 - 25 - 4 Boring terminated at 25' No 24 hour ground water level reading was obtained because Boring TB-4 was backfilled 15 minutes after the completion of drilling. Water Level Est. V Measured: X Perched: Y Key to Abbreviations: Notes: Water Observations: Ground water was not encountered during drilling N - SPT Data (Blows/Ft) Drilled By Van & Sons Drilling Service, Inc. Logged By: Mario D. Tagovilla (Terra-Mar, Inc.) & the boring was dry upon the completion of drilling and 15 minutes P - Pocket Penetrometer (isf) later T - Torvane (psf) Cu- Undrained Cohesion (1st) Sample Key: 0 SPT 0 Shelby Tube 0 Disturbed SS - Shear Strength (P/2, tsf) MIRA-MAR LOG OF BORING TB-5 PAGE 1 OF 1 DRILLING DATE 11/04/99 PROJECT Proposed Sanitary Sewer System SURFACE ELEVATION Al&I' Magnolia & Veterans Street, Pearland, Texas ATTERBERG Houston - Austin, - Dallas - Fort Worth - Longview - Lubbock PROJECT NO. HE 99043 BORING TYPE. Auger LIMITS(%) LOCATION • BLOW COUNT • Natural Moisture Content . re In 20 40 60 80 -- x ,,, ^ i• ' W Magnolia ® Acres Cu(tsi) • v ci Z -� ndLimits W .- _ o USC 9 Ryan 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 Y h Atterberg o 2, = o Z Li u r_ n Sta 27+70 (8' Left) F ■ SS (1st) ■ „W Plastic Moisture Liquid Li ' u cs N a 6- e- W o z 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 W W z Limit Content Limit W Q o A 3 �' < • Torvane (Pst) • > v' z W h----•----1 a i N W = MATERIAL DESCRIPTIONEn m p 200 400 600 800 c n U "-- u t- 20 40 60 80 LL PL PI d W = o _ 12" thick asphalt pavement 1 CH 'Sand„ gravel & crushed limestone base, _ 7 / 'brown & gray c P=4.0 - - FAT CLAY WITH SAND (CH), FILL, very I CH 1 stiff, dark gray & gray w/ coarse limestone` _ ' P=1.0 5 / FAT CLAY (CH), stiff to very stiff, gray w/ • -' / ferrous nodules & ferrous stains P=2.0 - - / - gray & brownish yellow from 6' to 8' - brownish yellow & yellowish red w/ P=2.0 calcareous nodules from 8' to 10' ■ - 1D — r - reddish brown & light greenish gray w/ P=1.5 _1 slickensides & silt seams from 13' to 23 •" - 15 - • P=2.0 - -/ ■ - 20 - / - -/ - reddish brown with slickensides & P=3.5 calcareous nodules from 23' to 25' I■- = 25 y Boring terminated at 25' Ground water was measured at a depth of 22.8' below the existing ground surface 24 hours after the completion of drilling & Boring TB-5 caved in to a depth of 23' Water Level Est. V Measured: 3< Perched: X Key to Abbreviations: Notes: - Water Observations: Ground water was not encountered during drilling. N - SPT Data (Blows/Ft) Drilled By Van & Sons Drilling Service, Inc. Logged By: Mario D. Tagavilla (Terra-Mar, Inc.) P - Pocket Penetrometer (tsf) T - Torvane (psf) C u - Undrained Cohesion (1st) Sample Key: ®SPT 0 Shelby Tube ®,Disturbed - SS - Shear Strength (P/2, 1st) TERRA-MAR LOG OF BORING TB-6 PAGE 1 OF 1 DRILLING DATE 11/04/99 Alli k‘ PROJECT Proposed Sanitary Sewer System SURFACE ELEVATION __ Magnolia & Veterans Street, Pearland, Texas ATTERBERG Houston - Austin - Dallas - Fort Worth - Longview - Lubbock PROJECT NO. HE 99043 BORING TYPE. Auger LIMITS(%) LOCATION • BLOW COUNT • Natural Moisture Content _ Ne 20 40 60 80 �- x W ^ _ A Cu(tsf) and Z o W o Z USC W Magnolia Hatfield (sht 10) s _ AtterbergLimits 9 1.0 2.0. 3.0 4.0 = < u - ' m c z � if Sta 27+00 (0' Offset) • SS (1sf) • Z a = N �,W Plastic Moisture Liquid c, c,, a E N a �' o CD w < 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 0 = ; Z Limit Content Limit = ,�„ W a ��+ W < Q W K H W J 2 W I- — C g g ? a z a. "' 3 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION I-- O • Torvane (psf) • > a N f5 LJ - O 200 400 600 B00 a 20 40 60 80 LL PL PI W = o CH X FAT CLAY WITH SAND (CH), hard, dark P=4.5 " " . . " • - • • • • - • • - - / gray w/ crushed limestone & gravel • CH %%% FAT CLAY (CH), stiff to hard, dark gray & • P=2.5 gray w/ ferrous nodules & ferrous stains ■ - 5 7 0 gray & brownish yellow from 4' to 13' P=1.5 P=175 111 w/ calcareous matters from 8' to 13' P=2.0 1 • - 7 - - reddish brown & light greenish gray from P=4.0 • - 15 13' to 15' - w/ slickensides & silt seams from 13' to - / 25' - reddish brown from 18' to 23' P=3.25 ■ _ 20 _ 43< . - reddish brown & light greenish gray from P=4.0 7 4 23' to 25' li 25 Boring terminated of 25' • Ground water was measured at a depth of 20.7' below the existing ground surface 24 hours after the completion of drilling & Boring TB-6 caved in to a depth of 20.9' Water Level Est. V Measured: I Perched: 31 Key to Abbreviations: Notes: Water Observations: Ground water was not encountered during drilling. N - SPT Data (Blows/Ft) Drilled Br Van & Sons Drilling Service, Inc. Logged By: Mario D. Tagavilla (Terra-Mar, Inc.) P - Pocket Penetrometer (tsf) T - Torvane (psf) C u - Undrained Cohesion (tsf) Sample Key: ®SPT El Shelby Tube 0 Disturbed SS - Shear Strength (P/2, tsf) City of Pearland,Texas SWEC Project B98-01 BID PROPOSAL ITEM SECTION No. REFERENCE ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS OTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE (1) 1 Mobilization(include two project signs) LS 1 2 01526 Trench Safety LF 12,354 3 01563 Control of Ground Water LF 3,731 4 01567 Filter Fabric Fence(SWPPP) LF 3,517 5 01568 Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier LF 144 6 01570 Traffic Control and Regulation LS 1 7 01570 Flagmen HR 200 Restoration of Unpaved Surfaces above 8 01740 new Line Segments L.F 11,930 9 01740 Restoration of Pavement(All Types) S.Y 415 10 01740 Restoration of Curb or Curb-and-Gutter L.F 100 Cut, Plug and Abandonment of Existing 11 02052 Force Mains(All Diameters) Ea. 9 Removal of Existing Lift Station(Magnolia 12 02076 Blvd.) LS 1 13 02076 Remove Exist.8" San. Swr (all depths) LF 94 Remove Exist.8" Force Main from bridge crossing(Mary's Creek @ Veteran's Drive)including all hardware(fill holes 14 02076 w/epxoy incidental) LS 1 Remove Exist.42"San.Swr (include grouting of Exist.MH opening and 15 02076 opening for new line location) LF 20 16 02111 Clearing and,Grubbing SY 3,696 Section 00300 97-3247-010 • ADDENDUM NO.2 Page 2 of 7 City of Pearland,Texas SWEC Project B98-01 BID PROPOSAL ITEM SECTION No. REFERENCE ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS OTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE Install 16"City Furnished Valve on 16" FM(Location to be determined by City of 17 02521 Pearland) EA 2 4' Diameter San.Swr MH(std 8'depth) 18 02601 (Precast) EA 1 4'Diameter San.Swr MH(Extra Depth) 19 02601 (Precast) VF 1 6'Diameter San.Swr MH(std 8'depth) 20 02601 (Precast) (Corrosion Resistant) EA 13 6' Diameter San.Swr MH(Extra.Depth) 21 02601 (Precast)(Corrosion Resistant) VF 86 6'Diameter San.Swr MH for Force Main Discharge(std 8'depth)(Precast) 22 02601 (Corrosion Resistant) EA 3 6'Diameter San.Swr MH for Force Main Discharge(Extra Depth)(Precast) 23 02601 (Corrosion Resistant), VF 18 8' Diameter San.Swr MH(std 8'depth) 24 02601 (Precast)(Corrosion Resistant) EA 6 8'Diameter San.Swr MH(Extra Depth) 25 02601 (Precast) (Corrosion Resistant) VF 73 26 02601 8"Standard(External)Drop Connection EA 1 8"Diameter(External)Standard Drop 27 02601 Connection, Extra Depth VF 1 28 02601 12"Standard(External) Drop Connection EA 1 12"Diameter(External)Standard Drop 29 02601 Connection, Extra Depth VF 4 30 02601 8"Standard(Internal) Drop Connection EA 2 Section 00300 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.2 Page 3 of 7 City of Pearland,Texas SWEC Project B98-01 BID PROPOSAL ITEM SECTION No. REFERENCE ITEM DESCRIPTION, 'UNITS OTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE 8"Diameter(Internal)Standard Drop 31 02601 Connection, Extra Depth VF 13 32 02601 16"Standard(Internal) Drop Connection EA 1 16"Diameter(Internal)Standard Drop 33 02601 Connection, Extra Depth VF 5 Auger or Bore&Jack 16"'Diameter C- 905 PVC San. Force Main(Including 24" 34 02316 Casing) LF 588 Remove and Replace with salvaged 24" (or less) RCP Stm.Swr., (Class III,C-76) 35 02632 (Including Inlets) LF 795 Remove and Replace with salvaged 48" Stm. Swr w/SET,(Class III,.C-76) 36 02632 (Including Inlet) LF 140 Air Release and,Vaccum Relief Valve with 6' Dia Manhole,including all 37 02642 necessary appurtenances EA 3 8" Gravity San.Swr (all depths),Open- 38 02730 Cut LF 121 12"Gravity San. Swr (all depths),Open- 39 02730 Cut LF 60 36"Gravity San. Swr (12'- 16'cut), 40 02730 Open-Cut LF 3,221 36"Gravity San. Swr (16'-20'cut), 41 02730 Open-Cut LF 1,678 42"Gravity San. Swr (16'-20'),Open- 42 02730 Cut LF 1,703 Auger or Bore&Jack 36"Gravity San. 43 02316 Swr.,With or Without Casing(all depths) LF 139 Auger or Bore& 36"Gravity San. Swr Under 42" RCP Storm Sewer, Without Casing(HOBAS Pipe,Ductile 44 02316 Iron Pipe or equal) LF 30 4"Diameter C-900 PVC Sanitary Force Main,Complete in Place(Including 45 02731 Valves and Fittings),Open-Cut LF 40 Section 00300 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.2 Page 4 of 7 City of Pearland,Texas SWEC Project B98-01 BID PROPOSAL ITEM SECTION No. REFERENCE ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS OTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE 8"Diameter C-900 PVC Sanitary Force Main,Complete in Place(Including 46 02731 Fittings),Open-Cut LF _ 55 16"Diameter C-905 PVC Sanitary Force 47 02731 Main,Open-Cut LF 5,321 16"'Diameter C-905 PVC San. Force Main w/cement stabilized sand encasement slab(Veterans Dr © Mary's 48 02731 Creek),Open-Cut LF 80 BASE BID ITEMS(1 -48)TOTAL Note: 1) Mobilization not to exceed 3%of total bid Section 00300 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.2 Page 5 of 7 SECTION 01321 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS PART1 GENERAL 1 01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Photographic requirements for construction photographs and submittals. 102 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. B Prints. Prepare 2 prints of each view and submit 1 print directly to the Engineer within 7 days of taking photographs. One print shall be retained by the Contractor in the field office at the Project site and available at all times for reference C Extra Prints. When requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit extra prints of photographs, with distribution directly to designated parties who will pay the costs for the extra prints directly to the photographer D When required by individual sections, submit photographs taken prior to start of construction to show original site conditions. E. When required by Contract Documents,submit photographs monthly,with Pay Estimate F Negatives: With each submittal,include photographic negatives,in protective envelopes, identified by Project name, Contractor, and date photographs were taken. 1 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor shall be responsible for the timely execution of the photographs,their vantage point, and quality 97-3247-010 Section 01321 Page 1 of 3 ADDENDUM NO.2 PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Prior to the commencement of any construction, take 35mm color photographs of the entire route of the project and present two set of prints to the Engineer for their use in contract administration and inspection. B Photographs: Two prints, color, matte finish; 3 x 5 -inch size, mounted on 8-1/2 x 11- inch soft card stock, with left edge binding margin for three hole punch. C The photographs shall show on a non-reflective chalkboard readable in the photograph. 1 Job number 2. Date and time photographs were taken. 3 Location of the photograph, house number and street, along with the project number D Indicate the condition of the following: 1 Esplanades and boulevards. 2. Yards (near side and far side of street) 3 Housewalk and sidewalk. 4 Curb. 5. Area between walk and curb. 6 Particular features (yard light, shrubs, fences, trees, etc.) 7 Date shall be on negative. 8 Provide notation of vantage point marked for location and direction of shot,on a key plan of the site. E. Sufficient number of photographs shall be taken to show the existence or non-existence of cracked concrete and the condition of trees, shrubs, and grass. F Identify each photograph with an applied label or rubber stamp on the back with the following information: 1 Name of the Project. 2. Name and address of the photographer(if a professional photographer is used) 3. Name of the Contractor 4 Date the photograph was taken. 97-3247-010 Section 01321 Page 2 of 3 ADDENDUM NO.2 G. Photographs to be 3x5 inch size with matte finish, in plastic pockets, and bound in three- ring notebook for easy access and viewing. 2.02 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS A. Take photographs at intervals, coinciding with the cutoff date associatea with each application for payment. Select the vantage points for each shot each month to best show the status of construction and progress since the last photographs were taken. 1 Vantage Points: Follow direction by the Engineer to select vantage points. During each of the following construction phases take not less than 2 of the required shots from the same vantage point each time to create a time-lapse sequence PART3 EXECUTION NotUsed END OF SECTION 97-3247-010 Section 01321 Page 3 of 3 ADDENDUM NO.2 ADDENDUM NO. 3 - November 24, 1999 City of Pearland Sanitary Sewer Improvements for Magnolia Boulevard -Gravity Trunk Main and Veterans Drive and Walnut Street- Force Main Date. November 24, 1999 To Prospective Bidders From. Keith R. Davis, P.E. Carter& Burgess, Inc. The Addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the contract documents, as applicable Insofar as the plans and specifications are inconsistent, this addendum governs. There is no change in bid date or time. The following are changes in the bidding documents. General Item 1 Land owner agreements between the City of Pearland and property owners from which property was acquired for this project are attached. The contractor is to abide by these agreements during construction. A. November 23, 1998. Ordinance No 872: Gate Concrete Products 1 Completed by City of Pearland 2. N/A 3. Install the force main by boring methods under existing driveway and parking lot. (Veterans Drive, approximate Stations 15+80 to 17+50) 4 Replace the slope stabilization along the ditch with equal or better material. (Veterans Drive, approximate Stations 14+00 to .. E 15+95). .: i OF 4.2,, &6. Relocate items which require relocation due to the installation of 11, 1— . ,, the force main.This is to be coordinated with the City of Pearland • •�j and Gate Concrete Products. -KEITH R. DAVIS . B. January 4, 1999• Settlement Agreement: Jerrell Winston & Daphne i+$o, 82625 0 lee Diann Montgomery(See sheet 5, parcel no. 6) 1I�E'S;�r�1STE +J' 1 Completed by City of Pearland tt�QN1iL 04c34. 2. Completed by City of Pearland 3. Provide temporary fencing as required by restoration specifications.and this agreement. /I 4zy 199 4 Provide fencing in accordance with this agreement. Include in price bid for restoration. 5. Completed by City of Pearland 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.3 Page 1 of 4 ADDENDUM NO. 3 - November 24, 1999 City of Pearland Sanitary Sewer Improvements for Magnolia Boulevard - Gravity Trunk Main and Veterans Drive and Walnut Street- Force Main C June 23, 1999• Settlement Agreement: Janet Hadden (See sheet 5, parcel no 4) 1 Completed by City of Pearland 2. Completed by City of Pearland 3. Completed by City of Pearland 4 To be provided directly by the City of Pearland in additional to the contractor's work covered under the restoration specifications. 5. Relocate items which require relocation due to the installation of the force main. This is to be coordinated with the City of Pearland Item 2. A minimum price of$5.00/LF for the control of ground water has been added to the bid schedule. Item 3. Pipe embedment for gravity sanitary sewers may either be crushed rock or cement stabilized sand for a dry stable trench as recommended by the pipe material manufacturer (See details on sheet 54) Provide written recommendation from manufacturer supporting selection of embedment materials. Filter fabric wrap is not required in a dry stable trench. For a wet trench use crushed rock embedment with a filter fabric wrap per detail. Backfill above the embedment zone shall be cement stabilized sand under paved areas and select fill under unpaved areas. Item 4 Separate bid items for the construction of 16" force main, 36" and 42" gravity sanitary sewers have been added to the bid schedule for wet sand construction. Item 5. The contractor is to coordinate and pay for all private utility relocations required for this project. (See General Construction Note no 2 on Sheet 2 of 65). Item 6. Pipe material shall be uniform between manholes. Item 7 Clearing is to be kept to a minimum. It is not to extend past the R-O-W line or easement line without the land owner's permission. The City will not pay for clearing outside of these limits. Item 8. The force main discharge manhole is to be built with internal drops. These internal drops are listed as separate pay items in the bid schedule. Item 9 All roads (Walnut, Veterans, Magnolia and McLean) are maintained by the City of Pearland, not Brazoria County Item 10 The valves which were originally listed as being provided by the owner are to be furnished by the contractor All valves to be furnished shall be Dezurik Series 100 Eccentric Plug Valves with extended nut, valve box and tee wrench. 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.3 Page 2 of 4 ADDENDUM NO. 3 - November 24, 1999 City of Pearland Sanitary Sewer Improvements for Magnolia Boulevard - Gravity Trunk Main and Veterans Drive and Walnut Street- Force Main Item 11 Repair of manholes shall be by cast-in-place methods. Bricks are not to be used for repair of sanitary sewer manholes. Item 12. The restoration specification has been modified to include a base price for hydro- mulching all restored areas above unpaved open cut segments of line, and a separate item for replacing the hydro-mulching with sodding. The sodding pay item is to be treated as an add price to the base restoration items. Item 13. The 16"force main crossing under Mary's Creek is to be installed by trenchless methods inside a concrete casing pipe from approximately station 23+00 to 24+30 Item 14 Air release manholes are to be 6 foot in diameter(eccentric)and are not required to be corrosion resistant. Item 15 Force main testing will include only hrdrostatic testing. Pigging of the line will not be required Specifications Item 1 Section 00300 - Bid Proposal - Delete pages 2 thru 5 in Addendum no 2 and replace with the attached pages 2 thru 5. Item 2. Section 02316 - Pipe and Casing Augering for Sewers - Delete 2.01 F and replace with the following: `Provide casing pipe which is straight, circular in section, has internal and external corrosion resistant coating, welded steel pipe, manufactured in accordance with AWWA C 200, unless specifically noted otherwise " Item 3. Section 02620 - Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe- Delete sheet 5 of 7 and replace with attached sheet 5 of 7 Item 4 Section 01740-Restoration of Site Improvements- Delete Section 1.02 A.And replace with the following: "1.02 A Unpaved Surface Restoration 1 Base measurement and payment for restoration of unpaved surfaces above new line segments is by the . linear foot for the total line segment. The item covers surface restoration of all excavation, including but not limited to,open-cut trench,shafts, auger pits, and service connections, as applicable.This includes hydro-mulching and all other items covered under this specification, with the exception of sodding. 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.3 Page 3 of 4 ADDENDUM NO 3- November 24, 1999 City of Pearland Sanitary Sewer Improvements for Magnolia Boulevard - Gravity Trunk Main and Veterans Drive and Walnut Street- Force Main 2. Measurement and payment for sodding will be on a linear foot basis along the length of line installed Payment for sodding will be in addition to the base payment for unpaved surface restoration above new line segments." Item 5. Section 02731 - Sanitary Sewage Force Mains - Delete section 2.06E and replace with the following: "2.06B. For all force mains larger than 12 inches in diameter, provide restraint joints conforming to the requirements of the force main pipe material specifications. Restrained joints shall be provided on all horizontal and vertical bend fittings. In addition, restrained shall be provided on 60 feet of pipe on both sides of 90 degree bends, 40 feet of pipe on both sides of 45 degree bends,and 20 feet of pipe on both sides of 221 degree and 11 1/4 degree bends." Item 6 Section 02731 - Sanitary Sewage Force Mains - Delete section 3.04 Item 7 Section 02227- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities- Paragraph 3.08 C replace the words "water lines"with "force main" Drawings Item 1 Sheet 53- Force Main Discharge Manhole - Delete the force main discharge manhole detail and replace with the attached detail. Attachments Pre-Bid Meeting notes Sign-in Sheet 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.3 Page 4 of 4 City of Pearland,Texas SWEC Project B98-01 BID PROPOSAL BASE BID ITEMS ITEM SECTION No. REFERENCE ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS CITY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE (1) 1 Mobilization(include two project signs) LS 1 2 01526 Trench Safety LF 12,354 (2) 3 01563 Control of Ground Water LF 3,731 4 01567 Alter Fabric Fence(SWPPP) LF 3,517 5 01568 Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier LF 144 6 01570 Traffic Control and Regulation LS 1 7 01570 Flagmen HR 200 Restoration of Unpaved Surfaces above 8 01740 new Line Segments(Base price) L.F 11,930 Restoration of Unpaved Surfaces above new Line Segments(Sodding in addition 9 01740 to base price) L.F 3,500 10 01740 Restoration of Pavement(All Types) S.Y 415 11 01740 Restoration of Curb or Curb-and-Gutter L.F 100 Cut, Plug and Abandonment of Existing 12 02052 Force Mains(All Diameters) Ea. 9 Removal of Existing Lift Station(Magnolia 13 02076 Blvd.) LS 1 14 02076 Remove Exist.8" San.Swr (all depths) LF 94 Remove Exist.8"Force Main from bridge crossing(Mary's Creek @ Veteran's Drive)including all hardware(fill holes 15 02076 w/epxoy incidental) LS 1 Remove Exist.42"San.Swr (include grouting of Exist.MH opening and 16 02076 opening for new line location) LF 20 17 02111 Clearing and Grubbing SY 3,696 Section 00300 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.3 Page 2 of 7 City of Pearland,Texas SWEC Project B98-01 BID PROPOSAL ITEM SECTION No. REFERENCE ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS OTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE Install 16"Contractor Furnished Valve (Dezurik Series 100 Eccentric Valves or Equal)on 16" FM(Location to be 18 02521 determined by City of Pearland) EA 2 4'Diameter San.Swr MH (std 8'depth) 19 02601 (Precast) EA 1 4'Diameter San.Swr MH(Extra Depth) 20 02601 (Precast) VF 1 6'Diameter San.Swr MH(std 8'depth) 21 02601 (Precast) (Corrosion Resistant) EA 13 6'Diameter San.Swr MH(Extra Depth) 22 02601 (Precast) (Corrosion Resistant) VF 86 6'Diameter San.Swr MH for Force Main Discharge(std 8'depth) (Precast) 23 02601 (Corrosion Resistant) EA 3 6'Diameter San.Swr MH for Force Main Discharge(Extra Depth)(Precast) 24 02601 (Corrosion Resistant) VF 18 8'Diameter San. Swr MH(std 8'depth) 25 02601 (Precast)(Corrosion Resistant) EA 6 8'Diameter San.Swr MH(Extra Depth) 26 02601 (Precast) (Corrosion Resistant) VF 73 27 02601 8"Standard(External) Drop Connection EA 1 8"Diameter(External)Standard Drop 28 02601 Connection, Extra Depth VF 1 29 02601 12"Standard(External)Drop Connection EA 1 12"Diameter(External) Standard Drop 30 02601 Connection, Extra Depth VF 4 31 02601 8"Standard(Internal)Drop Connection EA 2 Section 00300 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.3 Page 3 of 7 City of Pearland,Texas SWEC Project B98-01 BID PROPOSAL ITEM SECTION No. REFERENCE ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS OTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE 8'Diameter(Internal)Standard Drop 32 02601 Connection, Extra Depth VF 13 33 02601 16"Standard(Internal) Drop Connection EA 1 16"Diameter(Internal)Standard Drop 34 02601 Connection, Extra Depth VF 5 Auger or Bore&Jack 16"Diameter C- 905 PVC San. Force Main(Including 24" 35 02316 Casing) LF 588 Remove and Replace with salvaged 24" (or less) RCP Stm.Swr., (Class III,C-76) 36 02632 (Including Inlets) LF 795 Remove and Replace with salvaged 48" Stm.Swr w/SET,(Class III,C-76) 37 02632 (Including Inlet) LF 140 Air Release and Vaccum Relief Valve with 6'Dia Manhole,including all 38 02642 necessary appurtenances EA 3 8" Gravity San.Swr (all depths),Open- 39 02730 Cut LF 121 12"Gravity San.Swr (all depths),Open- 40 02730 Cut LF 60 36"Gravity San.Swr (12'- 16'cut), 41 02730 Open-Cut LF 3,221 36"Gravity San.Swr (16'-20'cut), 42 02730 Open-Cut LF 1,478 Wet Sand Construction for 36"Gravity 43 02730 San.Swr LF 200 42"Gravity San. Swr (16'-20'),Open- 44 02730 Cut LF 1,503 Wet Sand Construction for 42"Gravity 45 02730 San.Swr LF 200 Auger or Bore&Jack 36"Gravity San. 46 02316 Swr.,With or Without Casing(all depths) LF 139 Auger or Bore&Jack 36"Gravity San. Swr Under 42" RCP Storm Sewer, Without Casing(HOBAS Pipe,Ductile 47 02316 Iron Pipe or equal) LF 30 4"Diameter C-900 PVC Sanitary Force Main,Complete in Place(Including 48 02731 Valves and Fittings),Open-Cut LF 40 Section 00300 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.3 Page 4 of 7 City of Pearland,Texas SWEC Project B98-01 BID PROPOSAL ITEM SECTION No. REFERENCE ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS QTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE 8"Diameter C-900 PVC Sanitary Force Main,Complete in Place(Including 49 02731 Fittings),Open-Cut LF 55 16"Diameter C-905 PVC Sanitary Force 50 02731 Main,Open-Cut LF 5,221 Wet Sand Construction for 16"Diameter C-905 PVC Sanitary Force Main,Open- 51 02731 Cut LF 100 Auger 16" Diameter C-905 PVC San. Force Main in concrete casing(Veterans 52 02316 Dr @ Mary's Creek) LF 130 BASE BID ITEMS(1 -52)TOTAL Notes: (1) Mobilization not to exceed 3%of TOTAL BASE BID (2) Mminimum bid price of$5.00/If ALTERNATE BID ITEMS ITEM SECTION No. REFERENCE ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS UNIT PRICE Extra Depth of Valves, Including Extended Nut and Valve Box (in excess 1 02730 of 5 feet) V.F Section 00300 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.3 Page 5 of 7 WALL PRODUCT ASTM SDR(MAX.)/ DIAMETER CONSTRUCTION MANUFACTURER OPTIONS DESIGNATION STIFFNESS(MIN.) SIZE RANGE Truss Contech Approved D2680 N/A/200 psi 8"to 15" (Gasketed) Profile Contech A-2000 Approved F949 N/A/50 psi 6"to 36" IPEX Approved F794 N/A/46 psi 12"to 36" ETI Ultra-Rib Approved F794 N/A/46 psi 12"to 48" Lamson Vylon Approved F794 N/A/46 psi 21"to 42" Diamond Plastics Approved F794 N/A/46 psi 21" to 42" B. When solid wall PVC pipe 18 inches to 27 inches in diameter is required in SDR 26, provide pipe conforming to ASTM F 679, except provide wall thickness as required for SDR 26 and pipe strength of 115 psi. C For sewers up to 12-inch-diameter crossing over waterlines, or crossing under waterlines with less than 2 feet separation, provide minimum 150 psi pressure-rated pipe conforming to ASTM D 2241 with suitable PVC adapter couplings. D Joints. Spigot and integral wall section bell with solid cross section elastomeric or rubber ring gasket conforming to requirements of ASTM D 3212 and ASTM F 477, or ASTM D 3139 and ASTM F 477 Gaskets shall be factory-assembled and securely bonded in place to prevent displacement. The manufacturer shall test a sample from each batch conforming to requirements ASTM D 2444 E. Fittings. Provide PVC gravity sewer sanitary bends, tee, or wye fittings for new sanitary sewer construction PVC pipe fittings shall be full-bodied, either injection molded or factory fabricated. Saddle-type tee or wye fittings are not acceptable 2.04 SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAIN PIPE A. Provide PVC pressure pipe conforming to the requirements for water service pipe, and conforming to the minimum working pressure rating specified in Section 02731 - Sanitary Sewage Force Mains. B. Acceptable pipe joints are integral bell-and-spigot, containing a bonded-in elastomeric sealing ring meeting the requirements of ASTM F 477 In designated areas requiring restrained joint pipe and fittings, use EBAA Iron Series 2000PV, Uniflange Series 1350 restrainer, or equal joint restraint device conforming to UNI-B-13, for PVC pipe 12-inch diameter and less. C Fittings. Provide ductile iron fittings as per Paragraph 2.03, except furnish fittings with one of the following internal linings: 97-3247-010 Section 02620 Page 5 of 7 Addendum No. 3 CEMENT MORTAR PER 32" DIA STANDARD MANHOLE STANDARD SPECIFICATION FRAME AND COVER SEE r.•.,,.., STANDARD SPECIFICATION WIN — NATURAL GROUND ..r • r FRP OR PVC SCH 80 PIPE CORROSION RESISTANT - 30' MIN LENGTH N PVC UNED CONCRETE z PRECAST CONCRETE ,J" "t,Z-BASE SECTION o VARIES _ (SEE TABLE) FLANGED OR RESTRAINED JOINT - MIN OF 25 FT FROM ti H WALL (SEE NOTE 2) o r _ cc o_ r PVC BALL VALVE--- w (TO REMAIN OPEN) I-� FLX RESTRAINED JOINT INCREASER cn ! 2'-6' J a j ANGLE IN THE FLANGE PVC OF FRP PIPE W/ DIRECTION OF FLOW 316 SS BOLTS, SIZE AS SHOWN (45 BEND) ON PLAN & PROFILE DRAWING <//-...•-- - 4 MIN f RESIUENT CONNECTOR , PER ASTM C-923 (TYP) FLOW [PRECAST OR PREMIX OW ` - \- 4 4 4 4 4 4 ' e OF T _ - 4 4 , 4 ,4 4 • .�r�' i Fa.� 12 t 6"_ 1 r + KEITH R. DAVIS 826zs •:e SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAIN DISCHARGE MANHOLE NOT TO SCALE N. R.w.I wlor.. ox. 4 11111 Curt.r■Burgess ! o...r..rw....r.r. CARTER & IURDESS, IC. ! NOTES: TABLE ....,......... mcs.a a,.s... a 1. SEAT MANHOLE FRAME IN SEALANT PER MONHOLE DIAMETER 4—0' 5'-0' 6'—O' Z • COH STANDARD SPECIFICATION. MAX p ISCHARGE SIZE 6' 1 24' MAQNOLJA BOULEVARD 2 IF FORCEMNN HAS BENDS WITHIN 25 FT OF MANHOLE EXTEND RESTRAINED JOINTS TO 25 FT MINIMUM UPSTREAM OF BEND. SANITARY SEWER 3. OMIT CEMENT MORTAR WHEN MANHOLE IS FORCE MAIN DISCHARGE i LOCATED IN PAVED AREA. MANHOLE 4. MINIMUM REINFORCING IN BASE SHALL BE #5O8• EW. 5. PRECAST RINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR A ,.. al NOTED -. KOc COMBINED ADJUSTMENT HEIGHT OF AT LEAST s s OCT in, NM OS L► 12' THE TOTAL HEIGHT OF THE ADJUSTMENT S RINGS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1'-6' I.I am 3. .T-ala.ae ..on Io A Land Owner Agreements � RECEIVED !AN 1 i 1S9y OA 44 p 44P .14704.- P E A RLA N TEXAS Sr. 189tft January 4, 1999 Jerrell Winston&Daphne Diann Montgomery 520tMagnolia Street Pearland TX 77584-9041 RE. Magnola Right of Way Parcel#6 - Settlement Offer Mr &Mrs. Montgomery- Following is a summary of the issues we discussed on December 16, 1998 1 The City will purchase a 20 foot strip of right-of-way(in lieu of the 25 foot right-of-way previously discussed)for$25,000 per acre. The estimated sales amount is $5,796, subject to adjustment from a final survey 2. The City will purchase a 10 foot Utility Easement behind the new right-of-way line for $12,500 per acre. The estimated sales amount is $1,449, subject to adjustment from a final survey 3 During construction of the sewer line, the City or contractor will provide approximately 330 feet of temporary fence, suitable for containing the horses on the property 4 Upon completion of the sewer line construction,the City or contractor shall install approximately 330 feet of 50-inch high diamond mesh fence along the new right-of-way line and one 12 foot tubular steel gate with hardware. Fence posts shall be 7.5 feet long, 5-inch diameter creosote wooden posts, spaced at 6-foot intervals. Corner posts and gate-opening end posts shall be 8 foot long cross-tie posts, set in concrete(eight posts total). You will have the right to review and approve the fence contractor and materials selected by the City This fence is being constructed to replace the existing fence that exists within the property to be purchased by the City 5 Based upon these terms, you agree to convey the property and easement described in items(1) and (2) above to the City of Pearland for the per-acre prices quoted. The City will pay all closing costs, with the exception of taxes due prior to closing. I believe these terms reflect our discussion. If you agree to these terms, please sign below and return to me at 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas, 77581 The City is offering this settlement offer as our best effort to resolve this issue. If the City does not receive your written acceptance of this settlement offer letter within 10 days of your receipt of 3519 LIBERTY DRIVE • PEARLAND,TEXAS 77581-5416-19 • (281)485-2411 •www.ci.pearland.tx.us Montgomery Settlement Offer January 4, 1999 this letter,your inability or unwillingness to accept this offer must be assumed. In that event,the City will rely on obtaimng the original .2898 acre Parcel by exercise of its right of eminent domain. Sincerely ///1 Alan R.Mueller Sr Projects Manager Accepted by- t€44�� .r,,., at ' /./`- 19 Jerrell Winston Montgomery n 4v44/u,K, i Date: — //�c/ Dap Montgomery = i/ PEARLAND esr. December 3, 1998 Jerrell&Daphine Montgomery 5205 Magnolia Street Pearland TX 77584-9041 RE. Magnola Right of Way Parcel#6 (.2898 acres)-Final Offer Mr &Mrs. Montgomery- It has been several weeks since we last discussed the nght-of-way purchase(the"Parcel") in front of your home. As you may recall, the Parcel is required for the impending installation of a new sewer main,and the future widening of Magnolia Street. I called you yesterday, but was unable to reach you. Since we last talked, I have been authorized by the City Council to increase the amount of the City's offer to purchase the Parcel we have been discussing. In order to expeditiously settle this issue, the City is offering to purchase the Parcel for$22,000 per acre for a total of$6,376 The City will pay all closing costs, with the exception of taxes due prior to closing. This letter represents the City's final offer to purchase unencumbered fee simple title to the Parcel. With regard to any private improvements that may be within the Parcel, the City will either a) pay the actual costs of relocation, or b) allow the improvements to remain until such time as the right-of-way is required for widening Magnolia Street, provided that a standard right-of-way encroachment waiver is signed by you. This final offer represents a substantial increase above the appraised value as detailed for you in previous correspondence. If the City does not receive your written acceptance of this final offer letter within 10 days of your receipt of this letter,your inability or unwillingness to accept this offer must be assumed. In that event, the City will rely on obtaining the Parcel by exercise of its right of eminent domain. Enclosed is a conceptual site plan of the Southwest Environmental Center that I told you I would send to you. You had also asked about the disposition of the existing small sewer line in front of your home. The engineer for the project informed me that the existing line will stay in place and will feed into the new line near the lift station at the corner of Magnolia& Ryan Acres. That lift station will no longer be needed and will be removed. Thank you for your continued cooperation and understanding related tho this issue. If you have any questions, please contact me at 281 485-2411 3519 LIBERTY DRIVE • PEARLAND,TEXAS 77581-5416-19 • (281)485-2411 • www.ci.pearland.tx.us Since e /ate_ Alan R. Mueller Sr Projects Manager c: Darrin Coker, City Attorney • PE AND .-- T E X A S t.. •i.•,:.r-T: August 11, 1998 Jerrell&Daphine Montgomery 5205 Magnolia Street Pearland TX 77584-9041 Mr &Mrs. Montgomery- Several weeks ago I sent you information regarding a nght-of-way parcel the City needs to acquire along the frontage of your property on Magnolia Street in Pearland. I apologize for the delay in providing more information to you. As I mentioned in my previous letter,the City is required to pay fair market value for the property we acquire. We have had an appraisal prepared by an independent contractor to establish the fair market value for the parcel. A copy of the appraisal is attached. The value is generally determined by comparing similar sales with adjustments to consider the specific situation and location of the subject property The appraiser valued the .2898 acre parcel at $12,000 per acre, resulting in a rounded value for the property of$3,475 This is our offering price to you for fee simple title to the property The City will pay all closing costs, except taxes due prior to the closing date. Additionally, if there are fences or other items within the right-of- way area that need to be moved, we will work with you to pay the cost of relocating those items. I will be happy to review the appraisal and the project in more detail at your convenience. Please call me at your earliest convenience. If I don't hear from you, I will contact you soon to answer any questions you may have. Sincerely, D Alan R. Muel er Projects Coordinator 3919 1.II31:KTY DRIVE. • I'I.ARI.ANI) I'IF\AS77,51 • (2 I)485-241I • www.ci.pearland.tx.us off `;tip jr- • �Rt 40. Ewa9v PEARL. AND - T E X A S - '. T. � May 19, 1998 Jerrel W and Daphine D Montgomery 5205 Magnolia Street Pearland, TX 77584-9041 Dear Mr and Mrs Montgomery- The City of Pearland has started preliminary design of a new sewer trunk line along Magnolia Road and Veteran's Dnve. The trunk line will feed into the new Southwest Environmental Center wastewater treatment plant on Harkey Road. You may have seen surveying crews recently surveying properties in your area in preparation for this project. To construct the sewer trunk line properly, the City will need to acquire an additional 25-foot strip of right-of-way across the front of your property The sewer line will be constructed in this area so that it will not interfere with the eventual widening of Magnolia Road. There are no current plans to widen Magnolia Road, but placing the sewer line in the correct location now will be more efficient in the long run. Enclosed is a legal description and drawing showing the right-of-way we propose to acquire from you. Either myself or another representative of the City will be contacting you soon to discuss this project in more detail. The City is required to pay fair market value for the property we acquire. However, if you wish to consider a donation of the right-of-way, the project can be expedited and you will be eligible for a Federal Income Tax deduction for the value of the property If you have fences or other structures within the area we need to acquire, the City will pay for the relocation of these facilities. Please contact me if you have any questions. Thank you. Sincerely, 4fi.of Alan R. Mueller Projects Coordinator 3519 LIBERTY DRIVE • PEAI:I.ANI) I'I \A S 77;81 • (2811 4i 5-2411 • www.ci.pc.irland.tx.us ` P 46 &. , 0 , PEARLAND T E X A S March 3, 1999 Jerrell Winston& Daphne Diann Montgomery 5205 Magnolia Street Pearland TX 77584-9041 RE. Magnola Right of Way and Easement Mr & Mrs. Montgomery. Thank you for your acceptance of the City's offer to purchase the right-of-way and easement we have been discussing. I think the surveyor finally got all the information correct. Enclosed is a copy'of the revised survey and legal description. The survey and legal description show an overall frontage of 494 95 feet. Measuring from the survey drawing, the"house"lot is approximately 165 feet(compared to your deed indicating 164 93 feet) and the"pasture"lot is approximately 330 feet (which corresponds to the plat dimension you read to me on the phone) The right-of-way(Parcel 6) is .2272 acres at $25,000 per acre, for a sales price of$5,680 The easement(Parcel 6A)is 1136 acres at $12,500 per acre, for a sales price of$1,420 The combined total sales price is $7,100, in addition to the terms in the January 4, 1999, offer letter (signed by you on January 11, 1999) This sales price is slightly less than the amount contained in the January 4 letter because the previous survey erroneously showed your property frontage as 504 95 feet. Now that the revised survey is complete, I will ask Texas American Title Company to prepare the closing documents. To expedite the closing, please provide me with a copy of the title insurance policy that was issued when you purchased the property, if available. Please contact me if you have any questions. Thank you. Sincer y, zzaitie._ Alan R. Mueller Senior Projects Manager 3519 LIBERTY DRIVE • PEARLAND TEXAS 77581-5416-19 • (281)485-2411 - www.ci.peariand.tx.us of ' �E4 1 PEARLAND T E X A S ---"- June 23, 1999 Janet Hadden 5510 Magnolia Street Pearland TX 77584-9041 RE. Magnola Right of Way Parcel #4 (4677 acres) - Final Offer Dear Mrs. Hadden. Thank you for taking the time to meet with me earlier this month. It was a pleasure visiting with you and I look forward to working with you through the closing process on the City's purchase of the right-of way(ROW) and utility easement(UE) As we discussed on June 22, 1999, the following is the City's final offer to purchase the ROW and UE in front of your property- The City will purchase a 20-foot strip of ROW (Parcel 4 - .3788 acres) at $25,000 per acre, for a total sales price of$9,470 2. The City will purchase a 10-foot UE (Parcel 4A- 1894 acres) behind the new ROW line at $12,500 per acre, for a total sales price of$2,367.50 3 The City will pay all closing costs, with the exception of taxes due prior to closing. 4 The City will pay $4,500 towards your choice of landscaping improvements on or near Magnolia Road in front of your property At your direction, the City will act as the coordinator on the purchase, planting and warranty of the landscaping with the landscape company 5 The City will pay for the relocation of any of your affected private improvements such as lighting. Subject to execution of the encroachment waiver that was discussed, the improvements may remain in place until the improvements need to be relocated to widerf the road. 3519 LIBERTY DRIVE • PEARLAND TEXAS 77;S1 • (281)485-2411 • www.ci.pearland.tx.us Hadden Final Letter June 23, 1999 Page 2 If you agree to these terms, please sign below and return to me at 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas, 77581 Please feel free to call me at(281)652-1657 if you have.any questions. Cordially, CITY OF PEARLAND /14/1alfiY Michael Ross Projects Manager Attachment: Accepted by: . Janet Hadden Date bvAJaSal Aba:.Q43 ITEM B ORDINANCE NO. 872 5-0 ORDINANCE NO, 87Z a�Rya 1II2/7 AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, WAIVING THE ENCROACHMENT OF THE EXISTING SIGN, FENCE, AND PARKING LOT LOCATED WITHIN A CERTAIN TRACT OF LAND, WHICH INCLUDES A 0.430 ACRE TRACT DESCRIBED IN THE H. T.&B. R.R.COMPANY SURVEY,ABSTRACT NO. 239 IN BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS. WHEREAS, the owner of the subject property has requested waiver of the impending encroachment and acknowledges that such waiver extends only for such time as stipulated in.the protective covenants attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and made a part hereof for all practical purposes; now, therefore, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That the City of Pearland hereby waives the encroachment,into the City's right-of-way, of the existing sign, fence, and parking lot located within the 0.430 acre tract more particularly described on Exhibit "B" and depicted in the map attached hereto as Exhibit C . Section Z. This waiver' is effective only to the extent of the encroachment generally described in Exhibit A. attached hereto. Section 3. This waiver is further effective only upon the execution of the Protective Covenants in Exhibit "A" in a form acceptable to the City of Pearland. Section 4. This waiver is further subject to the conveyance by general warranty deed to the City, the right-of-way parcel described in Exhibit "B" attached hereto 1 ORDINANCE NO. 872 PASSED and APPROVED ON FIRST READING this the 9 day of fOV C tr , A. D., 19 L . .c:= 0 7-7-? ''a e..-.) TOM REID MAYOR ATTEST: •UNG a1 T ' ' TARY PASSED and APPROVED ON SECOND AND FINAL READING this the day of , A. D., 19 TOM REID MAYOR ATTEST: YOUNG LORFING CITY SECRETARY APPROVED AS TO FORM. DARRIN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY 2 EXIT "A" TO CITY OF PEARLAND ORDINANCE NO. 872 PROTECTIVE COVENANTS GATE CONCRETE PRODUCTS ("GATE"), is the owner of record of a certain tract or parcel of land, which includes a 0 430 acre tract described in H T & B. R. R. Company Survey,Abstract No 239 in Pearland, Brazoria County, Texas ("Property") The City of Pearland, a Municipal Corporation and Body Politic, organized and existing pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas ("City") City acknowledges and consents to the encroachment of the existing sign, fence, and parking lot located within the 0 430 acre tract more particularly described on Exhibit "B", attached hereto. City's acknowledgment and consent is specifically limited to the encroachment herein described, and as described in the Ordinance waiving encroachment, and no additional encroachment of any nature whatsoever shall be construed as having been consented to herein In consideration of the foregoing, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, it is hereby agreed as follows (1) GATE agrees to convey by general warranty deed the right-of-way parcel described in Exhibit "B" attached hereto and incorporated herein for all practical purposes for the amount of Seven Thousand Three Hundred Seventy-five Dollars ($7,375 00), 1 (2) GATE further agrees not to construct any additional improvement within the right-of-way parcel described in Exhibit "B"; (3) CITY agrees to construct a proposed sewer line by boring methods under the existing driveway and parking lot of the described property to provide continuous access to the property; (4) CITY agrees to replace the slope stabilization along the existing ditch with equal or better materials; (5) CITY agrees to allow the existing fence, sign, and parking lot within the right-of-way parcel to remain in place until such time as the right-of-way parcel is needed to widen or reconstruct Veterans Drive; (6) CITY agrees to pay the actual cost of relocating the improvements that are currently within the right-of-way parcel, at such time as improvements need to be relocated,furthermore, CITY will contract with appropriate firms, subject to review by GATE, to relocate the improvements GATE HEREBY RELEASES, ACQUITS, AND FOREVER DISCHARGES CITY, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, SUCCESSORS, AND ASSIGNS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, DEMANDS, RIGHTS OR CAUSES OF ACTION OF WHATSOEVER CHARACTER OR NATURE ARISING FROM OR BY REASON OF ANY AND ALL BODILY OR PERSONAL INJURIES, INCLUDING DEATH AND MENTAL ANGUISH, DAMAGE TO PROPERTY AND THE CONSEQUENCES THEREOF WHICH MAY BE SUSTAINED BY GATE, GATE'S HEIRS, EXECUTORS, ADMINISTRATORS, SUCCESSORS, OR 2 ASSIGNS, OCCURRING IN CONNECTION WITH THE HEREINABOVE REFERENCED ENCROACHMENT INTO THE CITY'S RIGHT-OF-WAY, AND WHICH ARE CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE OF CITY, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, 'EMPLOYEES, SUCCESSORS, OR ASSIGNS. GATE SHALL KEEP AND HOLD HARMLESS CITY, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, SUCCESSORS, AND ASSIGNS FROM ANY AND ALL COST, LIABILITY, DAMAGE OR EXPENSE OF ANY NATURE AND HOWSOEVER CAUSED, CLAIMED OR RECOVERED BY ANYONE BY REASON OF INJURY TO OR DEATH OF ANY PERSON OR PERSONS OR DAMAGE TO OR DESTRUCTION OF PROPERTY CAUSED BY OR RESULTING FROM THE NEGLI- GENCE OF CITY,ITS OFFICERS,AGENTS,EMPLOYEES,SUCCESSORS, OR ASSIGNS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THE HEREINABOVE REFERENCED ENCROACHMENT. IT IS THE EXPRESSED INTENTION OF BOTH GATE AND CITY THAT THE INDEMNITY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS SECTION IS INDEMNITY BY GATE TO INDEMNIFY AND PROTECT CITY FROM THE CONSEQUENCES OF THE NEGLIGENCE OF CITY, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, SUCCESSORS, OR ASSIGNS WHETHER SUCH NEGLIGENCE BE SOLE, JOINT, OR CONCURRENT, ACTIVE OR PASSIVE. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION SHALL SURVIVE THE TERMINATION, EXPIRATION, OR CANCELLATION OF THIS AGREEMENT City expressly reserves the right, and Gate expressly acknowledges and consents to this right, to remove without liability therefor, any material or structure contributing to the encroachment acknowledged herein, should such removal be 3 desirable in order for the City to gain access for any reason whatsoever to the City's properties in or on such right-of-way The conditions and covenants are hereby declared to be covenants running with the land and shall be fully binding upon all persons acquiring any interest in the property described herein, whether by descent, demise, purchase, gift, or otherwise. ACCEPTED and AGREED to this theail362 day of /Ui,vems.", - , 1 g Jd' CITY OF PEARLAND Glen R. Er in Interim City Manager GATE CONCRETE PRODUCTS By &6,Sct-kat Printed Name. Se_owc_eopT- Title: V'cc-"Pees(p -r 4 THE STATE OF TEXAS § § COUNTIES OF BRAZORIA § AND HARRIS § BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, on this day personally appeared Glen R. Erwin, known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same for the purposes and consideration therein expressed, and as his free act and deed GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE, this ,... ,97d day of Alov.frem,'� , 19 91 ARY C ST E F TEXAS ,a ` YOUNG LORFING , ;� �� Notary Public*State of Texas '' rinted Name. YOO W Ze�F/�o ''r a``� Commission Expires 4-3-01 X. -. Commission Expires . .-3-p/ THE STATE OF TEXAS § § COUNTY OF f'4 2 r► 9 § BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, on this day personally appeared Pei2�-0wc.rzbFr , known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same for the purposes and consideration therein expressed, and as his/her free act and deed GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AAN SEAL OF OFFICE, this / ( day of n-vti\--b I , 19 cf fCU.A1?)._ (i•-) 051--W NOTARY PUBLIC, STATE OF TEXAS - Printed Name C (i e e q S Commission Expires ( — 3-/- `'7 5 Exhibit B TRACT 2 GATE CONCRETE PRODUCTS CO. STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § FIELDNOTE DESCRIPTION of a proposed 0.430 acre tract in the H.T &B.R.R. Company Survey,Abstract No.239 in Brazoria County, Texas. Said 0 430 acre tract is a part of a 30.283 acre tract described in a deed to Gate Concrete Products Company as recorded in Volume 1567, Page 643 of the Brazoria County Deed Records and is more particularly described by metes and bounds as follows: BEGINNING at the northwest corner of said 30.283 acre tract, said point being in the east right-of-way line of Veterans Drive (a.k.a. Pearland Sites Road or C.R. 143, based on a width of 83-feet at this point), THENCE, South 89°40'56' East, along the north line of said 30.283 acre tract for a distance of 30.34 feet to a 5/8-inch iron rod set for the northeast corner of the herein described tract; THENCE, South 00°16'28-West, along the east line of the herein described tract for a distance of 600.07 feet to a 5/8-inch iron rod set for the southeast corner, said point being in the south line of the aforementioned 30.283 acre tract; THENCE, North 89°33'0T West, along the south line of said 30.283 acre tract for a distance of 32.10 feet to the southwest corner of the herein described tract, said point being in the aforementioned east right-of-way line of Veterans Drive; THENCE, North 00°26'34" East, along said east right-of-way line for a distance of 600.00 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING, containing a computed area of 0 430 of an acre (18,734 Square Feet) NOTE. The bearings shown hereon are based on the deed recorded in Brazoria County Clerk's File No. 96-020723. • Walsh Surveying, Inc. :et `� 2006 E. Broadway, Suite 105 I t4 J S Pearland, Texas 77581 Michael D Wilson, R.P LS. (281) 485-3991 Registration No 4821 17-1""t-------t--- . Job No 98-103 -' 1 -9a - .,r cc' � C./co)"cc' . - * MICH.' EL 0 !';" J \..„........... ' ' 43L3 .- ti L ■ —Y ' toss or %ICBM YAP I CAI"Y�� w"NR �" a�awa� aW ' I 111:1 I ; -r - k - ill 4J .ff ..] U••• • . . L I ' a • • • \( T 1 1f I 1 1 I I 1 In • .`� a te. ;awl raw r V 7.-- =LOA) lt-"'"'"•" Illall MI PIP 1.1 GP UM l l es.on17u • a12 i 41:1•11 erS�a "a facer" ® r a NO W.il rMOO 9f NMNMI'V/-O"-a. rw+r • . iha a.rs-r JOB "" "" WALSH SURVEYING INC. 9®=1®3 coC LC.D. PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYORS CAD FILE APPO C.D. 2008 E. BROADWAY PEARLAND, TEXAS PLOY DAM_ SCALE 7/a0(281) 485-3991 FAX (281) 485-3998 DI 1%40' 6.ILW. Pre-Bid Meeting November 17, 1999 Location: Carter& Burgess, Inc. Time. 2:00 PM Questions and/or Comments 1 Two valves provided by City of Pearland will be installed on the proposed 16"force main. The location will be determined at the time of construction. (Note: This has changed since the pre-bid meeting. See the addendum for additional information ) 2. Does the City of Pearland want the pumps from abandoned/demolitioned lift station? Yes, the City of Pearland does want the pumps salvaged from the abandoned lift station. 3 Do the concrete panels providing shoring on Veteran's Drive need to be replaced? The site needs to be restored to the same or better than existing condition. Either the concrete panels do need to be replaced or a better type of slope.stabilization needs to be installed. 4 A contractor has a question concerning rain days. John Hargrove stated that it does not necessarily have to rain to qualify as a rain day Days when it is too wet to work could be classified as a rain day 5 Can there be a limit on the minimum bid price for Item No. 3 -"Control of Ground Water?" Clarification of this item will be included in Addendum No 3. 6. Can there be a separate bid item for ditch restoration? Currently, ditch restoration is included under Item No. 8 -"Restoration of Unpaved Surfaces above New Line Segments." Ditch restoration will remain under this pay item until further notice. 7 Will there be an item for"wet sand construction?" Clarification of this item will be included in Addendum No 3. 8. Who is responsible for the payment of testing? City will pay for testing for compliance. Contractor is to pay for testing related to acceptance of materials during submittals and for testing needed to help him control his work. 9 Who is responsible for construction staking? The City of Pearland will be responsible for staking benchmarks and the control line. The contractor is responsible for all other staking 10 Does the City of Pearland want the spoil material? The contractors are responsible for removing all spoil material. The contractors were informed when providing spoil material to private land owners, a "no fee" land development permit is required to place &to accept the fill material. 11 Who will pay for water usage for testing of force mains? The contractor is paying for water usage to test force mains. Temporary water meters can be obtained from the City of Pearland. Costs of purchasing water can be obtained from the City of Pearland, department of utility billing. 12. It was asked to clarify testing of force mains. Clarification of this item will be included in Addendum No 3 13. It states in the specifications that inspector's hours are from 8:00 AM to 5•00 PM, and that any hours above that will be compensated by the contractor It was asked what is the hourly rate for an inspector beyond those times. The City of Pearland inspector's hours are between 7.30 AM and 4 30 PM, M-F The hourly rate is approximately$25 00/hr 14 It was asked if the limits of sodding and hydro-mulch seeding be clarified Clarification of this item will be included in Addendum No 3 15 Will a field office be required for the engineer? No, a field office will not be required, however, construction plans, specifications and approved shop drawings shall be on the job site at all times. 16 There appears to be a discrepancy between the"General Construction Notes" and the "Bedding and Backfill Details" concerning cement stabilized sand and crushed rock. Clarification of this item will be included in Addendum No. 3. 17 It was asked to clarify who can be a flagger Flagmen requirements are found in Section 01570- "Traffic Control and Regulation", Part 1 04 18 When will plans be approved by City of Pearland? Plans will be signed by the City prior to the award of the contract. 19 Will on-site burning of cleared trees be allowed? No, on-site burning of cleared trees will not be allowed 20 It is shown on the drawing to open-cut across McLean Road Can the contractor construct the sewer line using trenchless methods using a detour routing for traffic? One-half of the road has to be open at all times. The contractor may use trenchless methods at no additional cost to the City of Pearland 21 Clarification on use of restraint joints for the proposed force main. Clarification of this item will be included in Addendum No. 3. G:\1997-\97-3247\PUBL\030\DOC\PRE-BID.WPD manciakty t k i d Ande.� Job No: 77321/7OJo Disc. CZ Carter = Burgess Job Name: ,tc-T? A Ws) rev oat./ Date: if //Z /11 Sheet of By. e-- vlS NA^.-E 0R_L.AIMrz.:ATvo_11 itE-L C.Ax :21-0-p U-ZAti1_G' VORA 7Z1Q.T OiCaldtfi__ 1:13=8me-c-fd0 113-8oz-1813€ ' f R- ,ScoJLA . Wth . C,RAv' Cc.n»T. aSk-ilqo- 470'7 1-89or-ss0e. G 1...9Y G _1T" e.c.D407006 60- aes: 70- —" ' - Zr/-vs-Qs a.c .vyeiz.�o/.,/ ,Bowe 7/3-6951/-S7// 7i3-1�/_30va . ... )044ipe t,2 A.aoy 7/3'-o.9-a9z3 723-id9,ie-_1"-y43 <</ �rt_71,0 J r —KENba- 1..,c. 97Z2:93/-9y9 y 97Z=931/-SV7V Z,0,7^. :,__ .,__ -1/ -______.,:::::1=b, . ZW,ZLF'ligh Z gi.!K., ;(..._ _Cr4b-.e—laE4as Cd_rsvws.o .: i S-at.z.e_aA( ydr9 A37' _,,c„ U 3"1 y"i'7 2 -I-35-3r 11 ,d P75- ,ed',-0 Loaj/e"../„-L y01-4141/-1500 Z/09- 760-113t� b_ggy_SajAnzli ti&Ci_. . .rd._17_30�3J -'0_0 .ZSrI-�llFs 7/.3to sitW1 �/,3� n K(ii ?yK c sr AY-1181-4Z64 �'7 )q 4 .11-82- ,y ��i7-///- c9'ELG A N/VY'/A� _ Jc . c?S'/-daj=,3-J o ate/-534 -1/e� 7 ', chi Cgs ,vim '69srr',�• e.(,ea 72seAK5--64(3c 72s��ser=s4evz GPie SrneZn CLITL4�rTh dSvi.c-1 c9 6SoJ65ci `2- —(7,=(1_ -lam 1 g- G -• - Z-$(=(offZ-r9aL Al -t ). - 1 Z0y . • _ /$s G! o 2e/-6s /cYG ii'GU4 i. �o ---- '"W'D3_-- _-- 2ex -8 rau*out - 2er 81r-a» - .er' hi✓-K //Gas z / .u• 2/3 7� �3E 16 ts 7/3 '/-387 Johnxy __y: ._e8-.Ie-rs _ 7/3 GGI S74,0 7/3 0-253) F ( /�7 _c �� 'crl77- 2P/-373-954' 0/�37.7- y39i or+ -dA. Z _ 1 _, 21 "/3- 7ZE__eY80 - 7/3-7?9=‘5r.3 J1=C M ArJ,v 1 rv(:. 1-ai.as S-rE L-1 K14.G Z234( 679-737s d8/ 9- Os &/.A' 7 44S leli-6o�,-vc-- 7/c3-9.Z/-2.927 7/3 9, /7 ADDENDUM NO. 4 - November 29, 1999 City of Pearland Sanitary Sewer Improvements for Magnolia Boulevard - Gravity Trunk Main and Veterans Drive and Walnut Street - Force Main Date November 29, 1999 To Prospective Bidders From Keith R. Davis, P E. Carter& Burgess, Inc. The Addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the contract documents, as applicable. Insofar as the plans and specifications are inconsistent, this addendum governs. There is no change in bid date or time The following are changes in the bidding documents. Clarification 1 Wet sand construction does not include pipe material. This pay item is in addition to of the installation of pipe for, dry, stable trenches. 2. Item No 5 under Specifications in Addendum No 3 should read as "Paragraph 3.08 D", instead of"Paragraph 3.08C " 3. Mandrel testing will be required for testing vertical deflections per Section 02533 - Acceptance Testing. Mandrels shall be pulled by non- mechanical methods. --""it of r yv,tt *; / • KEITH R. DAMS.. $ Please sign and return via facsimile f' •3t". 82625 e. 7z-CjCb" Signature nIZ9/71 97-3247-010 ADDENDUM NO.4 Page 1 of 1 PEARLAND KEes,;:..isarr,ts4, X A S PROJECT MANUAL FOR SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS FOR MAGNOLIA BOULEVARD - GRAVITY TRUNK MAIN AND VETERANS DRIVE AND WALNUT STREET - FORCEMAIN COP PN: B98-01 CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS SOUTHWEST ENVIRONMENTAL CENTER CARTER & BURGESS, INC. August 1999 SEI PN: 97-027 SNOWDEN ENGINEERING, INC. 6059 W Broadway 113 S. 10th Pearland, Texas 77581 Edinburg Texas 78539 PROJECT MANUAL FOR SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS FOR MAGNOLIA BOULEVARD - GRAVITY TRUNK MAIN AND VETERANS DRIVE AND WALNUT STREET - FORCEMAIN COP PN: B98-01 CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS SOUTHWEST ENVIRONMENTAL CENTER CARTER & BURGESS, INC. August 1999 SEI PN: 97-027 MEEES D. TFEPrFSNOWDEN��p d • 37782 ���0SfiPes. � S•• 1 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TABLE OF CONTENTS Document 00003 TABLE OF CONTENTS SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS MAGNOLIA BLVD., VETERANS DR. AND WALNUT ST. COP PN: B98-01 Noof Document Title Pages 00001 Inside Title Page 2 00003 Table of Contents 3 00004 List of Drawings Tables, and Schedules 2 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS 00010 Notice to Bidders 2 00100 Instructions to Bidders 9 INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS 00220 Geotechnical Information (Available upon request) 1 BID FORMS 00300 Bid Proposal 6 AGREEMENT FORMS 00500 Standard Form of Agreement 2 BONDS AND CERTIFICATES 00610 Performance Bond 2 00611 Statutory Payment Bond 2 00612 One-year Maintenance Bond 2 00615 Affidavit of Insurance 1 00616 Certificate of Insurance (To be furnished later) -- 00620 Payment Bonds 2 ADMINISTRATIVE FORMS 00655 Drug Policy Compliance Declaration 2 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT GENERAL 00700 General Conditions of Agreement 23 SUPPLEMENTARY 00710 Supplementary Conditions of the Construction Contract 10 00811 Wage Scale for Engineering Construction 1 TX980048-1 5 TEXAS WATER DEVELOPMENT BOARD TWDB CONTRACT CONDITIONS (G-36 to G-45) 10 MINORITY AND WOMEN'S BUSINESS ENTERPRISE GUIDELINES (G-46 to G-48) 3 00003 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TABLE OF CONTENTS Document Title SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS No. of Pages 01010 Summary of Work 1 01015 Contractor's Use of the Premises 4 01025 Measurement and Payment 3 01035 Change Order Procedures 5 01315 Construction Schedule (Bar Chart) 3 01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 2 01410 Testing Laboratory Services. 2 01420 Inspection Services 1 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 11 01526 Trench Safety System 3 01535 Tree and Plant Protection 4 01563 Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 6 01564 Waste Material Disposal 2 01565 NPDES Requirements (figures to be furnished later) 3 01566 Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation 4 01567 Filter Fabric Fence 3 01568 Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier 3 01569 Stabilized Construction Exit 4 01570 Traffic Control and Regulation 4 01580 Project Identification Signs 4 01630 Product Options and Substitutions 3 01700 Contract Closeout 2 01720 Project Record Documents 2 Division 2 Site Work • 02052 Abandonment of Sanitary Sewer Forcemains 2 02076 Removing Existing Pavements and Structures 3 02111 Clearing and Grubbing 2 02227 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 12 02251 Utility Backfill Material 8 02252 Cement Stabilized Sand 4 02316 Pipe and Casing Augering for Sewers 5 02330 Tunnel Grout 7 02571 Pavement Repair for Utilities 28 02600 Cast -in -place Concrete Manholes 7 02601 Precast Concrete Manholes 9 02603 Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers 2 02608 Fiberglass Manholes 8 02610 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 5 02620 PVC Pipe 7 02629 Polyurethane Coatings on Steel or Ductile Iron Pipe 7 02630 Polyethylene Wrap 4 02642 Air Release and Vacuum Release Valves 3 02669 Cut, Plug and Abandonment of Mains 2 02730 Gravity Sanitary Sewers 6 02731 Sanitary Sewer Force Mains 6 02752 Plastic Liner for Large Diameter Sewers and Structures 12 02762 Sanitary Sewer Service Stubs or Reconnections 7 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00003 Page 2 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TABLE OF CONTENTS 02932 Hydromulch Seeding 3 Document Title No. of Pages Division 3 - Concrete 03305 Concrete for Utility Construction 15 03411 Structural Precast Concrete 5 END OF DOCUMENT 00003 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project LIST OF DRAWINGS B98-01 TABLES & SCHEDULES DOCUMENT 00004 LIST OF DRAWINGS TABLES & SCHEDULES SHT No. PG ID# DESCRIPTION 1 2 3 4 5 G-1 G-2 G-3 G-4 G-5 COVER SHEET GENERAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS & SYMBOLS LAYOUT SHEET SURVEY CONTROL LAYOUT MAP RIGHT-OF-WAY ACQUISITION MAP PLAN AND PROFILE 6 P-1 7 P-2 8 P-3 9 P-4 10 P-5 11 P-6 12 P-7 13 P-8 14 P-9 15 P-10 16 P-11 17 P-12 18 P-13 19 P-14 20 P-15 21 P-16 22 P-17 23 P-18 24 P-19 25 P-20 26 P-21 27 P-22 28 P-23 29 P-24 30 P-25 31 P-26 32 P-27 33 P-28 34 P-29 35 P-30 36 P-31 37 P-32 38 P-33 39 P-34 40 P-35 MAGNOLIA BLVD. MAGNOLIA BLVD. MAGNOLIA BLVD. MAGNOLIA BLVD. MAGNOLIA BLVD. MAGNOLIA BLVD. MAGNOLIA BLVD. MAGNOLIA BLVD. MAGNOLIA BLVD. MAGNOLIA BLVD. MAGNOLIA BLVD. MAGNOLIA BLVD. MAGNOLIA BLVD. MAGNOLIA BLVD. MAGNOLIA BLVD. MAGNOLIA BLVD. MAGNOLIA BLVD. MAGNOLIA BLVD. VETERANS DR. VETERANS DR. VETERANS DR. VETERANS DR. VETERANS DR. VETERANS DR. VETERANS DR. VETERANS DR. VETERANS DR. VETERANS DR. VETERANS DR. VETERANS DR. VETERANS DR. VETERANS DR. WALNUT ST. WALNUT ST. WALNUT ST. MATCHT.INE STATIONS STA. 1+00 TO STA. STA. 5+00 STA. 9+00 STA. 13+00 STA. 17+00 STA. 21+00 STA. 25+00 STA. 29+00 STA. 33+00 STA. 37+00 STA. 41 +00 STA. 45+00 STA. 49+00 STA. 53+00 STA. 57+00 STA. 61+00 STA. 65+00 STA. 69+00 STA. 0+00 STA. 4+00 STA. 8+00 STA. 12+00 STA. 16+00 STA. 20+00 STA. 24+00 STA. 28+00 STA. 32+00 STA. 36+00 STA. 40+00 STA. 44+00 STA. 48+00 STA. 52+00 STA. 0+00 STA. 3+00 STA. 7+00 5+00 TO STA. 9+00 TO STA. 13+00 TO STA. 17+00 TO STA. 21+00 TO STA. 25+00 TO STA. 29+00 TO STA. 33+00 TO STA. 37+00 TO STA. 41+00 TO STA. 45+00 TO STA. 49+00 TO STA. 53+00 TO STA. 57+00 TO STA. 61+00 TO STA. 65+00 TO STA. 69+00 TO STA. 71+00 TO STA. 4+00 TO STA. 8+00 TO STA. 12+00 TO STA. 16+00 TO STA. 20+00 TO STA. 24+00 TO STA. 28+00 TO STA. 32+00 TO STA. 36+00 TO STA. 40+00 TO STA. 44+00 TO STA. 48+00 TO STA. 52+00 TO STA. 56+00 TO STA. 3+00 TO STA. 7+00 TO STA. 9+00 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00004 Page 1 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project LIST OF DRAWINGS B98-01 TABLES & SCHEDULES SHEET PAGE No. ID No. DESCRIPTION SIGNING & STRIPING 41 SS-1 MAGNOLIA BLVD. 42 SS-2 VETERANS DR. 43 SS-3 WALNUT ST. TRAFFIC CONTROL SEQUENCE 44 TC-1 MAGNOLIA BLVD. 45 TC-2 VETERANS DR. 46 TC-3 WALNUT ST. 47 TC-4 TRAFFIC CONTROL DETAILS 48 TC-5 TRAFFIC RESTRIPING 49 TC-6 TRAFFIC CONTROL LAYOUT MAP 50 TC-7 TRAFFIC CONTROL MAP DETAILS 51 SDI CONSTRUCTION SIGN DETAILS 52 SD2 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION DETAILS 53 SD3 SANITARY SEWER DETAILS 54 SD4 SANITARY SEWER DETAILS 55 SD5 PAVEMENT REPAIR DETAILS 56 SD6 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLANS (SWPPP) 57 SW1 MAGNOLIA BLVD. 58 SW2 MAGNOLIA BLVD. 59 SW3 VETERANS DR. 60 SW4 VETERANS DR. 61 SW5 WALNUT ST. END OF DOCUMENT 00004 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 NOTICE TO BIDDERS SECTION 00010 NOTICE TO BIDDERS CITY OF PEARLAND BID NO B98-01 Sealed bids will be received, in duplicate, marked "SOUTHWEST ENVIRONMENTAL CENTER (B98-01)" in the office of the Purchasing Officer the City of Pearland, City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas, 77581, until , at which time they will be publicly opened and read aloud for the construction of: SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS FOR MAGNOLIA BOULEVARD - GRAVITY TRUNK MAIN AND VETERANS DRIVE AND WALNUT STREET - FORCEMAIN B98-01 This project will entail: The construction of approximately 1,747 linear feet of 42" sanitary sewers, 2,915 linear feet of 36' sanitary sewers along Magnolia Boulevard and 5,800 linear feet of 16" forcemain along Veterans Drive and Walnut Street. Information and Bid Documents: Copies of Contract Documents and Technical Specifications and Plans are on file at the following locations for review: City of Pearland City Hall 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Houston Contractors Association 300 Weslayan Houston, Texas 77027 The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc 3825 Dacoma Houston, Texas 77092 AGC of Texas 2400 Augusta, Suite 180 Houston, Texas 77057 Dodge Reports 3131 Eastside, Suite 300 Houston, Texas 77098 281-485-2411 713-871-0784 713-843-3700 713-334-7100 713-529-4895 00010 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 NOTICE TO BIDDERS These documents may be examined without charge at the above locations. Bidders may obtain a complete set of the Contract Documents, Technical Specifications and Plans from the office of the Engineer, Snowden Engineering Inc., 6059 W Broadway Pearland, Texas, 77581, 281-485- 2028, upon request and deposit of $100.00 per set. No partial sets will be issued. The amount of the deposit will not be refunded. Only bids from registered plan holders will be considered. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of sixty (60) days subsequent to the opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. Bidder's Bond, Cashier's Check or Certified Check payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total bid price must accompany each proposal The City of Pearland reserves the right to reject any or all bids, or to accept any bid deemed advantageous to it. The successful bidders must furnish Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds. Date Gordon Island, Purchasing Officer END OF DOCUMENT SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00010 Page 2 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.00 PREPARATION OF BIDS: Unless otherwise directed in the Invitation to Bidders, bids shall be submitted in duplicate upon the prescnbed forms, or copies thereof. Bids shall be prepared in compliance with the requirements of the Invitation to Bidders, these instructions, and the instructions printed on the prescribed forms. All blank places on the Bid Form must be filled in as noted in ink, with amounts extended and totaled, and no changes shall be made in the phraseology of the forms or of the items mentioned therein. Any bid may be deemed irregular which contains any omission, erasure, alteration, additions irregularity of any kind, or item not called for, or which shall in any manner fail to conform to the conditions of the Invitation to Bidders. The bidder shall sign his bid in the blank space provided. If the bid is made by a partnership or corporation, the name and address of the partnership, or corporation shall be shown, together with the name and address of the partners or officers. If the bid is made by a partnership, it must be acknowledged by one of the partners; if made by a corporation, it must be acknowledged by one of the officers, accompanied by Corporate Seal. In order to insure consideration, the proposal must be enclosed in a sealed envelope plainly identified by the name of the project 2.00 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS: Bidders desiring further information or further interpretation of the Contract Documents and Technical Specifications and Plans, must make request for such information in writing to the Engineer, prior to 48 hours before the Bid Opening. Answers to all such requests will be given in writing to all bidders, in addendum form, and all addenda will be bound and made a part of the Contract. No other explanation or interpretation will be considered official or binding. Should a bidder find discrepancies in, or omissions from the Contract Documents, Technical Specifications, or Plans, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he should at once notify the Engineer in order that a written addendum may be sent to all bidders. It is the responsibility of the bidders to know that they have received all such addenda, complete files of which will be maintained in the office of the Engineer and in the office designated to receive the bids. 3.00 AWARD OF CONTRACT: Each bid submitted shall be deemed a commitment by the bidder to honor his bid for a period of sixty (60) days from the date that the bids are to be received, and if the Owner elects to award the contract to a bidder within said 60 day period the bidder shall be obligated to enter into a contract with the Owner in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bonds as are specified in the bidding document which obligation shall be secured by the Bid Bond, Cashier s Check or Certified Check required under Section 00010. A thorough analysis will be made of all bids submitted. Award will be made to the responsible bidder who, in the Owner's judgement, will be most advantageous to Owner and result in the best and most economical completion of the work. The right is reserved to reject any or all bids and to waive technical defects 00100 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 9 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS as the interest of Owner may require. A bidder may withdraw his bid without prejudice to himself, by submitting a written request for its withdrawal to the Engineer before the expiration of the time during which a bid may be submitted, but not after the final day and time for receipt of bids 4.00 CONDITIONS OF WORK: Extreme caution must be exercised at all times to prevent damage or disruption to other facilities in the service area Each bidder is expected to inform himself fully of the construction and labor conditions under which the work will be performed and will be presumed to have inspected the site and to have read and to be thoroughly familiar with the Contract Documents and Technical Specifications and Plans. Failure to do so will not relieve a bidder of his obligation to furnish all material and labor necessary to carry out the provisions of the Contract and to complete the contemplated work for the consideration set forth in his bid. Any information given in regard to subsurface data, test borings, and similar conditions is to be considered approximate and does not relieve the bidder of the responsibility for its verification. Each bidder shall assure himself that the proposed facilities can be built in accordance with the plans and specifications at the location shown in compliance with all applicable local, state and federal laws and requirements including but not limited to building codes, health rules and OSHA rules and regulations. 5.00 TIME OF COMPLETION: The work included in this bid shall be substantially completed within 180 calendar days. 6.00 DELIVERY OF BIDS: It is the bidder's responsibility to deliver his bid at the proper time to the proper place. The fact that a bid was mailed will not be considered. The bidder must have the bid actually delivered. 7.00 NUMBER OF SIGNED SETS OF DOCUMENTS: Contract will be prepared in four counterpart (original signed) sets Owner will furnish Contractor four sets of construction drawings and project manuals free of charge for use during construction. One of the project manuals will be one of the four counterpart (original signed) sets. Additional sets may be obtained from Engineer at commercial reproduction rates. The other three counterpart sets will be distributed to the other parties involved 8.00 PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE* Prior to award of a Contract to the successful bidder, the Contractor shall meet with the Engineer in the Engineers office at a time set by the Engineer. Schedules of procedures and sequence of construction shall be agreed upon at this conference. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00100 Page 2 of 9 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 9.00 LINES AND GRADES: Special attention is directed to Part 2, Paragraph 2.1 of the General Conditions of Agreement. Special care should be taken by the Contractor to avoid disturbance of Engineers horizontal and/or vertical control points. The Engineer will furnish vertical and horizontal baseline control for the work, and will furnish the Contractor with all necessary information relating to them. 10.00 REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS: A. If the Bidder anticipates using subcontractors to construct any portion of the project, the Bidder must furnish with his bid the names of the subcontractors he anticipates using and a description of that portion of the contract which each subcontractor is to construct. Failure to do so may be held as cause for rejection of the bid. Prior to award of the contract, the subcontractors must be approved by the Owner and the Engineer B. In the event that a subcontractor is used for the construction of any portion of the project, failure of the subcontractor to perform any portion of the construction will not alleviate the Contractor from his obligations to complete the project according to the plans and specifications within the specified completion time. C. Where controls, valves, other equipment or facilities, or materials have been specified by brand name, manufacturer or supplier, the Bidder shall base his bid on the equipment and material specified, and then at his option, may offer an alternate bid provided that he states the name of the alternate brand, manufacturer, or supplier and shows price allowance if any. Prior to award of the contract, the successful bidder must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer all advantages and disadvantages of the alternate system proposed, and the Owner may accept the alternate bid at its sole option, terms, and conditions. 11.00 BONDS: The successful bidder must furnish performance and payment bonds in the forms specified in sections 00610, 00612 and 00620 or in such other form as Owner may accept in its sole discretion in the amount of 100% of the contract price from surety company approved by Owner and licensed by the Texas Board of Insurance Commissioners or acceptable according to latest list of companies holding certificate of authority from the Secretary of Treasurer of the United States, or other sureties acceptable to Owner. 12.00 SUFFICIENCY OF QUANTITIES: Upon award of the contract, the Contractor shall be required to sign a statement, which shall be incorporated into the Contract, that the quantities and amounts shown are sufficient to construct the project and that the contract amount will not be exceeded, unless authorized by change order. 13.00 FLUENCY OF WORKERS The Contractor will not be allowed to have workers on the job site who cannot speak English fluently unless a competent interpreter experienced in the construction skills and practices required for the job is present at all times while construction is in progress. This requirement will be rigidly adhered to, and the Contractor shall be required to cease operations immediately upon non-compliance. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00100 Page3of9 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 14.00 DELIVERY OF MATERIALS: After the contract has been awarded and construction proceeds, the Contractor will not be allowed to begin construction on any portion of the work unless all necessary materials required to construct that portion of the work are present on the site. If ground conditions or weather conditions prohibit the delivery of cement stabilized sand, bank sand, or other material to the site, the Contractor shall cease construction until these materials can be routinely delivered to the site. 15.00 GUARANTEE* The following guarantee and affidavit of bills paid will be required before final acceptance and payment will be approved SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00100 Page 4 of 9 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AFFIDAVIT OF GUARANTEE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § • Before me, a Notary Public in and for the State of Texas, on this day personally appeared of well known to me to be the person making affidavit, who, being by me first duly sworn and deposed did say: I am of and have personal knowledge of the matter stated in this affidavit. Contractor does hereby give notice to the Owner, City of Pearland, that work for the Owner known as the Sanitary Sewer Improvements For Magnolia Boulevard - Gravity Trunk Main and Veterans Drive and Walnut Street - Forcemain, has been substantially completed. In accordance with the provisions of Section 00100 - Instruction to Bidders, Paragraph 15.00 Guarantee does hereby guarantee all of the work under the contract to be free from faulty materials and improper workmanship in every particular, and against injury from proper and usual wear and agrees to replace or re - execute without cost to the Owner such work as may be found to be improper or imperfect, and to make good all damage caused to other work or materials due to such required replacement or re -completion of all work under this contract, as evidenced by the Engineer's Certificate of Substantial Completion. This affidavit is made in connection with the final payment under the contract between the City of Pearland and And with the knowledge that it will be relied upon m making such payment and that such payment would not be made except upon the truth of the matter contained in this affidavit. DATE: STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § (Name and Title) BEFORE ME, the undersigned, a Notary Public, in and for the State of Texas, on this day personally appeared known to me to be the person whose name subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledge to me that he/she executed the same for the purpose and consideration therein expressed. GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE, this _, day of , A.D., 19 Notary Public Signature 00100 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 5 of 9 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AFFIDAVIT OF BILLS PAID STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § Before me, a Notary Public in and for the State of Texas, on this day personally appeared, of well known to me to be the person making affidavit, who , being by me first duly sworn and deposed did say: I am of and have personal knowledge of the matter stated in this affidavit. has paid all of the labor and material costs in connection with the Sanitary Sewer Improvements For Magnolia Boulevard - Gravity Trunk Main and Veterans Drive and Walnut Street - Forcemain, and as of this date, there are no unpaid bills for labor performed upon, or materials or supplies delivered to or used in connection with such This affidavit is made in connection with the final payment under the contract between the City of Pearland and , And with the knowledge that it will be relied upon in making such payment and that such payment would not be made except upon the truth of the matter contained in this affidavit. DATE' (Name and Title) STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § BEFORE ME, the undersigned, a Notary Public, in and for the State of Texas, on this day personally appeared , known to me to be the person whose name subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledge to me that he/she executed the same for the purpose and consideration therein expressed. GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE, this , day of ,AD,19 Notary Public Signature SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00100 Page 6 of 9 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 16.00 GUARANTEED TIME FOR COMPLETION: All time worked on holidays and other than 8:00 AM - 5:00 PM Monday through Friday will be overtime hours. Contractor shall pay all inspection costs for overtime work by City personnel created by Contractor's choice to work other than normal hours No work will be allowed on Sundays. This contract time as defined in this proposal and other sections of the contract documents includes a certain number of rain/mud days Based on the Alvin Weather Center records, the average annual rain days from June 1898 to December 1996 is IQ days calculated from all precipitation days of record including trace amount days Contractor is required to keep record of rain/mud days at the site. Record of rain/mud days must be accepted and signed off by the City Inspector monthly, and it shall be reported on the monthly pay estimate submittals. At the end of the contract, Contractor will be credited only the number of accepted rain/mud days that exceed 80 rain/mud days per year, or any proportionate fraction thereof. Credit for rain days on Sundays will not be given Time is of the essence to the Owner. The Contractor shall complete all work required under this Agreement within the agreed number of calendar days after the Contractor has been notified to proceed. When events or conditions beyond the control of the Contractor cause a delay in the completion of the work, the Contractor shall give the Engineer prompt notice in writing of the cause of any such delay The Engineer shall have the right to determine what events or conditions justify a delay in the completion of the work and to determine when an extension of time shall be allowed the Contractor for the completion of the work Failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the guaranteed time for completion including any allowed extensions of time approved by the Engineer shall subject the Contractor to the provisions of the Subsections 5.00 'Time of Completion" and 17 00 "Liquidated Damages." 17.00 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Liquidated damages and bonus for early completion shall be $500.00 per day. Contract time for damages or bonus is accumulated contract calendar days from date of notice to proceed until date of certification of final completion by the Engineer. In view of the difficulty of estimating damages to the Owner by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time limit specified or as extended a - provided for in this Agreement, the Contractor and Owner agree that the Owner shall be and hereby is authorized to deduct and retain out of the monies which may be due or become due to the Contractor the sum of $500.00 per day for each calendar day that the work may be incomplete beyond the time limit fixed for its completion, said sum per day is hereby agreed upon, fixed and determined as the ascertained and liquidated damages that the Owner will suffer by reason of such default and does not constitute a penalty. Bonus for Farly Completion Upon demonstration of Final Completion, before the expiration of 180 calendar days, the Contractor shall be additionally compensated at an amount of $500 00 per day for every remaining calendar day not used of the contract. Such amount shall be a bonus and shall be added to the contract in addition to all other bid item amounts earned under the terms of the construction documents. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00100 Page 7 of 9 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Final completion as used herein shall have been made and executed; and a Certificate of Final Completion must have been issued by Snowden Engineering, Inc., or their assigns or successors. Liquidated Damages for Delay. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Contract. A breach of this Contract as to completion within the Contract Time will cause damage to the City, and the damages would be difficult or impossible to measure. Therefore, for each and every day that the Work or any portion of the Work remains incomplete after the Contract Time as extended, has expired, the City may withhold permanently from the Contractor's total compensation the sum stipulated in Special Conditions of the Contract as liquidated damages. The sum stipulated as liquidated damages is a reasonable estimate of the damage that would result to the City from a failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with this Contract within the Contract Time as extended. The sum stipulated for this contract shall be Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per day. The City may deduct the amount of liquidated damages due to them from any payment or payments otherwise due to Contractor, or if all payments otherwise due to Contractor have been made, the amount of liquidated damages shall be immediately due and payable by Contractor upon demand 18.00 PRICE OF MATERIALS AND SALES TAX The total value of the work equals the total of the Incorporated Material, Non - Incorporated Material, and all other costs and fees of which shall be billed separately by Contractor to Owner The amounts set forth above are current estimates by Contractor of the amounts that will be determined during the progress of the Work. The final progress billings from the Contractor to Owner shall reflect the actual ,amounts expended for the items e numerated in (a), (b), and (c), below The Incorporated Material shall be exempt from sales and use tax in that the Work is being performed for the Owner. Without prior written approval of Owner to the contrary, Contractor shall separate: (a) that part of the billing attributable to Incorporated Material (i.e. materials to be incorporated into the Work which billing shall not exceed the actual costs of such materials to the Contractor, or any Subcontractor, as the case may be), (b) that part o f the billing attributable to Non -Incorporated Material, and (c) that part of the billing attributable to their costs and fees. Contractor must obtain a Texas sales tax permit. By virtue of the tax-exempt status of the Work, Contractor shall neither (1) collect sales o r use tax from Owner or (ii) pay sales tax to any Subcontractor or materialman with respect to Incorporated Material. Contractor will execute and deliver a resale certificated for such Incorporated material to the Subcontractor or materialman who supplied Contractor with the Incorporated Material. When Contractor purchases, rents, o r leases Non -Incorporated Material, Contractor or Subcontractor must pay sales or u se tax at the time of purchase, rental or lease of such Non -incorporated Material. All subcontracts shall provide that the Subcontractor must comply with the provisions of this paragraph. For purposes of this section, the term Subcontractor shall include a 00100 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 8 of 9 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS sub -subcontractor and materialman as appropriate in context. All sub -subcontractors shall be subject to the same separated contract provisions that are applicable to Contractor. Without prior written approval of Owner to the contrary: (a) all Subcontracts entered into by and between Contractor and any Subcontractor, and (b) all sub -subcontracts e ntered into by and between the Subcontractors and Sub -subcontractors relating to the Work shall be separated contracts and final billings by the Subcontractors or Subsubcontractors as applicable shall separate: (1) that part of the billing attributable to Incorporated Material (which billing shall not exceed the actual cost of such materials to the Subcontractor or Sub -subcontractor, as the case may be); (ii) that part o f the billing attributable to Non -Incorporated Material; and (iii) that part of the billing attributable to other costs and fees. All Subcontractors and Sub -subcontractor must obtain a Texas sales tax permit. All Subcontracts shall provide that when the Subcontractor purchases incorporated Material, such Subcontractor will execute and deliver a resale certificate for such Incorporated Material to the Sub -subcontractor or materialman who supplied S ubcontractor with the Incorporated Material. As a result, Subcontractor will not have 'to pay sales or use tax on such Incorporated Material at the time of purchase. When S ubcontractor invoices Contractor for the cost of Incorporated Material Contractor will execute and deliver a resale certificate for such Incorporated Material to Subcontract, and Subcontract shall not collect sales or use tax on the cost of such Incorporated Material. When any Subcontractor purchases rents, or leases Non -incorporated Material, such Subcontractor must pay sales or use tax at the time of purchase, rental or lease of such Non -incorporated Material. All Sub -subcontracts between a Subcontractor and a Sub -subcontractor shall be subject to the same separate contract provisions that are applicable to Subcontracts between Contractor and a Subcontractor. 19.00 PARTIAL PAYMENT Retainage shall be five percent (5%) of amount due until completion of work. END OF SECTION 00100 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 9 of 9 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GEOTECHNICAL INFORMATION Document 00220 GEOTECHNICAL INFORMATION 1.0 DOCUMENT INCLUDES A. Soils investigation reports B. Contractor's responsibilities 2.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Document 01561 - Trench Safety Systems 3.0 SOILS INVESTIGATION REPORTS A. In the design and preparation of Contract Documents for this Project, the City and Architect/Engineer have relied upon the information in each of the geotechnical reports of investigation and analysis of soils and subsurface conditions of the construction site as listed below. B. A copy of each report is only provided upon request from the Bidder. C. The City or Architect/Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data. 3.01 GEOTECHNICAL REPORTS A. MRA Project No. 79908.007 - Geotechnical Engineering Services - Treatment Plant, Control Structures, Sewer Line and Pavements - City of Pearland, Texas prepared by the firm of McBride-Ratcliff and Associates, dated March 12, 1998, consisting of 58 pages. 4.0 BIDDER RESPONSIBILITIES A. Bidder shall have full responsibility for interpretation of the reports and use of the information for his bidding and construction purposes. B. Bidder may perform such additional soils investigations as he deems appropriate. END OF DOCUMENT 00220 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 1 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 BID PROPOSAL SECTION 00300 BID PROPOSAL SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS FOR MAGNOLIA BOULEVARD - GRAVITY TRUNK MAIN AND VETERANS DRIVE AND WALNUT STREET - FORCEMAIN B98-01 BID PROPOSAL (Submit in Duplicate) Name of Bidder: Pate & Pate Enterprises, Inc. Dated: 12/01/99 The Honorable Mayor and Council City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Gentlemen: Pursuant to the published Notice to Bidders dated 10 / 26 / 99 the undersigned bidder hereby proposes to do all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the work included under the General Contract for the construction of the Sanitary Sewer Improvements for Magnolia Boulevard Gravity Trunk Main and Veterans Drive and Walnut Street Forcemain as shown on the plans with all related appurtenances, complete, tested and operational, in accordance with the plans, and specifications prepared by the Engineer, Snowden Engineering, Inc., Pearland Texas, under the City of Pearland's inspection for the unit prices set forth on the attached bid sheet which bears our signature for identification. It is understood that in the event any changes are ordered made in any part of the work, the unit prices bia shall apply as additions to or deductions from the total prices for the parts of the work so changed. The bidder binds himself upon acceptance of his proposal to execute a contract and furnish performance bond and payment bond each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total contract price, according to the specified forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated, and furnishing a satisfactory maintenance bond indemnifying the Owner against defective workmanship and material fora period of one (1) year. The undersigned bidder agrees to commence work within ten (10) days after the date of a wntten notice to commence work. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall complete the work within 180 calendar days. Time for completion shall begin on the tenth day after the issuance of the notice to commence work. 97-3247-010 Section 00300 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page 1 of City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 BASE BID ITEMS BID PROPOSAL UNITS QTY UNIT PRICE ITEM No. REFERENCE SECTION ITEM DESCRIPTION TOTAL PRICE 1 LS 1 (1) 47, 000.00 47, 000.00 Mobilization two (include project signs) 2 01526 Trench Safety LF 12,354 1.00 12,354.00 3 01563 LF 3,731 (2) 5.00 18, 655.00 Control Ground Water of 4 01567 Fabric Fence LF 3,517 1.40 4,923.80 Filter (SWPPP) 5 01568 Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier LF 144 1 480 259.20 6 01570 Traffic Control Regulation LS 1 13, 500.00 13, 500.00 and 7 01570 HR 200 25.00 5,000.00 Flagmen 8 01740 Restoration new Line of Segments Unpaved (Base Surfaces price) above L.F. 11,930 1.00 11,930.00 9 01740 Restoration Unpaved Surfaces L.F. 3,500 6.00 21,000.00 Line of Segments above in new to base price) (Sodding addition 10 01740 S.Y. 415 45.00 18, 675.00 Restoration of Pavement (All Types) 11 01740 Restoration of Curb or Curb -and -Gutter L.F. 100 11.00 1,100.00 12 02052 Cut, Plug and Abandonment of Existing Ea. 9 100.00 A 900.00 Force Mains Diameters) (All 13 02076 LS 1 3,400.00 3,400.00 Removal of Existing Lift Station (Magnolia Blvd.) 14 02076 LF 94 7.00 658.00 Remove Exist. 8" San. Swr depths) (all 15 02076 LS 1 1,000.00 1,000.00 Remove crossing Exist. (Mary's 8" Creek Force Main @ Veteran's from bridge Drive) including all hardware (fill holes w/epxoy incidental) 16 02076 LF 20 20.00 400.00 Remove Exist. 42" San Swr. (include grouting of Exist. MH opening and opening for new line location) 17 02111 Clearing and Grubbing SY 3,696 4.50 16, 632.00 97-3247-010 Section 00300 ADDENDUM NO. 3 Page 2 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 BID PROPOSAL ITEM No. REFERENCE SECTION ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS QTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE 18 02521 Install (Dezurik 16" Series on 16" Contractor by FM City 100 (Location of Eccentric Fumished Pearland) to Valves be Valve or EA 2 5,950.00 11,900.00 Equal) determined 19 02601 4' (Precast) Diameter San. Swr. MH (std 8' depth) EA 1 1,170.00 1,170.00 20 02601 4' (Precast) Diameter San Swr. MH (Extra Depth) VF 1 105.00 105.00 21 02601 6' (Precast) Diameter San (Corrosion Swr. Resistant) MH (std 8' depth) EA 13 4,140.00 53, 820.00 22 02601 6' (Precast) Diameter San (Corrosion Swr. Resistant) MH (Extra Depth) VF 86 110.00 9,460.00 23 02601 6' Discharge (Corrosion Diameter (std Resistant) San. 8' Swr depth) MH (Precast) for Force Main EA 3 5,950.00 17, 850.00 24 02601 6' Discharge (Corrosion Diameter (Extra Resistant) San. Swr Depth) MH (Precast) for Force Main VF 18 225.00 4,050.00 25 02601 8' (Precast) Diameter San. Swr. (Corrosion Resistant) MH (std 8' depth) EA 6 6,250.00 37, 500.00 26 02601 8' (Precast) Diameter (Corrosion San. Swr. Resistant) MH (Extra Depth) VF 73 115.00 8,395.00 27 02601 8" Standard (External) Drop Connection EA 1 280.00 280.00 28 02601 8" Connection, Diameter (Extemal) Extra Standard Drop VF 1 25.00 25.00 Depth 29 02601 12" Standard (External) Drop Connection EA 1 500.00 500.00 30 02601 12" Connection, Diameter (External) Extra Depth Standard Drop VF 4 30.00 120.00 31 02601 8" Standard (Internal) Drop Connection EA 2 2,350.00 4,700.00 97-3247-010 Section 00300 ADDENDUM NO.3 Page 3 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 BID PROPOSAL ITEM No. REFERENCE SECTION ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS OTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE 32 02601 8" Connection, Diameter (Internal) Extra Depth Standard Drop VF 13 28.00 364.00 33 02601 16" Standard (Internal ) Drop Connection EA 1 4,600.00 4,600.00 34 02601 16" Connection, Diameter (Internal) Extra Depth Standard Drop VF 5 50.00 250.00 35 02316 Auger 905 Casing) PVC or Bore San & Jack Force 16" Main Diameter (Including C- 24" LF 588 175.00 102, 900.00 36 02632 Remove (or (Including and Inlets) Replace Stm. with Swr., (Class salvaged III, 24" C-76) LF 795 30.00 23, 850.00 less) RCP 37 02632 Remove Stm. (Including Swr and w/SET, Inlet) Replace (Class with III, salvaged C-76) 48" LF 140 65.00 9,100.00 38 02642 Air with necessary Release 6' Dia Manhole appurtenances and Vaccum , including Relief all Valve EA 3 5,500.00 16,500.00 39 02730 8" Cut Gravity San Swr. (all depths), Open- LF 121 29.00 3,509.00 40 02730 12" Cut Gravity San Swr (all depths), Open- LF 60 40.00 2,400.00 41 02730 36' Gravity Open -Cut San. Swr. (12' - 16' cut), LF 3,221 103.00 331,763.00 42 02730 36" Open Gravity -Cut San. Swr. (16' - 20' cut), LF 1,478 115.00 169, 970.00 43 02730 Wet San Sand Swr. Construction for 36" Gravity LF 200 12.00 2,400.00 44 02730 42" Cut Gravity San. Swr. (16' - 20'), Open LF 1,503 138.00 207, 414.00 45 02730 Wet San. Sand Swr Construction for 42" Gravity LF 200 15.00 3,000.00 46 02316 Auger Swr., or With Bore & or Without Jack 36" Casing Gravity (all depths) San. LF 139 430.00 59, 770.00 47 02316 Iron Auger Swr. Without Under or Bore 42" & RCP (HOBAS Jack 36" Storm Gravity Sewer, San. Ductile LF 30 430.00 12, 900.00 Pipe Pipe, Casing or equal) 48 02731 4' Main, Valves Diameter C-900 in PVC Place Open Sanitary (Including -Cut Force LF 40 28.00 1,120.00 Complete and Fittings), 97-3247-010 Section 00300 ADDENDUM NO. 3 Page 4 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project 698-01 BID PROPOSAL ITEM SECTION No. REFERENCE ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS QTY UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE Force 8" Diameter C-900 PVC Sanitary Main, Complete in Place (Including 40.00 2,200.00 02731 Fittings), Open -Cut LF 55 49 Force 02731 16" Main, Diameter Open C-905 -Cut PVC Sanitary LF 5,221 45.70 238,599.70 50 Diameter Wet Sand Construction for 16" Main, Open- C-905 PVC Sanitary Force Cut LF 100 10.00 1,000.00 51 02731 Auger 16" Diameter C-905 PVC San. Force Main in concrete casing (Veterans Dr. @ Mary's Creek) LF 130 550.00 71,500.00 52 02316 BASE BID ITEMS (1 - 52) TOTAL 1,592,371.70 Notes: (1) Mobilization not to exceed 3% of TOTAL BASE BID (2) Mminimum bid price of $5.00/If ALTERNATE BID ITEMS ITEM SECTION UNIT PRICE No. REFERENCE ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS Extra Depth of Valves, Including 0.00 Extended Nut and Valve Box (in excess 1 02730 of 5 feet) V.F. 100.00 97-3247-010 Section 00300 ADDENDUM NO. 3 Page 5 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SW EC Project B98-01 BID PROPOSAL The undersigned agrees that the amount bid in this proposal will not be withdrawn or modified for sixty (60) days following date of bid opening It is understood that in the event the successful bidder fails to enter into the Contract within ten (10) days and to fumish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond in the amount of 100 percent of the Contract for all parts of the work, he will forfeit the Bid Security as provided in the Specifications submitted with his bid proposal. The undersigned proposes, if awarded the Contract, to begin work promptly after written notice to commence work is given by the Engineer and to substantially complete the work in accordance with the completion schedule stipulated in Specification 00710 - Supplementary Conditions of the Construction Contract, Paragraph 4.5, Time Allotted for Completion and the number of calendar days specified in this bid proposal. The work included in this bid shall be substantially completed within 180 calendar days. 97-3247-010 Section 00300 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page 6 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 BID PROPOSAL The following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bid documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid price. Addendum No. 1 Addendum No. 2 Addendum No. 3 Addendum No. 4 Dated Dated Dated Dated 10/26/99 11/17/99 11/24/99 11/29/99 This bid proposal shall be considered part of the Contract. Very truly yo rs, • PATE VTE ENTERPRISES, INC. BY: Edwin Kaiser Vice -President ADDRESS: 300 Valleywood The Woodlands, Texas 77380 ATTEST cult awyer, Secretary Seal, if bid r is Corporation 97-3247-010 • END OF SECTION Section 00300 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page7of7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT SECTION 00500 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this the 13th, day of DECEMBER 1999, by and between City of Pearland of the County of Brazoria, and State of Texas, Party of the First Part, hereinafter termed OWNER, and PATE & PATE ENTERPRISES. INC., City of THE WOODLANDS County of MONTGOMERY, and State of Texas, Party of the Second Part, hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH. That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the Party of the First Part (OWNER) and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith, the said Party of the Second Part (CONTRACTOR), hereby agrees with the said Party of the First Part (OWNER) to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Sanitary Sewer Improvements for Magnolia Boulevard - Gravity Trunk Main and Veterans Drive and Walnut Street - Forcemain B98-01 and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the General Conditions of the Agreement and at his (or their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all the materials supplies, machinery, equipment tools, superintendence, Tabor insurance, and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction, in accordance with the conditions and prices stated in the Proposal attached hereto, and in accordance with the Notice to Bidders, Generd and Special Conditions of Agreement Plans and other drawings and printed cr written explanatory matter thereof, and the Specifications and addenda therefor, as prepared by SNOWDEN ENGINEERING, INC. And as modified by CARTER & BURGESS, INC. herein entitled the ENGINEER, each of which has been identified by the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER, together with the CONTRACTOR S written Proposal the General Conditions of the Agreement, and the Performance and Payment Bonds hereto attached: all of whichare made a part hereof and collectively evidence and constitute the entire contract. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten (10) days after the date written notice to do so shall have been given to him, and to substantially complete the work within 180 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00500 Page 1 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT calendar days after the date of the written notice to commence world subject to such extensions of time as are provided by the General and Special Conditions. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds the price or prices shown in the proposal, which forms a part of this contract, such payments to be subject to the General and Special Conditions of the contract. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this Agreement in the year and day first above written. City of Pearland PATE & PATE ENTERPRISES, C. Party of the First Part (OWNER) Part of the Second Pert (CONTRACTOR B ATTEST: 9 ° on e - ° o°° oo®A° �\ cfe` D � 0 iffigriOF SECTION ,�oeR®�^GuGO0atkO ceO0tlt,0"Oc0O �� O teve Fate, President ATTEST:( sA retary Julie7/5awyer, Sec 7 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00500 Page 2 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PERFORMANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § Bond #KC8457 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That PATE & PATE ENTERPRISES. INC., City of THE WOODLANDS, County of MONTGOMERY, and State of Texas, as principal, and ide ity a d Uuara t gnRllranr`.e lln�ierwr, YS, Tnr . authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland (Owner), in the penal sum of ONE MILLION, FIVE HUNDRED NINETY TWO THOUSAND. THREE HUNDRED SEVENTY ONE DOLLARS AND SEVENTY CENTS ($1 592.371.70} for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, dated tlu 13th day of DECEMBER 1999 to perform the Sanitary Sewer Improvements for Magnolia Boulevard - Gravity Trunk Main and Veterans Drive and Walnut Street - Forcemain B98-01 which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. N OW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said P rincipal shall faithfully perform said Contract and shall in all respects duly and faithfully o bserve and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions andagreements in and by said contract agreed and covenants by the Principal to be observed and performed, and according to the true intent and meaning of said Contract and Plans and Specificatims hereto annexed then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. S urety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change extension of time, alteration o r addition to the terms of the contract or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration o r addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. 00610 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PERFORMANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this the 21 day of December 1999. Principal Pate & Pate Enterprises, Inc. By: Title: Surety Fielity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. By. Steve 'ate Roy E. Simmons Title: President Address: 300 Valleywood Attorney -In -Fact Address: 2700 NE Loop 410, Suite 125 The Woodlands, TX 77380 San Antonio, TX 78217 The name and address of the Resident Agent of Surety is: Roy E. Simmons Chapman Simmons Agency, Inc. 4200 Research Forest Drive, Suite 200 The Woodlands, TX 77381 END OF SECTION SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00610 Page 2 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND Document 00612 Bond #KC8457 THE STATh OF TEXAS § THE COUNTY OF HARRIS § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: THAT WE, PATE & PATE ENTERPRISES. INC, as Principal, hereinafter called "Contractor" and the other subscriber hereto Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters , Inc . as Surety, do hereby acknowledge ourselves to be held and firmly bound to the City of Pearland, a municipal corporation in the sum of ONE MILLION. FIVE HUNDRED NINETY TWO THOUSAND. THREE HUNDRED SEVENTY ONE DOLLARS AND SEVENTY CENTS ($1.592,371.70) for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made to the City of Pearland and its successors the said Contractor and Surety do bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns jointly and severally. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH THAT: WHEREAS the Contractor has on or about this day executed a Contract in writing with theCity of Pearland for all of such work to be done as set out in full in said Contract Documents therein refer -red to and adopted by the City Council all of which are made a part of this instrument as fully and completelyas if set out in full herein. NOW THEREFORE, if the said Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the General Conditions, and correct Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents discovered within the established one-year period, then this obligation shall become null and void, and shall be of no further force and effect; oberwise, the same is to remain in full force and effect. Notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered when actually received or, if earlier, on the third day following deposit in a United States Postal Service post office or receptacle, with proper postage affixed (certified mail, return receipt requested), addressed to the respective other party at the address prescribed in the Contract Documents, or at such other address as the receiving party may hereafter prescribe by written notice to the sending party. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00612 Page 1 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND IN WITNESS THEREOF, the said Contractor and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument on the respective dates written below their signatures and have attached current Power of Attorney. ATTEST, SEAL: (if a corporation) WITNESS: (if dot a corporation) By: Name: J yl.ie Sawyer Title: Secretary ATTEST/WITNESS: (SEAL) INA Name: Title: Date: Elaine Lewis Witness December 21, 1999 REVIEWED: 0,„",,Aels" eat\ Aunt City Attorney SEI PN: 97-027 Pate & Pate (Name By: Name: S Enterprises , Inc. actov) eve Pate Title: President Date: December 21, 1999 Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. (Full Name of Surety) 2700 NE Loop 41.0, Suite 125 (Address of Surety for Notice) San Antonio, TX 78217 By: ith Name: I Roy E. Simmons Title: Attorney -In -Fact Date: December 21, 1999 THE FOREGOING BOND IS ACCEPTED ON BEHALF OF CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: R1 ity Manager END OF DOCUMENT 8/14/99 00612 Page 2 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND AFFIDAVIT OF INSURANCE Document 00615 AFFIDAVIT OF INSURANCE THE STATE OF 'TEXAS § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: THE COUNTY OF HARRis x Montgomery BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared Steve Pate who [Affiant] being by me duly sworn on his oath stated that he is President [Title] of Pate & Pate Enterprises, Inc. [Contractor's Company Name] the Contractor named and referred to within the Contract Documents; that he is fully competent and authorized to give this affidavit and that the attached original insurance certificate truly and accurately reflects the insurance coverage that is now available and will be available during the term of the Agreement. Steve Pate I SWORN AND SUBSCRIBED before me on t .ems: ^.' PP I.•� 'S. i ¢ ^' �.� d z.: .; t� 51a ''� rrteitgP:36 (1, Cal = ' r' i�3 •i �.7 �i �1%� t !, ¢. '.r jt.1 •' '�i'1t C�4 ^ tt 2'. s. r 2 a f P .trtt�� �� • - I7 v 8 _+ • ' SEI PN: 97-027 • (Affiant's Signature] President December 21, 1999 Notary [Date] blic in and for the State of TEXAS Julie Sawyer [Print or type Notary Public name] My Commission Expires: October 17, 2002 END OF DOCUMENT 8/14/99 [Expiration Date] 00615 Page 1 of 1 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAYMENT BOND SECTION 00620 Bond #KC8457 PAYMENT BOND STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That PATE & PATE ENTERPRISES. INC., City of T�-IE WOODLANDS, County of MONTGOMERY, and State of Texas, as principal, and i e icy and uaranty Tnsiiranre TTnrlarwri tars , Tnr. . authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland (Owner), in the penal sum of ONE MILLION. FIVE HUNDRED NINETY TWO THOUSAND. THREE HUNDRED SEVENTY ONE DOLLARS AND SEVENTY CENTS ,($1,592.371.70) for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, dated the 13th day of DECEMBER, for Sanitary Sewer Improvements for Magnolia Boulevard - Gravity Trunk Main and Veterans Drive and Walnut Street - Forcemain B98-01 which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. N OW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; P ROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. S urety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no changa extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. 00620 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAYMENT BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this the 21 day of December 1999. - Principal Pate & Pate Enterprises, Inc. By: Surety Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. By: teve Pa e Roy E. Simmons Title: Title: President Attorney -in -Fact Address: Address: 300 Valleywood 2700 NE Loop 410, Suite 125 The Woodlands, TX 77380 San Antonio, TX 78217 The name and address of the Resident Agent of Surety is: Roy E. Simmons Chapman Simmons Agency, Inc. 4200 Research Forest Drive, Suite 200 The Woodlands, TX 77381 SEI PN: 97-027 END OF SECTION 8/14/99 00620 Page 2 of 2 POWER OF ATTORNEY Theme Pau Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Power of Attorney No. 20816 United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Certificate No. 396840 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York, and that St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, and that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Scott D. Chapman, Roy E. Simmons and Elaine Lewis • of the City of The Woodlands , State Texas , their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign its name as surety to, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed this 30th day of July Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company el..4 1 N S(/9gai _‘); • tookgT % "1 -i co e ..... : 0 i ;SEAL:3 dD •niiAR State of Maryland City of Baltimore , 1999 United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. MICHAEL B. KEEGAN, Vice President \A,,,Oss.0 R. ,Aci-tcziAn, MICHAEL R. MCKIBBEN, Assistant Secretary On this 30th day of July , 1999 , before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared Michael B. Keegan and Michael R. McKibben, who acknowledged themselves to be the Vice President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. and that they, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the names of the corporations by themselves as duly authorized officers. In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. Sum A • rptsezzet- • PRODUCER Willis Corroon Corporation of Texas/Houston P. O. Box 27408 Houston TX 77227 (713) 961-3800 Hood INSURED a PATE & PATE ENTERPRISES, INC. 300 VALLEYWOOD THE WOODLANDS TX 77380 • 62030 Pt" t&FATE DEC 1 01999 RECEIVED ■�",',,',�w• ; : DATE (MM/DD/YY) :•::.,::•:rr:;;;1`:<;:>::>:�::: 7-DEC-1999 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE 16535-003 (HOUS) COMPANY Zurich American Insurance Company A 40142-001 (HOUS) COMPANY American Zurich Insurance Company B 26247-003 (HOUS) COMPANY American Guarantee and Liability Insurance Company C COMPANY D THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES UMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. CO LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE DATE (MM/DD/YY) POLICY EXPIRATION DATE (MM/DD/YY) UMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY X COMMERCIAL GENERAL UABIUTY CLAIMS MADE OCCUR OWNER'S & CONTRACTOR'S PROT x xcu x X B AU Contractual Liability TOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON•OWNED AUTOS x x GL0297846800 TAP297846900 O 1-SEP-1999 O 1-SEP-1999 O 1 SEP-2000 O 1-SEP-2000 GENERAL AGGREGATE 2,000,000 PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 2,000,000 1,000,000 EACH OCCURRENCE 1,000,000 FIRE DAMAGE (Any one fire) MED EXP (Any one person) COMBINED SINGLE UMIT $ 50,000 5,000 1.000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) BODILY INJURY (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE GARAGE LIABILITY ANY AUTO AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY EACH ACCIDENT $ AGGREGATE $ c B EXCESS UABILnY UMBRELLA FORM OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABIUTY THE PROPRIETOR/ PARTNERS/EXECUTIVE OFFICERS ARE: x AU0377351100 O 1-SEP-1999 O 1-SEP-2000 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 20,000.000 AGGREGATE $ 20,000,000 $ INCL EXCL 297846700 O 1-SEP-1999 O 1-SEP-2000 X 1TOCRYUMTS EL EACH ACCIDENT OTH- JER 1.000,000 EL DISEASE-POUCY UMIT 1,000,000 EL DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/SPECIAL ITEMS SEE ATTACHED CITY OF PEARLAND 3519 UBERTY DRIVE PEARLAND TX 77581 ................. atik tat .. SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Willis vece-•• HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTERLTHENCOVERAGE AFFORDED BUPON THE ICERTIFICATE IES BELOW ISSUE DATE (MWDIWY) 7-DEC-1999 INSURED PATE & PATE ENTERPRISES, INC. 300 VALLEYWOOD THE WOODLANDS TX 77380 1 62030 • .................................................................................................................... THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POUCIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POUCY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. PRODUCER Willis Corroon Corporation of Texas/Houston P. O. Box 27408 Houston TX 77227 (713) 961-3800 Sheila Hood TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POUCY EFFECTIVE DATE (MM/DD/YY) POLICY EXPIRATION DATE (MM/DD/YY) LIMITS DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/SPECIAL ITEMS Re: City of Pearland - Magnolia Boulevard, Veterans Drive and Walnut Street The policies have been endorsed to name City of Pearland and Carter & Burgess, Inc. as Additional Insured on all policies except Workers Compensation and provide a Waiver of Subrogation on all policies in favor of City of Pearland and Carter & Burgess. Inc. IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to i certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER This Certificate of Insurance does not constitute a contract between the insuring Insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. C ATtFiCA CITY OF PEARLAND 3519 LIBERTY DRIVE PEARLAND TX 77581 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR UABILI1Y OF ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY, iTS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1. DEFINITION OF TERMS 1.1 AGREEMENT. The written agreement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR covering the works to be performed including the CONTRACTOR'S Bid and the Bonds. 1.2 CALENDAR DAY. "Calendar Day" is any day of the week or month, no days being excepted. 1.3 CHANGE ORDER A written order to the CONTRACTOR signed by the OWNER authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued after execution of the Agreement. 1.4 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders (Advertisement), Supplementary Conditions, Instructions to Bidders, P roposal, signed Agreement, Performance and Payment Bonds (when required), S pecial Bonds (when required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Technical S pecifications Plans, and all modifications thereof incorporated in any of the documents before the execution of the agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is called for by any one shall be as binding as if called for by all. In case of conflict between any of the Contract Documents, priority of interpretation shall be in the following order: Signed Agreement, Performance and Payment Bonds, Special Bonds (if any), Proposal S pecial Conditions of Agreement, Notice to Contractors, Technical Specifications P lans, and General Conditions of Agreement. 1.5. EXTRA WORK. The term "Extra Work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the ENGINEER or OWNER to be done by the CONTRACTOR to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work shown upon the plans, or reasonably implied by the specifications, and not covered by the CONTRACTOR'S Proposal, except as provided under' Changes and Alterations", herein. 1.6 OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND ENGINEER The OWNER, the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER are those persons or organizations identified as such in the Agreement and are referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender The term ENGINEER means the ENGINEER or his duly authorized representative. The ENGINEER shall be understood to be the ENGINEER of the OWNER, and nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual or agency relationship between the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00700 Page 1 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.7 SUB -CONTRACTOR. The term Sub -Contractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR and it Includes one who fumishes material worked to a special design according to the plans or specifications of this work, but does not include one who merely fumishes material not so worked. 1.8 SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED By the term "substantially completed" it is meant that the structure has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in condition to serve its intended purpose, but still may require .minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. 1.9 WORK. The CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services, insurance, and all water, Tight, power, fuel, transportation and other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless otherwise specified all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The CONTRACTOR shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have a well known technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. 1.10 WORKING DAY. A 'Working Day" is defined as any day not including Saturdays, Sundays or any legal holidays, in which weather or other conditions, not under the control of the CONTRACTOR, will permit construction of the principal units of the work for a period of not less than seven (7) hours between 7:00 am and 6 00 p m. 1.11 WRITTEN NOTICE. Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered mail to the last business address known to him who gives the notice. 2. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER AND THE CONTRACTOR 2.1 OWNER -ENGINEER RELATIONSHIP. The ENGINEER will be the OWNER'S representative during construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the ENGINEER as the OWNER S representative during construction are as set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended or limited without written consent of the OWNER and ENGINEER The ENGINEER will advise and consult with the OWNER, and all of OWNER S instructions to the CONTRACTOR shall be issued through the ENGINEER 2.2 CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION BY ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall make periodic visits to the site to familiarize himself generally with the progress of the executed work and to determine if such work generally meets the essential performance and design features and the technical and functional engineering requirements of the Contract Documents; provided and except, however that the ENGINEER shall not be responsible for making any detailed, exhaustive, comprehensive or continuous on -site inspection of the quality or quantity of the work or be in any way responsible, directly or indirectly, for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality, procedures, programs, safety precautions or lack of same incident thereto or in connection_therewith. Notwithstanding any SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00700 Page 2 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT other provision of this agreement or any other Contract Document, the ENGINEER shall not be in any way responsible or liable for any acts, errors, omissions or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, any subcontractor or any of the CONTRACTOR'S or subcontractor's agents, servants or employees or any other person, firm or corporation performing or attempting to perform any of the work. 2.3 PAYMENTS FOR WORK. The ENGINEER shall review CONTRACTOR'S applications for payment and supporting data, determine the amount owed to the CONTRACTOR and approve, in writing payment to CONTRACTOR in such amounts; such approval of payment to CONTRACTOR constitutes a representation to the OWNER of ENGINEER'S professional judgment that the work has progressed to the point indicated to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, but such approval of an application for payment to CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed as a representation by ENGINEER that ENGINEER has made any examination to determine how or for what purpose CONTRACTOR has used the moneys paid on account of the Contract price 2.4 INITIAL DETERMINATIONS. The ENGINEER initially shall determine all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER relating to the execution or progress of the work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents and the ENGINEER's decision shall be rendered in writing within a reasonable time. Should the ENGINEER fail to make such decision within a reasonable time appeal to arbitration may be taken as if his decision has been rendered against the party appealing. 2.5 OBJECTIONS. • In the event the ENGINEER renders any decision which, in the opinion of either party hereto, is not in accordance with the meaning and intent of this contract, either party may file with the ENGINEER within thirty days his written objection to the decision, and by such action may reserve the right to submit the question so raised to arbitration as hereinafter provided. 2.6 CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE. The CONTRACTOR shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution andcompletion of this :contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants. The superintendent shall represent the CONTRACTOR in his absence and all directions given to him shall be as binding as if given by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR is and at all times shall remain an independent contractor, solely responsible for the manner and method of completing his work under this contract, with full power and authority to select the means, method and manner of performing such work so long as such methods do not adversely affect the completed improvements, the OWNER and ENGINEER being interested only in the result obtained and conformity of such completed improvements to the plans, specifications and contract. Likewise, the CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself, his employees and other persons, as well as for the protection of the safety of the improvements being erected and the property of himself or any other person, as a result of his operations hereunder. Engineering construction drawings and SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00700 Page 3 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT specifications as well as any additional information concerning the work to be performed passing from or through the ENGINEER shall not be interpreted as requiring or allowing CONTRACTOR to deviate from the plans and specifications, the intent of such drawings specifications and any other such instructions being to define with particularity the agreement of the parties as to the work the CONTRACTOR is to perform. CONTRACTOR shall be fully and completely liable, at his own expense, for design, construction, installation and use, or non-use of all items and methods incident to performance of the contract, and for all Toss, damage .or injury incident thereto, either to person .or property, including, without limitation, the adequacy of all temporary supports, shoring, bracing, scaffolding, machinery or equipment, safety precautions or devices, and similar items or devices used by him during construction Any review of work in process, or any visit or observation during construction, or any clarification of plans and specifications, by the ENGINEER, or any agent, employee, o r representative of either of them, whether through personal observation on the project site or by means of approval of shop drawings for temporary construction or construction processes, or by other means or method, is agreed by the CONTRACTOR to be for the purpose of observing the extent and nature of work completed or being performed, as measured against the drawings and specifications constituting the contract, or for the purpose of enabling CONTRACTOR to more fully u nderstand the plans and specifications so that the completed construction work will conform thereto and shall in no way relieve the CONTRACTOR. from .full and complete responsibility for the proper performance .of his work on the project including but without limitation the propriety of means and methods of the CONTRACTOR in performing said contract, and the adequacy of any designs, plans or other facilities for accomplishing such performance. Deviation by the • CONTRACTOR from plans and specifications that may have been in evidence during any such visitation or observation by the ENGINEER, or any of his representatives whether called to the CONTRACTOR'S attention or not shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR from his responsibility to complete all work in accordance with said plans and specifications. 2.7 CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING. It is understood and agreed that the CONTRACTOR has by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities n eeded preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions, and all other matters which can in any way affect the work under this contract No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer agent or employee of the OWNER or ENGINEER either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained 2.8 CHARACTER OF WORKERS. The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent persons, skillful in the performance of the type of work required under this contract to do the work; and agrees that whenever the ENGINEER shall inform him in writing that any person or persons on the work are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, such person or persons shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the ENGINEER'S written consent. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00700 Page 4 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 2.9 CONTRACTOR S BUILDINGS. The building of structures for housing persons, or the erection of tents or other forms of protection, will be permitted only at such places as the ENGINEER shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structures shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER 2.10 SANITATION. Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the CONTRACTOR in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the ENGINEER, and their use shall be strictly enforced. 2.11 *SHOP DRAWINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own work or in that of any other Contractor, four checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules required for the work of the various trades, and the ENGINEER shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, making desired corrections. The CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by the ENGINEER, file with him two corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The ENGINEER S approval of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for deviations from drawings or specifications, unless he has in writing called the ENGINEER'S attention to such deviations at the time of submission, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to fully and completely review all shop .drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the required contract work in accordance with the plans and specifications and within the contract time. Such review by the ENGINEER shall be for the sole purpose of determining the sufficiency of said drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with the plans and specifications, and shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his duty as an independent contractor as previously set forth it being expressly understood and agreed that the ENGINEER does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of such drawings or schedules, or any means or methods reflected thereby in relation to the safety of either person or property during CONTRACTOR'S performance hereunder. 2.12 PRELIMINARY APPROVAL The ENGINEER shall not have the power to waive the obligations of this contract for the furnishing by the CONTRACTOR of good material, and of his performing good work as herein described, and in full accordance with the plans and specifications. No failure or omission of the ENGINEER to discover, object to or condemn any defective work or material shall release the CONTRACTOR from the obligations to fully and properly perform the contract, including without limitations, the obligation to at once tear out, remove and properly replace the same at any time prior to final acceptance upon the discovery of said defective work or material; provided, however, that the ENGINEER shall, upon request of the CONTRACTOR inspect and accept or reject any material furnished, and in event the material has been once accepted by the ENGINEER, such acceptance shall be binding on the OWNER unless it can be clearly shown that such material furnished does not meet the specifications for this work. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00700 Page 5 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Any questioned work may be ordered taken up or removed for re-examination, by the ENGINEER, prior to final acceptance, and if found not in accordance with the specifications for said work, all expense of removing, re-examination and replacement shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR, otherwise the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as EXTRA WORK, and shall be paid for by the OWNER; provided that, where inspection orapproval is specifically required by the -specifications prior to performance of certain .work, should the CONTRACTOR proceed with such work without requesting prior inspection or approval he shall bear all expense of taking up; removing, and replacing this work if so directed by the ENGINEER. 2.13 DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES. • It is further agreed that if the work or any part • thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the ENGINEER as unsuitable or not in conformity with the specifications, the CONTRACTOR shall, after receipt of written n otice thereof from the ENGINEER, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full accordance with this contract. 2.14..CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the OWNER may make such changes and alterations as the OWNER may see fit, in the line, grade, form, dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, o r any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validityof this contract and the accompanying Performance and Payment Bonds. If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall n ot constitute the basis for a claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with, except as provided for unit price items under Section 5 'Measurement and Payment." If the amount of work is increased, and the work can be fairly classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid for according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price, if any, established for such work u nder this Contract, except as provided for unit price items under Section 5 'Measurement and Payment;" otherwise, such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In case the OWNER shall make such changesor alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in said work, then the OWNER shall recompense the CONTRACTOR for any material or labor so used, and for any actual Toss occasioned by such change, due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the work as o riginally planned. 3. GENERAL OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE. The ENGINEER shall furnish the CONTRACTOR with an adequate and reasonable number of copies of all plans and specifications without expense to him, and the CONTRACTOR shall keep one copy of the same constantly accessible on the work, with the latest revisions noted thereon. 3.2 OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS. All drawings, specifications and copies thereof furnished by the ENGINEER shall not be reused on other work, and, with the SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00700 Page 6 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT exception of the signed contract sets, are to be returned to him on request, at the completion of the work. All models are the property of the OWNER 3.3 RIGHT OF ENTRY. The OWNER reserves the right to enter the property or location on which the work herein contracted is to be constructed or installed, by such agent or agents as he may elect, for the purpose of inspecting the work or for the purpose of constructing or installing each collateral work as said OWNER may desire. 3.4 COLLATERAL CONTRACTS. The OWNER agrees to provide by separate contract or otherwise, all labor and material essential to the completion of the work specifically excluded from this contract, in such manner as not to delay the progress of the work, or -damage said CONTRACTOR, except where • such delays are specifically mentioned elsewhere in the Contract Documents 3.5 DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS. It is further agreed that it is the intent of this contract that all work must be done and all material must be furnished in accordance with the generally accepted practice, and in the event of any discrepancies between the separate contract documents, the priority of interpretation defined under 'Contract Documents" shall govern. In the event that there is still any doubt as to the meaning and intent of any portion of the contract, specifications or drawings, the ENGINEER shall define which is intended to apply to the work. 3.6 EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION PLANT. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials, supplies machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities all means of construction, and any and all parts of the work, whether .the CONTRACTOR has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the entire work is completed and accepted. 3.7 DAMAGES In the event the CONTRACTOR is damaged in the course of the completion of the work by the act, neglect omission mistake or default of the OWNER, or of the ENGINEER, or of any other CONTRACTOR employed by the OWNER upon the work, thereby causing loss to the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER agrees that he will reimburse the CONTRACTOR for such Toss. In the event the OWNER is damaged in the course of the work by the act, negligence, omission, mistake or default of the CONTRACTOR or should the CONTRACTOR unreasonably delay the progress of the work being done by others on the job so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for such loss. 3.8 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC The CONTRACTOR shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of Federal, State, and Municipal safety laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction of the Associated General Contractors of America except where incompatible with Federal, State, or Municipal laws or regulations. SEI PN: 97-027 . 8/14/99 00700 Page 7 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The CONTRACTOR shall provide such machinery guards, safe walkways, ladders, bridges gangplanks and other safety devices. The safety precautions actually taken and their adequacy shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR, acting at his discretion as an independent contractor. 3.9 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS. Unless otherwise specified, it is further agreed by the parties to this Contract that the CONTRACTOR will execute separate performance and payment bonds, each in the sum of one hundred (100) percent of . the total contract price, in standard forms for this purpose, guaranteeing faithful performance of the work and the fulfillment of any guarantees required, and further guaranteeing payment to all persons supplying labor and materials or furnishing him any equipment in the execution of the Contract and it is agreed that this Contract shall not be in effect until such performance and payment bonds are furnished and approved by the OWNER. U nless otherwise approved in writing by the OWNER, the surety company underwriting the bonds must be authorized to issue payment and performance bonds in Texas in an amount equal to or greater than the contract price. The surety company must be authorized by the Texas State Board of Insurance to act as a surety and shall have a minimum Best Key Rating of "B' . If the surety company does not have such a rating due to the length of time it has existed the surety company must be eligible to participate in the surety bond guarantee program of the S mall Business Administration and must be an approved surety listed in the current U . S Department of Treasury Circular 570, and must meet all of the related rules and regulations of the Treasury Department The person executing the payment and performance bonds must be a licensed Texas local recording agent and such licensing must be recorded in the files of the Texas State Board of Insurance. The person executing the payment and performance bonds must be authorized by the surety company to execute payment and performance bonds on behalf of the company in the amount required for the contract and such authorization must be recorded in the files of the Texas State Board of Insurance. The payment and performance bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date final payment becomes due: U nless otherwise specified, the cost of the premium for the performance and payment bonds shall be included in the CONTRACTOR'S proposal 3.10 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES. Unless otherwise specified, all loss or damage to the CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance in the prosecution of the same, or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost and expense. 3.11 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY. The said CONTRACTOR shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which might be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this Agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjoining property. The SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00700 Page 8 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the OWNER and ENGINEER against any claim or claims for damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, arising or growing out of the performance of the contract; but any such indemnity shall not apply to any claim of any kind arising out of the existence or character of the work. 3.12 PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUB -CONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES The CONTRACTOR agrees that he will indemnify and save the OWNER and ENGINEER harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of sub -contractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment power tools, and all supplies, including commissary, incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this contract. When so desired by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature herein above designated have been paid, discharged or waived. If the CONTRACTOR fails so to do, then the OWNER may at the option of the CONTRACTOR either pay directly any unpaid bills, of which the OWNER has written notice, or withhold from the CONTRACTOR'S unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to liquidate any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payments to the CONTRACTOR shall be resumed in full, in accordance with the terms of this contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligation upon the OWNER by either the CONTRACTOR or his Surety. 3.13 PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENTED INVENTION. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use -of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner The CONTRACTOR shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyright rights and shall indemnify and save the OWNER and ENGINEER harmless from any loss on account thereof, except that the OWNER shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified or required by the OWNER• provided, however, if choice of alternate design, device, material or process is allowed to the CONTRACTOR, then CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and save OWNER harmless from any loss on account thereof. If the material or process specified or required by the OWNER is an infringement, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly gives such information to the OWNER. 3.14 LAWS AND ORDINANCES. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times observe and comply with all Federal, State and local laws, ordinances and regulations, which in any manner affect the contract or the work and shall indemnify and save harmless the OWNER and ENGINEER against any claim arising from the violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations whether by the CONTRACTOR or his employees, except where such violations are called for by the provisions of the Contract Documents. If the CONTRACTOR observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall promptly notify the ENGINEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the work. If the CONTRACTOR performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances rules and regulations, and without such notice to the ENGINEER, SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00700 Page 9 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT he shall bear all costs arising therefrom. In case the OWNER is a body politic and corporate, the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the OWNER may enter into contract, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract, to the same effect as though embodied herein. 3.15 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this contract and that he will not assign by Power of Attorney or otherwise, or sublet said contract without the written consent of the ENGINEER and that no part or feature of the work will be sublet to anyone objectionable to the ENGINEER or the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from his full obligations to the OWNER, as provided by this AGREEMENT 3.16 INDEMNIFICATION. The CONTRACTOR shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the OWNER and the ENGINEER and their respective officers, agents and employees, from and against all damages, claims losses, demands suits, judgments and costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the work, provided that any such damages claim, loss, demand, suit, judgment, cost or expense: (1) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death' or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itself) including the loss of u se resulting therefrom, and, (2) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of the contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any one of them o r anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or n ot it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. The obligation of the CONTRACTOR under this paragraph shall not extend to. the liability of the ENGINEER, his agents or employees arising out of the preparation or approval of maps drawings, reports, surveys, change orders, designs or specifications, or the giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the engineer, his agents or employees, provided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 3.17 INSURANCE. The CONTRACTOR at his own expense shall purchase, maintain and keep in force such insurance as will protect him from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the CONTRACTOR'S operations under the Contract, whether such operations be by himself or by any Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: (1) Workmen's compensation claims, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (2) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, o r death of his employees, and claims insured by usual bodily injury liability coverages; SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00700 Page 10 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (3) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than his employees, and claims insured by usual bodily injury liability coverages; and (4) Claims for damages because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including Toss of use resulting therefrom. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. Before commencing any of the work, CONTRACTOR shall file with the OWNER valid Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the OWNER and the ENGINEER. Such Certificates shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled until at least fifteen days prior written notice has been given to the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall also file with the OWNER valid Certificates of Insurance covering all subcontractors. 3.18 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE DEFINITIONS. Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission (the "TWCC ), or a coverage agreement (TWCC- Compensation Commission (the "TWCC"), or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Section 406.096 of the Texas Labor Code) - includes all person or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation independent contractors, subcontractors leasing companies, motor carvers, owner -operators employees of any such entity or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. The Contract shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreement, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, §401.011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the Owner prior to being awarded the contract. SEI PN:. 97-027 8/14/99 00700 Page 11 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the Owner showing that the coverage has been extended The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the Owner: (1) A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so that the Owner will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the projects and (2) No later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. The Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision, of coverage of any person providing services on the project. The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text form and manner prescribed by the TWCC informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project to: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and .payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code §401-.011(44) for all its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project* (2) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. (3) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00700 Page 12 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the Owner in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (7) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts to perform as required by paragraph (1) - (7), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the Owner that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the TWCC's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the Owner to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the Owner 4. PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 4.1 TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION. It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed to prosecute his work at such times and seasons, in such order of precedence and in such manner as shall be most conducive to economy of construction; provided however, that the order and the time of prosecution shall be such that the work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this contract, the plans and specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the Proposal; provided, also, that when the OWNER is having other work done, either by contract or by his own force, the ENGINEER may direct the time and manner of constructing the work done under this contract, so that conflict will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the OWNER shall be harmonized. 00700 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 13 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT • The CONTRACTOR shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the ENGINEER, schedules which shall show the order in which the CONTRACTOR proposes to carry on the work, with dates at which the CONTRACTOR will start the several parts of the work, and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. 4.2 EXTENSION OF TIME. Should the CONTRACTOR be delayed in the completion of the work by any act or neglect of the OWNER or ENGINEER or of any employee of either, or by other contractors employed by the OWNER, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strikes, lockouts, fires, and unusual delays by common carriers or unavoidable cause or causes beyond the CONTRACTOR S control, or by any cause which the ENGINEER shall decide justifies the delay then an extension of time shall be allowed for completing the work sufficient to compensate for the delay the amount of the extension to be determined by the ENGINEER, provided however that the CONTRACTOR shall give the ENGINEER prompt notice in writing of the cause of such delay 4.3 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS. No claims shall be made by the CONTRACTOR for damages resulting from hindrances or delays from any cause (except where the work is stopped by order of the OWNER) during the progress of any portion of the work embraced in this contract. In case said work shall be stopped by the act of the OWNER, then such expense as in the judgment of the ENGINEER is caused by such stoppage of said work shall be paid by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 5.1 QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS. No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. 5.2 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES. This agreement including the specifications, plans and estimate, is intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, theyare approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing the proposals offered for the work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract may differ somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method, payment shall be for the actual amount of such work done and the material furnished. Where payment is based on the unit price method, the CONTRACTOR agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits or otherwise on account of any differences which may be found between the quantities of work actually done, the material actually furnished under this contract and the estimated quantities contemplated and contained in the proposal; provided, however, that in case the actual quantity of any major item should become as much as 20% more than, or 20% Tess than the estimated or contemplated quantity for such items, then either party to this Agreement, upon demand, shall be entitled to a revised consideration upon the portion of the work above or below 20% of the estimated quantity SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00700 Page 14 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project 898-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT A "Major Item" shall be construed to be any individual bid item incurred in the proposal that has a total cost equal to or greater than five (5) per cent of the total contract cost computed on the basis of the proposal quantities and the contract unit prices. Any revised consideration is to be determined by agreement between the parties, otherwise by the terms of this Agreement, as provided under "Extra Work.' 5.3 PRICE OF WORK. In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary'labor, equipment and material, and the completion of all work by the CONTRACTOR, and on the completion of all work and of the delivery of all material embraced in this Contract in full conformity with the specifications and stipulations herein contained, the OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR the prices set forth in the Proposal hereto attached, which has been made a part of this contract. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to receive such prices in full for furnishing all material and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also for all expense incurred by him, and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this Agreement. 5.4 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. On or before the 1st day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the ENGINEER for approval or modification a statement showing as completely as practicable the total value of the work done by the CONTRACTOR up to and including the last day of the preceding month; said statement shall also include the value of all sound materials delivered on the site of the work that are to be fabricated into the work. The OWNER shall then pay the CONTRACTOR on or before the 30th day of the current month the total amount of the approved statement, Tess five percent (5%) of the amount thereof, which five percent (5%) shall be retained until final payment, and further Tess all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion and some unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no fault or neglect on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may, upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER, pay a reasonable and equitable portionof the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR at the OWNER'S option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to the conditions stated under "Final Payment.' 5.5 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS. The OWNER shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the work, notwithstanding the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have expired but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed • an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the work, the CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to such extra compensation, or extension of time, or both, as the ENGINEER may determine. 00700 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 15 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER when, in the CONTRACTOR'S opinion, the contract is "substantially completed' and when so notifying the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the ENGINEER in writing a detailed list of unfinished work The ENGINEER will review the CONTRACTOR'S list of unfinished work and will add thereto such items as the CONTRACTOR has failed to include. The "substantial completion' of the structure or facility shall not excuse the CONTRACTOR from performing all of the work undertaken, whether of a minor or major nature, and thereby completing the structure or facility in accordance with the Contract Documents 5.6 FINAL COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE. Within ten (10) days after the CONTRACTOR has given the ENGINEER written notice that the work has been completed, or substantially completed the ENGINEER and the OWNER shall inspect the work and within said time, if the work be found to be completed or substantially completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall issue to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR his Certificate of Completion, and thereupon it shall be the duty of the OWNER within ten (10) days to issue a Certificate of Acceptance of the work to the CONTRACTOR or to advise the CONTRACTOR in writing of the reason for non -acceptance. 5.7 FINAL PAYMENT. Upon the issuance of the Certificate of Completion, the ENGINEER shall proceed to make final measurements and prepare final statement of the value of all work performed and materials furnished under the terms of the Agreement and shall certify same to the OWNER, who shall pay to the CONTRACTOR on or after the 30th day, and before the 35th day after the date of the Certificate of Completion, the balance due the CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Agreement, provided he has fully performed his contractual obligations under the terms of this contract; and said payment shall become due in any event upon said performance by the CONTRACTOR Neither the Certificate of Acceptance nor the final payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents, shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required. 5.8 PAYMENT WITHHELD. The OWNER may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect himself from Toss on account of: (a) Defective work not remedied. (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims. (c) Failure of the CONTRACTOR to make payments properly to subcontractors or for material or labor (d) Damage to another contractor. (e) Reasonable doubt that the work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the contract amount. (f) Reasonable indication that the work will not be completed within the contract time. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00700 Page 16 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT When the above grounds are removed or the CONTRACTOR provides a Surety Bond satisfactory to the OWNER, which will protect the OWNER in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. 5.9 DELAYED PAYMENTS. Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the CONTRACTOR of the sum named in any partial or final statement, when payment is due then the OWNER shall pay to the CONTRACTOR, in addition to the sum shown as due by such statement, interest thereon at the rate of interest paid by the owners depository bank on interest bearing accounts of similar amounts during the period of time the interest occurs, from date due as provided •under "Partial Payments" and "Final Payments' until fully paid which shall fully liquidate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of such delay in payment, but the right is expressly reserved to the CONTRACTOR in the event payments be not promptly made, as provided under "Partial Payments, to at any time thereafter treat the contract as abandoned by the OWNER and recover compensation, as provided under "Abandonment of Contract," unless such payments are withheld in accordance with the provisions of "Payments Withheld." 6. EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 6.1 CHANGE ORDERS. Without invalidating this Agreement, the OWNER may at any time or from time to time, orderadditions, deletions or revisions to the work; such changes will be authorized by Change Order to be prepared by the ENGINEER for execution by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR . The Change Order shall set forth the basis for any change in contract price, as hereinafter set forth for Extra Work and any change in contract time which may result from the change. In the event the CONTRACTOR shall refuse to execute a Change Order which has been prepared by the ENGINEER and executed by the OWNER, the ENGINEER may in writing instruct the CONTRACTOR to proceed with the work as set forth in the Change Order and the CONTRACTOR may make claim against the OWNER for Extra Work involved therein, as hereinafter provided. • 6.2 MINOR CHANGES. The ENGINEER may authorize minor changes in the work not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents and not involving an increase in Contract Price. If the CONTRACTOR believes that any minor change or alteration authorized by the ENGINEER involves Extra Work and entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price the CONTRACTOR shall make written request to the ENGINEER for a written Field Order. In such case, the CONTRACTOR by copy of his communication to the ENGINEER or otherwise in writing shall advise the OWNER of his request to the ENGINEER for a written Field Order and that the work involved may result in an increase in the Contract Price. Any request by the CONTRACTOR for a change in Contract Price shall be made prior to beginning the work covered by the proposed change. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00700 Page 17 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.3 EXTRA WORK. It is agreed that the basis of compensation to the CONTRACTOR for work either added or deleted by a Change Order or for which a claim for Extra Work is made shall be determined by one or more of the following methods: Method (A) - Method (B) - Method (C) - By agreed unit prices; or By agreed lump sum, or If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the Extra Work is commenced then the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the "actual field cost" of the work, plus fifteen (15) percent. In the event said Extra Work be performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost to the CONTRACTOR of all workmen, such as foreman timekeepers, mechanics and laborers and materials supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment for the time actually employed or used on such Extra Work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred, together with all power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses, also all necessary incidental expenses incurred directly on account of such Extra Work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits and other payroll taxes, and, a rateable proportion of premiums on Performance and Payment Bonds .and Maintenance Bonds, Public Lability and Property Damage and Workmen's Compensation, and all other insurance as may be required by any law or ordinance, or directed by the OWNER, o r by them agreed to. The ENGINEER may direct the form in which accounts of the "actual field cost" shall be kept and therecords of these accounts shall be made available to the. ENGINEER The ENGINEER or. OWNER may also specify in writing before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used• otherwise these matters shall be determined by the CONTRACTOR. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using 100 percent, u nless otherwise specified of the latest schedule of Equipment Ownership Expense adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practicable the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the Written Extra Work Order. The fifteen (15%) percent of the "actual field cost' to be paid the CONTRACTOR shall cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead, general superintendency and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the 'actual field cost' as herein defined, save that where the CONTRACTOR'S Camp or Field Office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work; then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost " No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by the ENGINEER. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the CONTRACTOR to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, he shall make written request to the ENGINEER for written order authorizing such Extra Work. Should a difference of o pinion arise as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work, or as to the payment therefor, and the ENGINEER insists upon its performance, the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the work after making written request for written o rder and shall keep an accurate account of the 'actual field cost" thereof, as provided under Method (C). 00700 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 18 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The CONTRACTOR will thereby preserve the right to submit the matter of payment to arbitration as herein below provided. 6.4 TIME OF FILING CLAIMS. It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the CONTRACTOR shall be in writing and filed with the ENGINEER within thirty (30) days after the ENGINEER has given any directions order or instruction to which the CONTRACTOR desires to take exception. The ENGINEER shall reply within thirty (30) days to such written exceptions by the CONTRACTOR and render his final decision in writing In case the CONTRACTOR should appeal from the ENGINEER'S decision any demand for arbitration shall be filed with the ENGINEER and the OWNER in writing ten (10) days after the date of delivery to CONTRACTOR of the ENGINEER'S final decision. 6.5 MEDIATION. AGREEMENT TO USE PROCEDURE. The parties have entered into this Agreement in good faith and in the belief that it is mutually advantageous to them. It is with that same spirit of cooperation that they pledge to attempt to resolve any dispute amicably without the necessity of litigation. Accordingly, .they agree if any dispute arises between them relating to this Agreement (the "Dispute") that prior to the commencement of any legal action to interpret or enforce this Agreement, they will first use the procedures specified in this Section (the "Procedures"). INITIATION OF PROCEDURE. =The party seeking to initiate the Procedure (the 'Initiating Party"), shall give written notice to the other party, describing in general terms the nature of the Dispute the Initiating Party's claim for relief and identifying one or more individuals with authority to settle the Dispute on such party s behalf The party receiving such notice (the "Responding Party") shall have five (5) business days within which to designate by written notice to the Initiating Party one or more individuals with authority to settle the Dispute on such party's behalf. (The individuals so designated shall be known as the "Authorized Individuals.") DIRECT NEGOTIATIONS. These Authorized Individuals shall be entitled to make such investigation of the Dispute as they deem appropriate but agree to meet promptly, and in no event later than thirty (30) days from the date of the Initiating Party s written notice, to discuss resolution of the Dispute The Authorized Individuals shall meet at such times and places and with such frequency as they may agree. If the Dispute has not been resolved within thirty (30) days from the date of their initial meeting, the parties shall cease direct negotiations and shall submit the Dispute to mediation in accordance with the following procedure. SELECTION OF MEDIATOR. The parties may agree upon a qualified mediator, otherwise the Authorized Individuals shall have five (5) business days from the date they cease direct negotiations to submit to each other a written list of acceptable qualified mediators not affiliated with any of the parties. All mediator candidates must satisfy the qualification standards of Texas Law as prescribed under Section 154.052 Texas Revised Civil Practices and Remedies Code, as amended from time to time Within five (5) days from the date of receipt of such list, the Authorized Individuals shall rank the mediators in numerical order of preference and exchange such rankings. If one or more names are on both lists, the highest ranking person shall be designated as the mediator. If no mediator has been selected under this 00700 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 19 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT procedure, the parties agree jointly to request a State or Federal District judge of their choosing (or if they cannot agree, the Local Administrative Judge of Harris County, Texas) to supply within ten (10) business days a list of potential qualified mediators. Within five (5) business days of receipt of the list, the parties shall again rank the proposed mediators in numerical order of preference and shall simultaneously exchange such list and shall select as the mediator the individual receiving the highest combined ranking. If such mediator is not available to serve, they shall proceed to contact the mediator who was next highest in ranking until they are able to select a mediator TIME AND PLACE FOR MEDIATION. In consultation with the mediator selected, the parties shall promptly designate a mutually convenient time and place for the mediation, and unless circumstances require otherwise, such time is to be not later than forty-five (45) days after selection of mediator. EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION. In the event any party to this Agreement has substantial need for information in the possession of another party to this Agreement in order to prepare for the mediation, all parties shall attempt in good faith to agree on procedures for the expeditious exchange of such information, with the help of the mediator if required. SUMMARY OF VIEWS. At least seven (7) days prior to the first scheduled session of the mediation, each party shall deliverto the mediator and to the other party.a• concise written summary of its views on the matter in Dispute, and such other matters required by the mediator. The mediator may also request that a confidential issue paper be submitted to him by each party. PARTIES TO BE REPRESENTED. In the mediation, each party shall be represented by an Authorized individual and may be represented by counsel. In addition, each party may, with permission of the mediator, bring such additional persons as are needed to respond to questions, contribute information and participate in the negotiations. CONDUCT OF MEDIATION. The mediator shall determine the format for the meetings, designed to assure that both the mediator and the Authorized Individuals have an opportunity to hear an oral presentation of each party's views on the matter in dispute, and that the authorized parties attempt to negotiate a resolution of the matter in dispute, with or without the assistance of counsel or others, but with the assistance of the mediator. To this end, the mediator is authorized to conduct both joint meetings and separate private caucuses with the parties. The mediation session shall be private. The mediator will keep confidential all information learned in private caucus with any party unless specifically authorized by such party to make disclosure of the information to the other party. The parties agree to sign a document agreeing that the mediator shall be governed by the provisions of Chapter 154 of the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code and such other rules as the mediator shall prescribe. The parties commit to participate in the proceedings in good faith with the intention of resolving the Dispute, if at all possible. TERMINATION OF PROCEDURE. The parties agree to participate in the mediation procedure to its conclusion The mediation shall be terminated (i) by the execution of a settlement agreement by the parties, (ii) by declaration of the mediator that the SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00700 Page 20 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT mediation is terminated, or (iii) by a written declaration of a party to the effect that the mediation process is terminated at the conclusion of one full day's mediation session. If a party withdraws from the mediation by either refusing to participate or leaving before one of the foregoing three (3) conditions are satisfied then that party shall be liable for all attomey fees and court costs arising from all subsequent litigation of the matter in dispute Even if the mediation is terminated without a resolution of the Dispute, the parties agree not to terminate negotiations and not to commence any legal action or seek other remedies prior to the expiration of five (5) days following the mediation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party may commence litigation within such five (5) day period if litigation could be barred by an applicable statute of limitations or in order to request an injunction to prevent irreparable harm. FEES OF MEDIATOR; .DISQUALIFICATION. The fees and expenses of the mediator shall be shared equally by the parties. .The mediator shall be disqualified as a witness, consultant, expert or counsel for any party with respect to the Dispute and any related matters. CONFIDENTIALITY. Mediation is a compromise negotiation for purpose of the Federal and State Rules of Evidence and constitutes privileged communication under Texas law.. The entire mediation process is confidential, and no stenographic, visual or audio record shall be made. All conduct, statements, promises, offers, views and opinions, whether oral or written, made in the course of the mediation by any party by their agents, employees, .representatives or other invitee's and by the mediator are confidential and shall, in' addition and where appropriate, be deemed to be privileged. Such conduct, statements, promises, offers, views, and opinions shall not be discoverable or admissible for any purposes, including impeachment, in any litigation or other proceeding involving the parties, and shall not be disclosed to anyone not an agent, employee, expert witness, or representative of any of the parties; provided, however, that evidence otherwise discoverable or admissible is not excluded from discovery or admission as a result of its use in the mediation. SOME SUITS NOT PROHIBITED Notwithstanding the foregoing, a party may commence litigation sooner than allowed by this Agreement of the party reasonably determines that: (i) litigation , if not commenced, could be barred by an applicable statute of limitations, contract provision or other tolling rule, or (ii) exigent circumstances require the party to file suit to seek an extraordinary remedy (including for example injunction garnishment order, restraining order or other order). 7. ABANDONMENT OF CONTRACT 7.1 ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR. In case the CONTRACTOR should abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within ten (10) days after written notification from the OWNER, or the ENGINEER, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with the orders of the ENGINEER, when such orders are consistent with the Contract Documents, then and in that case, where performance and payment bonds exist, the Sureties on these bonds shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work, and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the CONTRACTOR. After receiving said notice of abandonment the CONTRACTOR shall not remove from the work any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under contract for the SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00700 Page 21 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT work, may be held for use on the work by the OWNER or the Surety on the performance bond or another contractor in completion of the work; and the CONTRACTOR shall not receive any rental or credit therefor (except when used in connection with Extra Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under Section 6, Extra Work and Claims), it being understood that the use of such . equipment and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement. Where there is no performance bond provided or in case the Surety should fail to commence compliance with thenotice forcompletion hereinbefore provided for, within ten (10) days after service of such notice, then the OWNER may provide for completion of the work in either of the following elective manners: The OWNER may thereupon employ such force of men and use such machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as said OWNER may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said CONTRACTOR, and expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is Tess than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by the CONTRACTOR, then said CONTRACTOR shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by said CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR and/or his Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the OWNER; or the OWNER under sealed bids, after five (5) days notice published one or more times in a newspaper having general circulation in the county of the location of the work, may let the contract for the completion of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case any increase in cost to the OWNER under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this contract such increase shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR and the Surety shall be and remain bound therefor. However, should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than what would have been the cost to complete under this contract, the CONTRACTOR and/or his Surety shall be credited therewith When the work shall have been substantially completed the CONTRACTOR and his Surety shall be so notified and Certificates of Completion and Acceptance as provided in Paragraph 5.06 herein above shall be issued A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified to by the ENGINEER as being correct shall then be prepared and delivered to the CONTRACTOR and his Surety whereupon the CONTRACTOR and/or his Surety, or the OWNER as the case may be, shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement, within fifteen (15) days after the date of such Certificate of Completion. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the OWNER had the work been completed by the CONTRACTOR under the terms of this contract; or when the CONTRACTOR and/or his Surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the OWNER then all machinery, equipment tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the CONTRACTOR and/or his Surety. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00700 Page 22 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and the CONTRACTOR and/or his Surety fail to pay the amount due the OWNER within the time designated herein above and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the CONTRACTOR and his Surety at the respective addresses designated in this contract provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the CONTRACTOR and his Surety subject only to the duty of the OWNER to exercise ordinary care to protect such property After fifteen (15) days from the date of said notice the OWNER may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the CONTRACTOR or his Surety. The OWNER shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies which remain on the work and belong to persons other than the CONTRACTOR or his Surety to their proper owners. The books on all operations provided herein shall be open to the CONTRACTOR and his Surety. 7.2 ABANDONMENT BY OWNER In case the OWNER shall fail to comply with the terms of this contract, and should fail or refuse to comply with said terms within ten (10) days after written notification by the CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR may suspend or wholly abandon the work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools and equipment, and all materials on the site of work that have not been included in payments to the CONTRACTOR and have not been wrought into the work. -And thereupon the ENGINEER shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the CONTRACTOR, which estimate shall include the value of all work actually completed by said CONTRACTOR (at the prices stated in the attached proposal where unit prices are used), the value of all partiallycompleted work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the CONTRACTOR to carry the whole work to completion and which cannot be utilized. The ENGINEER shall then make a final statement of the balance due the CONTRACTOR by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the OWNER and all other sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the. terms of this Agreement and shall certify same to the OWNER who shall pay to the CONTRACTOR on or before thirty (30) days after the date of the notification by the CONTRACTOR the balance shown by said final statement as due the CONTRACTOR, under the terms of this Agreement. END OF SECTION SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00700 Page 23 of 23 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS B98-01 OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 00710 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT 1. DEFINITION OF TERMS The following terms used throughout the Contract Documents shall have the specific meaning defined herein. 1.1 CITY ENGINEER. The term CITY ENGINEER in these specifications shall be understood as referring to the ' City Engineer of the City of Pearland, Texas.' 1.2 ENGINEER The word ENGINEER in these specifications shall be understood as referring to the duly authorized representative of the OWNER which may be Snowden Engineering, Inc. or the CITY ENGINEER or any persons authorized by the OWNER to act in any particular position 1.3 OWNER The word OWNER in these specification shall be understood as referring to ' City of Pearland Brazoria County Texas". 1.4 CITY COUNCIL. The Mayor and five (5) Councilmen, who have the legal authonty sitting as a Council to accept or reject any or all proposals submitted for the work 2. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER AND THE CONTRACTOR 2.1 CONSTRUCTION STAKING. The ENGINEER will furnish vertical and horizontal baseline controls for the work, and will furnish the CONTRACTOR with all necessary information relating to them. These marks will be set sufficiently in advance of the work to avoid delay. The CONTRACTOR will use all reasonable care to protect and preserve any stakes and bench marks, and is responsible for all day to day operations including offsets, locating elevations and dimensions to position his works. Contractor is responsible for all additional staking required for the work. 2.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND TESTING. The City will assign the engineering testing laboratory and pay for all initial inspection and testing. All additional laboratory inspections and tests that result from materials and/or work that failed the initial inspection and tests shall be at the expense of the CONTRACTOR In such a case, an appropriate change order will be initiated by the ENGINEER deducting from the payment then or thereafter due the CONTRACTOR to cover the cost of the failed test and the City will pay the testing laboratory for these tests. a) The CONTRACTOR shall notify the testing laboratory in advance regarding the source of the various materials in order that proper arrangements can be made for the inspection and testing required. b) The final inspection of materials may be made after delivery on the job and materials that have been damaged in shipment or materials that do not conform to the Specifications or that do not comply with requirements of the Plans will be rejected. 00710 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 10 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS B98-01 OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT c) For plant and field inspection of concrete, it shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to notify the office of the Testing Laboratory as to the time which the various individual concrete pours will be made. From time to time as the work progresses, he shall consult with representatives of the Testing Laboratory as to the amount of advance notice of the pour that the Laboratory will require in order that they may properly schedule their personnel to permit proper inspection without undue delay to the CONTRACTOR d) Tests, in addition to those specifically required by the Technical Specifications, may also be required by the ENGINEER whenever, in his opinion, the data which has been presented on any material or article of equipment is insufficient for determining compliance with requirements e) CONTRACTOR will submit certificate of all reinforcing steel, bolts, steel materials, miscellaneous material and equipment stating these materials meet the requirements of the specifications if requested by ENGINEER. 2.3 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION. Standards of quality are established by description, by reference to trade names, manufacturers' names, or by catalog, model or figure numbers. a) Product options and substitutions may be submitted to the City of Pearland for consideration at any timely point in the duration of the Contract No options or substitutions will be considered during the bidding period unless covered by an official Addendum. b) Where a product is specified, followed by the phrase "or equal", the product mentioned is intended to set standards of quality, function, and appearance If the CONTRACTOR desires to substitute a material or method as an equal to the specified item, he shall request permission from the ENGINEER, in writing, and shall include such literature, samples, etc., as he deems necessary to establish the equal quality of his proposal. If the ENGINEER deems it necessary in order to establish the equality between two or more products, he may require laboratory testing at the CONTRACTOR's expense in order to obtain information upon which to base a decision. The ENGINEER will not give approval to material salesmen or subcontractors but will do so in writing to the CONTRACTOR. c) Producers of substitute products will if required by ENGINEER, present samples, literature, test and performance data record of other installations name of OWNERS, architects, CONTRACTORS and subcontractors as references, statement of current financial condition and other technical information applicable to their products to aid in determining the worth of the substitute product offered in relation to the material and work specified from the standpoint of the OWNER S best interest. Substitute materials and products may only be used if approved in writing by the ENGINEER 00710 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 10 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS B98-01 OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT d) Approval of substitute materials offered shall not be a basis for contingent extra charges because of changes in other work or related work, such as rough -in, which may result from the substitution. 2.4 No building permits from the City of Pearland are required to perform this project. 2.5 FOUR SETS OF PRINTS of the construction drawings and project manuals will be forwarded to the Contractor without charge One of the project manuals will be one of the four counterpart (original signature) set. Additional sets are available at cost of reproduction. 2.6 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES. Existing utilities are shown on the plans from available information The Bidders are advised that any reference to or indication of existing utilities on the plans or otherwise is made solely for the information of the Bidders and is not to be construed as indicating the exact location either in plan, elevation, or number of said utilities. The CONTRACTOR shall determine the exact location of all existing utilities and conduct his work so as to prevent interruption of service or damage to them. The CONTRACTOR shall protect existing utilities and shall be responsible for their replacement if damaged by him. 2.7 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION. All water required shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR at his expense 2.8 SEQUENCE OF WORK. The CONTRACTOR shall arrange the sequence of work in cooperation with (and to the approval of) the OWNER It is the intent to schedule the sequence of operations and expedite the work without undue hardship to abutting property owners and to the general public. It is also the intent to complete the work in such a manner to release portions of the project for beneficial use by the OWNER as soon as possible. All applicable codes and ordinances for signalmen, barricades, detours, etc., shall be observed. 2.9 BARRICADES AND WARNING SIGNS. Adequate barricades and warning signs shall be placed at all locations for the protection of the public and the project. Barricades and warning signs shall meet the requirements of these specifications and all Federal, State and Local laws. 2.10 MAXIMUM TRENCH LENGTH. The CONTRACTOR shall limit the length of an open trench at any time to a maximum of 300 linear feet. The CONTRACTOR shall provide adequate barricades and warning signs for the segments to trench that are left open overnight. Temporary egress will be provided for roadways and driveways which have no other outlet. 2.11 SUBSURFACE SOIL CONDITIONS. It shall be the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to satisfy himself as to subsurface soil conditions to be encountered. Prospective bidders will have the privilege of making soil borings of their own if they choose to do so. 3. GENERAL OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 00710 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 10 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS B98-01 OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT 3.1 AMBIGUITY IN CONTRACTOR PROPOSAL. In case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the Proposal, the OWNER reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the OWNER or to reject the Proposal. 3.2 CONTRACTOR COPIES OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. The successful CONTRACTOR shall be furnished three (3) sets of Plans and Specifications Additional sets of plans and Specifications shall be provided at no cost. 3.3 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY AND LIABILITY FOR PERFORMANCE AND COMPLETION OF WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. It is expressly understood and agreed to by the CONTRACTOR that, regardless of extent of inspection provided by the OWNER or ENGINEER it is the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to perform and complete the work in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications and that the OWNER or ENGINEER have no liability or responsibility whatever to CONTRACTOR for work performed by CONTRACTOR which is not in accordance with the Drawing and Specifications, regardless of the time u nsatisfactory work is discovered and whether discovered during the course of construction or after acceptance of the work. ENGINEER shall inform OWNER of work that is not in accordance with Drawings and Specifications immediately when it becomes known to him, but if work is performed which is not in accordance with Drawings and Specifications and ENGINEER or the OWNER do not realize it at the time, or it is not discovered u ntil a later time, neither ENGINEER or the OWNER shall have any responsibility to CONTRACTOR or be liable to CONTRACTOR for correction or removal of u nsatisfactory work and/or work subsequently performed, or for replacement of u r damage to work or materials affected by it. Correction or removal of such u nsatisfactory work and replacement with satisfactory work shall be performed by CONTRACTOR at his expense, and it is understood to be fully included in these Contract requirements, without any additional compensation or claims u pon the OWNER or the ENGINEER The CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the OWNER and ENGINEER from all claims, damage, personal injuries, death, or occupational sickness arising or growing out of the performance or failure to perform any work in this Contract; including liability for exposure for collapse, explosion, and underground property damage; including all court costs and attorney's fees but such indemnity shall not apply to any claim, damage loss or expense which is attributable in whole to negligence of the ENGINEER or OWNER. 3.4 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC. The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and save harmless the OWNER and ENGINEER and all their officers, agents, and employees from all suits, actions, and claims of any character, name and description brought for or on account of any injuries or damages received or sustained by any person or persons or property on account of any negligent act or fault of CONTRACTOR, his agents 00710 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 10 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS B98-01 OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT or employees, in the execution of said contract; or on account of the failure of the CONTRACTOR to provide necessary barricades, warning lights or signs; and will be required to pay any judgement, with costs, which may be obtained against the OWNER and/or ENGINEER growing out of such injury or damage. 3.5 GUARANTEE The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the OWNER with a written guarantee on all workmanship and materials provided by him for the project on the form provided in the Instruction to Bidders, Section 00100, Part 15. The written guarantee shall be made out to the OWNER and under the Contract to be free from faulty material in every particular and free from improper workmanship; and against damage from proper and usual wear, and agreeing to replace or to re -execute without cost to the OWNER such work as may be found to be improper or imperfect and to make good all damages caused to other work or material, due to such defective work or due to its required replacement or re execution. This guarantee shall be made to cover a period of one year from the date of completion of all work under the Contract, as evidenced by the OWNER'S Certificate of Acceptance, of the work Neither the Certificate of Acceptance, final payment, or any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for neglect or faulty material or workmanship during the period covered by the guarantee. 3.6 SALES TAX EXEMPTION. This Contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant to the provisions of the Chapter 151, Sales, Excise and Use Tax, of the Texas Tax Code. Section 151.311 states that the CONTRACTOR performing under this Contract may purchase tangible personal property for use in the performance of this Contract. The purchase of tangible personal property, other than machinery or equipment and its accessories and repair and replacement parts, for use in the performance of this Contract under Section 151.309 of this code is exempt if the tangible personal property is: (1) necessary and essential for the performance of the Contract; and (2) completely consumed at the job site. The purchase of a taxable service for use in the performance of this Contract is exempt if the service is performed at the job site and if: (1) the Contract expressly requires the specific service to be provided or purchased by the person performing the Contract; or (2) the service is integral to the performance of the contract. Tangible personal property is completely consumed if after being used once for its intended purpose, it is used up or destroyed Tangible personal property that is rented or leased for use in the performance of the Contract cannot be completely consumed for purposes of Section 151.311. Texas Sales and Use Tax Exemption Certificates are available from the office of the Comptroller of Public Accounts, Austin, Texas. 3.7 Certified copies of payrolls shall be continuous and uninterrupted in calendar time, and shall be submitted to the City of Pearland with the monthly pay requests. 3.8 PREVAILING WAGE LAW. All current Federal and State of Texas wage laws shall be complied with, including Article 5159A, Vernon's Civil Statutes, the CONTRACTOR shall pay all laborers, workmen and mechanics of allskills employed at the site to perform work, not less than the general prevailing rates of wage for work of a similar character in the locality of which the work is performed. 00710 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 5 of 10 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS B98-01 OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT 3.9 INDEMNITY AND LIABILITY INSURANCE The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and save harmless the OWNER and ENGINEER and all their officers, agents, and employees from all suits, actions or claims of any character, name, and description brought for or on account of any injury or damages received or sustained by any person or persons or property, on account of any negligent act or fault of CONTRACTOR, any subcontractor, their agents, or employees in the execution of said Contract, including the failure of the CONTRACTOR to provide necessary barricades, warning lights or sign• and will be required to pay any judgement with cost which may be obtained against OWNER and/or ENGINEER growing out of such injury or damage. The CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain such insurance as will protect him from claims under the Workers' Compensation Act and from any other claims for property damage and damages for personal injuries, including death, which may arise from any operation while performing the work, whether such operations be by himself or by any subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them. Such liability insurance must include coverage for completed operations and be extended to cover damage to underground property and damage caused by collapse. The CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain comprehensive general liability with bodily injury limits not less than $500 000.00, and property damage limits of not Tess than $100,000.00, which will include insurance for liabilities assumed in the above indemnity agreement above. The CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain comprehensive automobile liability insurance with bodily injury of not less than $500,000.00 for any one person, and $500,000.00 for two or more persons in a single accident, and property damage limit of not Tess than $500,000.00 any one accident. The above limits of liability may be provided by a combination of policies including umbrella excess liability so that the total of bodily injury and property damage liability limits available for any one occurrence are at least $1 000,000.00. A certificate of insurance shall be filed with the OWNER as a condition precedent to the award of contract and shall be subject to the OWNER's approval for adequacy of protection. Such certificate shall provide for at least 30 days prior written notice to the OWNER of change or termination of the insurance in force on the work. 3.10 SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS CONTRACTOR shall observe and comply with the Texas occupational Safety Act (Art. 5182a V.0 S.) and with all safety and health standards promulgated by the Secretary of Labor under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Standards Act, published in 29 CFR Part 1926 and adopted by the Secretary of Labor as occupational safety and health standards under the Williams -Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act 00710 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 6 of 10 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS B98-01 OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT of 1970, and to any other legislation enacted for the safety and health of CONTRACTOR employees. Such safety and health standards shall apply to all SUBCONTRACTORS and their employees as well as to the CONTRACTOR and its employees 3.11 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. a) Comprehensive Auto Liability Insurance shall cover owned, non -owned, hired or leased automobiles used in connection with this project. b) CONTRACTOR shall carry and pay premiums for an equipment floater policy to cover equipment while in transit, (excluding overseas shipment by sea or air); temporarily in warehouse or elsewhere and while at job site during installation and until work is completed and turned over to the OWNER c) Insurance policies are to be written by companies authorized to do business under the laws of the State of Texas d) The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for and maintain insurance coverage at his option and expense, to cover tools, equipment etc., owned or rented, the capital value of which is not included in the cost of the work. e) No cash allowances are required or allowed in this Contract. 4. PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 4.1 The City Engineer reports to the City Manager. The City Manager is the signatory for the City of the Contract Agreement as authorized by City Council. 4.2 Project Engineer refers to all City employees designated by the City Engineer to represent the City in administration of the Contract documents. All will report to the City Engineer directly who reports to the City Manager. 4.3 The Architect/Engineer is Snowden Engineering, Inc. They and their assigns will be and is under contract for periodic inspections, pay estimate approval, change order preparation, submittal review, final inspection and certification of project being built to terms of the Contract documents, and other duties as assigned The Architect/Engineer reports to the City Manager through the City Engineer 4.4 The City Manager will represent the City and sign all change orders and work changes upon recommendation of Snowden Engineering, Inc. and the City Engineer. 4.5 TIME ALLOTTED FOR COMPLETION. Time allotted for this project is 180 calendar days Contract time allotted for completion of project shall begin 10 days -after "Notice to Proceed" is delivered to CONTRACTOR. 4.6 CONTRACT TIME. All time worked on holidays and other than 7:30 a.m. to 4 30 p m. Monday through Friday will be overtime hours. Contractor shall pay all inspection costs for overtime work by City personnel created by Contractor's choice to work other than normal hours. No work will be allowed on Sundays. 00710 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 7 of 10 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS B98-01 OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT This contract time as defined in this proposal and other sections of the Contract documents includes a certain number of rain/mud days. Based on the Alvin Weather Center records, the average annual rain days from June 1898 to December 1996 is 80 days calculated from all precipitation days of record, including trace amount days. Contractor is required to keep a record of ram/mud days at the site. Record of rain/mud days must be accepted and signed off by the City Inspector monthly, and it shall be reported on the monthly pay estimate submittals. At the end of the Contract, Contractor will be credited only the number of accepted rain/mud days that exceed 80 rain/mud days per year, or any proportionate fraction thereof. 4.7 EXTENSION OF TIME CONTRACTOR shall be allowed extension time for each day the CONTRACTOR is unable to perform principal units of work for a period of not less than seven (7) hours between 7.00 a m. and 6:00 p.m. due to rain or other weather related work stoppages. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER in wnting within ten (10) days of each such occurrence. Failure to make such written notification within such time shall constitute an irrevocable waiver of such extension by the CONTRACTOR The ENGINEER shall determine whether an extension of time is justified, which determination shall be final. 4.8 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Time is of the essence of the contract, it being important that this public improvement be quickly completed. The CONTRACTOR and OWNER understand and agree that a breach of this contract as to completion on time will cause damage to the OWNER, but further agree that such damages cannot be accurately measured or that the ascertainment will be difficult. Therefore, the parties agree that for each and every calendar day the work or any portion thereof shall remain uncompleted after the expiration of the time limit set in the contract or as extended by the City Council, the CONTRACTOR shall pay, as liquidated damage- amount of $500.00 per day. RATES OF PAYMENT RATE $300/DAY $400/DAY $500/DAY $600/DAY $700/DAY CONTRACT TIME $0M TO $1 M $1 M TO $2M $2M TO $3M $3M TO $4M $4M TO $5M The OWNER shall have the right to deduct and withhold the amount of any and all such damages from any monies owing by it to said CONTRACTOR of the OWNER may recover such amount from the CONTRACTOR and the sureties on his bond all of such remedies shall be cumulative and the OWNER shall not be required to elect any one nor be deemed to have made an election by proceeding to enforce any one remedy. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00710 Page 8 of 10 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS B98-01 OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT 4.10 BONUS FOR EARLY COMPLETION. Upon demonstration of Final Completion, before the expiration of calendar days the CONTRACTOR shall be additionally compensated at an amount of $500.00 per day for every remaining calendar day not used of the Contract. Such amount shall be a bonus and shall be added to the Contract in addition to all other bid item amount earned under the terms of the construction documents Final completion as used herein shall not be construed as "substantial completion". All payments waivers and releases must have been made and executed and a Certificate of Final Completion must have been issued by Snowden Engineering, Inc., or their assigns or successors. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 5.1 GENERAL. It is the intent of the proposal that the total bid amount as submitted shall cover all work required by the Contract Documents. Unit prices named in the proposal shall include furnishing of all material, equipment, supplies, appurtenances; providing all construction equipment and tools; and performing all necessary labor to fully complete the work No item of work that is required by the Contract Documents for the proper and successful completion of the Contract will be paid for outside of or in addition to the prices submitted in the proposal. All work not specifically set forth in the proposal as a pay item shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the CONTRACTOR and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the prices named in the proposal. 5.2 MEASUREMENT. CONTRACTOR is to provide all field support for the ENGINEER to verify quantities in place in the field as required by the ENGINEER 6. All disputes between the Contractor and the Contractors of the City shall be resolved through the City Engineer. Failure to reach resolution through the City Engineer will be the responsibility of the respective Contractors to resolve An alternative available is through request for arbitration in accordance with Section 700 - Conditions of the Contract 7 All change orders must be approved and signed by the City Manager. The City Manager is responsible to the City Council for all changes that might require council approval. Change orders approved by the City Manager are not limited to five percent (5%) of the Contract price. 8. All Contract change orders, irrespective of size must be signed by the City Manager. Minor changes in construction quantities from bid quantities do not constitute a Contract change and may be approved by the City Engineer. 9. Change orders must be signed by the City Manager. 10. All monthly pay estimates shall be prepared ending at close of business on the 25th day of each month. 11. Payment for materials on hand but not installed will be at 95% of invoice value. Materials on hand must be satisfactorily stored on site and subject to immediate and final possession by the City. 12. All monthly pay estimates will be reduced by five percent (5%) of amount due for Contract retention. 00710 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 9 of 10 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS B98-01 OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT 13. A Certificate of Substantial Completion will not be issued for completed portions of Contract work. The entire Contract work must qualify for Substantial Completion to be eligible for certification 14. Where the words "City Council" appear, substitute the words "City Manager". END OF SECTION 00710 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 10 of 10 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project WAGE SCALE B98-01 FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION Document 00811 DIVISION E - LABOR CLASSIFICATION AND MINIMUM WAGE SCALE 1. General: Articles 51-59a of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, passed by the 43' Legislature Acts of 1933 page 91, Chapter 45 provides that any government subdivision shall ascertain the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the locality in which the work is to be performed for each craft or type of workman or mechanic and shall specify in the call for bids and in the Contract the prevailing rate per diem wages which shall be paid for each craft type of workman This Article further provides that the Contractor shall forfeit, as a penalty, to the City, County, or State, or other political subdivision Ten Dollars ($10.00) per day for each laborer, or workman, or mechanic who is not paid the stipulated wage for the type of work performed by him as set up in the wage scale. The City of Pearland is authorized to withhold from the Contractor the amount of this penalty in any payment that might be claimed by the Contractor or subcontractor. The Act makes the Contractor responsible for the acts of the subcontractor in this respect The Article likewise requires that the Contractor and subcontractor keep an accurate record of the names and occupations of all persons employed by him and to show the actual per diem wages paid to each worker and these records are open to the inspection of the City of Pearland 2. 1 abor Classification and Minimum Wage Scale* General Decision Number TX980048 on labor classifications and wage scales is attached herein. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 00811 Page 1 of 1 General Decision Number TX980048 Superseded General Decision No. TX970048 State: TEXAS Construction Type: HIGHWAY County(ies) BRAZORIA HARRIS ORANGE FORT BEND JEFFERSON WALLER GALVESTON LIBERTY HARDIN MONTGOMERY HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (excluding tunnels, building structures in rest area projects, and railroad construction; bascule, suspension & spandrel arch bridges bridges designed for commercial navigation bridges involving marine construction; other major bridges) Modification Number Publication Date 0 02/13/1998 TX980048 - 1 COUNTY(ies): BRAZORIA FORT BEND GALVESTON HARDIN HARRIS JEFFERSON LIBERTY MONTGOMERY SUTX2045A 11/15/1991 AIR TOOL OPERATOR ASPHALT HEATER OPERATOR ASPHALT RAKER ASPHALT SHOVELER BATCHING PLANT WEIGHER BATTERBOARD SETTER CARPENTER CONCRETE FINISHER -PAVING CONCRETE FINISHER -STRUCTURES CONCRETE RUBBER ELECTRICIAN FIREMAN FORM BUILDER -STRUCTURES FORM LINER -PAVING & CURB FORM SETTER -PAVING & CURB FORM SETTER -STRUCTURES LABORER -COMMON LABORER -UTILITY MANHOLE BUILDER MECHANIC OILER SERVICER PAINTER -STRUCTURES PILEDRIVER PIPE LAYER BLASTER ASPHALT DISTRIBUTOR OPERATOR ASPHALT PAVING MACHINE OPERATOR BROOM OR SWEEPER OPERATOR BULLDOZER, 150 HP & LESS BULLDOZER, OVER 150 HP CONCRETE PAVING CURING MACHINE CONCRETE PAVING FINISHING MACHINE CONCRETE PAVING FORM GRADER CONCRETE PAVING GRINDER CONCRETE PAVING JOINT MACHINE CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALER CONCRETE PAVING FLOAT CONCRETE PAVING SAW CONCRETE PAVING SPREADER PAVING SUB -GRADER ORANGE WALLER Rates $ 7.165 8.125 7.772 7.250 9.669 9.805 10.353 9.091 9.199 8.694 14.744 14.250 9.460 8.600 8,144 8.339 6.294 7.351 8.133 11.378 8.784 8.725 12.066 10.000 7.781 8.000 8.320 9.431 7.911 9.018 9.738 8.727 9.702 8.406 8.814 9.126 9.843 9.300 8.956 9.000 8.663 Fringes TX980048 - 2 SLIPFORM MACHINE OPERATOR 8.000 CRANE CLAMSHELL, BACKHOE, DERRICK, DRAGLINE, SHOVEL LESS THAN 1 1/2 C.Y 10.148 CRANE, CLAMSHELL, BACKHOE, DERRICK, DRAGLINE, SHOVEL 1 1/2 C.Y. AND OVER 10.685 CRUSHER OR SCREENING PLANT OPERATOR 9.071 FOUNDATION DRILL OPERATOR CRAWLER MOUNTED 11.959 FOUNDATION DRILL OPERATOR TRUCK MOUNTED 10.429 FRONT END LOADER 2 1/2 C.Y. & LESS 8.173 FRONT END LOADER OVER 2'h C.Y. 8.888 HOIST - DOUBLE DUM 14.000 MILLING MACHINE OPERATOR 8.813 MIXER (OVER 16 C.F) 9.350 MIXER (16 C F & LESS) 7.938 MIXER -CONCRETE PAVING 7.750 MOTOR GRADER OPERATOR FINE GRADE 10.462 MOTOR GRADE OPERATOR 9.617 PAVEMENT MARKING MACHINE 6.294 PLANER OPERATOR 9.500 PUMP CRETE 12.101 ROLLER, STEEL WHEEL PLANT MIX PAVEMENTS 8.136 ROLLER, STEEL WHEEL OTHER FLATWHEEL OR TAMPING 7.607 ROLLER, PNEUMATIC, SELF PROPELLED 7.252 SCRAPER-17 C Y. & LESS 7.944 S CRAPER -OVER 17 C.Y. 8.368 S IDE BOOM 7.708 TRACTOR -CRAWLER TYPE 150 HP & LESS 8.122 TRACTOR -CRAWLER TYPE OVER 150 HP 9.303 TRACTOR -PNEUMATIC 80 HP & LESS 7.372 TRACTOR -PNEUMATIC OVER 80 HP 8.000 TRAVELING MIXER 6.893 TRENCHING MACHINE -LIGHT 9.000 TRENCHING MACHINE -HEAVY 10.000 WAGON -DRILL, BORING MACHINE AND POST HOLE DRILLER 7.750 REINFORCING STEEL SETTER PAVING 11.701 REINFORCING STEEL SETTER STRUCTURES 10.165 STEEL WORKER -STRUCTURAL 10.350 S IGN ERECTOR 8.193 TX980048 - 3 SPREADER BOX OPERATOR 9.000 BARRICADE SERVICER ZONE WORK 6.294 MOUNTED SIGN INSTALLER PERMANENT GROUND 6.294 TRUCK DRIVER -SINGLE AXLE LIGHT 7.445 TRUCK DRIVER -SINGLE AXLE HEAVY 8.018 TRUCK DRIVER -TANDEM AXLE SEMI TRAILER 7.744 TRUCK DRIVER-LOWBOY/FLOAT 9.467 TRUCK DRIVER -TRANSIT MIX 8.040 TRUCK DRIVER -WINCH 8.500 WELDER 9.792 Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a) (1)(v)). In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under that identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions who rates have been determined to be prevailing. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: • an existing published wage determination • a survey underlying a wage determination • a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter • a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2) and 3) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U. S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20210 2) If the answer to the question in 1) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7.) Write to: TX980048 - 4 Wage and Hour Administrator U. S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, D C. 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data project description area practice material, etc.) That the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U. S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue N.W. Washington, D.C. 20210 4) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION TX980048 - 5 TWDB CONTRACT CONDITIONS 1. PRIVITY OF CONTRACT. ED-4 (10/30/97) This contract is expected to be funded in part with funds from the Texas Water Development Board Neither the State of Texas nor any of its departments, agencies or employees is, or will be, a party to this contract or any lower tier contract. This contract is subject to regulations contained in 31 TAC Chapter 363 in effect on the date this contract is executed. • DEFINITION. • The term "TWDB" means the Executive Admuustrator of the Texas Water Development Board, or other person who may be at the time acting in the capacity or authorized to perform the functions of such Administrator, or the authorized representative thereof. PROGRESS AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE. (a) The Contractor shall submit for approval immediately after execution of the Agreement, a carefully prepared Progress Schedule, showing the proposed dates o f starting and completing each of the various sections of the work, the anticipated monthly payments to become due the Contractor, and the accumulated percent of progress each month (b) The following paragraph applies only to contracts awarded on a lump sum contract price: COST BREAKDOWN - The Contractor shall submit to the Owner a breakdown o f his estimated cost of all work to be accomplished under the contract so arranged and itemized as to meet the approval of the Owner in at least the detail provided by form ED-102 This breakdown shall be submitted promptly after execution of the agreement and before any payment is made to the Contractor for the work performed under the Contract. After approval by the Owner the unit prices established in the breakdown shall be used in estimating the amount o f partial payments to be made to the Contractor. 4. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR. (a) Progress Payments (1) The Contractor shall prepare his requisition for progress payment as of the last day of the month and submit it, with the required number of copies, to the Engineer for his review. The amount of the payment due the Contractor shall be determined by adding to the total value of work completed to date, the value of materials properly stored on the site and deducting (1) five percent (5%) of the total amount, as a reta page and c TWDB Contract Conditions Page 2 of 10 (2) the amount of all previous payments The total value of work completed to date shall be based on the estimated quantities of work completed and on the unit prices contained in the agreement (or cost breakdown approved pursuant to section 3.b relating to lump sum bids) and adjusted by approved change'orders. The value of materials properly stored on the site shall be based upon the estimated quantities of such materials and the invoice prices. Copies of all invoices shall be available for inspection by the Engineer. (2) The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all materials and work upon which payments have been made until final acceptance of such work and materials by the Owner. Such payments shall not constitute a waiver of the right of the Owner to require the fulfillment of all terms of the Contract and the delivery of all improvements embraced in this Contract complete and satisfactory to the Owner in all details. (3) The five percent (5 %) retainage of the progress payments otherwise due to the Contractor may not be reduced until the building of the project is substantially complete and a reduction in the retainage has been authonzed by the OWNER and the TWDB (4) The following clause applies only to contracts where the total price at the time of execution is $400,000 or greater and the retainage is greater than 5 %. The Owner shall deposit the retainage in an interest -bearing account, and the interest earned on such retainage funds shall be paid to the Contractor after completion of the contract and final acceptance. • (b) Withholding Payments. The Owner may withhold from any payment otherwise due the Contractor so much as may be necessary to protect the Owner and, if so elects, may also withhold any amounts due from the Contractor to any subcontractors or material dealers, for work performed or material furnished by them. The foregoing provisions shall be construed solely for the benefit of the Owner and will not require the Owner to determine or adjust any claims or disputes between the Contractor and his subcontractors or material dealers, or to withhold any moneys for their protection unless the Owner elects to do so. The failure or refusal of the Owner to withhold any moneys from the Contractor shall in no way impair the obligations of any surety or sureties under any bond or bonds furnished under this Contract. (c) Payments Subject to Submission of Certificates Each payment to the Contractor by the Owner shall be made subject to submission by the Contractor TWDB Contract Conditions Page 3 of 10 an-4 of all written certifications required of him and his subcontractors by general or special conditions elsewhere in this contract. (d) Final Payment. (1) After final inspection and acceptance by the Owner of all work under the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare his requisition for final payment which shall be based upon the carefully measured or computed quantity of each item of work at the applicable unit prices stipulated in the Agreement or cost breakdown (if lump .sum), as adjusted by approved change orders. The total amount of the final payment due the Contractor under this contract shall be the amount computed as described above less all previous payments. Final payment to the Contractor shall be made subject to his furnishing the Owner with a release in satisfactory form of all claims against the Owner arising under and by virtue of this contract, other than such claims, if any, as may be specifically excepted by the Contractor from the operation of the release as provided under general and special conditions elsewhere in this contract. (2) The Owner, before paying the final estimate, may require the Contractor to furnish releases or receipts from all subcontractors having performed any work and all persons having supplied matenals, equipment (installed under this contract) and services to the Contractor, if the Owner deems the same necessary m order to protect the Owner's interests The Owner, however, may if it deems such action advisable make payment in part or in full to the Contractor without requiring the furnishing of such releases or receipts and any payments so made shall in no way impair the obligations of any surety or sureties furnished under this Contract (3) The retainage and its interest earnings, if any, shall not be paid to the Contractor until the TWDB has authorized a reduction in, or release of, retainage on the contract work. (4) Withholding of any amount due the Owner, under general and/or special conditions regarding "Liquidated Damages," shall be deducted from the final payment due the Contractor. 5. REVIEW BY OWNER AND TWDB. (a) The Owner, authorized representatives and agents of the Owner, and the TWDB shall, at all times have access to and be permitted to observe and review all work, materials, equipment, payrolls, personnel records, employment conditions, material invoices, and other relevant data and records pertaining to this Contract, provided, however that all instnictions and approval with respect to the work will be given to the Contractor only by the Owner through authorized representative, •or agents. G-38 TWDB Contract Conditions Page 4 of 10 (b) Any such inspection or review by the TWDB shall not subject the state of Texas to any action for damages. 6. FLOOD HAZARD INSURANCE This provisions applies to any contract which will construct structures that are insurable under the National Flood Insurance Program of the Federal Emergency Management Agency The. Contractor shall apply for flood insurance on all insurable structures that will be built under this contract. A copy of the completed application must be provided to the owner before commencing construction of the project. The Contractor shall obtain the flood hazard insurance as soon as possible and submit a copy of the policy to the Owner. 7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS AND TRAINING. • (a) The Contractor shall obtain installation, operation, and maintenance manuals from manufacturers and suppliers for equipment furnished under the contract. The Contractor shall submit three copies of each complete manual to the Engineer within 90 days after approval of shop drawings, product data, and samples, and not later than the date of shipment of each item of equipment to the project site or storage location. (b) Each manual is to be bound in a folder and labeled to identify the contents and project to which it applies. The manual shall contain the following applicable items. (1) A listing of the manufacturer's identification, including order number, model, serial number, and location of parts and service centers. (2) A list of recommended stock of parts, including part number and quantity. (3) Complete replacement parts list. (4) Performance data and rating tables. (5) Specific instructions for installation, operation, adjustment, and maintenance. (6) Exploded view drawings for major equipment items. (7) Lubrication requirements. (8) Complete equipment wiring diagrams and control schematics with terminal identification. TWDB Contract Conditions Page 5 of 10 • • (c) (d) (e) 8. AS (a) (b) (3) (4) (5) ED-4 Operations and maintenance manuals specified herein are in addition to any operation, maintenance, or installation instructions required by the Contractor to install, test, and start-up the equipment. • The Owner shall require the Engineer to promptly review each manual submitted, noting necessary corrections and revisions If the Engineer rejects the manual the Contractor shall correct and resubmit the manual until it is acceptable to Engineer as being in conformance with design concept of project and for compliance with information given in the Contract Documents. Owner may assess Contractor a charge for reviews of same items in excess of three (3) times. Such procedure shall not be considered cause for delay.- • Acceptance of manuals by Engineer does not relieve Contractor of any requirements or terms of the Contract. The Contractor shall provide the services of trained, qualified technicians to check final equipment installation, to assist as required in placing same in operation, and to instruct operating personnel in the proper manner of performing routine operation and maintenance of the equipment. -BUILT DIMENSION & DRAWINGS. Contractor shall make appropriate daily measurements of facilities constructed and keep accurate records of location (horizontal and vertical) of all facilities. Upon completion of each facility, the Contractor shall furnish Owner with one set of direct prints, marked with red pencil, to show as -built dunensions and locations of all work constructed. As a minimum, the final drawings shall include the following: (1) Horizontal and vertical locations of work. (2) Changes in equipment and dimensions due to substitutions. "Nameplate" data on all installed equipment. Deletions, additions, and changes to scope of work. Any other changes made. 9. ARCHEOLOGICAL DISCOVERIES. No a.:tivity which may affect a State Archeological Landmark is authorized until the Owner has complied with the provisions of the Antiquities Code of Texas. The Owner has previously coordinated with the appropriate agencies and impacts to known cultural or archeological deposits have been avoided or mitigated. However, the Contractor may encounter unanticipated cultural or archeological deposits during construction. G-;0 TWDB Contract Conditions Page 6 of 10 ED-4 If archeological sites or historic structures are discovered after construction operations are begun, the Contractor shall immediately cease operations in that particular area and notify the Owner, the TWDB, and the Texas Historical Commission (512-463-6096) The Contractor shall take reasonable steps to protect and preserve the discoveries until they have been inspected by the Owner's representative and the TWDB The Owner will promptly coordinate with the Texas Historical Commission and any other appropriate agencies to obtain any necessary approvals or permits to enable the work to continue. The Contractor shall not resume work in the area of the discovery until authorized to do so by the Owner. • 10. ENDANGERED SPECIES. No activity is authorized that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife. Code on Endangered Species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. If a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction, the Contractor shall immediately cease work in the area of the encounter and notify the Owner, who will immediately implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. These actions shall include reporting the encounter to the TWDB, the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, obtaining any necessary approvals or permits to enable the work to continue, or implement other mitigative actions. The Contractor shall not resume construction in the area of the encounter until authorized to do so by the Owner. 11. LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. In the execution of the Contract, the Contractor must comply with all applicable Local, State and Federal laws, including but not limited to laws concerned with labor, safety, minimum wages, and the environment. The Contractor shall make himself familiar with and at all times shall observe and comply with all Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances and regulations which m any manner affect the conduct of the work, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, the TWDB, and their representatives against any claim arising from violation of any such law, ordinance or regulation by himself or by his subcontractor or his employees. 12. EMPLOYMENT OF LOCAL LABOR. This condition applies only to construction contracts which receive funding from the TWDB's Economically Distressed Areas Program The contractor shall to the maximum feasible extent employ local labor for construction of the project. The Contractor and every subcontractor undertaking to do work on the project which is, or reasonably may be done as on -site work, shall employ, in carrying out such contract work, qualified persons who regularly reside within the political TWDB Contract Conditions Page 7 of 10 subdivision boundary of the Owner and the economically distressed area where the project is located, except: (a) To the extent that qualified persons regularly residing within the political subdivision boundary of the Owner and economically distressed area are not available. ED-4 (b) For the reasonable needs of any such Contractor or subcontractor, to employ supervisory or specially experienced individuals necessary to assure an efficient execution of the contract (c) For the obligation of any such Contractor or subcontractor to offer employment to present or former employees as the result of a lawful collective bargaining contract, provided that in no event shall the number of non-resident persons employed under this subparagraph exceed twenty percent of the total number of employees employed by such Contractor,and his/her subcontractors on such project. Every such Contractor and subcontractor shall furnish the Owner and the Local Texas Employment Commission Office with a list of all positions for which it may from time to time require laborers, mechanics, and other employees, the estimated numbers of employees required in each classification, and the estimated dates on which such employees will be required. The Contractor shall give full consideration to all qualified job applicants referred by the local employment service, but is not required to employ any job applicants referred whom the Contractor does not consider qualified to perform the classification of work required. The payrolls maintained by the Contractor shall contain the following information: The employee's full name, address, and social secuntv number, and a notation indicating whether the employee does, or does not, normally reside within the political subdivision boundary of the Owner or the economically distressed area. Copies of the payroll records shall be provided to the Owner. The Contractor shall include the provisions of this condition in every subcontract for work which is, or reasonably may be, done as on -site work. 13. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. Materials utilized in the project shall be free of any hazardous materials, except as may be specifically provided for in the specifications. If the Contractor encoumers existing material on sites owned or controlled by the Owner or in material sources that are suspected by visual observation or smell to contain hazardous materials the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner. The Owner will be responsible fo;- the testing; for and rem wal or (e) TWDB Contract Conditions Pagc 8 of 10 disposition of hazardous materials on sites owned or controlled by the Owner. The Owner may suspend the work, wholly or in part during the testing, removal or disposition of hazardous materials on sites owned or controlled by the Owner. 14. EQUAL EMPLOyrs ENT OPPORTUNITY. During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: • ED-4 • • (a) The Contractor will not discriminate aga inst any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, age, handicap or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, age, handicap, or national.origin. Such action shall include, but.not be limited to the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or. termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. (b) The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive considerations for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, age, handicap, or national origin (c) The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workersiwith which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the Contractor's commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. (d) The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, the Age Discnmination in Employment Act of 1967,29 U.S.C.A. 621 (1985), Executive Order 12250 of November 2, 1980, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C.A. 701 et seq. (1985), and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. (f) In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this TWDB Contract Conditions Page 9 of 10 • (g) En-4 contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary o f Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph 1. and the provisions of paragraphs 1. through 7. in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders o f the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the administering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance: PROVIDED, HOWEVER, That in the event a Contractor becomes mvolved in, o r is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administenng agency the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interest of the United States. (h) The Contractor will comply with Executive Order 11246 based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action o bligations required by the Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications as set forth in 41 CFR Part 60-4 and its e fforts to meet the goals established for the geographical area where the Contract is to be performed. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract, and in each trade, and the Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ mnnonties and women evenly on each of its projects The transfer of minority o r female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a ✓ iolation of the Contract, the Executive Order, and the regulations in 41 CFR Pan 60-4. The goals are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has e mployees in the covered area. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Reeister in notice form, and such notices may be obtained from any office of federal contract compliances programs office or from federal procurement contracting officers (512) 229-5835. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress toward its goal in each craft during the period specified. Whenever the Contractor, or any subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of '310,000 the 'provisions of Liese specifications G-'" TWDB Contract Conditions Page 10 of 10 • • • • • and the notice which contains the applicable goals set for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. ._ . _ .• • • • • • • • • G ;S SRF-52 (10/01/93) MINORITY AND WOMEN'S BUSINESS ENTERPRISE GUIDANCE Texas Water Development Board State Revolving Fund • I. A goal-onented system has been established to promote minonty and women's business enterprises (MWBE) participation on State Revolving Fund (SRF) funded wastewater treatment projects The MWBE fair share goal is eight percent (8%) of the total SRF funded project cost. Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) 7% Women's Business Enterprise (WBE) 1 % It is the applicant's responsibility to demonstrate that a "good faith effort" was made in offering fair opportunity for participation by MWBE firms (including engineers, contractors, legal and fiscal firms) in SRF funded projects A. The Loan applicant must take, but is not limited to, the following affirmative steps: 1. Including qualified minority and women's business on solicitation list; 2. assuring that minonty and women's businesses on solicited whenever they are potential sources; 3. dividing total requirements, when economically feasible, into small tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation of minority and women's businesses; 4. establishing delivery schedules when requirements of the work permits, which will encourage participation by minority and businesses; 5. using services and assistance of the Office of Minority Business Enterprise of the U.S. Department of Commerce, as appropriate; and 6. if any consultant or contractor awards sub -agreements, requiring them to take the affirmative steps required In A., 1-5. B. The loan applicant must submit a completed SRF 10 MWBE Affirmative Action Plan as part of the application(prior to loan commitment). PRIOR to loan closing and prior to receiving authorization to award subsequent contracts, the applicant must submit a complete SRF 373 form identifying the MWBE film to be used, certifying that the firms are fide minority or women's business enterprises certifying that all consultants or contractors will comply with the six affirmative step: outlinea in this guidance, and including supporting documents su. h as contracts, solicitation documents, letters of Intent, etc. G-46 MWBE Guidance Page 2 of 3 SRF-52 (10/01/93) C. If the loan applicant is unable to meet the 8 % goal, it is their responsibility to demonstrate that a good faith effort has been made. This effort must include such documentation as certified letters to several bona fide MWBE firms, correspondence with MWBE associations, evidence that adequate MWBE solicitation was included in invitations for bids, etc. Failure to meet the (8 %) goal or adequately document a good faith effort could result in loss of SRF eligibility II. Definitions • A. Fair Share Goal - The fair share goal has been determined to be 8 % of the SRF funded wastewater treatment project cost. A fair share does not constitute an absolute quota but a stated intent on the part of the loan recipient to attempt to use minority and women's businesses by carrying out the six affirmative steps outlined in I.A. of this guidance. The loan recipient must document the actions taken to comply with the affirmative steps. B. Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) -A business which is: 1. certified as socially and economically disadvantaged by the Small Business Administration, 2. an independent business concem which is at least 51 % owned and controlled by minority group member(s) a. A minority group member is an individual who is a citizen of the United States and on of the following 1.) Black American; 2.) Hispanic American 3.) Native American 4.) Asian - Pacific American; b. The minority owner's interest must be real, substantial and continuing. This would include such characteristics as risk of loss/share of profit commensurate with proportional ownership and receipt of the customary incidents of owership, such as salary decisions, policymaking, ect. c. A minority owner have control of business decisions such as authority to sign bids and contracts, decisions in price negotiations, incurring liabilities for the firm, making staffing decisions, policymaking, ect. MWBE Guidance SRF-52 Page 3 of 3 (10/01/93) d. A qualified MBE firm must perform a useful business function according to custom and practice in the industry. Acting merely as a passive conduit of funds to some other firm such action is unnecessary to accomplish the project does not constitute a useful business function to practice in the industry. C. Women's Business Enterprise (WBE) - A women's business is an independent business concem which is at lest 51 % owned by a woman or women having the same interests and controls identified in Section I B of this guidance. (MBE). Only United States citizen will be deemed eligible to be WBE's III. Attachments: SRF -10 Affirmative Action Plan for meeting SRF MWBE Participation Goal SRF - 373 MWBE Certification and Participation Summary IV. Information Direct Inquiries to Bruce Hobbs, MWBE Coordinator (512) 463-8505 Notes: • G-48 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURE Section 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Summary of the Work to be performed by the Contractor for this project. 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Work of the contract is for the construction of the following: 1. Approximately 1,747 LF of 42" gravity sanitary sewer trunk main along the proposed Magnolia Boulevard right-of-way on the SWEC site including manholes, dewatering, trench bottom stabilization and all related items. 2. Approximately 2,915 LF of 36" gravity sanitary sewer trunk main along the proposed Magnolia Boulevard right-of-way from the SWEC site to the intersection of Veterans Drive include manholes, dewatering, trench bottom stabilization and all related items. 3. Approximately 5,869 LF of 16" sanitary forcemain along Veterans Drive and Walnut Street and all related items 1.03 ALTERNATES A. Alternate bids quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at City option. B. Volunteer Alternates, any Alternate not specified in this Section, will not be considered. C. Accepted Alternates will be identified in Document 00300 - Bid Proposal. D. Bids will be evaluated on base bid price After determination of lowest bidder, consideration will be given to Alternates and Bid Price adjustments. 01010 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 1 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES Section 01015 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Section includes general use of the site including properties inside and outside of rights -of -way, work affecting road, ramps, streets and driveways and notification to adjacent occupants. 1.02 RIGHTS -OF -WAY A. Confine access and operations and storage areas to rights -of -way provided by City as stipulated in Document 00700 - General Conditions; trespassing on abutting lands or other lands in the area is not allowed. B. Contractor may make arrangements, at Contractor's cost, for temporary use of private properties in which case Contractor and Contractor's surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the City against claims or demands arising from such use of properties outside of rights -of -way. C. Obtain permits from City of Pearland Parks and Recreation Department for storage of materials on esplanades and other areas within rights -of -way under that Department's jurisdiction. D. Restrict total length which materials may be distributed along the route of the construction at any one time to 1,000 linear feet unless otherwise approved by the City. 1.03 PROPERTIES OUTSIDE OF RIGHTS -OF -WAY A. Altering the condition of properties adjacent to and along rights -of - way will not be permitted. B. Means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures which will result in damage to properties or improvements in the vicinity outside of rights -of -way will not be permitted. C. Any damage to properties outside of rights -of -ways shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the City Engineer and at no cost to the City. 01015 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project 1398-01 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES 1.04 USE OF SITE A. Obtain approvals of governing authorities prior to impeding or closing public roads or streets. Do not close more than one consecutive intersection at one time. B. Notify City Engineer and City Traffic Management and Maintenance department 48 hours prior to closing a street or a street crossing. Permits for street closures are required in advance and are the responsibility of the Contractor. C. Maintain access for emergency vehicles including access to fire hydrants. D Avoid obstructing drainage ditches or inlets; when obstruction is u navoidable due to requirements of the Work, provide grading and temporary drainage structures to maintain unimpeded flow. E Locate and protect private lawn sprinkler systems which may exist on rights -of -ways within the site Repair or replace damaged systems to a condition equal to or better than that existing at the start of Work. F. Perform daily clean-up of dirt outside the construction zone, and debris scrap materials, and other disposable items. Keep streets, driveways, and sidewalks clean of dirt, debris and scrap materials. Do not leave building, roads, streets or other construction areas u nclean overnight. 1.05 NOTIFICATION TO ADJACENT OCCUPANTS A. Notify individual occupants in areas to be effected by the Work of the proposed construction and time schedule. Notification shall be n ot less than 72 hours or more than 2 weeks prior to work being performed within 200 feet of the homes or businesses. B. Include in notification names and telephone numbers of two company representatives for resident contact who will be available on 24-hour call. Include precautions which will be taken to protect private property and identify potential access or utility inconvenience o r disruption. C. Submit proposed notification to City Engineer for approval. Consideration shall be given to the ethnicity of the neighborhood where English is not the dominant language. Notice shall be in an u nderstandable language. 01015 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES 1.06 PUBLIC, TEMPORARY, AND CONSTRUCTION ROADS AND RAMPS A. Construct and maintain temporary detours, ramps, and roads to provide for normal public traffic flow when use of public roads or streets is closed by necessities of the Work. B Provide mats or other means to prevent overloading or damage to existing roadways from tracked equipment or exceptionally large or heavy trucks or equipment. C. Construct and maintain access roads and parking areas as specified in Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. D. The Contractor shall limit the length of open trench at any time to a maximum of 300 linear feet. 1.07 EXCAVATION IN STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS A. Avoid hindering or needlessly inconveniencing public travel on a street or any intersecting alley or street for more than two blocks at any one time, except by City permission. B. Obtain the City Traffic Management and Maintenance Department and City Engineer's approval when the nature of the Work requires closing all or part of a street. Prior authonzation from the City is required for street closure. Avoid unnecessary inconvenience to abutting property owners. C. Remove surplus materials and debris and open each block for public use as work in that block is complete D. Avoid obstructing driveways or entrances to private property. E Provide temporary crossing or complete the excavation and backfill in one continuous operation to minimize the duration of obstruction when excavation is required across drives or entrances. F. Provide barricades and signs in accordance with Section VI of the State of Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. 1.08 TRAFFIC CONTROL A. Comply with traffic regulation as specified in Section 01570 - Traffic Control and Regulation. 01015 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES 1.09 SURFACE RESTORATION A. Restore site to condition existing before construction to satisfaction of City Engineer. B. Repair paved area per the requirements of Section 02571 Pavement Repair and Resurfacing C. Repair turf areas which become damaged, level with bank run sand conforming to Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, or topsoil conforming to Section 02920 - Topsoil as approved by the City Engineer and resod in accordance with Section 02935 - Sodding. Water and level newly sodded areas with adjoining turf using steel wheel rollers appropriate for sodding Do not use spot sodding or sprigging PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 01015 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Section 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for measurement and payment plus conditions for nonconformance assessment and nonpayment for rejected products. 1.02 AUTHORITY A. Measurement methods delineated in Specification sections are intended to complement the criteria of this section. In the event of conflict, the requirements of the Specification section shall govern. B. City Engineer will confirm all measurements and computed quantities. C. Contractor shall assist by providing necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required. 1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A. Quantity and measurement estimates stated in the Agreement are for contract purposes only Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work and verified by City Engineer shall determine payment as stated in the General Conditions. B. If the actual Work requires greater or lesser quantities than those quantities indicated in the Bid Form, provide the required quantities at the unit prices contracted except as otherwise stated in Article 9 of the General Conditions. 1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A. Measurement by Weight: Reinforcing steel, rolled or formed steel or other metal shapes will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction weights Welded assemblies will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction or scale weights. B. Measurement by Volume. 1. Stockpiles: Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width, and height or thickness. 2. Excavation and Embankment Materials* Measured by cubic dimension using the average end area method. 01025 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT C. Measurement by Area: Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius D Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean chord. E Stipulated Price Measurement By unit designated in the agreement. F. Other: Items measured by weight, volume, area, or lineal means or combination as appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work. 1.05 PAYMENT A. Payment Includes. Full compensation for all required supervision, labor products, tools, equipment, plant transportation, services, and incidentals; and erection application or installation of an item of the Work; and Contractor's overhead and profit B. Total compensation for required Unit Price Work shall be included in Unit Price bid in Document 00405 - Schedule of Unit Price Work. Claims for payment as Unit Price Work, but not specifically covered in the list of unit prices contained in Document 00405 will not be accepted. C. Interim payments for stored materials will be made only for materials to be incorporated under items covered in unit prices, unless disallowed in Supplementary Conditions. D Progress payments will be based on the City Engineer's observations and evaluations of quantities incorporated in the Work multiplied by the unit price. E. Final payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities determined by City Engineer multiplied by the unit price for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work. 1.06 NONCONFORMANCE ASSESSMENT A. Remove and replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to the Contract Documents. B If, in the opinion of City Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work the City Engineer will direct one of the following remedies: 1. The nonconforming Work will remain as is, but the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of City Engineer. 2. The nonconforming Work will be modified as authorized by the City Engineer, and the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the 01025 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT discretion of City Engineer, if the modified work is deemed to be less suitable than originally specified. C. Specification sections may modify these options or may identify a specific formula or percentage price reduction. D The authority of City Engineer to assess the nonconforming work and identify payment adjustment is final. 1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS A. Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable to City Engineer. 2. Products determined as nonconforming before or after placement. 3. Products not satisfactorily unloaded from transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work, unless specified otherwise 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART3 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 01025 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section 01035 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for processing Change Orders, including: 1. Assignment of a responsible individual for approval and communication of changes in the Work; 2. Documentation of change in Contract Price and Contract Time, 3. Change procedures, using proposals and construction contract modifications, work change directive, stipulated price change order, unit price change order, time and materials change order; 4. Execution of Change Orders; 5. Correlation of Contractor submittals. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (Data Quest Blue Book). Rental Rate is defined as the full unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment. 1.03 RESPONSIBLE INDIVIDUAL A. Contractor shall provide a letter indicating the name and address of the individual authorized to execute change documents, and who shall also be responsible for informing others in Contractor s employ and Subcontractors of changes to the Work. The information shall be provided at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME A. Contractor shall maintain detailed records of changes in the Work. Provide full information required for identification and evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of changes in the Work. B. Contractor shall document each proposal for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of the proposal. 01035 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 5 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES C. Proposals shall include, as a minimum, the following information as applicable: 1. Quantities of items in the original Document 00300 - Bid Proposal with additions, reductions, deletions, and substitutions 2. When Work items were not included in the Schedule of Unit Price Work, Contractor shall provide unit prices for the new items, with supporting information as required by the City Engineer. 3. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 4. Additional data upon request. D. For changes in the Work performed on a time -and -material basis, the following additional information may be required 1. Quantities and description of products and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 3. Overhead and profit as noted in Document 00710 - Supplementary Conditions of the Construction Contract. 4. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 5. Time records and certified copies of applicable payrolls. 6. Invoices and receipts for products, rented equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. E. Rented equipment will be paid to the Contractor by actual invoice cost for the duration of time required to complete the extra work. If the extra work comprises only a portion of the rental invoice where the equipment would otherwise be on the site, the Contractor shall compute the hourly equipment rate by dividing the actual monthly invoice by 176. (One day equals 8 hours and one week equals 40 hours.) Operating costs shall not exceed the estimated operating costs given for the item of equipment in the Blue Book. F For changes in the work performed on a time -and -materials basis using Contractor - owned equipment, compute rates with the Blue Book as follows: 1. Multiply the appropriate Rental Rate by an adjustment factor of 70 percent plus the full rate shown for operating costs. The Rental Rate utilized shall be the lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly or monthly rates. Use 150 percent of the Rental Rate for double shifts (one extra shift per day) and 200 percent of the Rental Rate for more than two shifts per day. No other rate adjustments shall apply. 01035 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 5 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 2. Standby rates shall be 50 percent of the appropriate Rental Rate shown in the Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed. 1.05 CHANGE PROCEDURES A. Changes to Contract Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance of Document 01035 - Change Order Procedures. Issuance of a work change directive or acceptance by the City Engineer of changes will be formalized into change orders. All changes will be in accordance with the requirements of Document 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. B. The City Engineer will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time as authorized by the General Conditions by issuing supplemental instructions. C. Contractor may request clarification of Drawings, Specifications or Contract Documents or other information by requesting information and/or a response by the City Engineer. A request for information does not authorize the Contractor to perform tasks outside the scope of the Work. All changes must be authorized as described in this section. 1.06 PROPOSALS AND CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS A. The City Engineer may issue a supplementary request for a proposal, which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications The City Engineer may also request a proposal in the response to a request for information. Contractor will prepare and submit a supplementary Proposal/Contract Modification within 7 days or as specified in the request. B. The Contractor may propose an unsolicited change by submitting a supplementary Proposal/Contract Modification to the City Engineer describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change and the effect on the Contract Price and Contract Time including full documentation. 1.07 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. City Engineer may issue a signed Work Change Directive instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B. The document will describe changes in the Work and will designate a method of determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time. C. Contractor shall proceed promptly to execute the changes in the Work in accordance with the Work Change Directive. 01035 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 5 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.08 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. A stipulated price Change Order will be based on an accepted Proposal/Contract Modification including the Contractor's lump sum price quotation. 1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. Where Unit Prices for the affected items of Work are included in Document 00300 - Bid P roposal, the unit price Change Order will be based on unit prices as originally bid, subject to Document 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement. B. Where unit prices of Work are not pre -determined in the Document 00300 - Bid P roposal, the Work Change Directive or accepted Proposal/Contract Modification will specify the unit prices to be used. 1.10 TIME -AND -MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER A. Contractor shall provide an itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated for claims in Document 00700 - General Conditions. B. City Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Price and Contract Time as provided in Document 00700 - General Conditions. C. Contractor shall maintain detailed records of work done on time -and -material basis as specified in paragraph 1.04, Documentation of Change in Contract Price and Contract Time D. Contractor shall provide full information required for evaluation of changes, and shall substantiate costs for changes in the Work. 1.11 EXECUTION OF CHANGE DOCUMENTATION A. City Engineer will issue Change Orders, Work Change Directives, or accepted P roposal/Contract Modifications for signatures of parties as described in Document 00700 - General Conditions 1.12 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. For Stipulated Price Contracts, Contractor shall promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Price. B. For Unit Price Contracts, the next monthly estimate of work after acceptance of a Change Order will be revised to include any new items not previously included and the appropriate unit rates 01035 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 5 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES C. Contractor shall promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, and shall revise schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit for review. D. Contractor shall promptly enter changes to the on -site and record copies of the Drawings, Specifications or Contract Documents as required in Section 01720 - Project Record Documents. PART2 PRODUCTS - PART3 EXECUTION - SEI PN: 97-027 Not Used Not Used END OF SECTION 8/14/99 01035 Page 5 of 5 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE Section 01315 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (BAR CHART) PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Prepare and submit to the Engineer an initial Construction Schedule as required by this section for the Work. Do not start construction until the schedule is approved by the City Engineer. 1.02 FORM AND CONTENT OF INITIAL CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Bar Chart: 1. Show major construction activities such as pipe laying (by traffic control phases or other approved key areas), tunnel construction, pavement removal, pavement replacement, pressure testing chlorination, clean up and punch out as separate activities on the schedule 2. Show all work items where new water mains and other new utilities connect to City facilities. Activities shall have no more than two -week duration. 3. Show separate activities for each shop drawing and product data submittal that are critical to timely completion. Show submission dates and dates approved submittals will be needed from the City Engineer. 4. Provide separate horizontal bar for each activity List start and finish date for each activity at left side of diagram. 5. Horizontal Time Scale: Identify first work day of each week. 6. Scale and Spacing: Notes must be legible and Contractor must allow space for notations and future revisions. 7. Order of Listings: Order bar chart listings by phases or other approved groups of activities that are contiguous. Activities shall be in chronological order within each phase or group. For example, for each segment of new open cut water main placement, the schedule shall have an activity for layout, traffic control, pavement removal water main placement and backfill, pavement restoration, traffic control removal and pavement markings restoration and clean up For each tunnel or auger activity, the schedule shall have an activity for layout, traffic control, shaft construction, tunnel construction or auger activity, pipe placement in tunnel or auger, grouting (if required), shaft removal, pavement replacement, pavement marking replacement, traffic control removal and pavement marking restoration and clean up. B. Narrative Description: 1. Submit narrative description of anticipated work sequence as indicated by sequence of activities presented in the schedule. 2. Narrative shall be of sufficient detail to discuss any activity that affects the public (such as phases of traffic control), interaction with specific City forces 01315 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (such as valved operation, chlorination and testing) or other associated prime Contractors. 1.03 PROGRESS REVISIONS A. Submit progress revisions monthly as part of Application for Payment or information necessary for Application for Payment. Application for Payment shall not be considered complete or processed for payment until progress revision is submitted. When required resubmittal for rejected revision must be made, reviewed and approved prior to the following month's pay application being processed. Pay Application for the following month will not be processed until resubmittal is approved and Progress Revision required that month is received. B. Provide Narrative Report to describe: 1. Major changes in scope. 2. Revised projections in progress, and completion, or changes in activity durations 3. Other identifiable changes 4. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on schedule. 5. Corrective action recommended and its effect. 6. Effect of changes on schedules or other prime contractors. 7. Material delivery delays C. Additional data to be included with Bar Chart described in Paragraph 1.01 of this section: 1. Original dates shown for each activity in the approved initial progress schedule shall be shown by a narrow bar next to wider bar for current schedule. 2. Date that each activity actually started or finished if that event has occurred. Actual dates must be clearly identified in two right -most columns in the left portion of 11-inch by 17-inch chart. 3. Indicate percentage progress of each activity to the date of submission. 1.04 SUBMISSIONS A. Submit initial progress schedule within 15 days after award of contract. The City Engineer will review the schedule and return the review copy within 14 days after receipt. B. Cut-off date for progress revision may be as early as the twentieth of the month so that submittal can be made without delay to processing of Application for Payment. Use same cut-off day for all revisions as used in first approved revision. C. When required, resubmit within 7 days after return of review copy. D. Schedule shall include connecting lines between bars to indicate sequence that activities will be accomplished such that if activity's start or finish is modified, then impact will be known by the corresponding changes to preceding or succeeding 01315 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE activities identified by the connecting lines. Submit minimum of 6 copies of bar chart on 11-inch by 17-inch opaque reproductions of which 5 copies will be retained by City Engineer and remaining copies will be returned to Contractor. PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART3 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 01315 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES Section 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Methods, schedule, and process to be followed for shop drawings, product data and sample submittals. 1.02 REQUIREMENT A. Submit shop drawings, product data and samples as required by the General Conditions and as designated in the Specifications. B. Shop drawings, product data and samples are not considered Contract Documents. 1.03 SHOP DRAWING/SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Submit a separate Shop Drawing/Submittal schedule at the same time the construction schedule is submitted. List products, materials and equipment for which Shop Drawings and other submittals are required in the order in which they appear in the Specifications. Including product data and sample submittals in schedule. 1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings for review as required by the Specifications. Have shop drawings reviewed and signed by a registered professional. B. Place Contractor's Stamp on each drawing. C. On the drawings, show accurately and distinctly, the following: 1. Field and erection dimensions clearly identified as such; 2. Arrangement and section views; 3. Relation to adjacent materials or structure including complete information for making connections between work under this Contract and work under other contracts; 4. Kinds of materials and finishes; 5. Parts list and descriptions* 6. Assembly drawings of equipment components and accessories showing their respective positions and relationships to the complete equipment package; 7. Where necessary for clarity, identify details by reference to drawing sheet and detail numbers, schedule or room numbers as shown on the Contract Drawings. D. Make drawings to scale providing a true representation of the specific equipment or item to be furnished. 1.05 PRODUCT DATA 01340 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES A. Submit product data for review as required in Specification sections. B. Place Contractors Stamp, on each data item submitted, as described in Section 01300 - Submittals. C. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options to be used in this Project. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this Project where required by the Specifications. D. For products specified only by reference standard, give manufacturers, trade name, model or catalog designation and applicable reference standard. E. Preapproved and Prequalified Products. 1 For "preapproved' "prequalified' and "approved" products named in City standard products list provide appropriate list designation as described in Section 01630 - Product Options and Substitutions within 30 days after Notice to Proceed. 2. For products proposed as alternates to "approved" products, provide information required to demonstrate the proposed products meet the level of quality and performance criteria of the "approved product". 1.06 SAMPLES A. Submit samples for review as required by the Specifications. Have samples reviewed and signed by a registered professional. B. Place Contractor's Stamp on each sample or a firmly attached sheet of paper. C. Submit the number of samples specified in Specifications; one of which will be retained by the City Engineer D. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are identified in Specifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART3 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 01340 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES Section 01410 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Testing Laboratory Services and Contractor responsibilities related to those services. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM D3740 - Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. B. ASTM E329 - Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction. 1.03 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A. Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform inspection and testing identified in individual Specification sections. B. Employment of testing laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. C. Contractor shall schedule and monitor testing as required to provide timely results and to avoid delay to the Work. 1.04 LABORATORY REPORTS A. The City Engineer will receive 3 copies, and the Contractor will receive 2 copies of laboratory reports from the testing laboratory. One of the Contractor's copies shall remain at site field office for duration of project. Test results which indicate non-conformance shall be transmitted immediately via fax from the testing laboratory to the Contractor and City Engineer. 1.05 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A. Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B. Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C. Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor. Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 01410 Page 1 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.06 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. B Notify City Engineer, and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. Notify Architect/Engineer if specification section requires the presence of the Architect/Engineer. Cooperate with laboratory personnel in collecting samples to be tested or collected on site C. Provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. D. Provide samples to laboratory in advance of their intended use to allow thorough examination and testing. E Provide incidental labor and facilities for access to the Work to be tested; to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested; and to facilitate tests and inspections including storage and curing of test samples. F PART 2 PART 3 3.01 Arrange with laboratory and pay for 1. Retesting required for failed tests 2. Retesting for nonconforming Work 3. Additional sampling and tests requested by Contractor beyond specified requirements PRODUCTS - NotUsed EXECUTION CONDUCTING TESTING Laboratory sampling and testing shall conform to ASTM D3740 and ASTM E329, plus other test standards specified in individual Specification sections END OF SECTION 01410 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 INSPECTION SERVICES Section 01420 INSPECTION SERVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Inspection services and references 1.02 INSPECTION A. City Engineer will appoint an Inspector as a representative of the City to perform inspections, tests, and other services specified in individual specification Sections Alternately, City Engineer may appoint, employ, and pay an independent firm to provide additional inspection or construction management services as indicated in Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services • C. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to City Engineer, Architect/Engineer, and City indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. D. Assist and cooperate with the Inspector; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, and storage. E Notify City Engineer 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services. Notify Architect/Engineer and independent firm when noted F. Sign and acknowledge report for Inspector. PART2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART3 EXECUTION-NotUsed END OF SECTION • 01420 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 1 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Section 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary facilities and the necessary controls for the project including utilities, telephone sanitary facilities, field office, storage sheds and building, safety requirements, first aid equipment, fire protection, security measures protection of the Work and property, access roads and parking, environmental controls, disposal of trash debris and excavated material pest and rodent control, water runoff and erosion control. 1.02 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A. The facilities and controls specified in this section are considered minimum for the Project. The Contractor may provide additional facilities and controls for the proper execution of the Work and to meet Contractor's responsibilities for protection of persons and property B. Comply with applicable requirements specified in other sections of the Specifications. 1. Maintain and operate temporary facilities and systems to assure continuous service. 2. Modify and extend systems as Work progress requires. 3. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. 4. Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified or to original condition. 1.03 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Obtaining Temporary Service. 1. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services. 2. Abide by rules and regulations of the utility service companies or authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Be responsible for utility service costs until the Work is substantially complete. Included are fuel, power, Tight, heat and other utility services necessary for execution, completion, testing, and initial operation of the Work. B. Water 1. Provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices, or for other use as required for proper completion of the Work. 01500 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 11 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2. For water to be drawn from public fire hydrants, obtain special permit or license from the proper City officials. A deposit based on rates established by latest ordinance will be required. 3. Provide and maintain an adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption by Contractor personnel and City Engineer or his Representatives. C. Electricity and Lighting. 1. Provide electric powered service as required for the Work, including testing of Work. Provide power for lighting, operation of the Contractor's equipment or for any other use by Contractor. 2. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to maintain plant operations during any scheduled shutdown. 3. Minimum lighting level shall be 5 foot-candles for open areas; 10-foot-candles for stairs and shops. Provide a minimum of one 300-watt Tamp for each 20 square feet in work area. D. Temporary Heat and Ventilation 1. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of the Work. 2. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions; maintain enclosed areas at a minimum of 50 degrees F. E Telephone 1. Provide emergency telephone service at the Contractor's office for use by Contractor personnel and others performing work or furnishing services at the site. 2. Provide a separate phone line and instrument in the field office, if used, for the City Engineer's Inspector. Cost for local calls and other project related calls made by the Inspector shall be paid for by the Contractor. F. Sanitary Facilities 1. Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on the job site; comply with the regulations of State and local departments of health. 2. Enforce the use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at the job site. Such facilities shall be enclosed. Pit -type toilets will not be permitted. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause a nuisance or health problem, have sewer and waste hauled off -site and properly disposed in accordance with City of Pearland regulations. 3. Locate toilets near the Work site and secluded from view insofar as possible. Keep toilets clean and supplied throughout the course of the Work. 1.04 FIELD OFFICE A. Furnish and Locate. 1. Furnish, install and maintain a field office approximately 100 square feet of area for the exclusive use of the City Engineer. Locate the office near the Contractor's office or in a place approved by the City Engineer. 01500 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 11 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2. Provide office space ready for occupancy, 10 days after date fixed in Notice to Proceed. 3. Construct three all-weather, hard surfaced parking spaces, suitable for weather and duration of Project for use by the City Engineer and Architect/Engineer. Provide an all-weather surfaced walk between the parking spaces and the office. B. Minimum Construction 1. Structurally sound foundation and superstructure. 2. Completely weather tight with insulated roof and walls. 3. Exterior finish and interior finish acceptable to City Engineer. 4. Stairs or walkway with handrail and entrance platform (4' x 4') with a mud scraper at door. 5. Resilient floor covering. 6. Screened windows with an area equal to approximately 10 percent of floor area sufficient for Tight, view, and ventilation Provide windows with operable sash. 7. Secure, lockable exterior doors with dead bolt cylinder locks. C. Minimum Services for City Engineer. 1. Exterior light at entrance. 2. Interior lighting of 50 foot-candles at desk top height. 3. Automatic heating to maintain 65 degrees F in winter. 4. Automatic cooling to maintain 75 degrees F in summer. 5. Electric power service. 6. Four electric wall outlets. 7. Separate telephone service. 8. Drinking water. 9. Plumbing and sewers as required, protected from freezing. D. Minimum Furnishings for City Engineer. 1. One desk. 2. One chair 3. One drafting table. 4. One plan rack to hold eight racks of drawings. 5. One 2-drawer legal file cabinet. 6. Book shelving and bookcase with a minimum of 15 feet of shelf space. 7. Two waste baskets. 8. Fire extinguishers. 9. Access to first aid kit. 10. Six protective helmets (hard hats) for use by City Engineer and visitors. 11. Other furnishings at Contractor's option. E Maintenance 1 Schedule continuous maintenance of office, walkways, and services; cleaned not Tess than once per week; 2. Provide soap, paper towels, cleansers, janitorial service and appurtenances; 3. Immediately repair any damage, leaks or defective service. F. Provide adequate space for one set of Contract Documents in the office for ready reference. 01500 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 11 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.05 STORAGE SHEDS AND BUILDINGS A. Provide adequately ventilated, watertight storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. B. Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off the ground. C. Store materials in a neat and orderly manner. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification, inspection and inventory. D. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide drainage away from temporary and existing buildings. 1.06 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Submit and follow a safety program in accordance with Document 00700 - General Conditions Paragraph 10.1 Include in the safety program documented response to trench safety requirements as specified in Section 01526 - Trench Safety System. B. Conduct operations in strict accord with applicable Federal, State and local safety codes and statutes and with good construction practice. The Contractor is fully responsible and obligated to establish and maintain procedures for safety of all work, personnel and equipment involved in the Project C. Observe and comply with Texas Occupational Safety Act (Art 5182a, V C.S.) and with all safety and health standards promulgated by Secretary of Labor under Section 107 of Contract Work Hours and Standards Act, published in 29 CFR Part 1926 and adopted by Secretary of Labor asoccupational safety and health standards under the Williams -Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and to any other legislation enacted for safety and health of Contractor employees. Such safety and health standards apply to subcontractors and their employees as well as to the Contractor and its employees. D. Observance of and compliance with the regulations shall be solely and without qualification the responsibility of the Contractor without reliance or superintendence of or direction by the City Engineer or the City Engineer s representative. Immediately advise the City Engineer of investigation or inspection by Federal Safety and Health inspectors of the Contractor or subcontractor's work or place of work on the job site under this Contract, and after such investigation or inspection, advise the City Engineer of the results. Submit one copy of accident reports to City Engineer within 10 days of occurrence. E Protect areas occupied by workmen using the best available devices for detection of lethal and combustible gases Test such devices frequently to assure their functional capability. Constantly observe infiltration of liquids into the Work area for visual or odor evidences of contamination, immediate take appropriate steps to seal off entry of contaminated liquids to the Work area. 01500 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 11 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS F. Safety measures, including but not limited to safety personnel, first -aid equipment, ventilating equipment and safety equipment, in the specifications and shown on the Drawings are obligations of the Contractor. G Maintain required coordination with the City's Police and Fire Departments during the entire period covered by the Contract. 1.07 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT A. Provide a first aid kit throughout the construction period. List telephone numbers for physicians, hospitals and ambulance services in each first aid kit. Have at least one person thoroughly trained in first aid procedures present on the site whenever Work is in progress. 1.08 FIRE PROTECTION A. Fire Protection Standards. 1. Conform to specified fire protection and prevention requirements as well as those which may be established by Federal, State, or local governmental agencies. 2. Comply with all applicable provisions of NFPA Standard No. 241, Safeguarding Building Construction and Demolition Operations. 3. Provide portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A or 5B in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 10 Portable Fire Extinguishers, for each temporary building, and for every 3000 square feet of floor area of facilities under construction. 4. Locate portable fire extinguishers within 50 feet maximum from any point in the Project area. B. Fire Prevention and Safety Measures. 1. Prohibit smoking in hazardous areas Post suitable warning signs in areas which are continuously or intermittently hazardous 2. Use metal safety containers for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. 3. Do not store flammable or combustible liquids in or near stairways or exits. 4. Maintain clear exits from all points within a structure. 1.09 SECURITY MEASURES A. Protect all Work materials, equipment, and property from Toss, theft, damage, and vandalism. Contractor's duty to protect property includes City property and Inspector's and Architect/Engineer's property used in connection with the perfor- mance of the Contract. B. If existing fencing or barriers are breached or removed for purposes of construction. Provide and maintain temporary security fencing equal to existing. 01500 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 5 of 11 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.10 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES A. Prevent damage to existing public utilities during construction. These utilities are shown on the Drawings at their approximate locations Give owners of these utilities at least 48 hours notice before commencing Work in the area, for locating the utilities during construction, and for making adjustments or relocation of the utilities when they conflict with the proposed Work. B. Utilize the Utility Coordinating Committee (One CaII Concept) at (713) 223-4567. Also contact the toll free telephone number 1-800-344-8377 (DIG-TESS) CaII these numbers 48 hours in advance and obtain authorization numbers from each. 1.11 PROTECTION OF THE WORK AND PROPERTY A. Preventive Actions. 1. Take precautions, provide programs, and take actions necessary to protect the Work and public and private property from damage 2. Take action to prevent damage, injury or loss, including, but not be limited to, the following: a. Store apparatus materials, supplies, and equipment in an orderly, safe manner that will not unduly interfere with progress of the Work or the Work of any other contractor, any utility service company, or the City's operations. b. Provide suitable storage for materials which are subject to damage by exposure to weather, theft, breakage or otherwise. c. Place upon the Work or any part thereof only such Toads as are consistent with the safety of that portion of the Work. d. Frequently clean up refuse, rubbish, scrap materials, and debris caused by construction operations, keeping the Project site safe and orderly. e . Provide safe barricades and guard rails around openings, for scaffolding, for temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations, elevated walkways, and other hazardous areas. 3. Obtain written consent from proper parties before entering or occupying with workers, tools, materials or equipment, privately -owned land except on easements provided for construction. 4. Assume full responsibility for the preservation of public and private property on or adjacent to the site. If any direct or indirect damage is done by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in execution of the Work by the Contractor, it shall be restored by the Contractor to a condition e qual to or better than that existing before the damage was done. B. Barricades and Warning Signals. 1.Where Work is performed on or adjacent to any roadway, right-of-way, or public place, furnish and erect barricades, fences, lights, warning signs, and danger signals; provide watchmen; and take other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and protection of the Work Use barricades painted to be ✓ isible at night. From sunset to sunrise, furnish and maintain at least one light at e ach barricade. Erect a sufficient barricades to keep vehicles from being driven on 01500 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 6 of 11 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS or into Work under construction. Furnish watchmen in sufficient numbers to protect the Work. Maintain barricades, signs, and lights, and provide watchmen until the P roject is accepted by the City. C. Tree and Plant Protection. Conform to requirements of Section 01535 - Tree and P lant Protection. D. Protection of Existing Structures 1 Underground Structures* a. Underground structures are defined to include, but not be limited to, sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes, chambers, electrical and signal conduits, tunnels, and other existing subsurface installations located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Known underground structures, including water, sewer electnc, and telephone service connections are shown on the Drawings. This information is shown for the assistance of the Contractor in accordance with the best information available, but is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. c. Explore ahead of trenching and excavation work and uncover o bstructing underground structures sufficiently to determine their location, to prevent damage to them and to prevent interruption of u tility services. Restore to original condition damages to u nderground structure at no additional cost to the City. d. Necessary changes in location of the Work may be made by the City Engineer to avoid unanticipated underground structures. e. If permanent relocation of an underground structure or other subsurface installations is required and not otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, the City Engineer will direct Contractor in writing to perform the Work which shall be paid for under the provisions for changes in the Contract Price as described in Document 00700 - General Conditions. 2. Surface Structures* a. Surface structures are defined as existing buildings, structures and other constructed installations above the ground surface. Included with such structures are their foundations or any extension below the surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to buildings, tanks, walls, bridges, roads dams channels, open drainage, piping, poles, wires posts, signs markers, curbs, walks, guard cables, fencing and other facilities that are visible above the ground surface. 3. Protection of Underground and Surface Structures: a. Support in place and protect from direct or indirect injury to underground and surface structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Install such supports carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure. Before installing structure supports, Contractor shall satisfy the City Engineer that the methods and procedures to be used have been approved by the owner of the structure b. Avoid moving or in any way changing the property of public utilities or private service corporations without prior written consent of a 01500 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 7 of 11 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS responsible official of that service or public utility. Representatives of these utilities reserve the right to enter within the limits of this project for the purpose of maintaining their properties, or of making such changes or repairs to their property that may be considered necessary by performance of this Contract. c. Notify the owners and/or operators of utilities and pipelines of the nature of construction operations to be performed and the date or dates on which those operations will be performed. When construction operations are required in the immediate vicinity of existing structures, pipelines, or utilities, give a minimum of 5 working days advance notice Probe and flag the location of underground util- ities prior to commencement of excavation. Keep flags in place until construction operation reach and uncover the utility. d. Assume risks attending the presence or proximity of underground and surface structures within or adjacent to the limits to the Work including but not limited to damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by his Work to any structure. Immediately repair damage caused, to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged structure. E. Protection of Installed Products. 1 Provide protection of installed products to prevent damage from subsequent operations. Remove protection facilities when no longer needed, prior to completion of Work. 2. Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. 3. Provide coverings to protect equipment and materials from damage. Cover projections, wall corners, jambs, sills, and exposed &des of openings in areas used for traffic and for passage of materials in subsequent work 1.12 ROADS AND PARKING A. Prevent interference with traffic and City operations on existing roads. B. Designate temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off -site parking. Locate as approved by City Engineer. C. Minimize use by construction traffic of existing streets and driveways. D. Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment in existing parking areas. 1.13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A. Provide and maintain methods, equipment, and temporary construction as necessary for controls over environmental conditions at the construction site and adjacent areas. B. Comply with statutes, regulations, and ordinances which relate to the proposed Work for the prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources, 01500 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 8 of 11 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS including but not limited to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, PL 91-190, Executive Order 11514. C. The City recognizes that the site has considerable natural value and that construction of projects should have minimum impact to the surrounding environment. The •Contractor shall adopt construction procedures that do not cause unnecessary excavation and filling of the terrain, indiscriminate destruction of vegetation, air or stream pollution, nor the harassment or destruction of wildlife. D. Recognize and adhere to the environmental requirements of the Project. Disturbed areas shall be strictly limited to boundaries established by the Contract Documents Particularly avoid pollution of "on -site" streams, sewers, wells, or other water sources. E Burning of rubbish, debris or waste materials is not permitted. 1.14 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Provide methods, means, and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water or atmosphere by discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. B. Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain any spillage, and to remove contaminated soils or liquids. Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off -site, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil. Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering public waters. Prevent disposal of wastes, effluents, chemicals, or other such substances adjacent to streams, or in sanitary or storm sewers. D. Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants. 1. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals. 2. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. E Use equipment during construction that conforms to current Federal, State, and local laws and regulations. 1.15 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL A. Provide rodent and pest control as necessary to prevent infestation of construction or storage areas. B. Employ methods and use materials which will not adversely affect conditions at the site or on adjoining properties. 1.16 NOISE CONTROL 01500 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 9 of 11 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS A. Provide vehicles, equipment, and construction activities that minimize noise to the greatest degree practicable. Noise levels shall conform to the latest OSHA standards and City Ordinances and in no case will noise levels be permitted which interfere with the Work of the City or create a nuisance in the surrounding residential n eighborhoods. B. Conduct construction operations during daylight hours except as approved by City Engineer. C. Select construction equipment to operate with minimum noise and vibration. If in the o pinion of the City Engineer objectionable noise or vibration is produced by e quipment, rectify such conditions without additional cost to the City. The Sound Power Level (PWL) of any equipment shall not exceed 85 dbA (re• 10*12 watts) measured 5 feet from the piece of equipment, or the levels prescribed by City Ordinances, whichever is lower Explicit equipment noise requirements are specified with equipment specifications. 1.17 DUST CONTROL A. Control objectionable dust caused by operation of vehicles and equipment. Apply water or use other methods, subject to approval of the City Engineer, which will control the amount of dust generated. 1.18 WATER RUNOFF AND EROSION CONTROL A. Where required, the Contractor shall comply with the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination system (NPDES) permit as stated in the Federal Register, Vo1.57, No.175 B. In addition to the NPDES requirements the Contractor shall: 1. Provide methods to control surface water, runoff, subsurface water, and water from excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work, the site, or adjoining properties 2. Control fill, grading and ditching to direct water away from excavations, pits, tunnels, and other construction areas; and to direct drainage to proper runoff courses so as to prevent any erosion, sedimentation or damage. 3. Provide, operate, and maintain equipment and facilities of adequate size to control surface water. 4. Dispose of drainage water in a manner to prevent flooding, erosion, or other damage to any portion of the site or to adjoining areas and in conformance with environmental requirements 5. Retain existing drainage patterns external to the construction site by constructing temporary earth berms, sedimentation basins, retaining areas, and temporary ground cover as needed to control conditions. 6. Plan and execute construction and earth work by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, and from borrow and waste disposal areas, to prevent erosion and sedimentation. a. Keep to a minimum the area of bare soil exposed at one time. b. Provide temporary control measures, such as berms, dikes, and drains. 7 Construct fills and waste areas by selective placement to eliminate surface silts or clays which will erode. 01500 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 10 of 11 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 8. Inspect earthwork periodically to detect any evidence of the start of erosion. Apply corrective measures as required to control erosion. PART2 PRODUCTS -Not Used PART3 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 01500 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 11 of 11 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM PART 1 1.01 A. B. 1.02 A. B. C. 1.03 A. B. C. Section 01526 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Trench safety system for the construction of trench excavations Trench safety system for structural excavations which fall under provisions of State and Federal trench safety laws U NIT PRICES Measurement for trench safety systems used on trench excavations is on a linear foot basis measured along the centerline of the trench, including manholes and other line structures. No separate measurement will be made of shoring systems used by the Contractor for protection unless identified as Special Shoring on the Drawings. S horing, other than Special Shoring, will be included in the trench safety system measurements. N o payment will be made for trench safety systems for structural excavations under this section. Include payment for trench safety systems in applicable structure installation sections. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. DEFINITIONS A trench is defined as a narrow excavation (in relation to its depth) made below the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet. Trench safety system requirements apply to larger open excavations if the erection of structures or other installations limits space between excavation slope and the installation to dimensions equivalent to a trench, as defined. Trench safety systems include both Protective Systems and Shoring Systems but are not limited to sloping, sheeting, trench boxes or trench shields, slide rail systems, sheet piling, cribbing, bracing, dewatering or diversion of water to provide adequate drainage. 1. Protective Systems. A method of protecting employees from cave-ins, from material that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into an excavation, or from the collapse of an adjacent structure. 01526 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM 2. Shoring System. A structure that supports the sides of an excavation and which is designed to prevent cave-ins, or to prevent movements of the ground affecting adjacent installations or improvements. 3. Special Shoring: A shoring system meeting Special Shoring requirements for locations identified on the Drawings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a safety program specifically for the construction of trench excavation. Design the trench excavation safety program to be in accordance with OSHA 29CFR standards governing the presence and activities of individuals working in and around trench excavations, and in accordance with any Special Shoring requirements at locations shown on the Drawings. B. Have construction and shop drawings for trench safety systems sealed as required by OSHA by a licensed Professional Engineer retained and paid by the Contractor C. Review of the safety program by the City Engineer will only be in regard to compliance with the Contract Documents and will not constitute approval by the City Engineer nor relieve Contractor of obligations under State and Federal trench safety laws. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with the provision of Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring, Federal Occupation Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards, 29CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P, as amended, including Final Rule, published in the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 on Tuesday, October 31, 1989. The sections that are incorporated into these specifications by reference include Sections 1926-650 through 1926-652. B. A reproduction of the OSHA standards included in "Subpart P - Excavations" from the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 is available upon request to Contractors bidding on City projects. The City assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the reproduction. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining a copy of this section of the Federal Register C. Legislation that has been enacted by the Texas Legislature with regard to Trench Safety Systems is hereby incorporated by reference into these specifications. Refer to Texas Health and Safety Code Ann., §756.021 (Vernon 1991). 1.06 INDEMNIFICATION Al The Contractor indemnifies and holds harmless the City, its employees, and agents from any and all damages, costs (including, without limitation, legal fees, court costs, and the cost of investigation) judgments or claims by anyone for injury or death of persons resulting from the collapse or failure of trenches constructed under this Contract. 01526 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM B. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that this indemnity provision provides indemnity for the City in case the City is negligent either by act or omission in providing for trench safety, including, but not limited to safety program and design reviews, inspections, failures to issue stop work orders, and the hiring of the Contractor. PART2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with provisions of OSHA 29CFR. B. Install specially designed trench safety systems in accordance with the Contractor's trench excavation safety program for the locations and conditions identified in the program. Install Special Shoring at the locations shown on the Drawings. Obtain verification from a competent person, as identified in the Contractor's trench excavation safety program, that trench boxes and other premanufactured systems are certified for the actual installation conditions. 3.02 INSPECTION A. Conduct daily inspections by Contractor or Contractor's independently retained consultant, of the trench safety systems to ensure that the installed systems and operations meet OSHA 29CFR and other personnel protection regulations requirements. B. If evidence of possible cave-ins or slides is apparent immediately stop work in the trench and move personnel to safe locations until necessary precautions have been taken to safeguard personnel. C. Maintain a permanent record of daily inspections. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Verify specific applicability of the selected or specially designed trench safety systems to each field condition encountered on the project. END OF SECTION 01526 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION Section 01535 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Tree and plant protection. 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Preserve and protect existing trees and plants to remain from foliage, branch, trunk, or root damage that could result from construction operations. B. Prevent following types of damage: 1. Compaction of root zone by foot or vehicular traffic, or material storage. 2. Trunk damage from equipment operations, material storage, or from nailing or bolting. 3. Trunk and branch damage caused by ropes or guy wires 4. Root poisoning from spilled solvents, gasoline, paint, and other noxious materials. 5. Branch damage due to improper pruning or trimming. 6. Damage from lack of water due to: a. Cutting or altering natural water migration patterns near root zones. b. Failure to provide adequate watering. 7. Damage from alteration of soil pH factor caused by depositing lime, concrete, plaster or other base matenals near roots. 8. Cutting of roots larger than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. 1.03 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT A. When trees other than those designated for removal are destroyed or badly damaged as a result of construction operations remove and replace with same size, species, and variety up to and including 8 inches in trunk diameter. Tree larger than 8 inches in diameter shall be replaced with an 8-inch diameter tree of the same species and variety and total contract amount will be reduced by an amount determined from the following International Shade Tree Conference formula: 0.7854 x D2 x $10.00 where D is diameter in inches of tree or shrub trunk measured 12 inches above grade. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Asphalt paint: Emulsified asphalt or other adhesive, elastic, antiseptic coating formulated for horticultural use on cut or injured plant tissue, free from kerosene and coal creosote. B. Burlap: Suitable for use as tree wrapping. 01535 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION C. Fertilizer: Liquid containing 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorus, and 5 percent potash. D. All necessary tree replacements shall be as approved by City Engineer. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING TREES AND SHRUBS A. Except for trees and shrubs shown on Drawings to be removed, all trees and shrubs within the project area are to remain and be protected from damage. B. For trees to be removed, as designated on the Drawings, perform the following: 1. Stake right-of-way limits and identify any tree of diameter greater than 4 inches which is to be removed. Mark trees prior to felling with an X in orange paint, clearly visible, on the trunk, and at eye level. 2. After marking trees give a minimum of 48 hours notice in writing to the City Engineer of intent to begin felling operations. 3. Trees whose trunks are only partially in the right-of-way shall be protected and preserved as described below. C. For trees or shrubs to remain, perform the following: 1. Trimming of trees and shrubs to remain shall be done only under supervision of professional tree surgeon or horticulturist. a. Tree pruning will be according to International Society of Arborculture specifications. b. Trees and shrubs requiring pruning for construction should also be pruned for balance as well as to maintain proper form and branching habit. c. Cut limbs at branch collar No stubs should remain on trees Branch cuts should not gouge outer layer of tree structure or trunk. 2. Use extreme care to prevent excessive damage to root systems. a. Roots in construction areas will be cut smoothly with a trencher before excavation begins. Do not allow ripping of roots with a backhoe or other equipment. b. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out. c. Cover exposed roots with soil as soon as possible. 3. Prevent damage or compaction of root zone (area below dripline) by construction activities. a. Do not allow scarring of trunks or limbs by equipment or other means. b. Do not store construction materials, vehicles or excavated material under dripline of trees 01535 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 • TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION c. Do not pour liquid materials under dripline. 4. Water and fertilize trees and shrubs that will remain to maintain their health during construction period. a. Supplemental watering of landscaping during construction should be done once every 7 days in cold months and once every 4 days in hotter months. b. This watering shall consist of saturating soils at least 6 to 8 inches beneath surface. 5. Water areas currently being served by private sprinkler systems while systems are temporarily taken out of service to maintain health of existing landscapes. At option of the Contractor and with the City Engineer's permission, trees and shrubs to remain may be temporarily transplanted and returned to original positions under supervision of professional horticulturist. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Protection of Trees or Shrubs in Open Area: 1. Install steel drive-in fence posts in protective circle, approximately 8 feet on center, not closer than 4 feet to trunk of trees or stems of shrubs. 2. Drive steel drive-in fence posts 3 feet minimum into ground, leaving 5 feet minimum above ground. 3. Mount steel hog -wire on fence posts. 4. For trees or shrubs in paved areas mount concrete -filled steel pipe 2-1/2 inches in diameter minimum in rubber auto tires filled with concrete (movable posts) B. Timber Wrap Protection for Trees in Close Proximity of Moving or Mechanical Equipment and Construction Work: 1. Wrap trunk with layer of burlap 2. Install 2 x 4's or 2 x 5's (5-foot to 6-foot lengths) vertically, spaced 3 inches to 5 inches apart around circumference of tree trunk. 3. Tie in place with 12 to 9 gage steel wire. 3.03 MAINTENANCE OF NEWLY PLANTED TREES A. Show proof of capacity to water during dry periods. B. The Contractor guarantees that trees planted for this Project shall remain alive and healthy at least until the end of a one-year warranty period and the additional one year period required by the Surface Restoration Bond. 1. Within four weeks of notice from City, Contractor shall replace, at his expense, any dead trees or any trees that in the opinion of City have become unhealthy or unsightly or have lost their natural shape as a result of additional growth, improper pruning or maintenance or weather conditions. 01535 SE1 PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 2. When tree must be replaced, the guarantee period for that tree shall begin on date of replacement of tree, subject to the City's inspection, for no Tess than one year. 3. Straighten leaning trees and bear entire cost. 4. Dispose of trees rejected at any time by City Engineer at Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION 01535 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER Section 01563 CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Dewatering, depressurizing draining, and maintaining trenches, shaft excavations structural excavations, and foundation beds in a stable condition, and controlling ground water conditions for tunnel excavations. B. Protecting work against surface runoff and rising flood waters. C. Disposing of removed water. 1.02 UNIT PRICE A. No separate payment will be made for the performance of subsurface investigations by the Contractor in preparation of a ground water control plan, and equipment mobilization for sewer installation by open -cut construction. B. For sewer installations by open -cut construction, ground water control includes installation, operation, and removal of ground water control systems and disposal of ground water. Measurement and payment will be made based on the linear feet of trench requiring dewatering or depressurization. The field measurements for payment will extend one-half well or well point spacing beyond the last in -ground installation at each end, but not beyond the end of the trench. Payment will be made for trench sections where well points, for either vacuum or eductor systems or deep wells with submersible pumps, have been installed and achieved a reduction in piezometric pressures in accordance with Paragraph 1.05B. Payment will not be made for installations which do not meet the piezometric draw down criteria specified in Paragraph 1.05B, or which according to that criteria do not require dewatering or depressurization, even if shown on the ground water control plan. C. No separate payment will be made for ground water control plan, control and disposal of ground water, or piezometers for structural excavations as specified in Section 02226 - Excavation and Backfili for Structures. D. No separate payment will be made for control of excavation drainage, including sump pumping. E For tunnels and tunnel shafts, no separate payment will be made for ground water control plan, control and disposal of ground water, or for installation, observation and removal of piezometers. F. For dry augering and slurry boring, no separate payment will be made for ground water control plan, control and disposal of ground water, or for installation observation and removal of piezometers, except for short augering or boring 01563 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 6 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER installations within a longer trench section if ground water control installations are continuous. The measurement will stop at the end of trench if ground water control installations are discontinuous. G. No separate payment will be made for control of surface water. H. No separate payment will be made for observation and removal of piezometers or monitoring wells installed during design phase studies and left for the Contractor's use 1.03 REFERENCES A. Federal Regulations, 29 CFR Part 1926, Standards Excavation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). B. Federal Register 40 CFR (Vol. 55, No. 222) Part 122, EPA Administered Permit Programs (NPDES) Para.122 26(b)(14) Storm Water Discharge. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Ground water control includes both dewatering and depressurization of water bearing soil layers using well points, for either vacuum or eductor systems, or deep wells. Use of sump pumps does not constitute ground water control 1. Dewatering is lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations, or into tunnels and shafts, and disposing of removed water. 2. Depressurization is reduction in piezometric pressure within a soil strata not controlled by dewatering alone. B. Control of excavation drainage by sump pumping includes operating the sump pump and drainage facilities installed to collect water in the sump. C. Control of surface drainage is diversion of surface water away from excavations. 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct subsurface investigations as needed to identify ground water conditions and to provide parameters for installation and operation of ground water control systems Perform pump tests, if necessary, to determine drawdown characteristics of water - bearing layers. B. Develop a ground water control system, compatible with requirements of Federal Regulations 29 CFR Part 1926 and Section 01526 - Trench Safety Systems, to produce the following results: 01563 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 6 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 1 Reduce hydrostatic pressure affecting excavations to the following levels as determined by piezometer observations. a. For sewer installation in open -cut construction, reduce the piezometric level to below the trench bottom elevation or to within 2 feet above the top of clay layers. b. For structural excavations, reduce the piezometric level to at least 3 feet below the excavation bottom elevation or within 2 feet above the top of clay layers. c. Where hydrostatic pressure in a confined water -bearing layer exists below the excavation, depressurize this zone to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of the excavation or installed works. Allowable piezometric elevations are defined by submittals for the ground water control plan. 2. Develop a stable subgrade for subsequent construction operations. 3. Reduce hydrostatic pressure for tunnel excavations as necessary to maintain face stability, grade control, and to control seepage into tunnel. C. Provide drainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other source entering the excavation. Excavation drainage may include placement of drainage materials such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump pumping. D. Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities, construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells. E Modify ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to new construction, existing site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water wells, or if they affect potentially contaminated areas. F. Provide piezometers as necessary to monitor piezometric elevations for excavations. 1. Provide at least one piezometer for each structural excavation requiring ground water control. Install additional piezometers at maximum 100-foot spacing around the periphery of the structural excavation. Structural excavations are dug in accordance with Section 02226 - Excavation and Backfill for Structures. 2. Provide at least one piezometer for each section of trench excavation requiring ground water control. Install additional piezometers at a maximum spacing of 200 feet for longer continuous sections requiring ground water control. Trench excavations are dug in accordance with Section 02227- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 01563 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 6 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 3. Install piezometers for tunneling as appropriate for Contractor's selected method of work 4. Piezometers installed during the design phase studies and left for the Contractor's use shall be incorporated into the ground water control plan as far as applicable. Environmental monitoring wells allowing observations of piezometric levels within the layers subject to ground water control shall also be incorporated into the ground water control plan, as far as applicable. G. Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies and left for Contractor's monitoring and use. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a ground water control plan for record to the City Engineer prior to start of any field work. The plan shall be signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. Include the following: 1. Results of Contractor's subsurface investigation, if conducted. 2. Description of the extent and characteristics of water -bearing layers subject to ground water control based on available geotechnical boring information and Contractor's own investigations. 3. A description of proposed ground water control systems indicating type of well installation and equipment, arrangement, location, depth, and capacities of system components 4. A description of proposed monitoring installations indicating depths and locations of piezometers, and piezometric control elevations for dewatering and depressurization. 5. Calculations supporting selection and design of proposed systems in regard to well spacings and pumping capacities. 6. Proposed methods and locations for disposing of removed water. B. Submit a summary table upon completed initial installation for each section of work, showing piezometer locations by station, installation depths, baseline piezometric elevation readings, and piezometric control elevations C. Submit an updated summary table of piezometric elevations on a weekly basis. Show the piezometric elevations obtained from daily monitoring of dewatering and depressurization effects during ground water control operations. 01563 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 6 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER 1.07. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission regulations and Texas Water Well Drillers Association for development, drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering system. B. Comply with provisions of Document 00700 - General Conditions, Paragraph 10.2, when encountering ground water believed to contain hazardous substances. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve desired results for ground water control Ground water control systems may include single -stage or multiple -stage well point systems, eductor and ejector -type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these equipment types. Excavation drainage and surface drainage may also include sump pumping. B. Maintain equipment in good repair and operating order. C. Arrange for standby equipment and materials where required. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 GROUND WATER CONTROL A. Install, operate, and maintain the ground water control system in a manner compatible with construction methods and site conditions. Notify City Engineer in writing of any changes made to accommodate field conditions and changes to the Work. B. For above ground piping in ground water control system, include a length of clear transparent piping between every well point and discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored. C. Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development D. Provide additional ground water control installations, or change the methods, if the installations do not achieve satisfactory results E Do not allow piezometric pressure levels to rise until foundation concrete has achieved design strength. F. During backfilling, dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimum of 5 feet below prevailing level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to 01563 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 5 of 6 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER result in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by weight of structure or backfill in place. G Remove ground water control installations. 1. Remove pumping system components and piping when ground water control is no longer required. 2. Remove piezometers, including piezometers installed during the design phase investigations and left for Contractor's use, upon completion of testing, in accordance with Section 02732 - Acceptance Testing of Sanitary Sewers. 3. Remove monitoring wells when directed by the City Engineer. 4. Grout abandoned well and piezometer holes. Fill piping that is not removed with cement-bentonite grout or cement -sand grout 3.02 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION A. Conduct daily maintenance and observation of the ground water control system. B. Replace inoperable or damaged system components as necessary to maintain operation. C. Keep monitoring system piping accessible for observation. 3.03 MONITORING AND RECORDING A. Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control system is in operation Observe levels weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or piezometers or wells are removed. Initiate more frequent observation when the City Engineer determines that more frequent monitoring and recording are required. 3.04 SURFACE WATER CONTROL A. Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations. This includes temporary works required to protect adjoining properties from surface drainage caused by construction operations. B. Divert surface water and seepage water into sumps and pump it into drainage channels, settling basins, or storm drains END OF SECTION 01563 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 6 of 6 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL Section 01564 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Disposal of waste material and salvageable material. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for waste material disposal under this Section. Include payment in unit price for related sections 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a copy of an approved "Development Permit" as defined in Chapter 19 of the Flood Plain Ordinance (City Ordinance Number 81-914 and Number 85-1705), prior to disposal of excess material in the City. Contact City Engineering at 281-652- 1649 for flood plain information and lot filling regulations B. Obtain and submit disposal permits for proposed disposal sites if required by local ordinances. C. Submit a copy of written permission from property owner along with description of property, prior to disposal of excess material adjacent to the Project. Submit a written and signed release from property owner upon completion of disposal work. A development permit from the City of Pearland is required to place more than 10 Toads on any property in the City. PART2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL A. Excavated material: When indicated on Drawings, load, haul, and deposit excavated material at a location or locations shown on Drawings outside the limits of Project. B. Base, surface, and bedding material: Load shell, gravel, bituminous or other base and surfacing material designated for salvage into City of Pearland trucks. C. Pipe culvert: Load culverts designated for salvage into City of Pearland trucks. D. Other salvageable materials: Conform to requirements of individual Specification Sections 01564 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL E Coordinate loading of salvageable material on City of Pearland trucks with City Engineer. 3.02 EXCESS MATERIAL A. Vegetation, rubble, broken concrete, debris, asphaltic concrete pavement, excess soil, and other materials not designated for salvage, shall become the property of Contractor and shall be removed from the job site and legally disposed of. B. Excess soil may be deposited on private property adjacent to the Project when written permission is obtained from property owner. See Paragraph 1.03 D above. C. Verify the flood plain status of any proposed disposal site. Do not dispose of excavated materials in an area designated as within the 100-year Flood Hazard Area unless a "Development Permit" has been obtained. Excess material placed in the City, without a ' Development Permit", shall be removed by Contractor at no additional cost to the City. D. Waste materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, such that the site is maintained in a neat and orderly condition. END OF SECTION 01564 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 NPDES REQUIREMENTS Section 01565 NPDES REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL I. SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section describes the required documentation to be prepared and signed by the Contractor before conducting construction operations in accordance with the terms and conditions of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit, as stated in the Federal Register Vol. 57 No. 175, issued by the Environmental Protection Agency on September 9, 1992. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementation, maintenance, and inspection of storm water pollution prevention control measures including but not limited to, erosion and sediment controls, storm water management plans, waste collection and disposal off -site vehicle tracking, and other practices shown on the Drawings or specified elsewhere in this or other Specifications. C. Contractor shall review implementation of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) in a meeting with the City Engineer prior to start of construction II. UNIT PRICES A. Unless indicated in the Unit Price Schedule as a pay item, no separate payment will be made for work performed under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in pay items of which this work is a component. III. REFERENCES A. ASTM D3786 - B. ASTM D4632 - Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting Strength for Knitted Goods and Nonwoven Fabrics Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles. PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 NOTICE OF INTENT A. The Contractor shall fill out, sign and date the Contractor's Notice of Intent (NOI) attached as Figure 01565-1 at the end of this Section. The signed copy of the Contractor's NOI shall be returned to the City. The City will complete the Owner's Notice of Intent attached as Figure 01565-2 and will submit both notices to the EPA. Submission of the NOI is required by both the City and the Contractor before construction operations start. 01565 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 NPDES REQUIREMENTS 3.02 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A. On the Operator's Information form attached as Figure 01565-3, the Contractor shall fill out name, address, and telephone number for the Contractor; the names of persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and sediment control measures and all Subcontractors. B. The City will complete and sign the City of Pearland Certification, shown as Figure 01565-4 and return a copy to the Contractor for inclusion with other project certification forms. C. The Contractor and Subcontractors named in the Operator's Information form shall read sign, and date the Contractor's/Subcontractor's Certification form, attached as Figure 01565-5. D. The persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and sediment control measures shall read, sign, and date the Contractor's Inspection and Maintenance Certification form attached as Figure 01565-6. E The Operator's Information form and all certification forms shall be submitted to the City before beginning construction. 3.03 RETENTION OF RECORDS A. The Contractor shall keep a copy of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan at the construction site or at the Contractor's office from the date that it became effective to the date of project completion. B. At project closeout, the Contractor shall submit to the City all NPDES forms and certifications, as well as a copy of the SWPPP .Storm water pollution prevention records and data will be retained by City for a period of 3 years from the date of project completion. 3.04 REQUIRED NOTICES A. The following notices shall be posted from the date that this SWPPP goes into effect until the date of final site stabilization: 1. Copies of the Notices of Intent submitted by the City and Contractor and a brief project description, as given in Paragraph 1.1 of the SWPPP shall be posted at the construction site or at Contractor's office in a prominent place for public viewing. 2. Notice to drivers of equipment and vehicles, instructing them to stop, check, and clean tires of debris and mud before driving onto traffic lanes. Post such notices at every stabilized construction exit area 3. In an easily visible location on site, post a notice of waste disposal procedures 01565 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 NPDES REQUIREMENTS 4. Notice of hazardous material handling and emergency procedures shall be posted with the NOI on site. Keep copies of Material Safety Data Sheets at a location on site that is known to all personnel. 5. Keep a copy of each signed certification at the construction site or at Contractor's office. 6. The Contractor shall prepare, execute, provide copies and distribute the Notice of Termination. The figures mentioned within Section 01565 - NPDES Requirements are to be furnished subsequent to the award of the Contract. END OF SECTION 01565 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION Section 01566 SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION PART1 GENERAL I. SECTION INCLUDES A. Description of erosion and sediment control and other control -related practices which shall be utilized during construction activities. II. UNIT PRICES A. Unless indicated in the Unit Price Schedule as a pay item, no separate payment will be made for work performed under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in pay items of which this work is a component. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A. No clearing and grubbing or rough cutting shall be permitted until erosion and sediment control systems are in place, other than site work specifically directed by the City Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. B. Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of dedicated rights -of -way and easements for construction. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately by the Contractor. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for collecting storing, hauling, and disposing of spoil, silt, and waste materials as specified in this or other Specifications and in compliance with applicable federal, state, and local rules and regulations. D. Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Drawings and this Specification. E. The Contractor shall install, maintain and inspect erosion and sediment control measures and practices as specified in the Drawings and in this or other Specifications. 3.02 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL SYSTEMS A. When topsoil is specified as a component of another Specification, the Contractor shall conduct erosion control practices described in this Specification during topsoil placement operations. 01566 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 1. When placing topsoil, maintain erosion and sediment control systems, such as swales, grade stabilization structures berms, dikes, waterways, and sediment basins. 2. Maintain grades which have been previously established on areas to receive topsoil. 3. After the areas to receive topsoil have been brought to grade, and immediately prior to dumping and spreading the topsoil, loosen the subgrade by discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 2 inches to permit bonding of the topsoil to the subsoil 4. No sod or seed shall be placed on soil which has been treated with soil sterilants until sufficient time has elapsed to permit dissipation of toxic materials. 3.03 DUST CONTROL A. Implement dust control methods to control dust creation and movement on construction sites and roads and to prevent airborne sediment from reaching receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems to reduce on -site and off -site damage, to prevent health hazards, and to improve traffic safety. B. Control blowing dust by using one or more of the following methods: 1. Mulches bound with chemical binders. 2. Temporary vegetative cover. 3. Spray -on adhesives on mineral soils when not used by traffic. 4. Tillage to roughen surface and bring clods to the surface. 5. Irrigation by water sprinkling. 6. Barriers using solid board fences, snow fences, burlap fences, crate walls, bales of hay, or similar materials. C. Implement dust control methods immediately whenever dust can be observed blowing on the project site. 3.04 KEEPING STREETS CLEAN A. Keep streets clean of construction debris and mud carried by construction vehicles and equipment. If necessary to keep the streets clean, install stabilized construction exits at construction staging, storage, and disposal areas. A vehicle/equipment wash area (stabilized with coarse aggregate) may be installed adjacent to the stabilized construction exit, as needed. Release wash water into a drainage swale or inlet protected by erosion and sediment control measures. Construction exit and wash areas are specified in Section 01569 - Stabilized Construction Exit. 01566 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION B. In lieu of or in addition to stabilized construction exits, shovel or sweep the pavement to the extent necessary to keep the street clean. Water hosing or sweeping of debris and mud off of the street into adjacent areas is not allowed. 3.05 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR A. Confine maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment to areas specifically designated for that purpose Locate such areas so that oils, gasoline, grease, solvents, and other potential pollutants cannot be washed directly into receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems. Provide these areas with adequate waste disposal receptacles for liquid as well as solid waste. Clean and inspect maintenance areas daily. B. On a construction site where designated equipment maintenance areas are not feasible, take precautions during each individual repair or maintenance operation to prevent potential pollutants from washing into streams or conveyance systems. Provide temporary waste disposal receptacles. 3.06 WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL A. Contractor shall formulate and implement a plan for the collection and disposal of waste materials on the construction site. In plan, designate locations for trash and waste receptacles and establish a collection schedule. Methods for ultimate disposal of waste shall be specified and carried out in accordance with applicable local state and federal health and safety regulations. Make special provisions for the collection and disposal of liquid wastes and toxic or hazardous materials. B. Keep receptacles and waste collection areas neat and orderly to the extent possible Waste shall not be allowed to overflow its container or accumulate from day-to-day. Locate trash collection points where they will least likely be affected by concentrated storm water runoff 3.07 WASHING AREAS A. Vehicles such as concrete delivery trucks or dump trucks and other construction equipment shall not be washed at locations where the runoff will flow directly into a watercourse or storm water conveyance system. Designate special areas for washing vehicles. Locate these areas where the wash water will spread out and evaporate or infiltrate directly into the ground, or where the runoff can be collected in a temporary holding or seepage basin. Beneath wash areas construct a gravel or rock base to minimize mud production. 3.08 STORAGE OF CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND CHEMICALS A. Isolate sites where chemicals, cements, solvents, paints, or other potential water pollutants are stored in areas where they will not cause runoff pollution. B. Store toxic chemicals and materials, such as pesticides, paints, and acids in accordance with manufacturers guidelines Protect groundwater resources from leaching by placing a plastic mat, packed clay tar paper, or other impervious materials on any areas where toxic liquids are to be opened and stored. 01566 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 3.09 DEMOLITION AREAS A. Demolition activities which create large amounts of dust with significant concentrations of heavy metals or other toxic pollutants shall use dust control techniques to limit transport of airborne pollutants. However water or slurry used to control dust contaminated with heavy metals or toxic pollutants shall be retained on the site and shall not be allowed to run directly into watercourses or storm water conveyance systems. Methods of ultimate disposal of these materials shall be carried out in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal health and safety regulations. 3.10 SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide the construction sites with adequate portable toilets for workers in accordance with Section 01500 - Temporary Construction Facilities, and applicable health regulations. 3.11 PESTICIDES A. Use and store pesticides during construction in accordance with manufacturers' guidelines and with local, state, and federal regulations. Avoid overuse of pesticides which could produce contaminated runoff. Take great care to prevent accidental spillage. Never wash pesticide containers in or near flowing streams or storm water conveyance systems. END OF SECTION 01566 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 FILTER FABRIC FENCE Section 01567 FILTER FABRIC FENCE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of erosion and sediment control filter fabric fences used during construction and until final development of the site. The purpose of filter fabric fences is to contain pollutants from overland flow. Filter fabric fences are not for use in channelized flow areas. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Filter fabric fence will be measured by the linear foot of completed and accepted filter fabric fence between the limits of the beginning and ending of wooden stakes. Filter fabric fence, measured as stated, will be paid for at the unit price bid for Filter Fabric Fence, Complete in Place. B. Payment for filter fabric fence will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, supervision, and all incidental expenses for construction of these items, complete in place, including, but not limited to protection of trees maintenance requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on geotextile fabric. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM D3786 - Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting Strength for Knitted Goods and Nonwoven Fabrics ASTM D4632 - Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTER FABRIC A. Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material B. Geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any principal direction (ASTM D-4632), Mullen burst strength exceeding 200 psi (ASTM D-3786), and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. 01567 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 FILTER FABRIC FENCE C. Filter fabric material shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F. D. Representative Manufacturers: Mirafi, Inc., or equal. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A. Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Drawings. Such systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Drawings and specified in this Section. B. No clearing and grubbing or rough cutting shall be permitted until erosion and sediment control systems are in place, other than site work specifically directed by the City Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C. Maintain existing erosion and sediment control systems located within the project site until acceptance of the project or until directed by the City Engineer to remove and discard the existing system. D. Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of filter fabric fences as specified in this Section. Unless otherwise directed, maintain the erosion and sediment control systems until the project area stabilization is accepted by the City. Remove erosion and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the City Engineer. Discard removed materials off site. E Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the project. If a project spoil site is not designated on the Drawings, dispose of sediment off site at a location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain. Off -site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. Sediment to be placed at the project site should be spread evenly throughout the site, compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way If sediment has been contaminated, it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state and local rules and regulations. F. Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of dedicated rights -of -way and easements for construction. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately. G. Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in Section 01566 - Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Provide filter fabric fence systems in accordance with the Drawing detail for Filter Fabric Fences. Filter fabric fences shall be installed in such a manner that surface 01567 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 FILTER FABRIC FENCE runoff will percolate through the system in sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. B. Attach the filter fabric to 1-inch by 2-inch wooden stakes spaced a maximum of 3 feet apart and embedded a minimum of 8 inches. If filter fabric is factory preassembled with support netting then maximum spacing allowable is 8 feet. Install wooden stakes at a slight angle toward the source of anticipated runoff C. Trench in the toe of the filter fabric fence with a spade or mechanical trencher so that the downward face of the trench is flat and perpendicular to the direction of flow The v-trench configuration as shown on the Drawings may also be used. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact trench. D. Filter fabric fence shall have a minimum height of 18 inches and a maximum height of 36 inches above natural ground. E Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely F. Inspect sediment filter barrier systems after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged rainfall and at a minimum once each week Repair or replace damaged sections immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one- third the height of the fence or 6 inches whichever is less. END OF SECTION 01567 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER Section 01568 REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of reinforced filter fabric barriers for erosion and sediment control used during construction and until the final development of the site. Reinforced filter fabric barriers are used to retain sedimentation in channelized flow areas. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Filter fabric barrier will be measured by the linear foot of completed and accepted filter fabric barrier between the limits of the beginning and ending steel fence posts Filter fabric barrier, measured as stated, will be paid for at the unit price bid for Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier, Complete in Place. B. Payment for filter fabric barrier will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, supervision, and incidental expenses for construction of these items, complete in place, including, but not limited to protection of trees, maintenance requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on geotextile fabrics. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM D3786 - Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting Strength for Knitted Goods and Nonwoven Fabrics. B. ASTM D4632 - Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTER FABRIC A. Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material B. Geotextile fabric shall have a minimum grab strength of 100 psi in any principal direction (ASTM D-4632), Mullen burst strength exceeding 200 psi (ASTM D-3786) and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. 01568 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER C. Filter fabric material shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F. D. Representative Manufacturers: Mirafi, Inc., or equal. 2.02 FENCING A. Provide woven galvanized steel wire fence with minimum thickness of 14 gauge and a maximum mesh spacing of 6 inches B. Woven wire shall be galvanized 2-inch by 4-inch welded wire fabric, 12-1/2 gauge. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A. Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on the Drawings. Such systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Drawings and specified in this Section. B. No clearing and grubbing or rough cutting shall be permitted until erosion and sediment control systems are in place, other than as specifically directed by the City Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C. Maintain existing erosion and sediment control systems located within the project site until acceptance of the project or until directed by the City Engineer to remove and discard the existing system. D. Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of the reinforced filter fabric barrier as specified in this Section. Unless otherwise directed, maintain the erosion and sediment control systems until the project area stabilization is accepted by the City. Remove erosion and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the City Engineer. Discard removed materials off site E. Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the project. If a project spoil site is not designated on the Drawings, dispose of sediment off site at a location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain. Off -site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. Sediment to be placed at the project site should be spread evenly throughout the site, compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way If sediment has been contaminated, it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal, state and local rules and regulations. F. Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of dedicated rights -of -way and easements for construction. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately. 01568 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 REINFORCED FILTER FABRIC BARRIER G. Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the erosion control practices described in Section 01566 - Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Provide filter fabric barriers in accordance with the Drawing detail for Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier. Filter fabric barrier systems shall be installed in such a manner that surface runoff will percolate through the system in sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. B. Attach the woven wire support to 1-inch by 2-inch wooden stakes spaced a maximum of 6 feet apart and embedded a minimum of 8 inches. Install wooden stakes at a slight angle toward the source of the anticipated runoff. C. Trench in the toe of the filter fabric barrier with a spade or mechanical trencher so that the downward face of the trench is flat and perpendicular to the direction of flow as shown on the Drawings. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact trench. D. Securely fasten the filter fabric material to the woven wire with tie wires. E Reinforced filter fabric barrier shall have a height of 18 inches. F. Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, splice the fabric together only at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely. G. Inspect the reinforced filter fabric barrier systems after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections immediately Remove sediment deposits when silt reaches a depth one-third the height of the barrier or 6 inches, whichever is Tess. END OF SECTION 01568 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT Section 01569 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of erosion and sediment control for stabilized construction exits used during construction and until final development of the site 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on geotextile fabric. B. Sieve analysis of aggregates conforming to requirements of this Specification. 1.03 UNIT PRICES A. Unless indicated in the Unit Price Schedule as a pay item, no separate payment will be made for work performed under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in pay items for which this work is a component. B. When indicated in the Unit Price Schedule, include stabilized exist under payment for Street Cleaning as Required by NPDES, including stabilized construction roads, parking areas, exits, and truck washing areas will include and be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials supervision, and all incidental expenses for construction of these items complete in place, including, but not limited to, embankment and excavation maintenance requirements repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment deposits redressing of aggregates and stones, cleaning of streets, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of construction. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM D4632 - Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC A. Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile fabric made of either polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. B. Geotextile fabric shall have a minimum grab strength of 270 psi in any principal direction (ASTM D-4632), and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140. 01569 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT C. Both the geotextile and threads shall be resistant to chemical attack, mildew, and rot and shall contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6 months of expected usable life at a temperature range of 0°F to 120°F. D. Representative Manufacturers: Mirafi, Inc., or equal. 2.02 COARSE AGGREGATES A. Coarse aggregate shall consist of crushed stone, gravel, crushed blast furnace slag or a combination of these materials. Aggregate shall be composed of clean, hard, durable materials free from adherent coatings, salt alkali, dirt, clay, loam, shale, soft or flaky materials, or organic and injurious matter B. Coarse aggregates shall conform to the following gradation requirements. Sieve Size (Square Mesh) 2-1/2' 2" 1-1/2" 3/4" No. 4 PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION Percent Retained (By Weight) 0 0- 20 15 - 50 60- 80 95 - 100 A. If necessary to keep the street clean of mud carried by construction vehicles and equipment, Contractor shall provide stabilized construction roads and exits at the construction, staging parking, storage and disposal areas. Such erosion and sediment controls shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Drawings and specified in this Section. B. No clearing and grubbing or rough cutting shall be permitted until erosion and sediment control systems are in place, other than as specifically directed by the City Engineer to allow soil testing and surveying. C. Maintain existing erosion and sediment control systems located within the project site until acceptance of the project or until directed by the City Engineer to remove and discard the existing system. Regularly inspect and repair or replace components of stabilized construction exits. Unless otherwise directed, maintain the stabilized construction roads and exits until the project is accepted by the City. Remove stabilized construction roads and exits promptly when directed by the City Engineer. Discard removed materials off site. Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the project. If a project spoil site is not designated on the Drawings dispose of sediment off site at location not in or adjacent to a stream or floodplain. Off -site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. Sediment to be placed at the project site should be SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 01569 Page 2 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT spread evenly throughout the site, compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into a stream or drainage way. If sediment has been contaminated, it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing federal state, and local rules and regulations. F. Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on areas outside of dedicated rights -of -way and easements for construction. Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired immediately. Conduct all construction operation under this Contract inconformance with the erosion control practices described in the Specification 01566 - Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Provide stabilized access roads, subdivision roads, parking areas, and other on -site vehicle transportation routes where shown on Drawings. B. Provide stabilized construction exits, and truck washing areas when approved by City Engineer of the sizes and locations where shown on Drawings or as specified in this Section. C. Vehicles leaving construction areas shall have their tires cleaned to remove sediment prior to entrance onto public right-of-way When washing is needed to remove sediment, Contractor shall construct a truck washing area. Truck washing shall be done on stabilized areas which drain into a drainage system protected by erosion and sediment control measures. D. Details for stabilized construction exit are shown on the Drawings. Construction of all other stabilized areas shall be to the same requirements. Roadway width shall be at least 14 feet for one-way traffic and 20 feet for two-way traffic and shall be sufficient for all ingress and egress. Furnish and place geotextile fabric as a permeable separator to prevent mixing of coarse aggregate with underlaying soil. Exposure of geotextile fabric to the elements between Iaydown and cover shall be a maximum of 14 days to minimize damage potential. E Roads and parking areas shall be graded to provide sufficient drainage away from stabilized areas Use sandbags, gravel, boards, or similar methods to prevent sediment from entering public right-of-way, receiving stream or storm water conveyance system. F. The stabilized areas shall be inspected and maintained daily. Provide periodic top dressing with additional coarse aggregates too maintain the required depth. Repair and clean out damaged control measures used to trap sediment. All sediment spilled, dropped, washed, or tracked onto public right-of-way shall be removed immediately. G. The length of the stabilized area shall be as shown on the Drawings, but not less than 50 feet. The thickness shall not Tess than 8 inches. The width shall not be less than full width of all points of ingress or egress 01569 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT H. Stabilization for other areas shall have the same course aggregate, thickness, and width requirements as the stabilized construction exit except where shown otherwise on the Drawings I. Stabilized area may be widened or lengthened to accommodate truck washing area when authorized by City Engineer. J. Alternative methods of construction may be utilized when shown on Drawings, or when approved by the City Engineer These methods include the following* 1. Cement -Stabilized Soil - Compacted cement -stabilized soil or other fill material in an application thickness of at least 8 inches. 2. Wood Mats/Mud Mats - Oak or other hardwood timbers placed edge -to -edge and across support wooden beams which are placed on top of existing soil in an application thickness of at least 6 inches. 3. Steel Mats Perforated mats placed across perpendicular support members. END OF SPECIFICATION 01569 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION Section 01570 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements for signs, signals, control devices flares, lights and traffic signals as well as construction parking control designated haul routes and bridging of trenches and excavations. B. Requirement for and qualifications of flagmen. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. A traffic control plan responsive to the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD) and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer is incorporated into the Drawings. If the Contractor proposes to implement traffic control without modification to the plan provided, he shall submit a letter confirming that decision. If the Contractor proposes to implement traffic control different than the plan provided, he shall submit a traffic control plan in conformance with the TMUTCD and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer. B. The Contractor shall provide such information and records regarding the use of qualified flagmen to verify that the Contractor's use of "peace officers" as flagmen is in compliance with the Contract Documents and Texas law, including but not limited to, Article 4413 (29bb), commonly referred to as the Private Investigators and Private Security Agencies Act, and Article 2.12, Texas Code of Criminal Procedure 1.03e UNIT PRICES A. Traffic Control and Regulation Measurement is on a lump sum basis for traffic control and regulation including submittal of a traffic control plan if different from the plan shown on the Drawings, provision of traffic control devices and provision of equipment and personnel as necessary to protect the work and the public. The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the schedule of values submitted for traffic control and regulation. B. Flagmen. Measurement is on an hourly basis for flagmen as required for the Project. C. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.04 FLAGMEN A. Use flagmen, qualified as described below, to control, regulate and direct the even flow or movement of vehicular or pedestrian traffic when construction operations encroach on public traffic lanes. 01570 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION B. A flagman is a person who has full-time employment as a peace officer and who receives compensation for private employment as an individual employee or independent contractor. Private employment may be either in employee -employer relationship or on an individual contractual basis. A flagman may not be in the e mploy of another peace officer and may not be a reserve peace officer. C. A peace officer is defined as: 1. Sheriffs and their deputies; 2. Constables and deputy constables; 3. Marshals or police officers of an incorporated city, town or village; or 4 As otherwise provided by Article 2.12, Code of Criminal Procedure, as amended. D. A person who has full-time employment as a peace officer is one who is actively e mployed in a full-time capacity as a peace officer working, on average, a minimum of 32 paid hours per week, being paid at a rate of pay not less than the prevailing minimum hourly wage rate as set by the federal Wage and Hour Act and entitled to the full benefits of participation in any retirement plan, vacation holidays and insurance benefits A reserve peace officer does not qualify, under this definition as a peace officer. E. Only uniformed peace officers may be flagmen. A uniformed peace officer is one who wears a distinctive uniform which is issued by his full-time employer.. The u niform shall display in plain sight, a badge, insignias, and shoulder emblems that identify the wearer as a member of a particular law enforcement agency Such u niform must be worn at all times during performance of flagman duties. PART 2 2.01 A. B. PART 3 3.01 P RODUCTS S IGNS, SIGNALS, AND DEVICES Comply with Texas State Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. Traffic Cones and Drums, Flares and Lights: As approved by local jurisdictions. EXECUTION P UBLIC ROADS A. Abide by laws and regulations of governing authorities when using public roads. If the Contractor's work requires that public roads be temporarily impeded or closed, approvals shall be obtained from governing authorities and permits paid for before starting any work. Coordinate activities with the City Engineer. B. Contractor shall maintain at all times a 10-foot-wide all-weather lane adjacent to work areas which shall be kept free of construction equipment and debris and shall be for the use of emergency vehicles or as otherwise provided in the traffic control plan. 01570 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION C. Contractor shall not obstruct the normal flow of traffic from 7:00 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m on designated major arterials or as directed by the City Engineer. D. Contractor shall maintain local driveway access to residential and commercial properties adjacent to work areas at all times. E Cleanliness of Surrounding Streets* 1. Keep streets used for entering or leaving the job area free of excavated material, debris, and any foreign material resulting from construction operations. Comply with City of Houston Ordinance No 5705, Construction or Demolishing Privileges. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION PARKING CONTROL A. Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking, access by emergency vehicles, and City's operations Monitor parking of construction personnel's vehicles in existing facilities. Maintain vehicular access to and through parking areas. C. Prevent parking on or adjacent to access roads or in non -designated areas. 3.03 FLARES AND LIGHTS A. Provide flares and lights during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic lanes and to guide traffic. 3.04 HAUL ROUTES A. Utilize haul routes designated by authorities or shown on the Drawings for construction traffic. Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes. C. Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic and minimize interference with public traffic 3.05 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS A. Install traffic control devices at approaches to the site and on site, at crossroads, detours, parking areas, and elsewhere as needed to direct construction and affected public traffic. B. Install and operate traffic control signals to direct and maintain orderly flow of traffic in areas under Contractor's control and areas affected by Contractor's operations. C. Relocate traffic signs and signals as Work progresses to maintain effective traffic control. 01570 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION 3.06 BRIDGING TRENCHES AND EXCAVATIONS A. Whenever necessary, bridge trenches and excavation to permit an unobstructed flow of traffic. B. Secure bridging against displacement by using adjustable cleats, angles, bolts or other devices whenever bridge is installed: 1. On an existing bus route; 2 When more than five percent of daily traffic is comprised of commercial or truck traffic; 3. When more than two separate plates are used for the bridge; or 4. When bridge is to be used for more than five consecutive days. C. Install bridging to operate with minimum noise. D. Adequately shore the trench or excavation to support bridge and traffic. E Extend steel plates used for bridging a minimum of one foot beyond edges of trench or excavation. Use temporary paving materials (premix) to feather edges of plates to minimize wheel impact on secured bridging. F. Use steel plates of sufficient thickness to support H-20 loading, truck or lane, that produces maximum stress 3.07 REMOVAL A. Remove equipment and devices when no longer required. B. Repair damage caused by installation. C. Remove post settings to a depth of 2 feet. END OF SECTION 01570 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS Section 01580 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Project Identification Sign. B. Maintenance. C. Removal. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Unless indicated in the Unit Price Schedule, no separate payment will be made for design, fabrication, installation and maintenance of project identification signs under this Section. Include cost of work performed under this Section in pay item of which this work is a component. B. If changes to project identification signs are requested by the City Engineer to keep them current, payment will be made on a cost plus overhead and profit through a change order. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements 1. Design sign and structure to remain in place and withstand 60 miles -per -hour wind velocity. 2. Sign Manufacturer/Maker/Painter: Experienced as a professional sign company. 3. Finishes, Painting: Adequate to withstand weathering, fading, and chipping for duration of construction 4. Appearance: Project signs shall present a fresh new and neat look. All project signs shall be new or refurbished so as to look new. B. Linear Projects: A linear project is one involving paving, overlay, sewer lines, storm drainage, or water mains that runs in the right-of-way over a distance. A linear project requires project signs at each end of the construction site Refer to the site layout drawings. C. Single Site or Building Projects: Provide one project sign. D. Multiple Sites: Provide one sign at each site at a location designated by the City Engineer. E Sign Relocation: As work progresses at each site, it may be necessary to move and relocate project signs at no additional cost to the City. 01580 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Show content, layout, lettering style, lettering size, and colors. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SIGN MATERIALS A. Structure and Framing: Use new 4-inch by 4-inch wood posts to reach 9 feet above existing grade. For framing members, use 2-inch by 4-inch and 2-inch by 6-inch wood, as shown on the Drawing. Paint structural members white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. B. Sign and Sign Header For sign and sign header, use 4-foot by 8-foot marine plywood, minimum 3/4-inch thick. Use full size sheets for sign and single pieces for headers to minimize joints, do not piece wood to fabricate a sign face. Paint sign material white on all sides and edges to resist weathering. C. Paint and Primers: White paint used to prime surfaces and to resist weathering shall be an industrial grade fast drying, oil -based paint with gloss finish. Paint all sign surfaces with this weather -protective paint prior to adding any sign paint or adhesive applications. D. Sign and Header Background: Sign and sign header backgrounds shall be industrial grade, reflective white. Use 3M Scotchcal Engineer Grade, Pressure Sensitive Sheeting (White) No. 3290, or approved equal. E. Sign Border: Add 2-1/2-inch wide red border along the four edges of the project sign. Do not apply the border to the sign header For border use industrial grade reflective red. Use 3M Scotchcal Engineer Grade, Pressure Sensitive Sheeting (Red) No. 3275, or approved equal. F. Sign Paint/Film. Make lettering and symbols from 3M Scotchcal Pressure Sensitive Films, or approved equal signs may be painted using approved paints Whether film or paint is used, match color to 3M Scotchcal Pressure Sensitive Film (Vivid Blue) No. 3626. G. Rough Hardware: Galvanized steel or brass for fasteners and other hardware. H. City Seal and Other Logos: The City Engineer will provide seals and other logos, as needed, to the Contractor. 2.02 SIGN COMPONENTS A. Sign 1. The 4-foot by 8-foot component of the sign has fields of information as indicated on the standard details provided in the Drawings. Field 1 typically reads THE CITIZENS OF PEARLAND. However, when community development funds are used for any part of the project, field 1 will read, FEDERAL COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT FUNDS 01580 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 2. Field 2 will identify the name of the project. The City Engineer will provide the project title to the Contractor for preparation of the sign. 3. The layout identified in the Drawings as Project Sign Layout is the example of a sign to be used on construction projects awarded to the Contractor through the public bidding process This sign includes a dollar amount in field 3 The City Engineer will provide the Contractor with the dollar amount to be included on the sign. The sign will also identify the Contractor, including phone number; and the Department of Public Works and Engineering, including phone number. B. Rectangular Sign Header: A 1-foot by 4-1/2 foot sign header will be affixed to the top of the sign. An example of the rectangular sign header is illustrated on the standard detail labeled Project Sign Layout. C. D. PART 3 3.01 A. B. C. D. E F Sign Support Structure. 1. Sign Posts: 4-inch by 4-inch sign posts, 9 feet long for skid mounting and 12 feet long minimum for post hole mounting to set top of posts at 9 feet above existing grade. 2. Sign Header Supports and Skid Bracing: 2-inch by 4-inch framing material. 3. Skid Members: 2-inch by 6-inch framing material. Fasteners 1. '1/2-inch by 5-1/2-inch button heads carriage bolts for posts and 1/2-inch by 3-1/2-inch for sign header with nuts and flat head washers as shown on the standard detail labeled Project Sign Construction. Cover button heads with white reflective film or paint to match sign background. EXECUTION INSTALLATION Install project identification sign within 7 calendar days after date of Notice to Proceed Erect at location designated by the City Engineer or where shown on the Drawings. In either case position the sign in such a manner as to be fully visible and readable to the general public. Erect sign level and plumb. If post hole mounted, sink posts at least 3 feet below grade. Stabilize posts to minimize lateral motion. Leave a minimum of 9 feet of post above existing grade for mounting of the sign. Erect sign so that the top edge of the sign, not the sign header, is at a nominal 8 feet above existing grade. Skid mounted signs shall be allowed only when approved by the City Engineer. Approval of the use of skid -mounted signs shall not release the Contractor from 01580 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS responsibility of maintaining a project sign on the project site and shall not make the City responsible for the security of such signs. 3.02 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL A. Maintain signs and supports clean. Repair deterioration and damage. B. Remove signs, framing, supports, and foundations to a depth of 2 feet at completion of Project and restore the area END OF SECTION 01580 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project PRODUCT OPTIONS B98-01 AND SUBSTITUTIONS Section 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Options for making product or process selections B. Procedures for proposing equivalent construction products or processes, including preapproved, prequalified, and approved products or processes 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Product. Means materials, equipment, or systems incorporated into the Project. Product does not include machinery and equipment used for production, fabrication, conveying, and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for re -use. B. Process: Any proprietary system or method for installing system components resulting in an integral, functioning part of the Work. For this Section, the word Product includes Processes 1.03 SELECTION OPTIONS A. Preapproved Products: Construction products of certain manufacturers or suppliers designated in the Specifications as "preapproved.' A list of preapproved products is maintained by the City Preapproved products for this Project are designated as preapproved in the Specifications Products of other manufacturers or suppliers will not be acceptable for this Project and will not be considered under the submittal process for approving alternate products. B. Prequalified Products: Construction products of certain manufacturers or suppliers designated in the Specifications as "prequalified." Prequalified products for this Project are designated as prequalified in the Specifications. Products of other manufacturers or suppliers will not be acceptable for this Project and will not be considered under the submittal process for approving alternate products. C. Approved Products: Construction products or processes of certain manufacturers or suppliers designated in the Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal." Approval of alternate products or processes not listed in the Specifications may be obtained through provisions for product options and substitutions in Document 00700 - General Conditions. The procedure for approval of alternate products is not applicable to preapproved or prequalified products. 01630 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project PRODUCT OPTIONS B98-01 AND SUBSTITUTIONS D. Product Compatibility: To the maximum extent possible, provide products that are of the same type or function from a single manufacturer make, or source. Where more than one choice is available as a Contractor's option, select a product which is compatible with other products already selected, specified, or in use by the City. 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractors responsibility related to product options and substitutions is defined in Document 00700 - General Conditions. B. Furnish information the City Engineer deems necessary to judge equivalency of the alternate product. C. Pay for laboratory testing as well as any other review or examination costs, needed to establish the equivalency between products in order to obtain information upon which the City Engineer can base a decision. D. If the City Engineer determines that an alternate product is not equal to that named in the Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish one of the specified products 1.05 CITY ENGINEER'S REVIEW A. Alternate products or processes may be used only if approved in writing by the City Engineer. The City Engineer's determination regarding acceptance of a proposed alternate product is final. B. Alternate products will be accepted if the product is judged by the City Engineer to be equivalent to the specified product or to offer substantial benefit to the City. C. The City retains the right to accept any product or process deemed advantageous to the City, and similarly, to reject any product or process deemed not beneficial to the City. 1.06 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE A. Collect and assemble technical information applicable to the proposed product to aid in determining equivalency as related to the approved product specified. B. Submit a written request for a construction product to be considered as an alternate product. C. Submit the product information after the effective date of the Agreement and within the time period allowed for substitution submittals given in Document 00700 - General Conditions. After the submittal period has expired, requests for alternate products will be considered only when a specified product becomes unavailable because of conditions beyond the Contractor's control. D. Submit 5 copies of each request for alternate product approval. Include the following information: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents 01630 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project PRODUCT OPTIONS B98-01 AND SUBSTITUTIONS 2. For products: a) Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address b) Manufacturer's literature with product description, performance and test data, and reference standards c) Samples, as applicable d) Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and date of installation. Include the name of the Owner, Architect/Engineer, and installing contractor. For construction methods: a) Detailed description of proposed method b) Drawings illustrating methods 4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified 5. Data relating to changes in construction schedule 6. Relation to separate contracts, if any 7. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method specified. 8. Other information requested by the City Engineer. E. Approved alternate products will be subject to the same review process as the specified product would have been for shop drawings, product data, and samples. PART2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART3 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 01630 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Section 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Closeout procedures including final submittals such as operation and maintenance data, warranties, and spare parts and maintenance materials. 1.02 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Comply with Document 00700 - General Conditions regarding Final Completion and Final Payment when Work is complete and ready for City Engineer's final inspection B. Provide Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01720. C. Complete or correct items on punch list, with no new items added. Any new items will be addressed during warranty period. D. The City will occupy portions of the Work as specified in other Sections; 1.03 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and temporary construction facilities from the site following the final test of utilities and completion of the work. 1.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. The value of this testing and adjusting is 5 percent of the Lump Sum Price in the Schedule of Values for the item being tested 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Five percent of the lump sum amount of each piece of equipment as indicated in the Schedule of Unit Price Work or Schedule of Values will be paid after the required O&M data submissions are received and approved by the City Engineer. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Provide one original of each warranty from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. B. Provide Table of Contents and assemble warranties in 3-ring/D binder with durable plastic cover. 01700 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT C. Submit warranties prior to final Application for Payment. D. Warranties shall commence in accordance with the requirements in Document 00700 - General Conditions, paragraph 9.10, Substantial Completion. 1.07 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide products spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in individual Specification sections. B. Deliver to location within City limits as directed by City Engineer; obtain receipt prior to final Application for Payment PART2 PRODUCTS -NotUsed PART3 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 01700 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Section 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Maintenance and Submittal of Record Documents and Samples. 1.02 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. Maintain one record copy of documents at the site in accordance with Document 00700 - General Conditions, paragraph 3.14, Documents and Samples at the Site B. Store Record Documents and samples in field office if a field office is required by Contract Documents, or in a secure location. Provide files, racks, and secure storage for Record Documents and samples. C. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. D. Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry, and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. E Keep Record Documents (change orders, work orders letters, memorandums, diaries) and Samples available for inspection by City Engineer. 1.03 RECORDING A. Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. B. Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record all actual construction, or ' as built" conditions, including: 1. Measured depths of elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor datum 2. Measured horizontal locations and elevations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 3. Elevations of underground utilities referenced to City of Pearland bench mark utilized for project 4. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of construction. 5. Field changes of dimension and detail. 01720 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 6. Changes made by modifications. 7. Details not on original contract drawings. 8. References to related shop drawings and Modifications. C. Record information with a red felt-tip marking pen or red pencil on a set of blue line opaque drawings, provided by City Engineer. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. At contract closeout, deliver Project Record Documents to City Engineer. PART2 PRODUCTS -Not Used PART3 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 01720 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 ABANDONMENT OF SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAINS Section 02052 ABANDONMENT OF SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAINS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Abandonment in place of existing sanitary force mains. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for plugging and abandoning sanitary sewer force mains. Include the cost of such abandonment in related work. B. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for Unit Price Procedures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Abandonment. Sanitary sewer abandonment consists of demolition and removal of any portion of manholes existing within the specified depth of the surface, and the abandonment in place of sewer lines and manholes as specified in this Section. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C1107. Standard Specification for Chemical Admixture for use in Producing Flowing Concrete PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PLUGS FOR FORCE MAINS A. Grout Plugs: Cement -based dry -pack grout conforming to ASTM C1107, Grade B or C. B. Manufactured Plug: Commercially available plug or cap specifically designed and manufactured to be used with the pipe being abandoned. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Perform demolition work prior to starting fill placement. Clean placement areas of sewers and manholes of debris that may hinder fill placement. Remove excessive amounts of sludge and any other substances that may degrade performance of the fill. Do not leave sludge or other debris in place if filling more than 2 percent of the placement volume. Dispose of waste material in compliance with Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. B. Remove free water prior to starting fill placement. 3.02 EQUIPMENT A. Use concrete or grout pumps capable of continuous delivery at the planned placement rate. 02052 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 ABANDONMENT OF SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAINS 3.03 DEMOLITION OF ABANDONED SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES, PIPELINE STRUCTURES AND FORCE MAINS PRIOR TO ABANDONMENT A. Remove manhole frames and covers and any castings from other existing pipeline structures. Deliver these castings to the nearest City of Pearland quadrant maintenance facility for future use. Alternatively, salvaged castings may be used upon approval by the City Engineer, for construction new manholes on this project. B. Demolish and remove precast concrete adjustment rings and corner section, or brick and mortar corbel and chimney, or other pipeline structure, to a minimum depth of 4 feet below finished grade. The structure may be removed to a greater depth, but not deeper than 18 inches above the crown of the abandoned sewer. Fill remaining manhole with sand and backfill to surface. C. Excavate overburden from force mains to be abandoned at the locations indicated on the Drawings, conforming to Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Cut the existing force main, if necessary, to provide an end surface perpendicular to the axis of the pipe and suitable for the plug to be installed Remove any force main piping material remaining outside of the segment to be abandoned. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Plug each end of force mains being abandoned. B. Force main abandonment 1. Clean the inside surface of force mains at least 12 inches from the ends, as necessary to achieve a firm bond and seal the grout plug or manufactured plug to the pipe surface. Similarly, clean and prepare the exterior pipe surface if a manufactured cap is to be used. 2. When using a grout plug, place a temporary plug or bulkhead approximately 12 inches inside the pipe. Fill the pipe end completely with dry -pack grout mixture. 3. When using a manufactured plug or cap, install the fitting as recommended by the manufacture's instructions, to form a water tight seal C. Backfill to the surface, above the pipe or structures left in place, with flowable fill in restricted areas, compacted bank run sand in unrestricted areas to be paved or select fill in unrestricted areas outside of pavement. Place and compact backfill, other than flowable fill, in compliance with Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. D. Refer to Section 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls. 3.05 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY D. Provide safe working conditions for employees throughout demolition and removal operations. Observe safety requirements for work below grade. E. Maintain safe access to adjacent property and buildings. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks or passageways adjacent to the work. END OF SECTION 02052 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENTS AND STRUCTURES Section 02076 REMOVING EXISTING PAVEMENTS AND STRUCTURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Removing concrete paving, asphaltic concrete pavement, and base courses. B. Removing concrete curbs, concrete curb and gutters, sidewalks and driveways. C. Removing pipe culverts and sewers. D. Removing miscellaneous structures of concrete, masonry, or combination of concrete and masonry. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for removing existing pavements and structures under this Section unless included in bid documents. Include payment in unit price for work in appropriate sections. B. Measurement, when included in bid documents will be as follows: 1. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete base and surfacing, and removing asphaltic surfacing, is on a square yard basis measured between lips of gutters. 2. Measurement for removing and disposing of cement stabilized shell base course, with or without asphalt surfacing, is on a square yard basis. 3. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete base and surfacing with curbs, is on a square yard basis measured from back to back of curbs Payment includes removal of all base, asphaltic surfacing, concrete pavement, esplanade curbs curb and gutters, and paving headers. 4. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete pavement is on a square yard basis measured from back to back of curbs. 5. Measurement for removing and disposing of monolithic curb and gutter, removing monolithic concrete curb, and removing concrete curb, is on a lineal foot basis measured along the face of the curb. 6. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete sidewalk and driveway is on a square yard basis. 7 Measurement for removing and disposing of miscellaneous concrete and masonry removal is on a cubic yard basis of the structure in place. 02076 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENTS AND STRUCTURES 8. Measurement for removing and disposing of pipe culverts and sewers is on a lineal foot basis for each diameter of type of pipe removed. C. No payment will be made for work outside maximum payment limits indicated on Drawings, or in areas removed for Contractor's convenience. D. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable codes for disposal of debris. B. Coordinate removal work with utility companies. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Obtain advance approval from City Engineer for dimensions and limits of removal work. B. Identify known utilities below grade. Stake and flag locations. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Protect utilities that remain from damage. B. Protect trees and other plant growth, and features designated to remain. C. Protect adjacent public and private property from damage. D. Protect bench marks, monuments, and existing structures designated to remain, from damage or displacement. 3.03 REMOVALS A. Remove by methods that will not damage underground utilities. Do not use a drop hammer near existing underground utilities B. Minimize amount of earth loaded during removal operations. C. Where existing pavement is to remain, make straight saw cuts in existing pavement to provide clean breaks prior to removal Do not break concrete pavement or base 02076 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENTS AND STRUCTURES with drop hammer unless concrete or base has been saw cut minimum depth of 2 inches. D. Where street and driveway saw cut locations coincide or fall within three feet of existing construction or expansion joints, break-out to existing joint. E Remove sidewalks and curbs to nearest existing dummy, expansion, or construction joint. 3.04 DISPOSAL A. Inlet frames, grates, and plates; and manhole frames and covers, may remain City property. Disposal shall be in accordance with requirements of Section 01564 B. Remove debris resulting from Work under this section from site in accordance with requirements of Section 01564. END OF SECTION 02076 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CLEARING AND GRUBBING Section 02111 CLEARING AND GRUBBING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Removing surface debris and rubbish. B. Clearing site of plant life and grass. C. Removing trees and shrubs.. D. Removing root system of trees and shrubs. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Payment for clearing and grubbing is on a per square yard basis. B. Ten percent of the lump sum bid will be retained until the completion of the Work and included in the final payment. C. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 STIPULATED PRICE (Lump Sum) A. If the Contract is a Stipulated price Contract, payment for work in this Section is included in the total Stipulated Price. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS B. Conform to applicable codes for disposal of debris. C. Coordinate clearing work with utility companies. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify that existing plant life and features designated to remain are identified and tagged. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Protect utilities that remain from damage. 02111 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CLEARING AND GRUBBING B. Protect living trees located three feet or more outside of the intersection of side slopes and original ground line. C. Protect other plant growth and features designated to remain. D. Protect bench marks and existing structures designated to remain from damage or displacement. 3.03 CLEARING A. Remove stumps, main root ball, and root system as follows: 1. A depth of 24 inches below the finished subgrade elevation int he area bounded by lines two feet behind back of curbs A depth of 24 inches below the finished surface of the required cross section for other areas. B. Clear undergrowth and deadwood without disturbing subsoil. C. Remove vegetation from top soil scheduled for reuse. 3.04 REMOVAL A. Remove debris, rubbish, and extracted plant life from site in accordance with requirements of Section 01564 - Waste Material Disposal. END OF SECTION 02111 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project EXCAVATION AND B98-01 BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES Section 02227 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavation, trenching, foundation, embedment, and backfill for installation of utilities, including manholes and other pipeline structures. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No additional payment will be made for trench excavation embedment and backfill. Include cost in the unit price for installed underground piping, sewer, conduit, or duct work. B. No separate or additional payment will be made for surface water control, ground water control, or for excavation drainage. Include in the unit price for the installed piping, sewer, conduit, or duct work C. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Pipe Foundation: Suitable and stable native soils that are exposed at the trench subgrade after excavation to depth of bottom of the bedding as shown on the Drawings, or foundation backfill material placed and compacted in over -excavations. B. Pipe Bedding: The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of foundation up to a level line at bottom of pipe and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. C. Haunching: The material placed on either side of pipe from top of bedding up to springline of pipe and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. D. Initial Backfill: The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from springline of pipe (top of haunching) up to a level line 12 inches above top of pipe, and horizontally from one trench sidewall to opposite sidewall. E Pipe Embedment: The portion of trench backfill that consists of bedding, haunching and initial backfill. F. Trench Zone: The portion of trench backfill that extends vertically from top of pipe embedment up to pavement subgrade or up to final grade when not beneath pavement 02227 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project EXCAVATION AND B98-01 BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES G. Unsuitable Material: Unsuitable soil materials are the followings 1. Materials that are classified as ML, CL-ML, MH, PT, OH and OL according to ASTM D 2487. 2. Materials that cannot be compacted to required density due to either gradation, plasticity, or moisture content. 3. Materials that contain large clods, aggregates, stones greater than 4 inches in any dimension, debris, vegetation, waste or any other deleterious materials. 4. Materials that are contaminated with hydrocarbons or other chemical contaminants. H. Suitable Material: Suitable soil materials are those meeting specification requirements Unsuitable sods meeting specification requirements for suitable soils after treatment with lime or cement are considered suitable, unless otherwise indicated. I. Backfill: Suitable material meeting specified quality requirements, placed and compacted under controlled conditions J. Ground Water Control Systems. Installations external to trench such as well points, eductors, or deep wells Ground water control includes dewatering to lower ground water, intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from side or bottom of trench excavation, and depressurization to prevent failure or heaving of excavation bottom. Refer to Section 01563 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water K. Surface Water Control: Diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and rain water away from trench excavation. Rain water and surface water accidentally entering trench shall be controlled and removed as a part of excavation drainage. L. Excavation Drainage: Removal of surface and seepage water in trench by sump pumping and using a drainage layer as defined in ASTM D 2321, placed on the foundation beneath pipe bedding or thickened bedding layer of Class I matenal M. Trench Conditions are defined with regard to the stability of trench bottom and trench walls of pipe embedment zone. Maintain trench conditions that provide for effective placement and compaction of embedment material directly on or against undisturbed soils or foundation backfill, except where structural trench support is necessary. 1. Dry Stable Trench: Stable and substantially dry trench conditions exist in pipe embedment zone as a result of typically dry soils or achieved by ground water control (dewatering or depressurization) for trenches extending below ground water level. 2. Stable Trench with Seepage. Stable trench in which ground water seepage is controlled by excavation drainage. a. Stable Trench with Seepage in Clayey Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in lieu of or to supplement ground water control systems to control seepage and provide stable trench subgrade in predominately clayey soils prior to bedding placement. b. Stable Wet Trench in Sandy Soils: Excavation drainage is provided in the embedment zone in combination with ground water control in predominately sandy or silty soils. 02227 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project EXCAVATION AND B98-01 BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 3. Unstable Trench: Unstable trench conditions exist in the pipe embedment zone if ground water inflow or high water content causes soil disturbances such as sloughing, sliding, boiling, heaving or loss of density. N. Subtrench: Subtrench is a special case of benched excavation. Subtrench excavation below trench shields or shoring installations may be used to allow placement and compaction of foundation or embedment materials directly against undisturbed sods. Depth of a subtrench depends upon trench stability and safety as determined by the Contractor. O. Trench Dam. A placement of low permeability material in pipe embedment zone or foundation to prohibit ground water flow along the trench. P. Over -Excavation and Backfill: Excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below top of foundation as shown on Drawings, and backfilled with foundation backfill material. Q. Foundation Backfill Materials: Natural soil or manufactured aggregate of controlled gradation, and geotextile filter fabrics as required, to control drainage and material separation. Foundation backfill material is placed and compacted as backfill to provide stable support for bedding. Foundation backfill materials may include concrete seal slabs. R. Trench Safety Systems include both Protective Systems and Shoring Systems as defined in Section 01526 - Trench Safety Systems. S. Trench Shield (Trench Box): A portable worker safety structure moved along the trench as work proceeds, used as a Protective System and designed to withstand forces imposed on it by cave-in, thereby protecting persons within the trench Trench shields may be stacked if so designed or placed in a series depending on depth and length of excavation to be protected. T Shoring System. A structure that supports sides of an excavation to maintain stable soil conditions and prevent cave-ins, or to prevent movements of the ground affecting adjacent installations or improvements. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 12 - Standard Practice for Installing Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines. B. ASTM D 558 - Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soil Cement Mixtures. C. ASTM D 698 - Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil -Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5-Ib (2.49-kg) Rammer and 12-in. (304.8-mm) Drop. D. ASTM D 1556 - Test Method for Density in Place by the Sand -Cone Method. ASTM D 2321 - Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity Flow Applications. F. ASTM D 2487 - Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 02227 Page 3 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project EXCAVATION AND B98-01 BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES G. ASTM D 2922 - Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil -Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). H. ASTM D 3017 - Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). I. ASTM D 4318 - Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. J. TxDOT Tex-101-E - Preparation of Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing. K. TxDOT Tex-110-E - Determination of Particle Size Analysis of Soils. L. Federal Regulations 29 CFR Part 1926, Standards -Excavation, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 1.05 SCHEDULING A. Schedule work so that pipe embedment can be completed on the same day that acceptable foundation has been achieved for each section of pipe installation manhole, or other structures. Maximum open trench is 300 linear feet at any given time 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a written description for information only of the planned typical method of excavation, backfill placement and compaction including: 1. Sequence of work and coordination of activities. 2. Selected trench widths. 3. Procedures for foundation and embedment placement, and compaction. 4. Procedure for use of trench boxes and other premanufactured systems while assuring specified compaction against undisturbed soil. 5. Procedure for installation of Special Shoring at locations identified on the Drawings. B. Submit a ground and surface water control plan in accordance with requirements in this Section and Section 01563 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. C. Submit backfill material sources and product quality information in accordance with requirements of Section 02251 - Utility Backfill Materials. D. Submit a trench excavation safety program in accordance with requirements of Section 01526 - Trench Safety System. Include designs for special shoring meeting the requirements defined in Paragraph 1 09. E. Submit record of location of utilities as installed, referenced to survey control points. Include locations of utilities encountered or rerouted. Give stations, horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts, and gradients 02227 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project EXCAVATION AND B98-01 BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1.07 TESTS A. Perform backfill material source qualification testing in accordance with requirements of Section 02251- Utility Backfill Materials B. Testing and analysis of backfill materials for soil classification and compaction during construction will be performed by an independent laboratory provided by the City in accordance with requirements of Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this Section 1.08 PROTECTION A. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, existing structures, and other permanent objects outside of grading limits and within the grading limits as designated on the Drawings, and in accordance with requirements of Section 01535 - Tree and Plant Protection. B. Protect and support above -grade and below -grade utilities which are to remain. C. Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre -construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities are indicated on the Drawings PART2 PRODUCTS 1.09 EQUIPMENT A. Perform excavation with hydraulic excavator or other equipment suitable for achieving the requirements of this Section. B. Use only hand -operated tamping equipment until a minimum cover of 12 inches is obtained over pipes, conduits, and ducts Do not use heavy compacting equipment until adequate cover is attained to prevent damage to pipes, conduits, or ducts. C. Use trench shields or other Protective Systems or Shoring Systems which are designed and operated to achieve placement and compaction of backfill directly against undisturbed native soil. U se Special Shoring systems where required which may consist of braced sheeting, braced soldier piles and lagging, slide rail systems, or other systems meeting the S pecial Shoring design requirements 1.010 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS A. Embedment and Trench Zone Backfill materials: Conform to the classifications and product descriptions of Section 02251 - Utility Backfill Materials. Concrete Backfill: Conform to requirements for Class B concrete as specified in S ection 03305 - Concrete for Utility Construction. C. Geotextile (Filter Fabric): Conform to requirements of Section 02249 - Geotextile. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 02227 Page 5 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project EXCAVATION AND B98-01 BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES D. Concrete for Trench Dams. Concrete backfill or 3 sack premixed (bag) concrete. E Timber Shoring Left in Place: Untreated oak. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 STANDARD PRACTICE A. Install flexible pipe, including "semi -rigid' pipe, to conform to standard practice described in ASTM D 2321 and as described in this Section. Where an apparent conflict occurs between the standard practice and the requirements of this Section this Section governs. B. Install rigid pipe to conform with standard practice described in ASTM C 12, and as described in this Section. Where an apparent conflict occurs between the standard practice and the requirements of this Section, this Section governs. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Establish traffic control to conform with requirements of Section 01570 - Traffic Control and Regulation. Maintain barricades and warning lights for streets and intersections where Work is in progress or where affected by the Work,and is considered hazardous to traffic movements B. Perform Work to conform with applicable safety standards and regulations. Employ a trench safety system as specified in Section 01526 - Trench Safety Systems. C. Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility line which is damaged, broken, or disturbed. Obtain approval from the City Engineer and agency for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. D. Remove existing pavements and structures including sidewalks and driveways, to conform with requirements of Section 02050 - Demolition and Section 02076 - Removing Existing Pavements and Structures, as applicable. E Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures to conform with Section 01563 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. F. Maintain permanent benchmarks monumentation, and other reference points Unless otherwise directed in writing, replace those which are damaged or destroyed in accordance with Section 01050 - Field Surveying. 02227 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 6 of 12 B98-01 3.03 A. C. D. E F City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES EXCAVATION Except as otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings, install underground utilities in open cut trenches with vertical sides. Perform excavation work so that pipe, conduit, and ducts can be installed to depths and alignments shown on the Drawings. Avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements Determine trench excavation widths using the following schedule as related to pipe outside diameter (0.D.). Maximum trench width shall be the minimum trench width plus 24 inches. Nominal Pipe Size, Inches Less than 18 18to30 Greater than 30 Minimum Trench Width. Inches O.D. + 18 O.D. + 24 O.D. + 36 U se sufficient trench width or benches above the embedment zone for installation of well point headers or manifolds and pumps where depth of trench makes it uneconomical or impractical to pump from the surface elevation. Provide sufficient space between shoring cross braces to permit equipment operations and handling of forms, pipe, embedment and backfill, and other materials. U pon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for removal, or concealed conditions discontinue work at that location. Notify the City Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding. S horing of Trench Walls. 1. Install Special Shoring in advance of trench excavation or simultaneously with the trench excavation, so that the soils within the full height of the trench excavation walls will remain fully laterally supported at all times. 2. For all types of shoring, support trench walls in the pipe embedment zone throughout the installation. Provide trench wall supports sufficiently tight to prevent washing the trench wall soil out from behind the trench wall support. 3. Unless otherwise directed by the City Engineer leave sheeting driven into o r below the pipe embedment zone in place to preclude loss of support of foundation and embedment materials. Leave rangers, walers, and braces in place as long as required to support sheeting, which has been cut off, and the trench wall in the vicinity of the pipe zone. 4. Employ special methods for maintaining the integrity of embedment or foundation material Before moving supports, place and compact embedment to sufficient depths to provide protection of pipe and stability of trench walls. As supports are moved, finish placing and compacting e mbedment 5. If sheeting or other shoring is used below top of the pipe embedment zone, do not disturb pipe foundation and embedment materials by subsequent removal Maximum thickness of removable sheeting extending into the e mbedment zone shall be the equivalent of a 1-inch-thick steel plate. Fill voids left on removal of supports with compacted backfill material. 02227 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 7 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project EXCAVATION AND B98-01 BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES G Use of Trench Shields. When a trench shield (trench box) is used as a worker safety device, the following requirements apply: 1. Make trench excavations of sufficient width to allow shield to be lifted or pulled freely without damage to the trench sidewalis. 2. Move trench shields so that pipe, and backfill materials after placement and compaction, are not damaged nor disturbed, nor the degree of compaction reduced. 3. When required, place, spread, and compact pipe foundation and bedding materials beneath the shield. For backfill above bedding, lift the shield as each layer of backfill is placed and spread. Place and compact backfill materials against undisturbed trench walls and foundation. 4. Maintain trench shield in position to allow sampling and testing to be performed in a safe manner. 3.04 HANDLING EXCAVATED MATERIALS A. Use only excavated materials which are suitable as defined in this Section and conforming with Section 02251 - Utility Backfill Materials. Place material suitable for backfilling in stockpiles at a distance from the trench to prevent slides or cave-ins B. When required, provide additional backfill material conforming with requirements of Section 02251 - Utility Backfill Materials. C. Do not place stockpiles of excavated materials shall not be stockpiled on streets and adjacent properties. Maintain site conditions in accordance with Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. 3.05 GROUND WATER CONTROL A. Implement ground water control according to Section 01563 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. Provide a stable trench to allow installation in accordance with the Specifications 3.06 TRENCH FOUNDATION A. Excavate bottom of trench to uniform grade to achieve stable trench conditions and satisfactory compaction of foundation or bedding materials. B. Place trench dams in Class I foundations in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes, and not Tess than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed. Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 3.07 PIPE EMBEDMENT PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Immediately prior to placement of embedment materials, the bottoms and sidewalls of trenches shall be free of loose, sloughing, caving, or otherwise unsuitable soil. B. Place embedment including bedding, haunching and initial backfill to meet requirements indicated on Drawings. 02227 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 8 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project EXCAVATION AND B98-01 BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES C. D. E F. G. H. For pipe installation, manually spread embedment materials around the pipe to provide uniform bearing and side support when compacted Do not allow materials to free -fall from heights greater than 24 inches above top of pipe. Perform placement and compaction directly against the undisturbed soils in the trench sidewalis, or against sheeting which is to remain in place Do not place trench shields or shoring within height of the embedment zone unless means to maintain the density of compacted embedment material are used. If moveable supports are used in embedment zone, lift the supports incrementally to allow placement and compaction of the material against undisturbed soil. P lace geotextile to prevent particle migration from the in -situ soil into open graded (Class 1) embedment materials or drainage layers. Do not damage coatings or wrappings of pipes during backfilling and compacting operations. When embedding coated or wrapped pipes do not use crushed stone or other sharp angular aggregates. P lace haunching material manually around the pipe and compact it to provide uniform bearing and side support. If necessary, hold small -diameter or lightweight pipe in place during compaction of haunch areas and placement beside the pipe with sand bags or other suitable means. P lace electrical conduit directly on foundation without bedding. Shovel pipe embedment material in place and compact it using pneumatic tampers in restricted areas, and vibratory -plate compactors or engine -powered jumping jacks in unrestricted areas. Compact each lift before proceeding with placement of the next lift. 1. Class I embedment materials a. Maximum 6-inches compacted lift thickness. b. Systematic compaction by at least two passes of vibrating equipment. Increase compaction effort as necessary to effectively embed the pipe to meet the deflection test criteria. c. Moisture content as determined by Contractor for effective compaction without softening the soil of trench bottom, foundation or trench walls. 2. Class II embedment and cement stabilized sand. a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b. Compaction by methods determined by Contractor to achieve a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined according to ASTM D 698 for Class II materials and according to ASTM D 558 for cement stabilized materials. c. Moisture content of Class II materials within 3 percent of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 698. Moisture content of cement stabilized sands on the dry side of optimum as determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for effective hydration. J. Place trench dams in Class I embedments in line segments longer than 100 feet between manholes, and not less than one in every 500 feet of pipe placed Install additional dams as needed to achieve workable construction conditions. Do not place trench dams closer than 5 feet from manholes. 02227 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 9 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project EXCAVATION AND B98-01 BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 3.08 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Place backfill for pipe or conduits and restore surface as soon as practicable. Leave only the minimum length of trench open as necessary for construction. B. Where damage to completed pipe installation work is likely to result from withdrawal of sheeting, leave the sheeting in place. Cut off sheeting 1.5 feet or more above the crown of the pipe. Remove trench supports within 5 feet from the ground surface. C. For sewer pipes, use backfill materials described here as determined by trench limits. As trench zone backfill in paved areas for streets and to one foot back of curbs and pavements, use cement stabilized sand for pipe of nominal sizes less than 36 inches or bank run sand for pipe of nominal sizes 36 inches and larger as indicated on the Drawings. Uniformly backfill trenches partially within limits one foot from streets and curbs according to the paved area criteria. Use select backfill within one foot below pavement subgrade for rigid pavement. For asphalt concrete, use flexible base material within one foot below pavement subgrade. D. For water lines, backfill in trench zone, including auger pits with bank run sand, select fill, or random backfill material as specified in Section 02251 - Utility Backfill materials. E. Place trench zone backfill in lifts and compact by methods selected by the Contractor. Fully compact each lift before placement of the next lift. 1. Bank run sand a. Maximum 9-inches compacted lift thickness. b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. c. Moisture content within 3 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698 2. Cement -stabilized sand. a. Maximum lift thickness determined by Contractor to achieve uniform placement and required compaction, but not exceeding 24 inches. b. Compaction by vibratory equipment to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 558. c. Moisture content on the dry side of optimum determined according to ASTM D 558 but sufficient for cement hydration 3. Select fill a. Maximum 6-inches compacted thickness. b. Compaction by equipment providing tamping or kneading impact to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. c. Moisture content within 2 percent of optimum determined according to ASTM D 698. F. For trench excavations outside pavements, a random backfill of suitable material may be used in the trench zone. 1. Fat clays (CH) may be used as trench zone backfill outside paved areas at the Contractors option. If the required density is not achieved, the 02227 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 10 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project EXCAVATION AND B98-01 BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES Contractor, at his option and at no additional cost to the City, may use lime stabilization to achieve compaction requirements or use a different suitable material. 2. Maximum 9-inch compacted lift thickness for clayey soils and maximum 12- inch lift thickness for granular soils 3. Compact to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D 698. 4. Moisture content as necessary to achieve density. G. For electric conduits, remove form work used for construction of conduits before placing trench zone backfill. 3.09 MANHOLES, JUNCTION BOXES AND OTHER PIPELINE STRUCTURES A. Meet the requirements of adjoining utility installations for backfill of pipeline structures, as shown on the Drawings. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test for material source qualifications as defined in Section 02251 - Utility Backfill Materials. B. Provide excavation and trench safety systems at locations and to depths required for testing and retesting during construction at no additional cost to City. C. Tests will be performed on a minimum of three different samples of each material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, and for gradation characteristics, in accordance with Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E Additional classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. D. At least three tests for moisture -density relationships will be performed initially for backfill materials in accordance with ASTM D 698, and for cement- stabilized sand in accordance with ASTM D 558. Additional moisture -density relationship tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable change in material gradation or plasticity. E In -place density tests of compacted pipe foundation, embedment and trench zone backfill soil materials will be performed according to ASTM D 1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at the following frequencies and conditions. 1 A minimum of one test for every 20 cubic yards of compacted embedment and for every 50 cubic yards of compacted trench zone backfill material. 2. A minimum of three density tests for each full shift of Work. 3. Density tests will be distributed among the placement areas. Placement areas are: foundation bedding haunching, initial backfill and trench zone. 4. The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that soil type or moisture content are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not considered sufficient to attain uniform density, as specified. 02227 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 11 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project EXCAVATION AND B98-01 BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 5. Density tests may be performed at various depths below the fill surface by pit excavation. Material in previously placed lifts may therefore be subject to acceptance/rejection. 6. Two verification tests will be performed adjacent to in -place tests showing density less than the acceptance cnteria Placement will be rejected unless both verification tests show acceptable results. 7. Recompacted placement will be retested at the same frequency as the first test series, including verification tests. F. Recondition, recompact, and retest at Contractor's expense if tests indicate Work does not meet specified compaction requirements. For hardened soil cement with nonconforming density core and test for compressive strength at Contractor's expense. G. Acceptability of crushed rock compaction will be determined by inspection. 3.11 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL A. Dispose of excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls, as applicable. 3.12 PROTECTION A. Take measures to minimize erosion of trenches. Do not allow water to pond in trenches. Where slides, washouts, settlements, or areas with loss of density or pavement failures or potholes occur repair, recompact, and pave those areas at no additional cost to City. END OF SECTION 02227 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 12 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS Section 02251 UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Material Classifications B. Utility Backfill Materials 1. Concrete sand. 2. Gem sand. 3. Pea gravel. 4. Crushed stone. 5. Crushed concrete. 6. Bank run sand. 7. Select backfill 8. Random backfill. C. Material handling and quality control requirements. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No payment will be made for backfill material unless specifically listed in Document 00300 - Bid Proposal. Include payment in unit price for applicable utility installation B. Measurement for backfill material, when included as a separate pay item, is on a cubic yard basis for material placed and compacted within theoretical trench width limits and thickness of material according to Drawing details. C. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill: Suitable material meeting specified quality requirements for the designated application as embedment or trench zone backfill. B. Embedment: Material placed under controlled conditions within the embedment zone extending vertically upward from top of foundation to an elevation 12 inches above top of pipe, and including pipe bedding haunching and initial backfill. C. Trench Zone Backfill. Material meeting specified quality requirements and placed under controlled conditions in the trench zone from top of embedment zone to base course in paved areas or to the surface grading material in unpaved areas. D. Foundation: Either suitable soil of the trench bottom, or material placed as backfill of over -excavation for removal and replacement of unsuitable or otherwise unstable soils. E Source: A source selected by the Contractor for supply of embedment or trench zone backfill material A selected source may be the project excavation, off -site borrow pits commercial borrow pits, or sand and aggregate production or manufacturing plants. 02251 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 8 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS F. Refer to Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities for other definitions regarding utility installation by trench construction 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregate. B. ASTM C 40 - Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete. C. ASTM C 123 - Test Method for Lightweight Pieces in Aggregate. D. ASTM C 131 - Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small -Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. E ASTM C 142 - Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates. F ASTM C 136 - Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. G. ASTM D 2487 - Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System). H. ASTM D 2488 - Standard Practice for Description and Identification of Soils (Visual - Manual Procedure) I. ASTM D 4318 - Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. J. TxDOT Tex-101-E - Preparation of Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing. K. TxDOT Tex-110-E - Determination of Particle Size Analysis of Soils. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a description of source, material classification and product description, production method, and application of backfill materials. B. Submit test results for samples of off -site backfill materials to comply with Paragraph 3.02, Quality Control. C. Identify off -site sources for backfill materials at least 14 days ahead of intended use so that the City Engineer may obtain samples for verification testing D. Before stockpiling materials, submit a copy of temporary easement or approval from landowner for stockpiling backfill material on private property. 1.06 TESTS A. Perform tests of sources for backfill material in accordance with Paragraph 3.03A. B. Verification tests of backfill materials may be performed by the City in accordance with Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services and in accordance with Paragraph 3.03B. 02251 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 8 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS C. Random fill obtained from the Project excavation as source is exempt from prequalification requirements by Contractor but must be inspected for unacceptable materials based on ASTM D 2488. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS A. Materials for backfill shall be classified for the purpose of quality control in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification Symbols as defined in ASTM D 2487. Material use and application is defined in utility installation specifications and Drawings either by class, as described in Paragraph 2.01 B, or by product descriptions, as given in Paragraph 2 02. B. Class Designations Based on Laboratory Testing: 1. Class I: Well graded sands and gravels, gravel -sand mixtures, crushed well graded rock little or no fines (GW, SW) a. Plasticity Index: Nonplastic b. Gradation: D®/D,o - greater than 4 percent. Amount passing No. 200 Sieve - less than or equal to 5 percent 2. Class II: Poorly graded gravels and sands, silty sands and gravels, little to moderate fines (GM, GP, SP, SM) a. Plasticity Index: Nonplastic to 4 b. Gradation (GP, SP): Amount passing No. 200 Sieve - less than 5 percent c. Gradation (GM, SM). Amount passing No. 200 Sieve - between 12 percent and 50 percent 3. Class III: Clayey gravels and sands, poorly graded mixtures of sand, gravel, and clay (GC, SC) a. Plasticity Index: greater than 7 b. Gradation: Amount passing No. 200 Sieve - between 12 percent and 50 percent 4. Class IV. Lean clays (CL) a. Plasticity Index greater than 7 b. Liquid Limit. Tess than 50 c. Gradation: Amount passing No. 200 Sieve - greater than 50 percent d. Inorganic 5. Use soils with dual class designation according to ASTM D 2487 according to the more restrictive class. 2.02 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS A. Soils classified as silt (ML), silty clay (CL - ML with PI of 4 to 7), elastic silt (MH), organic clay and organic silt (OL OH), and organic matter (PT) are not acceptable as backfill materials. These soils may be used for site grading and restoration in unimproved areas as approved by City Engineer. Soils classified as fat clay (CH) may be used as backfill materials where allowed by the applicable backfill installation specification. Refer to Section 02226 - Excavation and Backfill for Structures and Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B. Provide backfill material that is free of stones greater than 6 inches, free of roots, waste debris trash, organic material, unstable material, non -soil matter, hydrocarbon or other contamination, conforming to the following limits for deleterious materials: 02251 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 8 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS 1. Clay lumps: Less than 0.5 percent for Class I, and less than 2.0 percent for Class II, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142. 2. Lightweight pieces: Less than 5 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 123. 3. Organic impurities: No color darker than standard color when tested in accordance with ASTM C 40. C. Manufactured materials may be substituted for natural soil or rock products where indicated in the product specification, and approved by City Engineer, provided that the physical property criteria are determined to be satisfactory by testing. D. Bank Run Sand: Durable bank run sand classified as SP, SW, or SM by the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D 2487) meeting the following requirements: 1. Less than 15 percent passing the number 200 sieve when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136 The amount of clay lumps or balls not exceeding 2 percent 2. Material passing the number 40 sieve shall meet the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318: a. Liquid limit not exceeding 25. b. Plasticity index not exceeding 7. E Concrete Sand: Natural sand, manufactured sand, or a combination of natural and manufactured sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: Sieve Percent Passing 3/8" 100 No. 4 95 to 100 No. 8 80 to 100 No. 16 50 to 85 No. 30 25 to 60 No. 50 10 to 30 No. 100 2 to 10 F. Gem Sand: Sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 for course aggregates specified for number 8 size and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: Sieve Percent Passing 3/8" 95 to 100 No. 4 60 to 80 No. 8 15 to 40 SEA PN: 97-027 8/14/99 02251 Page 4 of 8 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS G. Pea Gravel: Durable particles composed of small, smooth, rounded stones or pebbles and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136: Sieve Passing Percent %2' 100 3/8" 85 to 100 No. 4 10 to 30 No. 8 0 to 10 No. 16 0 to 5 H. Crushed Aggregates: All crushed aggregates consist of durable particles obtained from an approved source and meeting the following requirements: 1. All materials of one product delivered for the same construction activity from a single source. 2. Non -plastic fines 3. Los Angeles abrasion test wear not exceeding 40 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131. 4. Gradations, as determined in accordance with TEX-110-E Sieve Percent By Passing by of Weight Nominal for Pipes Pipe Embedment Ranges Sizes >15" 15" - 8" <8" 1" 95 - 100 100 - 3/4" 60-90 90-100 100 '/2' 25 - 60 - 90 - 100 3/8" - 20-55 40-70 No.4 0-5 0-10 0-15 No.8 - 0-5 0-5 5. Crushed stone: Produced from oversize quarried aggregate, sized by crushing from a naturally occurring single source. Crushed gravel or uncrushed gravel are not acceptable material for utility embedment. 6. Crushed Concrete: Crushed concrete is an acceptable substitute for crushed stone as utility backfill Gradation and quality control test requirements are the same as crushed stone. Provide crushed concrete produced from normal weight concrete of uniform quality; containing particles of aggregate and cement material, free from other substances such as asphalt base course material, reinforcing steel fragments, soil, debris, or deteriorated concrete fragments. 02251 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 5 of 8 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS I. Select Backfill: Class III clayey gravel or sand or Class IV lean clay with a plasticity index between 7 and 20 or clayey soils treated with lime in accordance with Section 02571 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing, to meet plasticity criteria. J. Random Backfill: Any suitable soil or mixture of soils within Classes I, II, III and IV; or fat clay (CH) where allowed by the applicable backfill installation specification. Refer to Section 02226 - Excavation and Backfill for Structures and Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. K. Cement Stabilized Sand: Conform to requirements of Section 02252 - Cement Stabilized Sand. L. Concrete Backfill: Conform to Class B concrete as specified in Section 03305 Concrete for Utility Construction or Section 03310 - Concrete for Structures. M. Pavement Restoration: Conform to requirements of Section 02571 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 SOURCES A. Use of material encountered in the trench excavations is acceptable, provided applicable specification requirements are satisfied. If excavation material is not acceptable, provide from other source. B. Obtain approval for each material source by the City Engineer before delivery is started If sources previously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory products, furnish materials from other approved sources All materials may be subjected to inspection or additional verification testing after delivery. Materials which do not meet the requirements of the specifications will be rejected. Do not use material which, after approval, has become unsuitable for use due to segregation, mixing with other materials, or by contamination Once a material is approved by the City Engineer, expense for sampling and testing required to change to a different material will be credited to the City through a change order. C. Bank run sand, select backfill and random backfill, if available in the Project excavation, may be obtained by selective excavation and acceptance testing Obtain additional quantities of these materials and other materials required to complete the work from off -site sources. D. The City does not represent or guarantee that any soil found in the excavation work will be suitable and acceptable as backfill material. 3.02 MATERIAL HANDLING A. When backfillmaterial is obtained from either a commercial or non-commercial borrow pit, have that pit opened to expose the vertical faces of the various strata of acceptable material to be used. Excavate the material by vertical cuts extending through the exposed strata to achieve uniformity in the product. B. Establish temporary stockpile locations for practical material handling and control, and verification testing by the City Engineer in advance of final placement Obtain approval from landowner for storage of backfill material on adjacent private property. 02251 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 6 of 8 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS C. When stockpiling backfill material near the Project site, use appropriate covers to eliminate blowing of materials into adjacent areas and prevent runoff containing sediments from entering the drainage system. D. Place stockpiles in layers to avoid segregation of processed materials. Load material by making successive vertical cuts through entire depth of stockpile. 3.03 MATERIAL QUALITY CONTROL A. Ensure that material selected, produced and delivered to the Project meets applicable specifications and is of sufficient uniform properties to allow practical construction and quality control. Responsibilities include: 1. Source or Supplier Qualification Perform testing, or obtain representative tests by suppliers, for selection of material sources and products. Provide test results for a minimum of three samples for each source and material type Tests samples of processed materials from current production representing material to be delivered Tests shall verify that the materials meet specification requirements. Repeat qualification test procedures each time the source characteristic changes or there is a planned change in source location or supplier. Qualification tests shall include, as applicable: a. Gradation Complete sieve analyses shall be reported regardless of the specified control sieves. The range of sieves shall be from the largest particle through the No. 200 sieve. b. Plasticity c. Los Angeles abrasion d. Clay lumps e. Light weight pieces f. Organic impurities 2. Production Testing Establish a program to provide assurance that backfill materials delivered from the sources and placed in the Work meet applicable specification requirements. Report results to the. City Engineer. 3. Assist the City Engineer in obtaining material samples for verification testing at the source or at the production plant 4. Notify the City Engineer in the field when non -conforming material is detected. B. Quality Control 1. The City Engineer may sample and test backfill at: a Sources including borrow pits, production plants and Contractor's designated off -site stockpiles. b. On -site stockpiles. c Materials placed in the Work 2. The City Engineer may resample material at any stage of work or location if changes in characteristics are apparent. 3. The City Engineer will notify Contractor at the Project site about non- conforming materials and will, as appropriate, resample materials to verify results. C. Tolerances The following tolerances apply to production quality control testing. 1 Embedment Material and Select Backfill: The City Engineer may accept material provided that not more than one out of the most recent five consecutive tests are out of the specification limits for: 02251 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 7 of 8 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 UTILITY BACKFILL MATERIALS a. Gradation:. Not more than 5 percentage points on any individual sieve. b Plasticity: Not more than 2 percentage points. 2. Trench Zone Backfill Material: Except for select and random backfill, the City Engineer may accept the material provided that not more than one out of the most recent three consecutive tests are out of the specification limits for: a Gradation: Not more than 8 percentage points on any individual sieve. b. Plasticity: Not more than 5 percentage points. 3. Select and Random Backfill No quantified tolerances Remove non- conforming material identifiable by visual -manual procedure. END OF SECTION 02251 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 8 of 8 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND Section 02252 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cement stabilized sand for backfill and bedding. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No payment will be made for cement stabilized sand under this Section unless an extra unit price item is included in Document 00300 - Bid Proposal and the application of the pay item is approved by the City Engineer. Include payment for cement stabilized sand in unit price for applicable utility or structure installation section. B. If use of cement stabilized sand is allowed based on the City Engineer s direction the extra unit price item will be paid on a per ton basis A conversion between volume calculated based on theoretical limits and total weight will be made based on a ratio of 1.64 tons per cubic yard. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C31 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates (Fine Aggregate). C. ASTM C40 - Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete. D. ASTM C94 - Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. E ASTM C123 - Standard Test Method for Lightweight Pieces in Aggregate. F. ASTM C142 - Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates. G. ASTM C150 - Specification for Portland Cement. H. ASTM D558 - Standard Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soil -Cement Mixtures. I. ASTM D1632 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Soil -Cement Compression and Flexure Test Specimen in the Laboratory. J. ASTM D1633 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Molded Soil - Cement Cylinders 02252 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND K. ASTM D2487 - Standard Test Method for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) L. ASTM D2901 - Standard Test Method for Cement Content of Freshly Mixed Soil - Cement. M. ASTM D4318 - Standard Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit material qualification and mix design tests to include: 1. Three series of tests of sand or fine aggregate material from the proposed source. Tests shall include procedures defined in Paragraph 2.01. 2. Three moisture -density relationship tests prepared using the material qualified by the tests of Paragraph 1.04B 1. Blends of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and bank run sand shall be tested at the ratio to be used for the mix design testing. 3. Mix design report to meet the design requirements of Paragraph 1.05. The mix design shall include compressive strength tests after 48-hours and 7 days curing. 1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design sand -cement mixture to produce a minimum unconfined compressive strength of 100 pounds per square inch in 48 hours when compacted to 95 percent in accordance with ASTM D558 and when cured in accordance with ASTM D1632 and tested in accordance with ASTM D1633. Mix for general use shall contain a minimum of 1-1/2 sacks of cement per cubic yard. Mix for use as sanitary sewer embedment within 9 feet of waterlines shall contain 2 sacks of cement per cubic yard. Compact mix with a moisture content on the dry side of optimum. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cement: Type 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150. B. Sand: Clean, durable sand meeting grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C33, or requirements for Bank Run Sand of Section 02251 - Utility Backfill Materials and the following requirements: 1. Classified as SW, SP or SM by the United Soil Classification System of ASTM D2487. 02252 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND 2. Deleterious materials: a. Clay lumps, ASTM C142; Tess than 0.5 percent. b. Lightweight pieces, ASTM C123; less than 5.0 percent. c. Organic impurities, ASTM C40; color no darker than the standard color 3. Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318. C. Fine aggregate manufactured from crushed concrete meeting the quality requirements for crushed rock material of Section 02251 - Utility Backfill Materials, may be used as a complete or partial substitute for bank run sand. The blending ratio of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and bank run sand shall be defined in the mix design report. D. Water: Potable water, free of oils, acids, alkalies, organic matter or other deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C94. 2.02 MIXING MATERIALS A. Thoroughly mix sand, cement and water in proportions of the mix design using a pugmill-type mixer The plant shall be equipped with automatic weight controls to ensure correct mix proportions. B. Stamp batch ticket at plant with time of loading directly after mixing. Material not placed and compacted within 4 hours after mixing shall be rejected. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACING A. Place sand -cement mixture in 8-inch-thick loose lifts and compact to 95 percent of ASTM D558, unless otherwise specified. The moisture content during compaction shall be on the dry side of optimum but sufficient for hydration. Perform and complete compaction of sand -cement mixture within 4 hours after addition of water to mix at the plant. B. Do not place or compact sand -cement mixture in standing or free water. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services. 02252 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND B. Mixing plant inspections will be performed periodically. Material samples will be obtained and tested in accordance with Paragraph 2.01, Materials, if there is evidence of change in material characteristic. C. Random samples of delivered product will be taken in the field at point of delivery for each day of placement in a work area Specimens will be prepared in accordance with ASTM C31 and tested for 48-hour compressive strength in accordance with ASTM D1633. D. The cement content will be checked on samples obtained in the field whenever there are apparent changes in the mix properties. END OF SECTION 02252 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PIPE AND CASING AUGERING FOR SEWERS Section 02316 PIPE AND CASING AUGERING FOR SEWERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of casing for sewer pipe by dry augering or slurry boring methods, together with installation of sewer pipe in the casing. B. Installation of sewer pipe by slurry boring methods. Construction casing may be used at the Contractor's option. 1.02 UNIT PRICE A. Casing, including sewer pipe, installed by augering methods in mid -run of open cut segments where shown on the Drawings, will be measured and paid by the linear foot from end to end of the casing. Casing may be installed, at the Contractor's option, at locations other than shown on the Drawings, at no additional cost to the City. B. Sewer pipe installed by augering method in mid -run of open -cut segments where shown on the Drawings, will be measured and paid by the linear foot from end to end of the augered section. C. Pipe or casing segments installed by augering methods in locations other than mid - run of open cut segments and shown on the Drawings, will be measured and paid by the linear foot along the centerline of the completed sewer from centerline to centerline of manholes to the ends of stubs or termination of the pipe, and to the inside face of lift stations and other structures. D. Payment will include and be full compensation for labor, equipment, materials and supervision for excavation and construction of the sewer, complete in place including disposal of excess materials, shoring, dewatering, utility adjustments, grouting backfill clean-up and other related work necessary for construction as indicated on the Drawings and specified this Section. E Cost for pits and other excavations are included in the unit price for pipe with or without casing F. Trench safety systems for pits are paid as specified in Section 01526 - Trench Safety Systems. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Augering means either "dry augering" or "slurry boring". B. Dry augering is jacking a casing while excavating the soil at the heading and transporting the spoil back through the casing by an otherwise uncased auger. 02316 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 5 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PIPE AND CASING AUGERING FOR SEWERS C. Slurry boring is installing a casing or pipe by drilling a small diameter pilot hole, followed by reaming the bore to full diameter with the assistance of slurry or drilling fluids. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Railway Engineering Association (AREA) Manual for Railway Engineering. B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). C. AWWA C 200 - Steel Water Pipe, 6 inch and Larger. 1.05 SUBMITTAL A. Make submittals in conformance with Section 01300 - Submittals. B. For installation by augering, submit for review: 1. Description of mechanized excavating equipment. 2. Method of controlling line and grade. 3. Grouting techniques to be used for filling annular void between sewer pipe and casing, and void between sewer pipe or casing and the ground, including equipment, pumping and injection procedures, pressure grout types and mixes 4. Locations and dimensions of pits. 5. Pit design and construction drawings. 6. Identification of casings required and paid under the Contract and casings installed at the Contractor's option. 7. Design of casings. C. Prepare auger pit and casing design submittals that are site specific. Have auger pit and casing design submittals signed and sealed by a qualified Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. Construction phase submittals shall include: 1. Daily Togs of augering and boring operations. 2. Settlement monitoring data to meet the requirements of paragraph 3.06, Settlement Monitoring. 3. Submit daily logs and settlement monitoring data within 5 days after the day of observation. 1.06 CRITERIA FOR DETERMINING CASING INSTALLATION LOADS A. Select and design casing pipe and pipe joints to carry the thrust of jacks or loads due to the pulling mechanism in combination with overburden, earth and hydrostatic loads. Select casings for dry augering to withstand the action of the auger without damage. B. Have a Professional Engineer determine design stresses, design deflections and factors of safety for design of casing. Present such determination as a part of the 02316 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 5 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PIPE AND CASING AUGERING FOR SEWERS design submittal Apply the following maximum casing pipe stresses and deflections to casings shown on the Drawings: 1. Design stress in the pipe wall: 50 percent of the minimum yield point of the steel or 18,000 psi, whichever is Tess, when subjected to the applicable loading conditions. 2. Wall thickness: maximum allowable deflection which does not exceed 3 percent of nominal casing diameter C. Use Cooper E-80 locomotive loading distributions as criteria for railroad crossings in accordance with AREA's specifications for culverts. In the design, account for additive loadings due to multiple tracks. D. Use H-20 vehicle loading distributions as criteria for truck loading in accordance with AASHTO. E When not specifically indicated on the Drawings, select casing diameter to permit practical installation (including skids if applicable) and grouting. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS F. Provide casing pipe which is straight, circular in section, uncoated, welded steel pipe, manufactured in accordance with AWWA C 200. G. Provide sewer pipe in accordance with Section 02730 - Gravity Sanitary Sewers. C. Provide restrained joint sewer pipe when installing sewer pipe in slurry bored holes by a pull -back method • D. Supply grout as specified in Section 02330 - Tunnel Grout. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATION AND SIZE OF AUGER PITS A. Show the location of auger pits on the auger pit construction drawings. Locate auger pits for slurry boring so that the distance between pits is no greater than 80 feet; and for dry augering not more than 120 feet apart. B. Where possible, locate auger pits and associated work areas to avoid blocking driveways and cross streets and to minimize disruption to business and commercial interests. Avoid auger pit locations near areas identified as potentially contaminated C. Make size adequate for construction of any structures indicated on the Drawings. Provide adequate room to meet Contractor's operational requirements for augering. D. Provide a portable concrete traffic barrier around the periphery of the pit, meeting applicable safety standards. Properly maintain the barrier throughout the period the 02316 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 5 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PIPE AND CASING AUGERING FOR SEWERS pit remains open. Angle traffic barriers in the direction of the lane flow; do not place barriers perpendicular to on -coming traffic E. Provide a full cover or other security fencing for each access pit in which there is no construction activity or which is unattended by Contractor's personnel 3.02 DRY AUGERING OF CASING A. Provide jacks, mounted on a frame or against a backstop, of a capacity suitable for forcing the excavating auger and casing through the soil conditions to be encountered. Operate jacks so that even pressure is applied to the casing. B. Provide steerable front section of casing to allow vertical grade adjustments. Provide a water level or other means to allow monitoring of the grade elevation of the auger casing C. Bentonite slurry may be used to lubricate the casing during installation. The use of water to facilitate removal of spoil is permitted; however, water jetting for excavation of the soil is not allowed when jacking casing. D. Tolerances from lines and grades shown on the Drawings for gravity sewer pipe installed in casing are plus or minus 6 inches in horizontal alignment, and plus or minus 1-1/2 inches in elevation. 3.03 SLURRY BORING OF CASING OR PIPE A. Drill a small diameter pilot hole and check for line and grade at the receiving end. Redrill the pilot hole if the bored pipe does not meet specified tolerances. B. Using the pilot hole as a guide, bore a larger diameter hole of sufficient size for pipe or casing installation. Water jetting is not permitted. C. Bentonite slurry may be used to maintain a stable hole and furnish lubrication for pipe or casing installation. D. Tolerances from lines and grades shown on the Drawings for the installed sewer pipe are plus or minus 6 inches in horizontal alignment and plus or minus 1-1/2 inches in elevation E Completely fill the annular space between the sewer pipe and the surrounding soil or casing with grout, without displacing the pipe during the grouting operation. 3.04 SEWER PIPE IN CASING A. Grout the annular void between sewer pipe and any casing from end to end of the casing Block and brace the sewer pipe to prevent movement during grout placement and to maintain specified line and grade. Grout as specified in Section 02330 - Tunnel Grout. 02316 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 5 City of B98-01 Pearland, Texas SWEC Project PIPE AND CASING AUGERING FOR SEWERS 3.05 SETTLEMENT MONITORING A. Monitor the ground surface elevation along the length of the augering operation. Locate and record settlement monitoring points with respect to construction baseline and elevations. Record elevations to an accuracy of 0.01 feet for each monitoring point location. Establish monitoring points at locations and by methods that protect them from damage by construction operations, tampering, or other external influences. As a minimum, locate survey points as follows: 1. For road crossings Centerline and each shoulder 2. Railroads. Track subbase at centerline of each track. 3. Utilities and Pipelines. Directly above and 10 feet before and after the utility or pipeline intersection 4. Long bores under improved areas such as pavements. Ground surface elevations must be recorded on the centerline ahead of augering operations at locations not to exceed 50 feet apart (including points located for roads, railroads, utilities and pipelines), or at least three locations per augering drive. B. Reading Frequency and Reporting. Take settlement survey readings: 1. Prior to the auger excavation reaching the point. 2. After the auger reaches the monitoring point in plan. 3. After grouting of the ground supporting pipe or casing is complete. C. Immediately report to the City Engineer any movement, cracking, or settlement which is detected. D. Following substantial completion but prior to final completion, make a final survey of all monitoring points 3.06 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL A 3.07 Remove and dispose of spoil from the job site in accordance with Section 01564 - Waste Material Disposal. LEAKAGE TESTING A. Test for leakage by low pressure air methods in accordance with Section 02732 - Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewer. END OF SECTION 02316 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 5 of 5 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TUNNEL GROUT Section 02330 TUNNEL GROUT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Mix design requirements, testing, furnishing and production of grout for: 1. Pressure grouting of bolted liner plates for shafts. 2 Pressure grouting of primary tunnel liner. 3. Pressure grouting of jacked -pipe. 4. Annular grouting of cased or uncased sewer pipe. 5. Grouting of the annular space between the sanitary sewer pipe and the primary tunnel liner 6. Grouting voids in ground resulting from caving, loss of ground, or settlement. 7. Grouting of manholes constructed in shafts. B. Compaction grouting is not part of this specification. 1.02 UNIT PRICE A. No separate payment will be made for work performed under this Section. Include the cost of such work in contract unit prices for work of which it is a component part. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Pressure Grouting. Filling a void behind a liner or pipe with grout under pressure sufficient to ensure void is properly filled but without overstressing temporary or permanent ground support or causing ground heave to occur. B. Back Grouting. Secondary pressure grouting to ensure that voids have been filled between primary tunnel or shaft liners and the surrounding ground. C. Annular Grouting. Filling the annular space between the carrier pipe and the primary tunnel liner, casing, or ground, by pumping. D. Ground Stabilization Grouting. The filling of voids, fissures, or under -slab settlement due to caving or loss of ground by injecting grout under gravity or pressure to fill the void. 02330 SEI PN: 97-027 08/14/99 Page 1 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TUNNEL GROUT 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C138. Standard Test Method for Unit Weight, Yield and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete. B ASTM C144. Standard Specification for Masonry Mortar. C. ASTM C150. Standard Specification for Portland Cement. D. ASTM C494. Standard Specification for Chemical Admixture for Concrete. E ASTM C618. Standard Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcinated Natural Pozzolan for use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete. F. ASTM C869. Standard Specification for Foaming Agents and in Making Preformed Foam for Cellular Concrete. G ASTM C937. Standard Specification for Grout Fluidifier for Preplaced Aggregate Concrete. H. ASTM C939. Test Method for Flow of Grout for Preplaced Aggregate Concrete. I. ASTM C940. Standard Test Method for Expansion and Bleeding of Freshly Mixed Grout for Preplaced Aggregate Concrete. J. ASTM C942. Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Grout for Preplaced Aggregate Concrete into Laboratory. K. ASTM C953. Standard Test Method for Time of Setting of Grout for Preplaced Aggregate Concrete in the Laboratory. L. ASTM C1017. Standard Specification for Chemical Admixture for use in Producing Flowing Concrete. M. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers CRD C621 Specification for Non -shrink Grout. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Submit a description of materials, grout mix, equipment and operational procedures to accomplish each grouting operation The description may include sketches as appropriate, indicating type and location of mixing equipment, pumps, injection points, venting method, flowlines pressure measurement, volume measurement, grouting sequence schedule, and stage volumes 02330 SEI PN: 97-027 08/14/99 Page 2 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TUNNEL GROUT C. Submit a grout mix design report, including: 1. Grout type and designation. 2. Grout mix constituents and proportions, including materials by weight and volume. 3. Grout densities and viscosities, including wet density at point of placement. 4. Initial set time of grout. 5. Bleeding, shrinkage/expansion. 6. Compressive strength. D. For cellular grout, also submit the following: 1. Foam concentrate supplier's certification of the dilution ratio for the foam concentrate. 2. A description of the proposed cellular grout production procedures. E Maintain and submit logs of grouting operations indicating pressure, density, and volume for each grout placement. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Grouting materials: Conform to Section 03305 - Concrete for Utility Construction, except as modified in the following paragraphs. B. Grout Type Applications. 1. Grout for pressure grouting and back grouting: Sand -cement mortar mix. 2. Grout for annular grouting: Low density (cellular) grout or sand -cement mortar mix 3. Grout for filling space around manholes in shafts: Sand -cement mortar mix. 4. Ground stabilization: Sand cement mortar mix. C. Do not include toxic or poisonous substances in the grout mix or otherwise inject such substances underground. 2.02 GROUT A. Employ and pay for a commercial testing laboratory, acceptable to the City Engineer, to prepare and test the grout mix design. Develop one or more mixes based on the following criteria as applicable: 1. Size of the annular void between sewer pipe and liner, or size of the void between primary liner and the surrounding soil. 2. Absence or presence of groundwater. 3. Adequate retardation. 4. Non -shrink characteristics. 5. Pumping distances. 02330 SEI PN: 97-027 08/14/99 Page 3 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TUNNEL GROUT B. Prepare mixes that satisfy the required application. Materials used in grout mix shall meet the following standards: 1. Cement: ASTM C150. 2. Fly Ash: ASTM C618. 3. Water: Potable. 4. Foam. ASTM C869. 5. Slurry: ASTM C138. 6. Cellular Grout: ASTM C138. 7. Sand for sand -cement mortar mix. ASTM C144. C. Provide grout that meets the following minimum requirements: 1. Minimum 28 day unconfined compressive strength: 1,000 psi for sand - cement mortar grout; 300 psi for cellular grout. 2. Determine strength by ASTM C942 D. Fluidifier. Use a fluidifier, meeting ASTM C937, that holds the solid constituents of the grout in colloidal suspension and is compatible with the cement and water used in the grouting operations. E Admixtures. 1. Use admixtures meeting ASTM C494 and ASTM C1017 as required, to improve pumpability, to control time of set, to hold sand in suspension and to reduce segregation and bleeding. 2. For cellular grout, do not use foam or admixtures that promote steel corrosion. 3. Ensure that admixtures used in a mix are compatible Provide written confirmation from the admixtures' manufacturers of their compatibility. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Notify the City Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of grouting operations. B. Select and operate grouting equipment to avoid damage to new or existing underground utilities and structures C. In selection of grouting placement consider pipe flotation, length of pipe, length of tunnel, depth from surface, type of sewer pipe, type of pipe blocking and bulkheading, grout volume and length of pipe to be grouted between bulkheads. D. Operate any dewatering systems until the grouting operations are complete. 3.02 EQUIPMENT A. Batch and mix grout in equipment of sufficient size and capacity to provide the necessary quality and quantity of grout for each placement stage. 02330 SEI PN: 97-027 08/14/99 Page 4 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TUNNEL GROUT B. Use equipment for grouting of a type and size generally used for the work, capable of mixing grout to a homogeneous consistency, and providing means of accurately measuring grout component quantities and accurately measuring pumping pressures. Use pressure grout equipment which delivers grout to the injection point at a steady pressure. 3.03 PRESSURE GROUTING FOR PRIMARY TUNNEL AND SHAFT LINER A. Perform grouting operations to fill voids outside of the primary tunnel or shaft liner. B. For nonexpendable primary liners installed behind a shield or tunnel boring machine (TBM), fill voids with sand -cement grout promptly after each ring of the liner is out of the shield. Keep the grout pressure below a value that may cause damage or distortion to the installed liner plate rings. Provide seals on the tail of the shield or TBM which will prevent grout from spilling. C. For nonexpendable primary liners installed by hand mining or in shafts, grout once every 4 feet or more frequently if conditions dictate. D. Control grout pressures so that tunnel or shaft liner is not overstressed, and ground heave is avoided. E For liner requiring grout, perform back grouting once each shift, or more often if required to ensure that all voids are filled. 3.04 ANNULAR GROUTING FOR SEWER LINE IN TUNNELS AND IN CASED OR UNCASED AUGERS A. Fill the annular space between the sewer pipe and the tunnel primary liner, casing or ground, with grout. B. Placement 1 Placement Limits: The limits of each grout placement stage shall be predetermined by the size and capacity of the batching equipment and the initial set time of the proposed grout. Under no circumstances shall placement continue at a grout port longer than that period of time for the mix to take initial set. Grout hole spacing and locations shall be located according to the number of stages necessary to grout tunnel liners. A stage or lift cannot be installed on another lift until a proper set has been attained. Have placement procedures approved by the admixture or additive manufacturer 2. Limit pressure on the annular space to prevent damage or distortion to the pipe or liner. Define the limiting and estimated required pressure range. Provide an open ended, high point tap or equivalent vent and monitor it at the bulkhead opposite to the point of grouting. 02330 SEI PN: 97-027 08/14/99 Page 5 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 TUNNEL GROUT 3. Pump grout until a material discharging is similar in consistency to that at point of injection. 4. In a primary lined tunnel, limit length of pipe installed to 200 feet or Tess before grouting the same length of sewer line. Repeat this cycle until all pipe is installed and grouted C. Remove temporary bulkheads installed for grouting. Batch and mix cellular grout mechanically to ensure consistency of the mix Wet solids thoroughly before introduction of the foaming agent Operate the batching system to maintain slurry weight within 3 percent of design density. Introduce foam into slurry in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations. 3.05 PRESSURE GROUTING FOR JACKED PIPE A. For jacked pipe 60 inches in diameter or greater, pressure grout the annulus after installation, displacing the bentonite lubrication. Jacked pipes Tess than 60-inch diameter may be left ungrouted unless the excavated diameter exceeds the external pipe diameter by more than one inch. B. Inject grout through grout holes in the sewer pipe Drilling holes from the surface or through the carrier pipe walls is not allowed. Perform grouting by injecting it at the pipe invert with bentonite displacement occurring through a high point tap or vent. C. Control ground water as necessary to permit completion of grouting without separation of the grout materials. D. Limit pressures to prevent damage or distortion to the pipe or to keep flexible pipe within acceptable tolerances. Pump grout until material discharging is similar in consistency to that at point of injection. 3.06 GROUND STABILIZATION GROUTING A. Completely fill voids outside the limits of excavation caused by caving or collapse of ground Fill with gravity or pressure injected sand -cement grout as necessary to fill the void B. Take care in grouting operations to prevent damage to adjacent utilities or public or private property Grout at a pressure that will not distort or imperil any portion of the work or existing installations or structures. 02330 SEI PN: 97-027 08/14/99 Page 6 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98 01 TUNNEL GROUT C. Verify that the void has been filled by volumetric comparisons and visual inspection. In the case of settlement under existing slabs, take cores as directed by the City Engineer, at no additional cost to the City, to demonstrate that the void has been filled 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Pressure Grouting for Primary Tunnel and Shaft Liners 1. For each shaft, make one set of four compressive test specimens for each 30-foot depth and one set for any remaining portion Tess than a 30-foot increment. 2. Make one set of four compressive test specimens for every 200 feet of primary Tined, (non -expandable) tunnel requiring grout. B. Annular Grouting for Sewer Line in Tunnels and in Cased or Uncased Augers. 1. Make one set of four compressive test specimens for every 200 feet of sewer pipe installed in primary Tined tunnel. 2. For cased or uncased augers, make one set of four compressive test specimens for each grouting operation, or for each 100 feet of pipe installed whichever is more frequent. 3. For cellular grout, check the slurry density both at point of batching and placement at least twice each hour in accordance with ASTM C138. Record density time, and temperature. Density must be within 3 percent of design density at point of batching and 5 percent of design density at point of placement. C. Pressure Grouting for Jacked Pipe. Make one set of four compressive test specimens for every 400 feet of jacked pipe pressure grouting D. Ground Stabilization Grouting. Make one set of four compressive test specimens for every location where ground stabilization grouting is performed. END OF SECTION SEI PN: 97-027 08/14/99 02330 Page 7 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES Section 02571 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Repairing and resurfacing streets, highways, driveways, sidewalks, curbs and gutters, and other pavements that have been cut, broken, or damaged during construction. 1. Parking areas, service drives, driveways, and sidewalks: Replace with material equal to or better than existing or as indicated on Drawings. 2. Street pavements and curbs, curbs and gutters: Match general pavement type and provide subgrade base, and surface materials as indicated on the Drawings and as specified in this Section. B. Repair State highway crossings in accordance with the highway department permit and within one (1) week after utility work is installed C. Conform to Section 02076 - Removing Existing Pavement and Structures, for removal of existing pavements 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Payment for pavement repair for utilities is on a unit price basis as listed in Document 00300 - Bid Proposal B. Limits for measurement will be as follows: 1. Extend 18 inches beyond outside trench or trench slopes for utilities and appurtenant structures excavation or for pavement removed to construct utility appurtenances, as indicated on Drawings. 2. Extend 5 feet beyond outside excavation limits for structural excavation or tunnel shaft walls. 3. If removed pavement is greater than one-half of pavement lane width, or within 18 inches of a longitudinal joint on concrete pavement, replace pavement for full lane width or to nearest longitudinal joint. 4. No payment will be made for work outside maximum payment limits, or in areas removed or replaced for Contractor's convenience. The maximum payment limit is the maximum trench width plus 36 inches, or as shown on the Drawings. The maximum trench width is defined in Section 02227- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities If the extent of pavement replacement is increased to full lane width or to the nearest longitudinal joint, the maximum payment limits are increased to the same extent. 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES C. Total compensation for required Unit Price Work shall be included in Unit Price bid in Document 00405 - Schedule of Unit Price Work. Claims for payment as Unit Price Work, but specifically covered in the list of unit prices contained in Document 00405, will not be accepted. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for other unit price procedures. Quantity and measurement estimates stated in the Agreement are for contract purposes only. Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work and verified by City Engineer shall determine payment as stated in Article 9 of the General Conditions. E City Engineer will take all measurements and compute quantities accordingly. F. Contractor shall assist by providing necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required by City Engineer. 1.03 NONCONFORMING PAVEMENT A. Remove and replace areas of non -conforming Portland cement concrete or asphaltic concrete pavement found deficient in thickness by more than 10 percent, or that fail specified tests, unless accepted by City Engineer. 1.04 UNIT PRICE ADJUSTMENT A. For non -conforming pavement, accepted by the City Engineer, unit price adjustments shall be made for actual in -place depth determined by cores as follows: 1. Adjusted Unit Price shall be ratio of average thickness as determined by cores to thickness bid upon, times unit price bid 2. Adjustment shall apply to lower limit of 90 percent and upper limit of 105 percent of unit price bid. 1.05 REFERENCES A. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement B. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates C. .ASTM C40 - Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete D. ASTM C42 - Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete E. ASTM C78 - Flexural Strength of Concrete (using simple beam with third -point loading) F. ASTM C123 - Lightweight Pieces in Aggregates G. ASTM C131 - Resistance to Degradation of Small -Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angles Machine 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES H. ASTM C136 - Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates I. ASTM C138 - Unit Weight, Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete J. ASTM C142 - Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates K. ASTM D698 Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-Ib/ft3 600kn-m/m3) L. ASTM D994 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type) M. ASTM D1556 - Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand Cone Method N . ASTM D1557 - Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56 000 ft-Ib/ft/3 (2,700 kN-m/m3) O. ASTM D1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) P . ASTM D2487 - Soil for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) Q. ASTM D2922 - Density of Soil and Soil Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow depth) R. ASTM D3017 - Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) S . ASTM D3405 - Joint Sealants, Hot Poured, for Concrete and Asphalt Pavements T. ASTM D4318 - Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils U . TEX-106-E - Method of Calculating Plasticity Index of Soils ✓ . TEX-126-E - Molding, Testing, and Evaluation of Bituminous Black Base Materials W. TEX-203-F - Sand Equivalent Test X. TEX-204-F - Design of Bituminous Mixtures Y. TEX-207-F - Determination of Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Z. TEX-208-F - Test for Stabilimeter of Bituminous Mixtures AA. TEX-227-F - Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity of Bituminous Mixtures 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit test results or other data confirming that materials meet the specified requirements for: 1. Fill, backfill and subgrade materials 2. Base course materials 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES 3. Asphalt materials and mix designs 4. Concrete matenals and mix design 5. Joint material PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SUBGRADE A. Provide fill and backfill materials beyond the limits of the utility trench as indicated on the Drawings and conforming to the following classifications. The classifications follow Unified Soil Classification Symbols as defined in ASTM D2487. Use soils with dual designation according to ASTM D2487 according to the least restrictive class. 1. Class I: Well graded sands and gravels, gravel -sand mixtures, crushed well graded rock little or no fines (GW, SW) a. Plasticity Index - Nonplastic. b. Gradation - DSD,o - greater than 4 percent passing No. 200 Sieve - less than or equal to 5 percent 2. Class II: Poorly graded gravels and sands, silty sands and gravels, little to moderate fines (GM, GP, SP, SM). a. Plasticity Index: Nonplastic to 4 percent. b. Gradation percent passing No 200 Sieve - less than 5 percent (GP, SP). c. Gradation: percent passing No. 200 Sieve - between 12 percent and 50 percent (GM, SM). 3. Class III: Clayey gravels and sands, poorly graded mixtures of sand, gravel, and clay (GC, SC) a. Plasticity Index: greater than 7. b. Gradation. percent passing No. 200 Sieve between 12 percent and 50 percent. 4. Cement Stabilized Sand: Conform to requirements of Section 02252 - Cement Stabilized Sand. 5. Lime Stabilized Subgrade: Lime for subgrade stabilization shall conform to the following: a. Type A - Hydrated lime. Dry material consisting essentially of calcium hydroxide or mixture of calcium hydroxide and an allowable percentage of calcium oxide and magnesium hydroxide. b. Type B - Commercial lime slurry Liquid mixture consisting essentially of lime solids and water in slurry form. Water or liquid 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES c. portion shall not contain dissolved material in sufficient quantity to be injurious or objectionable for purpose intended Lime shall conform to following requirements: Chemical Composition Active lime content, % by weight Ca(OH)2+CaO U nhydrated lime content, % by weight CaO Free water content, % by weight H2O Sizing Wet Sieve, as % by weight residue retained: N o. 6 N o. 30 Dry sieve, as % by weight residue retained: 1-inch 3/4 inch Type A B 90.0 min' 5.0 max 5.0 max 0.2 max 4.0 max 87.0 mine IS AO MI 0.2 max2 4.0 max2 N otes (1) Maximum 5.0 percent by weight CaO shall be allowed in determining total active lime content. (2) Maximum solids content of slurry. d. Lime slurry may be delivered to the job site as commercial lime, or may be prepared at the job site by using hydrated lime or quicklime. The slurry shall be free of liquids other than water and shall be of a consistency that can be handled and uniformly applied without difficulty 6. Concrete Backfill: Conform to Class B (2000 psi) concrete as specified in Section 03305 - Concrete for Utility Construction or Section 03310 - Structural Concrete, as applicable 2.02 BASE COURSE MATERIALS A. Crushed Stone Flexible Base Course Materials 1. Crushed Stone: Material retained on the No. 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements: a. Durable particles of crusher -run broken limestone, sandstone, or granite obtained from an approved source. b. Los Angeles abrasion test percent of wear not to exceed 40 when tested in accordance with ASTM C131. 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 5 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES 2. Soil Binder: Material passing the No. 40 Sieve meeting the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318 a. Maximum Liquid Limit. 40 b. Maximum Plasticity Index: 12 c. Maximum Lineal Shrinkage: 7 (when calculated from volumetric shrinkage at liquid limit). B. Mixed Materials shall have a minimum compressive strength of 35 psi at 0 psi lateral pressure and 175 psi at 15 psi lateral pressure using tnaxial testing procedures Mixed materials shall be graded as follows: Sieve 1-3/4 inch No. 4 No. 40 2.03 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE Percent Retained O to 10 45to75 60 to 85 A. Coarse Aggregate: Gravel, crushed stone or a combination of the two, that is retained on No 10 sieve, uniform in quality throughout and free from dirt organic or other injurious matter occurring either free or as coating on aggregate. Aggregate shall conform to ASTM C33 except for gradation. Furnish rock or gravel with Los Angeles abrasion Toss not to exceed 40 percent by weight when tested in accordance with ASTM C131. B. Fine Aggregate: Sand or stone screenings or combination of both passing No. 10 sieve. Use aggregate conforming to ASTM C33, except for gradation. Use sand composed of sound, durable stone particles free from loams or other injurious foreign matter. Furnish screenings of same or similar material as specified for coarse aggregate. Confirm a Plasticity Index of not more than 6 for fine aggregate passing the No. 40 sieve when tested by Tex-106-E The sand equivalent shall have a minimum value of 45 when tested by Tex-203-F. C. Composite Aggregate: Conform to following limits when graded in accordance with ASTM C136. Gradation of Composite Aggregate Sieve Size 1/2" 3/8" #10 #40 #80 #200 Percent Passing 100 85 to 100 50 to 70 32 to 42 11 to 26 4 to 14 1 to 8 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 02571 Page 6 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES D. Asphaltic Material Moisture -free homogeneous material which will not foam when heated to 347 degrees F Material shall not be cracked. City Engineer will approve grade of asphalt to use after design tests have been made. Use only one grade of asphalt after grade is determined by test design for project and shall meet the following requirements: Test Max. Viscosity, (140°F) poises Viscosity, (275°F) cs Penetration, (77°F), 100 g, 5 sec. Flash Point, COC, (°F) Solubility in trichloroethylene, Tests on residues from thin film oven tests* Viscosity, (140°F) stokes Ductility, (77°F) 5 cms per min., Spot Tests E Prime Coat 1. AC-10 AC-20 Min. Max, Min 800 1200 150 70 425 99.0 WO MN NM SW M. IMP S. NM IMP 1600 + 2400 210 40 450 99 0 --- 4000 50 --- 20 Negative for all grades IMMO MO 8000 Cutback Asphalt Prime Coat. Moisture -free homogeneous material (MC-30 or MC-70) which will not foam when heated to 347 degrees F and which meets the following requirements: Type -Grade MC-30 Properties Min. Max Water percent --- 0.2 Flash Point, TOC,°F 100 Kinematic Viscosity at 140°F, cst 30 60 Distillate expressed as percent by volume of total distillate to 680°F to 437 ° F to 500 ° F to 600°F GO Ma OM 25 40 70 75 93 Residue from 680°F Distillation, volume, % 50 Tests on Distillation Residue: Penetration at 77°F, 100g, 5 sec. Ductility at 77°F, 5 cm/min cms Solubility in Trichloroethylene, SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 OM OW ow 120 250 100* 99 OM IS al MC-70 0.2 100 — 70 140 — 20 20 60 65 90 55 120 250 100* 99 02571 Page 7of28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES Spot Test All Negative * If penetration of residue is more than 200 and ductility at 77 degrees F is less than 100 cm, material will be acceptable if its ductility at 60 degrees F is more than 100. 2. Emulsified Petroleum Resin Prime Coat (EPR-1 Prime). Slow curing emulsion of petroleum resin and asphalt cement conforming to the following requirements. For use, EPR-1 may be diluted with water up to a maximum of three parts water to one part EPR-1 in order to achieve the desired concentration of residual resin/asphalt and facilitate application Properties Min. Max.. Furol Viscosity at 77°F, sec 14 40 Residue by Evaporation, % by weight 60 --- Sieve Test, % IS 0.1 Particle Charge Test Positive Tests on the Distillation Residue: Flash Point, COC (°F) 400 --- Kinematic Viscosity @ 140 ° F (cst) 190 350 F. Tack Coat 1. Cutback Asphalt Tack Coat Moisture -free homogeneous asphalt material (RC-250) which will not foam when heated to 347°F and which meets the following requirements: Properties Water percent Flash Point, TOC, (°F) Kinematic Viscosity at 140°F, cst Distillate: Expressed as percent by volume of total distillate to 680°F: Min, 80 250 to 437 ° F 40 to 500°F 65 to 600°F 85 Residue from 680°F Distillation, Volume percent 70 Tests on Distillation Residue: Penetration at 77°F, 100g, 5 sec. 100 Ductility at 77°F, 5 cm/min. cms 100 Solubility in Trichloroethylene, % 99 Spot Test All Negative Max 02 400 75 90 150 MO MN MO IOW WO AM 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 8 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES 2. Emulsified Tack Coat Homogeneous material which shows no separation of asphalt after mixing and shall meet the viscosity requirements at any time within 30 days after delivery. Emulsion material (SS-1) for tack coat shall meet the following Properties Min. Furol Viscosity at 77°F, sec. 30 Residue by Distillation, % 60 Oil Portion of Distillate, % Sieve Test, Miscibility (Standard Test) Cement Mixing, % Storage Stability, 1 Day, % Test on Residue: Penetration at 77°F, 100 g, 5 sec 120 Solubility in Trichloroethylene, % 97.5 Ductility at 77°F, 5 cm/min, cms 100 MIMS Passing 1110111001, Max- 100 im 2 0.1 Passing 2.0 1 160 G. Asphalt Concrete Pavement Mixes Employ and pay certified testing laboratory to prepare design mixes. Test or certify test on the proposed mixes have been performed on similar materials in accordance with Tex-126-E or Tex-204-F and Tex- 208-F. 1. Density and Stability Requirements: Percent Density HVEEM Stability Percent Min. Max. Optimum Not Less Than 94.5 97.5 96 35 2. Proportions for Asphaltic Materials Provide 4 to 8 percent of mixture by weight. Aggregate by weight shall not contain more than 1.0 percent by weight of fine dust, clay -like particles or silt present when tested in accordance with Tex-217-F Part II 2.04 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING MATERIALS A. Concrete shall conform to requirements for Class A concrete as specified in Section 03305 - Concrete for Utility Construction or Section 03310 - Structural Concrete as applicable. B. Reinforcing shall conform to requirements for bars and welded wire fabric as specified in Section 03305 - Concrete for Utility Construction Section 03210 - Reinforcing Steel, as applicable. 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 9 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES 2.05 JOINT MATERIALS A. Board Expansion Joint Material: Filler board of selected stock. Use wood of density and type as follows: 1. Clear, all -heart cypress weighing no more than 40 pounds per cubic foot, after being oven dried to constant weight. 2. Clear, all -heart redwood weighing no more than 30 pounds per cubic foot, after being oven dried to constant weight B. Preformed Expansion Joint Material: Bituminous fiber and bituminous mastic composition material conforming to ASTM D994 and ASTM D1751. C. Joint Sealing Compound: Hot -poured rubber -asphalt compound conforming to ASTM D3405. D. Load Transmission Devices: 1. Smooth, steel dowel bars conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60 When indicated on Drawings, encase one end of dowel bar in approved cap having inside diameter 1/16 inch greater than diameter of dowel bar. 2. Deformed steel tie bars conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60. E Metal Supports for Reinforcing Steel and Joint Assembly: Employ metal supports of approved shape and size that will secure reinforcing steel and joint assembly in correct position during placing and finishing of concrete. 2.06 SIDEWALK AND DRIVEWAY MATERIALS A. Sand bed shall be bank run sand, classified as SW, SP, or SM by the Unified Soil Classification System of ASTM D2487, with the following: 1. Less than 0.5 percent clay lumps (ASTM C142). 2. Less than 5.0 percent lightweight pieces (ASTM C123) 3. organic impurities, color no darker than standard color (ASTM C40). 4. Plasticity index of 4 or less per ASTM D4318 B. Portland cement concrete shall conform to requirements for Portland cement concrete paving in this Section. C. Asphaltic concrete shall conform to requirements for asphaltic concrete paving in this Section. D. Gravel paving shall conform to the requirements of Class II backfill in this section but with a gradation to match the gravel surface being replaced. 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 10 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EQUIPMENT A. Alternate equipment and methods, other than those required by this section, may be used provided the Contractor demonstrates that equal or better results will be obtained Maintain equipment for preparing subgrade and for finishing and compacting pavement in good working order. 3.02 SUBGRADE A. Preparation 1. Verify backfill of new utilities is complete, in accordance with Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 2. Correct subgrade deviations of plus or minus 1/2 inch in cross section or in 16-foot length by loosening, adding, or removing material, reshaping, and recompacting by sprinkling and rolling. 3. Prepare sufficient subgrade in advance of base course operations. B. Unstabilized Subgrade. Replace and compact unstabilized subgrade in accordance with the requirements for compaction, tolerance testing and protection of lime stabilized subgrade C. Lime Stabilized Subgrade 1. Scarify or excavate to bottom elevations to receive stabilized subgrade as indicated on the drawings. Remove material or windrow to expose secondary grade. Correct wet or unstable material below secondary grade by scarifying, adding lime, and compacting. Obtain uniform stability. Lime Slurry Application a. Mix hydrated lime with water to form a slurry of the solids content specified. Commercial lime slurry shall have dry solids content as specified. Apply slurry with a distributor truck equipped with an agitator to keep lime and water in a consistent mixture. Make successive passes over measured section of roadway to attain proper moisture and lime content. Limit spreading to an area where preliminary mixing operations can be completed on the same working day. c. Apply so that dry subgrade will contain a minimum lime content of 5 percent by weight of dry subgrade unless otherwise instructed by Testing Laboratory. 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 11 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES 3. Preliminary Mixing a. Do not mix and place material when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. Base may be placed when temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and rising. b. Use approved single -pass or multiple -pass rotary speed mixers to mix soil lime, and water to required depth. Obtain a homogeneous friable mixture free of clods and lumps. c. Mix and pulverize until all material passes a 1-3/4 inch sieve; a minimum of 85 percent excluding nonslacking fractions passes a 3/4 inch sieve; and a minimum of 60 percent excluding nonslacking fractions pass a No 4 sieve d. Shape mixed subgrade to final lines and grades. e. Seal subgrade as a precaution against heavy rainfall by rolling lightly with light pneumatic rollers. f. Cure soil -lime material for 1 to 4 days. Keep subgrade moist during cure. 4. Compaction a. Aerate or sprinkle to attain optimum moisture content. Remove and reconstruct sections where average moisture content exceeds ranges specified at time of final compaction. b. Start compaction immediately after final mixing, unless approved by City Engineer. c. Spread and compact in two or more approximately equal layers where total compacted thickness is to be greater than 8 inches. Compact with approved heavy pneumatic or vibrating rollers, or a combination of tamping rollers and Tight pneumatic rollers. Begin compaction at the bottom and continue until entire depth is uniformly compacted. e. Do not allow stabilized materials to mix with underlying material. Correct irregularities or weak spots immediately by replacing material and recompacting. f. Compact to following minimum densities at a moisture content of optimum to 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D698, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings: 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 12 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES g• 5. Curing (1) Areas to receive pavement without subsequent base course: Minimum density of 98 percent of maximum dry density (2) Areas to receive subsequent base course: Minimum density of 95 percent of maximum dry density. Seal with approved light pneumatic tired rollers: Prevent surface hair line cracking Rework and recompact at areas where hair line cracking develops. Moist cure for a minimum of 3 days before placing base or surface course. Time may be adjusted as approved by City Engineer. Subgrade may be opened to traffic after 2 days if adequate strength has been attained to prevent damage. Restrict traffic to light pneumatic rollers or vehicles weighing Tess than 10 tons. b. Keep subgrade surface damp by sprinkling. Roll with light pneumatic roller to keep surface knit together. c. Place base, surface, or seal course within 14 days after final mixing and compaction unless prior approval is obtained from City Engineer D. Cement Stabilized Subgrade. Where indicated on the Drawings, provide cement stabilized subgrade in accordance with Section 02244 - Cement Stabilization of Pavement Subgrade. E Tolerances 1. Completed surface shall be smooth and conform to typical section and established lines and grades. 2. Top of compacted surface: plus or minus 1/4 inch in cross section, or in 16 foot length. F. Field Quality Control 1. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services. 2. A minimum of one core will be made at random locations per 1000 linear feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of subgrade to determine in -place depth For areas less than 500 square yards, the City Engineer may waive the in -place depth test provided the Contractor can demonstrate by measurement the thickness of the subgrade stabilized. 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 13 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01• PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES 3. Contractor may obtain and pay for additional cores in the vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in -place depths. If the average of the tests falls below the required depth, place and compact addition material at no cost to the City 4. Compaction testing will be performing in accordance with ASTM D1556 or ASTM D2922 and ASTM D3017 at random locations near depth determination tests. Rework and recompact areas that do not conform to compaction requirements at no cost to the City 5. Fill test sections with new compacted lime stabilized subgrade. G. Protection 1. Maintain subgrade to lines and grades and in good condition until placement of base or surface course. 2. Repair defects immediately by replacing material to full depth. 3.03 BASE COURSE A. Placement 1. Spread and shape base in lifts to compacted thickness not to exceed 6 inches. Complete spreading, shaping, and compacting on same day material is deposited. 2. Place base so that projecting reinforcing steel from curbs or pavement remain at approximate center of base or pavement as indicated on the Drawings 3. Start compaction operations as soon as possible after placement. Use sheep foot, steel, or pneumatic rollers or • other equipment as approved. 4. Maintain moisture between optimum and 3 percent above optimum moisture. 5. Compact to 90 percent of Modified Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D1557, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 6. Finish to grade and compact lift before placing any successive lift. 7 Maintain shape by grading throughout operation. 8. Provide total thickness indicated on Drawings. 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 14 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES B. Tolerances 1. Completed base surface shall be smooth and conform to typical section and established lines and grades 2. Top surface of embankment: Plus or minus 1/4 inch in cross section, or in 16 foot length. C. Field Quality Control 1. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services. 2. A minimum of one core will be taken at random locations per 1000 linear feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of base or at least once per location of base placement to determine in -place depth. For areas of less than 500 square yards, the City Engineer may waive the depth core test provided the contractor can demonstrate by measurement the thickness of the base. 3. Contractor may obtain and pay for additional cores in the vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in -place depths. If the average of the tests falls below the required depth place and compact additional material at no additional cost to the City. 4. Compaction Testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1556 or ASTM D2922 and ASTM 3017 at a random location near each depth determination. Rework and recompact areas that do not conform to compaction requirements. 5. Fill cores and density test sections with new compacted crushed stone flexible base. D. Protection 1. Sprinkle to prevent excessive loss of moisture. 2. Restrict construction traffic on finished base to equipment required to complete the work. 3.04 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT A. Preparation 1. Thoroughly clean base course surface of loose material by brooming prior to application of tack coat. 2. Prepare sufficient base in advance of paving for efficient operations. 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 15 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES B. General Prime Coat Application 1. Apply prime coat with approved type of self-propelled pressure distributor or other approved equipment. Distribute prime coat evenly and smoothly under pressure necessary for proper distribution. 2. Keep all storage tanks, piping, retorts, booster tanks and distributors used in handling asphaltic materials clean and in good operating conditions. Conduct operations so that asphaltic material does not become contaminated. 3. If yield of asphaltic material appears to be in error, recalibrate distributor prior to continuing Work. 4. Maintain the surface until Work is accepted by City. 5. No traffic or placing of subsequent courses shall be permitted over freshly applied prime coat until authorized by City Engineer. C. Cutback Asphalt Prime Coat Application 1. Do not use cutback asphalt during the period of April 16 to September 15. 2. Do not place prime coat when air temperature is below 60 degrees F and falling. Materials may be placed when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 50 degrees F and rising 3. Distribute at rate of 0.25 to 0.35 gallons per square yard. 4. Provide facilities for determining temperature of asphaltic material in heating equipment and in distributor, for determining rate of application, and for obtaining uniformity at junction of two distributor loads Provide and maintain in good working order, recording thermometer at storage heating unit. 5. Temperature of application shall be based on temperature -viscosity relationship that will permit application of asphalt with viscosity of 100 to 125 centistokes. Maintain asphalt within 15 degrees F of temperature required to meet viscosity. Selected temperature shall be within following range. Prime Coat Type Minimum (F) Maximum (F) MC-30 70 150 MC-70 125 175 6. Do not allow temperature of MC-30 to exceed 175 degrees F at any time. 7 Do not allow temperature of MC-70 to exceed 200 degrees F at any time. 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 16 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES D. Emulsified Prime Coat Application 1. Do not place prime coat when air temperature is below 36 degrees F and falling. 2. Distribute at rate of 0.15 to 0.25 gallons per square yard. E Tack Coat Application 1. Apply tack coat uniformly by use of approved distributor at rate not to exceed 0 05 gallons per square yard of surface. Where the asphaltic concrete mixture will adhere to the surface on which it is placed without the use of a tack coat, the tack coat may be eliminated if approved by the City Engineer. 2. Paint contact surfaces of curbs and structures and joints with thin uniform coat of tack coat. 3. Application: a. Do not use cutback asphalt during the period of April 16 to September 15. b. Do not place tack coat when air temperature is below 50 degrees F and falling. Materials may be placed when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 40 degrees F and rising. c. Temperature of tack coat shall be between 125 degrees F and 180 degrees F when applied. d. Do not heat tack coat above 200 degrees F at any time. 4. Tack Coat Protection. No traffic or placing of subsequent courses shall be permitted over freshly applied tack coat until authorized by City Engineer. F. Placement of Asphaltic Concrete 1. Do not place asphaltic mixture when air temperature is below 50 degrees F and falling. Mixture may be placed when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 40 degrees F and rising. 2. Haul prepared and heated asphaltic concrete mixture in tight vehicles previously cleaned of foreign material. Mixture shall be at temperature between 250 degrees F and 325 degrees F when laid. 3. For large areas, spread material into place with approved mechanical spreading and finishing machine of screening or tamping type. Use track - mounted finish machine to place base course directly on subgrade or base as shown on the Drawings. 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 17 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES 4. In restricted areas where use of paver is impractical, spread and finish asphalt by mechanical compactor. Use wood or steel forms, rigidly supported to assure correct grade and cross section Carefully place materials to avoid segregation of mix. Do not broadcast material. Remove any lumps that do not break down readily Place asphalt courses in same sequence as if placed by machine. 5. Surface Course Material: Surface course 2 inches or Tess in thickness may be spread in one lift. Spread lifts in such manner that, when compacted, finished course will be smooth of uniform density, and will be to section, line and grade as shown. 6. Place courses as nearly continuously as possible. Pass roller over unprotected ends of freshly laid mixture only when mixture has cooled. When work is resumed, cut back laid material to produce slightly beveled edge for full thickness of course. Remove old material which has been cut away and lay new mix against fresh cut. 7. When new asphalt is laid against existing or old asphalt, existing or old asphalt shall be saw cut full depth to provide straight smooth joint. G. Compaction of Asphaltic Concrete 1. Begin rolling while pavement is still hot and as soon as it will bear roller without undue displacement or hair cracking. Keep wheels properly moistened with water to prevent adhesion of surface mixture. Do not use excessive water. 2. Compress surface thoroughly and uniformly, first with power -driven, 3-wheel, or tandem rollers weighing from 8 to, 10 tons. Obtain subsequent compression by starting at side and rolling longitudinally toward center of pavement, overlapping on successive trips by at least one-half width of rear wheels. Make alternate trips slightly different in length. Continue rolling until no further compression can be obtained and rolling marks are eliminated. Complete rolling before mixture temperature drops below 175 degrees F. 3. Use tandem roller for final rolling. Double coverage with approved pneumatic roller on asphaltic concrete surface is acceptable after flat wheel and tandem rolling has been completed. 4. Along walls, curbs, headers and similar structures and in locations not accessible to rollers, compact mixture thoroughly with lightly oiled tamps. 5. Compact binder course and surface course to density not less than 93 percent of the maximum possible density of voidless mixture composed of same materials in like proportions. 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 18 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES H. Tolerances 1. Furnish templates for checking surface in finished sections. Maximum deflection of templates, when supported at center, shall not exceed 1/8 inch. 2. Completed surface, when tested with 10-foot straightedge laid parallel to center line of pavement, shall show no deviation in excess of 1/8 inch in 10 feet. Correct any surface not meeting this requirement. Field Quality Control 1. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services. 2. Minimum of one core will be taken at random locations per 1000 feet per lane of roadway or 500 square yards of pavement or at least once per location of pavement placement to determine in -place depth and density. For areas less than 500 square yards the City Engineer may waive the in -place depth test provided the Contractor can demonstrate by measurement the thickness of the pavement placed. 3. In -place density will be determined in accordance with Tex-207-F and Tex- 227-F from cores or sections of asphaltic base located near each depth determination. Other methods of determining in -place density, which correlate satisfactorily with results obtained from roadway specimens, may be used when approved by City Engineer. 4. Contractor may obtain and pay for three additional cores in vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in -place depths. In -place depth at these locations shall be average depth of four cores. 5. Fill cores and density test sections with new compacted asphaltic pavement. J. Protection 1. Do not open pavement to traffic until 12 hours after completion of rolling, or as shown on Drawings. 2. Maintain asphaltic concrete pavement in good condition until completion of Work. 3. Repair defects immediately by replacing asphaltic concrete pavement to full depth 3.05 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING A. Preparation 1. Properly prepare, shape and compact each section of subgrade before placing forms, reinforcing or concrete. After forms have been set to proper 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 19 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES grade and alignment, use subgrade planer to shape subgrade to its final cross section. Check contour of subgrade with template 2. Remove subgrade that will not support loaded form. Replace and compact subgrade to required density. B. Concrete Paving Equipment 1. Subgrade Planer and Template: a. For large areas, use subgrade planer with adjustable cutting blades to trim subgrade to exact section shown on Drawings. Select planer mounted on rollers which ride on forms. Planer frame must have sufficient weight so that it will remain on form at all times, and have such strength and rigidity that under tests made by changing support from wheels to center, planer will not develop deflection of more than 1/8 inch. Tractors used to pull planer shall not produce ruts or indentations m subgrade. When slip form method of paving is used, operate subgrade planer on prepared track grade or have it controlled by electronic sensor system operated from string line to establish horizontal alignment and elevation of subbase. b. For restricted areas, where planer is impractical, prepare . the subgrade by mechanical tampers and other equipment as approved by the City Engineer. c. Provide template for checking contour of subgrade. Template shall be long enough to rest upon side forms and have such strength and rigidity that, when supported at center maximum deflection shall not exceed 1/8 inch. Fit template with accurately adjustable rods projecting downward at 1-foot intervals Adjust these rods to gauge cross sections of slab bottom when template is resting on side forms. 2. Machine Finisher: For large areas, provide a power -driven, transverse finishing machine designed and operated to strike off and consolidate concrete Machine shall have two screeds accurately adjusted to crown of pavement and with frame equipped to ride on forms. Use finishing machine with rubber tires if it operates on concrete pavement. 3. Hand Finishing: For restricted areas, provide mechanical strike and tamping template 2 feet longer than width of pavement to be finished. Shape template to pavement section. Also, provide two bridges to ride on forms and span pavement for finishing expansion and dummy joints. Provide floats and necessary edging and finishing tools. 4. Burlap Drag for Finishing Slab: Furnish four plies of 10-ounce burlap material fastened to bridge to form continuous strip of burlap full width of pavement. The 3-foot width of burlap material shall be in contact with pavement surface. Keep burlap drags clean and free of encrusted mortar. 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 20 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES 5. Vibrators: For large areas, furnish mechanically operated synchronized vibrators mounted on tamping bar which rides on forms and hand - manipulated mechanical vibrators. Furnish vibrators with frequency of vibration to provide maximum consolidation of concrete without segregation. For restricted areas, hand operated vibrators may be utilized. 6. Traveling Form Paver: Approved traveling form paver may be used in lieu of construction methods employing forms, consolidating, finishing and floating equipment. Requirements of this specification for subgrade pavement tolerances, pavement depth, alignments, consolidation, finishing and workmanship shall be met. If traveling form paver does not provide concrete paving that meets the compaction, finish and tolerance requirements of this specification, its use shall be immediately discontinued when so ordered by City Engineer and conventional methods shall be used a. Equip traveling paver with longitudinal transangular finishing float adjustable to crown and grade Float shall be long enough to extend across pavement to side forms or edge of slab. b. Insure that continuous deposit of concrete can be made at paver to minimize starting and stopping. Use conventional means of paving locations inaccessible to traveling paver, or having horizontal or vertical curvature that traveling paver cannot negotiate. c. Where Drawings require tie bars for adjacent paving, securely tie and support bars to prevent displacement. Tie bars may be installed with approved mechanical bar inserter mounted on traveling -form paver. Replace any pavement in which tie bars assume final position other than that shown on Drawings unless corrective alternates are authorized in writing by City Engineer. C. Forms 1. Side Forms: Use metal forms of approved shape and section. Preferred depth of form shall be equal to required edge thickness of pavement Forms with depths greater or Tess than required edge thickness of pavement will be permitted, provided difference between form depth and edge thickness is not greater than 1 inch and further provided that forms of depth less than pavement edge are brought to required edge thickness by securely attaching wood or metal strips to bottom of form, or by grouting under form. Bottom flange of form shall be same size as thickness of pavement. Aluminum forms are not allowed. Forms shall be approved by City Engineer Length of form sections shall be not less than 10 feet and each section shall provide for staking in position with not Tess than 3 pins Flexible or curved forms of wood or metal of proper radius shall be used for curves of 200-foot radius or Tess. Forms shall have ample strength and shall be provided with adequate devices for secure setting so that when in -place they will withstand, without visible springing or settlement impact and vibration of finishing machine. In no case shall base width be Tess than 8 inches for form 8 inches or more in height. Forms shall be free from warp, bends or kinks and shall be 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 21 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES sufficiently true to provide reasonable straight edge on concrete. Top of each form section, when tested with straight edge, shall conform to requirements specified for surface of completed pavement. Provide sufficient forms for satisfactory placement of concrete For short radius curves forms Tess than 10 feet in length or curved forms may be used. For curb returns at street intersections and driveways wood forms of good grade and quality may be used. 2. Form Setting: Rest forms directly on subgrade. Do not shim with rocks or dirt. Accurately set forms to required grade and alignment and, during entire operation of placing, compacting and finishing of concrete, do not deviate from this grade and alignment more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet of length. Do not remove forms for at least 8 hours after completion of finishing operations Provide supply of forms that will be adequate for orderly and continuous placing of concrete. For large areas, set forms and check grade for at least 300 feet ahead of placement or as approved by City Engineer Adjacent slabs may be used instead of forms, provided that concrete is well protected from possible damage by finishing equipment These adjacent slabs shall not be used for forms until concrete has aged at least 7 days. D. Reinforcing Steel and Joint Assemblies 1. Accurately place reinforcing steel and joint assemblies and position Ahem securely as indicated on Drawings. Wire reinforcing bars securely together at intersections and splices. Bars and coatings shall be free of rust, dirt or other foreign matter when concrete is placed Place reinforcing steel and secure to chairs. 2. Place pavement joint assemblies at required locations and elevations, and rigidly secure parts in required positions. Install dowel bars accurately in joint assemblies as shown, each parallel to pavement surface and to center line of pavement. Rigidly secure in required position to prevent displacement during placing and finishing of concrete Accurately cut header boards, joint filler and other material used for forming joints to receive each dowel bar Where indicated on the drawings, drill dowels into existing pavement, secure with epoxy, and provide paving headers, as required to provide rigid pavement sections. E. Placement 1 Place concrete only when air temperature taken in shade and away from artificial heat is above 35 degrees F and rising Concrete shall not be placed when temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. 2. Place concrete within 60 minutes of mixing. Remove and dispose of concrete not placed within this period. 3. Concrete slump during placement shall be 1 to 4 inches, except when using traveling -form paver slump shall be maximum of 2 inches. 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 22 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES 4. Deposit concrete rapidly and continuously on subgrade or base in successive batches. Distribute concrete to required depth and for entire width of placement in manner that will require as little rehandling as possible. Where hand spreading is necessary, distribute concrete with shovels or by other approved methods Use only concrete rakes in handling concrete At end of day or in case of unavoidable interruption of more than 30 minutes, place transverse construction joint at point of stopping work. Remove and replace sections Tess than 10 feet long 5. Take special care in placing and spading concrete against forms and at longitudinal and transverse joints to prevent honeycombing. Voids in edge of finished pavement will be cause for rejection. F. Compaction 1. Consolidate the concrete using mechanical vibrators Extend a vibratory unit across the pavement, not quite touching side forms. Space individual vibrators at close enough intervals to vibrate and consolidate entire width of pavement uniformly. Mount mechanical vibrators to avoid contact with forms, reinforcement, transverse or longitudinal joints. 2. Furnish enough hand -manipulated mechanical vibrators for proper consolidation of concrete along forms, at joints and in areas not covered by mechanically controlled vibrators G. Finishing 1. Finish concrete pavement with power -driven transverse finishing machines or by hand finishing methods. a. Use transverse finishing machine to make at least two trips over each area. Make last trip continuous run of not less than 40 feet. After transverse screening, use hand -operated longitudinal float to test and level surface to required grade. b. Hand finish with mechanical strike and tamping template as wide as pavement to be finished. Shape template to pavement section. Move strike template forward in direction of placement, maintaining slight excess of material in front of cutting edge. Make at least two trips over each area Screed pavement surface to required section. Work screed with combined transverse and longitudinal motion in direction work is progressing Maintain screed in contact with forms. Use longitudinal float to level surface 2. On narrow strips and transitions, finish concrete pavement by hand. Thoroughly work concrete around reinforcement and embedded fixtures. Strike off concrete with strike -off screed. Move strike -off screed forward with combined transverse and longitudinal motion in direction work is progressing, maintaining screed in contact with forms, and maintaining slight excess of 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 23 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES materials in front of cutting edge. Tamp concrete with tamping template. Use longitudinal float to level surface. 3. After completion of straightedge operation, make first pass of burlap drag as soon as construction operations permit and before water sheen has disappeared from surface. Follow with as many passes as required to produce desired texture depth. Permit no unnecessary delays between passes. Keep drag wet, clean and free from encrusted mortar during use. H. Joints and Joint Sealing 1. Placement a. When new work is adjacent to existing concrete, place joints at same location as existing joints in adjacent pavement. b. If the limit of removal of existing concrete or asphaltic pavement does not fall on existing joint, saw cut existing pavement minimum of 1-1/2 inches deep to provide straight, smooth joint surface without chipping, spalling or cracks. 2. Construction Joints. Place transverse construction joint wherever concrete placement must be stopped for more than 30 minutes Place longitudinal construction joints at interior edges of pavement lanes using No. 6 deformed tie bars, 30 inches long and spaced 18 inches on centers. 3. Expansion Joints. Place 3/4-inch expansion joints at radius points of curb returns for cross street intersections, or as located in adjacent pavement but no further than 60 feet apart. Use no boards shorter than 6 feet. When pavement is 24 feet or narrower, use not more than 2 lengths of board. Secure pieces to form straight joint. Shape board filler accurately to cross section of concrete slab Use load transmission devices of type and size shown on Drawings. Seal with joint sealing compound. 4. Contraction Joints. Place contraction joints at same locations as in adjacent pavement or at spaces indicated on Drawings. Place smoothed, painted and oiled dowels accurately and normal to joint. Seal groove with joint sealing compound. 5. Longitudinal Weakened Plane Joints. Place longitudinal weakened plane joints at spaces indicated on Drawings Seal groove with joint sealing compound 6. Sawed Joints a. Contractor may use sawed joints as an alternate to contraction and weakened plane joints. Circular cutter shall be capable of cutting straight line groove minimum of 1/2 inch wide. Depth shall be one quarter of pavement thickness plus 1/2 inch. Commence sawing as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit cutting without 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 24 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES chipping, spalling or tearing and prior to initiation of cracks. Once sawing has commenced, it shall be continued until completed. Make saw cut with one pass. Complete sawing within 24 hours of concrete placement Saw joints at required spacing consecutively in sequence of concrete placement. b. Concrete Saw Provide sawing equipment adequate in power to complete sawing to required dimensions and within required time. Provide at least one standby saw in good working order Maintain an ample supply of saw blades at work site at all times during sawing operations Sawing equipment shall be on job at all times during concrete placement 7. Joints for Curb, Curb and Gutter. Place 3/4-inch preformed expansion joints through curb and gutters at locations of expansion and contraction joints in pavement; at end of radius returns at street intersections and driveways; and at curb inlets. Maximum spacing shall be 120-foot centers. 8. Joints for Concrete Sidewalks. Provide 3/4-inch expansion joints conforming to ASTM D1751 along and across sidewalk at back of curbs, at intersections with driveways, steps and walls; and across walk at intervals not to exceed 36 feet. Provide expansion joint material conforming to ASTM D994 for small radius curves and around fire hydrants and utility poles. Extend the expansion joint material full depth of the slab. 9. Joints for Concrete Driveways. Provide 3/4-inch expansion joints conforming to ASTM D1751 across driveway in line with street face of sidewalks, at existing concrete driveways, and along intersections with sidewalks and other structures. Extend expansion joint material full depth of slab. 10. Joint Sealing a. Seal joints only when surface and joints are dry, ambient temperature is above 50 degrees F and Tess than 85 degrees F, and weather is not foggy or rainy. b. Joint sealing equipment shall be in first-class working condition, and be approved by City Engineer. c. Clean joints of loose scale, dirt, dust and curing compound. Remove loose material from concrete surfaces adjacent to joints. Use concrete grooving machine or power -operated wire brush and other equipment such as plow, brooms, brushes, blowers or hydro- or abrasive -cleaning machines, as required to produce satisfactory results. d. Fill joints neatly with joint sealer to depth shown. Pour sufficient joint sealer into joints so that, upon completion, surface of sealer within joint will be 1/4 inch below level of adjacent surface or at elevation as directed 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 25 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES 11. Protection a. Maintain joints in good condition until completion of Work. b. Replace damaged joints material with new material. Concrete Curing. Conform to requirements of Section 03305 - Concrete for Utility Construction or Section 03310 - Structural Concrete. J. Tolerances. Test entire surface before initial set and correct irregularities or undulations. Bring surface within requirements of following test and then finish. Place 10-foot straightedge parallel to center of roadway to bridge any depressions and touch high spots. Do not permit ordinates measured from face of straight edge to surface of pavement to exceed 1/16 inch per foot from nearest point of contact. Maximum ordinate with 10-foot straightedge shall not exceed 1/8 inch. Grind spots in excess of requirements of this paragraph to meet surface test requirements. Restore texture by grooving concrete to meet surface finishing specifications K. Field Quality Control 1. Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services. 2. Flexural Strength Test Specimens: Four test specimens for flexural strength test will be made for each 150 cubic yards or less of pavement that is placed in one day. Two specimens will be tested at 7 days. For failed 7-day tests remaining two specimens will be tested at 28 days. Specimens will be made, cured and tested in accordance with ASTM C78 (using simple beam with third point loading). Minimum flexural strength (modulus of rupture) shall be 500 pounds per square inch at 7 days and.600 pounds per square inch at 28 days. 3. Yield test will be made in accordance with ASTM C138 for cement content per cubic yard of concrete. If such cement content is found to be Tess than that specified per cubic yard reduce batch weights until amount of cement per cubic yard of concrete conforms to requirements 4. Minimum of one 4-inch core to measure in -place depth will be taken at random locations per 1000 feet per lane or 500 square yards of pavement or at least once per location of pavement placement. Each core may be tested for 28-day compressive strength according to methods of ASTM C42. The 28-day compressive strength of each core tested shall be a minimum of 3000 pounds per square inch Compressive strength shall not be utilized to satisfy the flexural strength requirements. 5. For areas less than 500 square yards, the City Engineer may waive the in - place depth test provided the Contractor can demonstrate by measurement the thickness of the pavement placed. Compressive strength cylinders may be made as indicated in Section 03305 - Concrete for Utility Construction or Section 03310 - Structure Concrete if the core for in place depth determination is not required. 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 26 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES Contractor may obtain and pay for three additional cores in vicinity of cores indicating nonconforming in -place depths. In -place depth at these locations shall be average depth of four cores. 7 Fill cores and density test sections with new concrete paving or non -shrink grout. L. Protection 1. Barricade pavement section from use until concrete has attained minimum design strength. 2. To provide access at driveways, city street intersections, esplanades, and other locations approved by City Engineer; Contractor may use high -early - strength cement or place an additional 2 inches of concrete pavement on untreated subgrade in lieu of specified concrete pavement depth on stabilized base or lime treated subgrade. Additional depths of concrete placement shall be paid for under original specified concrete depth. 3. On those sections of pavement to be opened to traffic, seal joints, clean pavement and place earth against pavement edges before permitting use by traffic. Such opening of pavement to traffic shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for the Work. 4. Maintain concrete paving in good condition until completion of Work. 5. Repair defects by replacing concrete to full depth. 3.06 PAVEMENT MARKINGS A. Restore pavement markings to match those existing or as indicated on the Drawings and details. 3.07 SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS A. Replacement 1 Replace sidewalks and driveways which are removed or damaged during construction with paving of the same type and with thickness and width equivalent to one removed or damaged. Asphaltic concrete and Portland cement concrete shall meet the requirements of this Section. 2. Provide replaced and new sidewalks with wheelchair ramps if sidewalk intersects curb at street or driveway intersection. B. Preparation and Placement 1. Identify and protect utilities which are to remain. 2. Protect living trees, other plant growth, and features designated to remain. 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 27 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PAVEMENT REPAIR FOR UTILITIES 3. Excavate subgrade 6 inches beyond outside lines of sidewalk or driveway. Shape to the line grade, and cross section. For soils with plasticity index above 40 percent, stabilize soil with lime. Compact subgrade to minimum of 90 percent maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698 4. For concrete surface, immediately after subgrade is prepared, cover with 2- inch-thick compacted sand bed. Place concrete as indicated below. 5. For asphaltic concrete surface, place and compact directly on prepared subgrade. 6. For gravel surface, place and compact gravel directly on prepay subgrade. C. Concrete Placement 1. Forms: Straight, unwarped wood or metal forms with nominal 4-inch depth. Securely stake forms to line and grade, and maintain in true position during concrete placement. 2. Reinforcement Install 6 x 6 W2.9 x W2 9 welded wire fabric or No. 3 reinforcing steel bars on 18-inch centers longitudinally and transversely. Lay longitudinal bars in walk continuously, except through expansion joints. Support reinforcement in manner to maintain reinforcement in center of slab vertically during placement. 3. Expansion Joints: Install expansion joints in accordance with Section. 4. Colored concrete: Where indicated on the drawings, apply coloring agent in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. 5. Place concrete in forms to specified depth and tamp thoroughly with 'jitterbug" tamp, or other acceptable method Bnng mortar to surface. 6. Strike off to smooth finish with wood strike board Finish smoothly with wood hand float. Brush across sidewalk lightly with fine -haired brush. 7 Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, mark off joints 1/8 inch deep, at spacing equal to width of walk. Use joint tool equal in width to edging tool. 8. Finish edges with tool having 1/4-inch radius. 9. After concrete has set sufficiently, refill space along sides of sidewalk to top of walk with suitable material Tamp fill firm and solid D. Protection 1. Maintain sidewalks and driveway in good condition until completion of Work. 2. Replace sidewalks and driveway subsequently damaged by Contractor's operations. END OF SECTION 02571 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 28 of 28 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES Section 02600 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cast -in -place sanitary and storm sewer manholes. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for payment for cast -in -place manholes is on a unit price basis per manhole Payment will be made for each manhole installed, complete in place, including manhole, drop pipe, excavation, foundation, connection to sewer pipe and backfill The payment item in Document 00300 - Bid Proposal identifies cast -in -place manholes by station as shown on the Drawings. C. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI B 16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. B. ASTM A 307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile. C. ASTM C 270 - Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. D. ASTM C 923 - Standard Specifications for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures and Pipes. E ASTM C 1107 - Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic -Cement Grout (Nonshrfnk) F ASTM D 698 - Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-Ib/ft3). G. ASTM D 2665 - Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings. H. ASTM D 2996 - Specification for Filament -Wound, "Fiberglass" (Glass -Fiber - Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe. I. ASTM D 2997 - Specification for Centrifugally Cast "Fiberglass" (Glass -Fiber - Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin) Pipe. J. AWWA C 213 - Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Street Water Pipelines. 02600 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 1.04 A. B. PART 2 2.01 A. B. 2.02 A. 2.03 A. 2.04 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES S UBMITTALS S ubmit proposed design mix and test data for each type and strength of concrete. S ubmit manufacturer's data and details of following items for approval: 1. Frames, grates, rings, and covers. 2. Materials to be used in fabricating drop connections. 3. Materials to be used for pipe connections at manhole walls. 4. Materials to be used for stubs and stub plugs. 5. Plugs to be used for sanitary sewer hydrostatic testing. P RODUCTS CONCRETE Conform to requirements of Section 03305 - Concrete for Utility Construction. Manholes - Class A concrete with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi unless otherwise indicated on Drawings or approved by City Engineer for use on extra depth units. REINFORCING STEEL • Conform to requirements of Section 03305 - Concrete for Utility Construction. MORTAR Conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland cement. MISCELLANEOUS METALS A. Provide cast-iron frames, grates, rings, and covers conforming to requirements of Section 02603 - Frames, Grates, Rings and Covers. 2.05 DROP CONNECTIONS AND STUBS A. Drop connections and stubs shall conform to the same pipe material requirements used in the main pipe, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 02600 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 7 City of B98-01 Pearland, Texas SWEC Project CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES 2.06 PIPE CONNECTIONS A. Use resilient connectors conforming to requirements of ASTM C 923. Metallic mechanical devices as defined in ASTM C 923 shall be made of the following materials: 1. External clamps: Type 304 stainless steel 2. Internal, expandable clamps on standard manholes: Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gage minimum. 3. Internal, expandable clamps on corrosion -resistant manholes: a. Type 316 stainless steel, 11 gage minimum , or b. Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gage minimum, coated with minimum 16 mil fusion -bonded epoxy conforming to AWWA C 213. B. Where rigid joints between pipe and a cast -in -place manhole base are specified or shown on the Drawings, use polyethylene -isoprene waterstop meeting the physical property requirements of ASTM C 923, Press -Seal WS Series, or equal. C. Storm sewer pipe connections: 1. Connections acceptable for sanitary sewers. 2. Line pipe grouted in place with mortar. 2.07 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Sealing materials between precast concrete adjustment ring and manhole cover frame shall be Adeka Ultraseal P201, or approved equal 2.08 CORROSION RESISTANT MANHOLE MATERIALS A. B. Where corrosion -resistant manholes or PVC -lined manholes are indicated on the Drawings, provide one of the following: 1. PVC liner for precast cylindrical manhole section, base sections, and cone sections. For PVC liner, refer to Section 02752 - Plastic Liner for Large - diameter Concrete Sewers and Structures. 2. Precast base sections, as specified above, Tined with PVC or equal and fiberglass manholes in accordance with Section 02608 - Fiberglass Manholes. Seal internal PVC liner at pipe penetrations using manufacturer's recommended methods. 02600 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES 2.09 BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Backfill materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 2.10 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. For non -shrink grout, use prepackaged, inorganic, flowable, non -gas -liberating, non- metallic, cement -based grout requinng only the addition of water. It shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107 and shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 7000 psi. 2.12 VENT PIPES A. Provide external vent pipes for manholes, if shown on the Drawings. B. Buried Vent Pipes: Provide 3-inch or 4-inch PVC DWV pipe conforming to ASTM D 2665. Alternatively, provide FRP pipe as specified for the vent outlet assembly C. Vent Outlet Assembly: Provide a vent outlet assembly if shown on the Drawings, constructed of the following specified materials: 1. FRP Pipe• Provide filament wound FRP conforming to ASTM D 2996 or centrifugally cast FRP conforming to ASTM D 2997 Seal cut ends in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Joints and Fittings: Provide epoxy bodied fittings and join pipe to fittings with epoxy adhesive, according to the pipe manufacturer's instructions. 3. Flanges: Provide socket -flange fittings for epoxy adhesive bonding to pipe ends where shown on the Drawings Flanges shall meet bolt pattern and dimensions for ANSI B 161 125-pound flanges Flange bolts shall be type 304 stainless steel or hot -dip zinc coated, conforming to ASTM A 307, Class A or B. 4. Coatings Provide a 2-component, aliphatic polyurethane coating, using a primer or tie coat recommended by the manufacturer Provide two or more coats to yield a dry film thickness of a least 3 mils. Provide Amershield, Tnemec 74; or equal. Color shall be selected by the City Engineer from the manufacturer's standard colors. PART3 .EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines and grades are correct. B. Determine if the subgrade, when scarified and recompacted, can be compacted to 95 percent of maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698 prior 02600 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES to placement of foundation material and base section. If it cannot be compacted to that density, the subgrade shall be moisture conditioned until that density can be reached or shall be treated as an unstable subgrade. C. Do not build sanitary sewer manholes in ditches, swales, or drainage paths unless approved by City Engineer. 3.02 MANHOLES A. Construct manholes to dimensions shown on Drawings. Commence construction as soon as possible after pipes are laid On monolithic sewers, construct manholes at same time sewer is being constructed. B. Unstable Subgrade Treatment: When unstable subgrade is encountered the subgrade will be examined by the City Engineer to determine if the subgrade has heaved upwards after being excavated. If heaving has not occurred, the subgrade shall be over -excavated to allow for a 24-inch thick layer of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric as the foundation material under the manhole base If there is evidence of heaving, a pile -supported concrete foundation as detailed on the Drawings, shall be provided under the manhole base when indicated by the City Engineer. C. Cast manhole foundations and walls monolithically. A cold joint with approved water stop will be allowed when the manhole flow line depth exceeds 12 feet. No other joints will be allowed unless shown on Drawings or approved by City Engineer. D. Place, finish and cure concrete for manholes following the procedures given in Section 03305 - Concrete for Utility Construction, for concrete containing microsilica admixtures. 3.03 PIPE CONNECTIONS AT MANHOLE A. Install approved resilient connectors at each pipe entering and exiting sanitary sewer manholes in accordance with manufacturer s instructions. B. Ensure that no concrete, cement stabilized sand fill, or other rigid material is allowed to enter the space between the pipe and the edge of the wall opening at and around the resilient connector on either the interior or exterior of the manhole. If necessary, fill the space with a compressible matenal to guarantee the full flexibility provided by the resilient connector. C. Where a new manhole is to be constructed on an existing sewer a rigid joint pipe may be used. Install a waterstop gasket around the existing pipe at the center of the cast -in -place wall. Join ends of split waterstop material at the pipe springline using an adhesive recommended and supplied by the waterstop manufacturer. D. Do not construct joints on sanitary sewer pipe within wall sections of manholes. Use approved connection material. 02600 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 5 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES E Construct pipe stubs with resilient connectors for future connections at locations and with material indicated on Drawings. Install approved stub plugs at interior of manhole. F. Test connection for watertight seal before backfilling. 3.04 INVERTS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth flow transition waterway with no disruption of flow at pipe -manhole connections. Conform to following criteria: 1. Slope of invert bench: 1 inch per foot minimum; 1-1/2 inch per foot maximum. 2. Depth of bench to invert: a. Pipes smaller than 15-inches: one-half largest pipe diameter b. Pipes 15 to 24-inches: three -fourths the largest pipe diameter c. Pipes larger than 24-inches: equal to the largest pipe diameter 3. Invert slope through manhole: 0.10-foot drop across manhole with smooth transition of invert through manhole unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. B. Form invert channels with class A concrete if not integral with manhole base. For direction changes of mains construct channels tangent to mains with maximum possible radius of curvature. Provide curves for side inlets and smooth invert fillets for flow transition between pipe inverts. 3.05 DROP CONNECTIONS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Construct drop connections with same materials used in main pipe unless otherwise indicated on Drawings or approved by City Engineer. Install a drop connection with a sewer line enters a manhole higher than 24-inches above the invert of the manhole. B. Encase drop assembly with class A concrete to form a solid mass Extend concrete outside of bells a minimum of 4 inches. Cast base of encasement monolithically with manhole base and ensure concrete bonds to exterior manhole wall. C. Terminate encasement of blind drops a minimum of 5 inches below top of bell and not less than 12 inches above top of next lower bell. Install approved plug at bell. 3.06 MANHOLE FRAME AND ADJUSTMENT RINGS A. Combine precast concrete adjustment rings so that the elevation of the installed casting cover matches the pavement surface Seal between adjustment ring and the precast top section with non -shrink grout; do not use mortar between adjustment rings Apply a latex -based bonding agent to precast concrete surfaces to be joined with non -shrink grout. Set the cast iron frame on the adjustment ring in a bed of approved sealant The sealant bed shall consist of two beads of sealant, each bead having minimum dimensions of 1/2-inch and 3/4-inch wide. 02600 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 6 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES B. For manholes in unpaved areas, top of frame shall be set a minimum of 6 inches above existing ground line unless otherwise indicated on Drawings In unpaved areas, encase the manhole frame in mortar or non -shrink grout placed flush with the face of the manhole ring and the top edge of the frame Provide a rounded corner around the perimeter. C. When indicated on the Drawings, install manhole chimney seals to prevent inflow between manhole frames and chimneys. Conform to Section 02603 - Frames, Grates, Rings and Covers. 3.07 BACKFILL A. After leakage testing place and compact backfill materials in the area of excavation surrounding manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities Use embedment zone backfill material, as specified for the adjacent utilities, from manhole foundation up to an elevation 12 inches over each pipe connected to the manhole. Provide trench zone backfill, as specified for the adjacent utilities, above the embedment zone backfill. B. Where rigid joints are used for connecting existing sewers to the manhole, backfill under the existing sewer up to the springline of the pipe with Class B concrete or flowable fill. C. In unpaved areas, provide positive drainage away from manhole frame to natural grade. Provide a minimum of 4 inches of topsoil. Seed in accordance with Section 02932 - Hydromulch Seeding. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Conduct leakage testing of manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02732 - Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers 3.09 PROTECTION A. Protect manholes from damage until subsequent work has been accepted. Repair or replace damaged elements of manholes at no additional cost to the City. END OF SECTION 02600 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 7 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES Section 02601 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Precast concrete sanitary sewer manholes. B. Precast concrete sanitary sewer manholes with PVC liner where corrosion resistant manholes are specifically indicated in the Drawings. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices. 1. Payment for normal depth manholes, up to 8 feet deep, is on a unit price basis for each manhole installed. Depth is measured from top of cover to sewer invert. 2. Payment for shallow depth manholes is on a unit price basis for each manhole installed Shallow manholes have a depth of 4 feet or Tess measured from the top of cover to sewer invert. 3. Payment for extra depth manholes is on a unit price basis per vertical foot for each foot of depth greater than 8 feet. Depth is measured from top of cover to sewer invert. 4. Payment for normal depth corrosion resistant manholes, up to 8 feet deep, is on a unit price basis for each manhole installed. Depth is measured from top of cover to sewer invert. 5. Payment for extra depth corrosion resistant manholes is on a unit price basis per vertical foot for each foot of depth greater than 8 feet Depth is measured from top of cover to sewer invert 6. Payment for normal depth standard manhole drops up to 3 feet deep is on a unit price basis for each drop installed. Depth is measured from the invert of the T-fitting to the sewer invert. Standard manhole drops include both internal and external drops 7 Payment for extra depth manhole drops is on a unit price basis per vertical foot for each foot of depth greater than 3 feet. Depth is measured from the invert of the T-fitting to the sewer invert. Standard manhole drops include both internal and external drops. 8. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 02601 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 9 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If the Contract is a Stipulated Price Contract, payment for work in this Section is included in the total Stipulated Price. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI B 16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings B. ASTM A 307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile • C. ASTM C 443 - Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets. D. ASTM C 478 - Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. E ASTM C 923 - Standard Specifications for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures and Pipes. F ASTM C 1107 - Packaged Dry, Hydraulic -Cement Grout (Nonshrink). G. ASTM D 698 - Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-Ib/ft3) H. ASTM D 2665 - Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings. I. ASTM D 2996 - Specification for Filament -Wound Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin) Pipe J. ASTM D 2997 - Specification for Centrifugally Cast Fiberglass (Glass -Fiber - Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe • Fiberglass (Glass-Fiber- K. AWWA C 213 - Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines L. ASTM C 270 - Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's data and details of following items for approval: 1. Shop drawings of manhole sections and base units and construction details, including reinforcement, jointing methods, materials, and dimensions. 2. Summary of criteria used in the manhole design including, as a minimum, material properties, loadings, load combinations, and dimensions assumed. Include certification from manufacturer that precast manhole design is in full accordance with ASTM C 478 and design criteria as established in Paragraph 2.01E of this Specification. 3. Frames, grates, rings, and covers. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 02601 Page 2 of 9 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES 4. Materials to be used in fabricating drop connections. 5. Materials to be used for pipe connections at manhole walls. 6. Materials to be used for stubs and stub plugs, if required. 7. Materials and procedures for corrosion -resistant liner and coatings, if required. 8. Plugs to be used for sanitary sewer hydrostatic testing. 9. Manufacturer's data for pre -mix (bag) concrete, if used for channel inverts and benches. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES A. Provide manhole sections, base sections, and related components conforming to ASTM C 478 Provide base riser section with integral floors, unless shown otherwise. Provide adjustment rings which are standard components of the manufacturer of the manhole sections. Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer on inside of barrel B. Provide barrels constructed from 48-inch-diameter standard reinforced concrete manhole sections unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Combine various lengths of manhole sections to total the correct height with the fewest joints. Wall sections shall be designed for depth and loading conditions as required in Paragraph 2.01 E, but shall not be Tess than 5 inches thick. Base section shall have a minimum thickness of 12 inches under the invert. C. Provide cone tops to receive cast iron frames and covers designed to support an H-20 loading, unless indicated otherwise. D. Where the Drawings indicate that manholes larger than 48-inch diameter are required, precast base sections of the required diameter shall be provided with flat slab top precast sections used to transition to 48-inch diameter manhole access riser sections Transition can be concentric or eccentric The transition shall be located to provide a minimum of 7-foot head clearance from the top of bench to underside of transition. E. Design Loading Criteria The manhole walls, transition slabs, cone tops, and manhole base slab shall be designed, by the manufacturer, to the requirements of ASTM C 478 for the depth as shown on Drawings and to resist the following Toads. 1. AASHTO H-20 loading applied to the manhole cover and transmitted down to the transition and base slabs. 2. Unit soil weight of 120 pcf located above all portions of the manhole, including base slab projections. 02601 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 9 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES 3. Lateral soil pressure based on saturated soil conditions producing an at -rest equivalent fluid pressure of 100 pcf. 4. Internal liquid pressure based on a unit weight of 63 pcf. 5. Dead load of manhole sections fully supported by the transition and base slabs. F. Design: The manhole walls, transition slabs, cone tops and manhole base slab shall be designed according to the requirements of ASTM C 478 and the following: 1. Design additional reinforcing steel to transfer stresses at openings. 2. Wall loading conditions: a. Saturated soil pressure acting on an empty manhole. b. Manhole filled with liquid to mid -height from invert to cover, with no balancing external soil pressure. 3. The minimum clear distance between any two wall penetrations shall be 12 inches or half the diameter of the smaller penetration, whichever is greater. G. Provide joints between sections with o-ring gaskets conforming to ASTM C 443. 2.02 CONCRETE A. Conform to requirements of Section 03305 - Concrete for Utility Construction. B. Channel Inverts: Concrete for inverts not integrally formed with manhole base shall be either 5 sack premix (bag) concrete or Class A concrete, with a minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi. C. Cement Stabilized Sand Foundation: Provide cement stabilized sand foundation under base section in Iteu of foundation slab, where allowed, conforming to requirements of Section 02252 - Cement Stabilized Sand. D. Concrete Foundation. Provide Class A concrete with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi for concrete foundation slab under manhole base section where indicated on Drawings 2.03 REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing steel shall conform to requirements of Section 03315 - Concrete for Utility Construction. 2.04 MORTAR A. Conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland Cement. 02601 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 9 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS METALS A. Provide cast-iron frames, rings, and covers conforming to requirements of Section 02084 - Frames, Grates, Rings and Covers. 2.06 DROP CONNECTIONS AND STUBS A. Provide drop connections and stubs conforming to the same pipe material requirements used in the main pipe, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 2.07 PIPE CONNECTIONS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Provide resilient connectors conforming to requirements of ASTM C 923. Metallic mechanical devices as defined in ASTM C 923 shall be made of the following materials: 1. External clamps: Type 304 stainless steel 2. Internal, expandable clamps on standard manholes: Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gauge minimum. 3. Internal, expandable clamps on corrosion -resistant manholes: a. Type 316 stainless steel, 11 gauge minimum, or b. Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gauge minimum, coated with minimum 16 mil fusion -bonded epoxy conforming to AWWA C 213. B. Where rigid joints between pipe and a cast -in -place manhole base are specified or shown on the Drawings, provide polyethylene -isoprene waterstop meeting the physical property requirements of ASTM C 923, such as Press -Seal WS Series, or approved equal. 2.08 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Provide sealing materials between precast concrete adjustment ring and manhole cover frame such as Adeka Ultraseal P201, or approved equal 2.09 CORROSION RESISTANT MANHOLE MATERIALS A. Where corrosion -resistant manholes or PVC -lined manholes are indicated on the Drawings, provide one of the following: 1. PVC liner for precast cylindrical manhole section, base sections, and cone sections. 2. Precast base sections, as specified above, lined with PVC or equal and fiberglass manholes in accordance with Section 02608 - Fiberglass Manholes. 02601 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 5 of 9 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES 2.10 BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Backfill materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 2.11 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Provide prepackaged inorganic, flowable, non -gas liberating, non-metallic, cement - based grout requiring only the addition of water. B. Grout shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107 and shall have a minimum 28- day compressive strength of 7000 psi. 2.12 VENT PIPES A. Provide external vent pipes for manholes if shown on the Drawings. B. Buried Vent Pipes Provide 3-inch or 4-inch PVC DWV pipe conforming to ASTM D 2665. Alternatively, provide FRP pipe as specified for the vent outlet assembly. C. Vent Outlet Assembly: Provide a vent outlet assembly as shown on the Drawings, constructed of the following specified materials: 1. FRP Pipe: Provide filament wound FRP conforming to ASTM D 2996 or centrifugally cast FRP conforming to ASTM D 2997 Seal cut ends in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations. 2. Joints and Fittings: Provide epoxy bodied fittings and join pipe to fittings with epoxy adhesive. • 3. Flanges: Provide socket -flange fittings for epoxy adhesive bonding to pipe ends where shown on the Drawings. Flanges shall meet bolt pattern and dimensions for ANSI B 16.1, 125-pound flanges. Flange bolts shall be Type 304 stainless steel or hot -dip zinc coated, conforming to ASTM A 307, Class A or B. 4. Coatinge Provide a 2-component, aliphatic polyurethane coating using a primer or tie coat recommended by the manufacturer Provide two or more coats to yield a dry film thickness of a least 3 mils. Provide Amershield, Tnemec 74, or approved equal. Color shall be selected by the City Engineer from the manufacturer's standard colors. 2.13 PROHIBITED MATERIALS A. Do not use brick masonry for construction of sanitary sewer manholes, including adjustment of manholes to grade Use only specified materials listed above PART3 EXECUTION 02601 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 6 of 9 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that lines and grades are correct. B. Determine if the subgrade, when scarified and recompacted, can be compacted to 95 percent of maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698 prior to placement of foundation material and base section. If it cannot be compacted to that density, the subgrade shall be moisture conditioned until that density can be reached or shall be treated as an unstable subgrade. C. Do not build sanitary sewer manholes in ditches, swales, or drainage paths unless directed by City Engineer. 3.02 PLACEMENT A. Install precast manholes to conform to locations and dimensions shown on Drawings. B. Place manholes at points of change in alignment, grade, size, pipe intersections, and at end of sewer. 3.03 MANHOLE BASE SECTIONS AND FOUNDATIONS A. Place precast base on 12-inch-thick (minimum) foundation of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric cement stabilized sand, or a concrete foundation slab Compact cement -sand in accordance with requirements of Section 02252 - Cement Stabilized Sand B. Unstable Subgrade Treatment: Notify City Engineer when unstable subgrade is encountered, for examination to determine if the subgrade has heaved upwards after being excavated. If heaving has not occurred the subgrade shall be over -excavated to allow for a 24-inch thick layer of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric as the foundation material under the manhole base If there is evidence of heaving, a pile - supported concrete foundation, as detailed on the Drawings, shall be provided under the manhole base when indicated by the City Engineer. 3.04 PRECAST MANHOLE SECTIONS A. Install sections, joints, and gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations. B. Install precast adjustment rings above tops of cones or flat -top sections as required to adjust the finished elevation and to support the manhole frame. C. Seal any lifting holes with non -shrink grout. D. Where PVC liners are required, seal joints between sections in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. E Do not incorporate manhole steps in manhole sections. 02601 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 7 of 9 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES 3.05 PIPE CONNECTIONS AT MANHOLES A. Install approved resilient connectors at each pipe entering and exiting sanitary sewer manholes in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Ensure that no concrete, cement stabilized sand fill, or other rigid matenal is allowed to enter the space between the pipe and the edge of the wall opening at and around the resilient connector on either the interior or exterior of the manhole. If necessary fill the space with a compressible matenal to guarantee the full flexibility provided by the resilient connector. C. Where a new manhole is to be constructed on an existing sewer a rigid joint pipe may be used. Install a waterstop gasket around the existing pipe at the center of the cast -in -place wall. Join ends of split waterstop material at the pipe springline using an adhesive recommended and supplied by the waterstop manufacturer D. Test connection for watertight seal before backfilling. 3.06 INVERTS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth flow transition waterway with no disruption of flow at pipe -manhole connections Conform to following criteria: 1. Slope of invert bench: 1 inch per foot minimum, 1-1/2 inches per foot maximum 2. Depth of bench to invert: a. Pipes smaller than 15-inches: one-half of the largest pipe diameter b. Pipes 15 to 24-inches: three -fourths of the largest pipe diameter c. Pipes larger than 24-inches: equal to the largest pipe diameter 3. Invert slope through manhole: 0.10-foot drop across manhole with smooth transition of invert through manhole unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. B. Form invert channels with concrete if not integral with manhole base section. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum possible radius of curvature. Provide curves for side inlets and smooth invert fillets for flow transition between pipe inverts. 3.07 DROP CONNECTIONS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Backfill drop assembly with crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric cement stabilized sand or Class A concrete to form a solid mass. Extend cement stabilized sand or concrete encasement a minimum of 4 inches outside of bells. B. Install a drop connection when a sewer line enters a manhole higher than 24 inches above the invert of a manhole. 02601 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 8 of 9 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES 3.08 STUBS FOR FUTURE CONNECTIONS A. In manholes, where future connections are indicated on the Drawings, install resilient connectors and pipe stubs with approved watertight plugs. 3.09 MANHOLE FRAME AND ADJUSTMENT RINGS A. Combine precast concrete adjustment rings so that the elevation of the installed casting cover matches the pavement surface. Seal between adjustment ring and the precast top section with non -shrink grout do not use mortar between adjustment rings. Apply a latex -based bonding agent to precast concrete surfaces to be joined with non -shrink grout. Set the cast iron frame on the adjustment ring in a bed of approved sealant The sealant bed shall consist of two beads of sealant, each bead having minimum dimensions of 1/2-inch and 3/4-inch wide. B. For manholes in unpaved areas, top of frame shall be set a minimum of 6 inches above existing ground line unless otherwise indicated on Drawings In unpaved areas, encase the manhole frame in mortar or non -shrink grout placed flush with the face of the manhole ring and the top edge of the frame. Provide a rounded corner around the perimeter. 3.10 BACKFILL A. Place and compact backfill materials in the area of excavation surrounding manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Provide embedment zone backfill material, as specified for the adjacent utilities, from manhole foundation up to an elevation 12 inches over each pipe connected to the manhole. Provide trench zone backfill, as specified for the adjacent utilities above the embedment zone backfill B. Where rigid joints are used for connecting existing sewers to the manhole, backfill under the existing sewer up to the springline of the pipe with Class B concrete or flowable fill. C. In unpaved areas, provide positive drainage away from manhole frame to natural grade. Provide a minimum of 4 inches of topsoil. Seed in accordance with Section 02932 - Hydromulch Seeding. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Conduct leakage testing of manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02732 - Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers 3.12 PROTECTION A. Protect manholes from damage until work has been finally accepted. Repair damage to manholes at no additional cost to the City. END OF SECTION 02601 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 9 of 9 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS Section 02603 FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Iron castings for manhole frames and covers, inlet frames and grates, catch basin frames and grates, meter vault frames and covers, adjustment rings and extensions. B. Ring grates. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No payment will be made for frames, grates, rings, covers, and seals under this Section Include payment in unit price for related item. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AASHTO - Standard Specification for Highway Bridges. B. ASTM A48 Specification for Gray Iron Castings. C. ASTM A615 - Standard Specification for Deformed Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. D. AWS - D12.1 Welding Reinforcing Steel. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide copies of manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimension diagrams, anchor details, and installation instructions. B. Provide shop drawings for fabrication and erection of casting assemblies that are not included or that vary from Drawings or standard City of Pearland details. Include plans elevations, sections and connection details. Show anchorage and accessory items Include setting drawings for location and installation of castings and anchorage devices. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CASTINGS A. Castings for frames, grates, rings and covers shall conform to ASTM A48, Class 30. Provide locking covers if indicated on Drawings. B. Castings shall be capable of withstanding the application of an AASHTO H-20 loading without permanent deformation. 02603 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS, AND COVERS C. Fabricate castings to conform to the shapes, dimensions, and with wording or logos shown on the Drawings. Standard dimensions for manhole covers are 32 inches in diameter. D. Castings shall be clean, free from blowholes and other surface imperfections. Cast holes in covers shall be clean and symmetrical, free of plugs. 2.02 BEARING SURFACES A. Machine bearing surfaces between covers or grates and their respective frames so that even bearing is provided for any position in which the casting may be seated in the frame 2.03 SPECIAL FRAMES AND COVERS A. Where indicated on the Drawings, provide watertight manhole frames and covers with a minimum of four bolts and a gasket designed to seal cover to frame. Supply watertight manhole covers and frames, Model R-1916H (32" cover diameter) manufactured by Neenah Foundry Company Model V-2420 by Vulcan Foundry or approval equal. B. Where shown on the Drawing, provide manhole frames and covers with 48-inch diameter clear opening with inner cover for 22-inch diameter clear opening. Provide. inner cover with pattern shown on Drawings, Vulcan Foundry V-7, Neenah Foundry, Model R-1741-F, or equal. 2.04 FABRICATED RING GRATES A. Ring grates shall be fabricated from reinforcing steel conforming to ASTM A615. B. Welds connecting the bars shall conform to AWS D12.1. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install castings according to approved shop drawings, instructions given in related specifications, and applicable directions from the manufacturer's printed materials B. Set castings accurately at required locations to proper alignment and elevation. Keep castings plumb, level, true and free of rack. Measure location accurately from established lines and grades. Brace or anchor frames temporarily in formwork until permanently set. C. Ring grates shall be fabricated in accordance with the City of Pearland standard detail, Ring Grate for Open End of 18" to 72" Stubs to Ditch, and shall be set in mortar in the mouth of the pipe bell. END OF SECTION 02603 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B 98-01 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES Section 02608 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fiberglass sanitary sewer manholes. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement and payment for normal depth manholes up to 8 feet deep, is on a unit price basis for each manhole installed. Depth is measured from top of cover to sewer invert. B. Measurement and payment for shallow depth manholes is on a unit price basis for each manhole installed. Shallow manholes have a depth of 4 feet or less measured from the top of cover to sewer invert C. Measurement and payment for extra depth manholes is on a unit price basis per vertical foot for each foot of depth greater than 8 feet. Depth is measured from top of cover to sewer invert. D. Measurement and payment for normal depth standard manhole drops up to 3 feet deep is on a unit price basis for each drop installed. Depth is measured from the invert of the T- fitting to the sewer invert. Standard manhole drops include both internal and external drops. E. Measurement and payment for extra depth manhole drops is on a unit price basis per vertical foot for each foot of depth greater than 3 feet. Depth is measured from the invert of the T-fitting to the sewer invert Standard manhole drops include both internal and external drops. F. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 REFERENCES A ANSI B 16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. B. ASTM A 307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile. C. ASTM C 270 - Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. D. ASTM C 923 - Standard Specifications for Resilient Connectors between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures and Pipes. E. ASTM C 1107 - Packaged Dry, Hydraulic -Cement Grout (Nonshrink). F. ASTM D 698 - Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-Ib/ft3) SE( PN: 97-027 8/14/99 02608 Page 1 of 8 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B 98-01 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES G ASTM D 2665 - Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings. H. ASTM D 2996 - Specification for Filament -Wound, "Fiberglass" (Glass - Fiber - Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe. I. ASTM D 2997 - Specification for Centrifugally Cast "Fiberglass" (Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin) Pipe. J. ASTM D 3753 - Specification for Glass Fiber Reinforced Polyester Manholes. K. AWWA C 213 - Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Submit manufacturer's data and details of following items for approval: 1. Design and fabrication details of fiberglass manhole components. 2. Manufacturer's installation instruction for fiberglass manholes. 3. Frames, grates, rings, and covers. 4. Materials to be used in fabricating drop connections. 5. Materials to be used for pipe connections at manhole walls. 6. Materials to be used for stubs and stub plugs, if required. 7. Plugs to be used for sanitary sewer hydrostatic testing. 8. Manufacturer's data for pre -mix (bag) concrete if used for channel inverts and benches. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES AND BASE SECTIONS A. Use prefabricated fiberglass manholes which conform in shape, size, dimensions, and details shown on Drawings Unless modified by the Drawings, use manhole sections conforming to ASTM D 3753. B. Acceptable Manufacturer: Provide fiberglass manholes manufactured by Owens/Corning, or L.F. Manufacturing, Inc. or approved equal. C. Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer in 1-inch-high stenciled letters on inside of barrel. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 02608 Page 2 of 8 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B 98-01 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES D. Unless a larger size is required, use a 48 inch -diameter barrel for fiberglass manholes. Make wall section of the appropriate thickness for depth of manhole according to ASTM D 3753, but not Tess than 0.48 inches in thickness. E. Provide a fabricated reducer bonded at the factory to form one continuous unit at the top of the manhole barrel to accept concrete grade rings and cast iron frame and cover. For the reducer, use an acceptable design with sufficient strength to safely support H-20 loading. F Manhole base shall be a precast concrete base conforming to Section 02601 - Precast Concrete Manholes, unless a cast -in -place base is required by the Drawings. For precast manhole bases, use an approved steel -reinforced design of sufficient strength to withstand Imposed Toads. Form the base so that the joint with the fiberglass manhole barrel, as shown on the Drawings, is sealed against leakage. 2.02 CONCRETE A. Conform to requirements of Section 03305 - Concrete for Utility Construction. B. Channel Inverts: Concrete for inverts not integrally formed with manhole base shall be either 5 sack premix (bag) concrete, with a minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi, or Class A concrete. C. Cement Stabilized Sand Foundation: Provide cement stabilized sand foundation under base section in lieu of foundation slab, where allowed, conforming to requirements of Section 02252 - Cement Stabilized Sand. D. Concrete Foundation: Use Class A concrete with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi for cast -in -place base and for foundation slab under manhole base section where Indicated on Drawings. 2.03 REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing steel shall conform to requirements of Section 03305 - Concrete for Utility Construction. 2.04 MORTAR A. Conform to requirements of ASTM C 270, Type S using Portland cement. 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS METALS A. Provide cast-iron frames, rings, and covers conforming to requirements of Section 02603 - Frames, Grates, Rings, and Covers. 2.06 DROP CONNECTIONS AND STUBS A. Drop connections and stubs shall conform to the same pipe material requirements used in the main pipe, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 02608 Page 3 of 8 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B 98-01 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES 2.07 PIPE CONNECTIONS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Use resilient connectors conforming to requirements of ASTM C 923 for connection to precast concrete base. Metallic mechanical devices as defined in ASTM C 923 shall be made of the following materials: 1. External clamps: Type 316 stainless steel 2. Internal expandable clamps on standard manholes: Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gauge minimum. 3. Internal expandable clamps on corrosion -resistant manholes: a. Type 316 stainless steel, 11 gauge minimum, or b. Type 304 stainless steel, 18 gauge minimum, coated with minimum 16 mil fusion -bonded epoxy conforming to AWWA C 213. B. For drop pipes, provide a manufactured connector, such as Insert -a -Tee or equal, which provides a positive seal between the pipe and the fiberglass manhole wall. C. For cast -in -place concrete manhole base, use sealant material specified in this Section at locations and to dimensions shown on the Drawings. 2.08 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Water Swelling Sealant: Adeka Ultraseal P 201 or equal. 2.09 BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Backfill materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 2.10 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Non -shrink grout shall be prepackaged, inorganic flowable non -gas -liberating nonmetallic, cement -based grout requiring only the addition of water. It shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107 and shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 7000 psi. 2.11 VENT PIPES A. Provide external vent pipes for manholes, where indicated on the Drawings. B. Buried Vent Pipes: Provide 3-inch or 4-inch PVC DWV pipe conforming to ASTM D 2655. Alternately, provide FRP pipe as specified for the vent outlet assembly. C. Vent Outlet Assembly: Provide a vent outlet assembly as shown on the Drawings, constructed of the following specified materials: 1. FRP Pipe: Provide filament -wound FRP conforming to ASTM D 2996 or centrifugally SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 02608 Page 4 of 8 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B 98-01 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES cast FRP conforming to ASTM D 2997. Seal cut ends in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Joints and Fittings: Provide epoxy bodied fittings and join pipe to fittings with epoxy adhesive, according to the pipe manufacturer's instructions. 3. Flanges: Provide socket -flange fittings for epoxy adhesive bonding to pipe ends where shown on the Drawings. Flanges shall meet bolt pattern and dimensions for ANSI B161, 125-pound flanges. Flange bolts shall be hot -dip zinc coated, conforming to ASTM A 307, Class A or B. 4. Coating: Provide a 2-component, aliphatic polyurethane coating using a primer or tie coat recommended by the manufacturer. Provide two or more coats to yield a dry film thickness of at least 3 mils. Provide Amershield, Tnemec 74, or equal. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines and grades are correct. B. Determine if the subgrade, when scarified and recompacted, can be compacted to 95 percent of maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698 prior to placement of foundation material and base section. If it cannot be compacted to that density, the subgrade shall be moisture conditioned until that density can be reached or shall be treated as an unstable subgrade. C. Do not build sanitary sewer manholes in ditches, swales, or drainage paths unless directed by City Engineer. • 3.02 PLACEMENT A. Install fiberglass manholes to conform to locations and dimensions shown on Drawings. B. Place manholes at points of change of alignment, grade, size, pipe intersections, and end of sewer. 3.03 MANHOLE BASE SECTIONS AND FOUNDATIONS A. Place precast base on 12-inch-thick (minimum) foundation of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric; cement stabilized sand; or a concrete foundation slab. Compact cement -sand in accordance with requirements of Section 02252- Cement Stabilized Sand. B. Unstable Subgrade Treatment: When unstable subgrade is identified, the subgrade will be examined by the City Engineer to determine if the subgrade has heaved upwards after being e xcavated If heaving has not occurred, the subgrade shall be over -excavated to allow for a 24-inch thick layer of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric as the foundation material u nder the manhole base. If there is evidence of heaving, a pile -supported concrete foundation, as detailed on the Drawings, shall be provided under the manhole base, when indicated by the City Engineer. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 02608 Page 5 of 8 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B 98-01 3.04 CAST -IN -PLACE FOUNDATION FIBERGLASS MANHOLES A. Where the Drawings indicate a cast -in -place manhole base, place concrete as shown on the Drawings on a 4-inch (minimum) layer of either crushed stone cement stabilized sand or seal slab. When unstable subgrade is identified, over -excavate the subgrade to allow for placement of a 12-inch-thick layer of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric. 3.05 MANHOLE BARREL A. Lower manhole barrel onto base section. Seal with manufacturer's gasket or approved sealant. B. Where a cast -in -place base is used, support the manhole barrel in place and brace it from the sides of the excavation to prevent any movement of the barrel during concrete placement and while concrete is setting. Provide a minimum clearance between the reinforcing steel and the manhole barrel bottom as shown on the Drawings. Do not support the manhole barrel on reinforcing steel. Place a bead of water swelling sealant around the Inside of the barrel near the bottom, as shown on the Drawings, to form a seal. 3.06 PIPE CONNECTIONS AT PRECAST MANHOLE BASE A. Install approved resilient connectors at each pipe entering and exiting sanitary sewer manholes in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Ensure that no concrete, cement stabilized sand, fill, or other rigid material is allowed to enter the space between the pipe and the edge of the wall opening at and around the resilient connector on either the interior or exterior of the manhole. If necessary, fill the space with a compressible material to guarantee the full flexibility provided by the resilient connector. C. Test connection for watertight seal before backfilling. 3.07 PIPE CONNECTIONS AT CAST -IN PLACE BASE A. Cut the manhole barrel for pipe penetrations following the curvature of the pipe and with a maximum of 1-inch clearance. Seal cut edges with resin. The hole may be circular or a cutout with a semi -circular top which extends to the bottom of the barrel. B. Place a continuous bead of water swelling sealant as shown on the Drawings, around pipe penetrations on the interior of the manhole barrel. Roughen the surface of the fiberglass prior to placement to improve the bond with the sealant. Allow the sealant to completely cure before placing concrete against it. C. Extend pipe entering the manhole at least 8 inches into the manhole. Fit the pipes with a neoprene waterstop gasket seal placed tightly around the pipe using a stainless steel clamp. Alternately, pipes may have a continuous bead of water swelling sealant, as detailed on the Drawings, placed around the pipe circumference. D. When forming the invert surface in the bottom of the manhole, mound the concrete around the pipe penetrations so that the water swelling sealant beads and neoprene waterstop gasket have a minimum 2 inches of concrete cover. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 02608 Page 6 of 8 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B 98-01 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES E. Test connection for watertight seal before backfilling. 3.08 INVERTS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth flow transition waterway with no disruption of flow at pipe -to -manhole connections. Conform to following criteria: 1. Slope of invert bench: 1-inch per foot minimum, 1-1/2 inch per foot maximum. 2. Depth of bench to invert: a. Pipe smaller than 15 inches: 1/2 largest pipe diameter. b. Pipe 15 to 24 inches: 3/4 largest pipe diameter. c. Pipe larger than 24 inches: equal to the largest pipe diameter. 3. Invert slope through manhole: 0.10-foot drop across manhole with smooth transition of invert through manhole unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Form invert channels with concrete if not integral with manhole base section. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum possible radius of curvature. Provide curves for side inlets. 3.09 DROP CONNECTIONS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Backfill drop assembly to form a solid mass with crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric; cement stabilized sand, or Class A concrete. Extend cement stabilized sand or concrete outside of bells a minimum 4-inches. B. Install a drop connection when a sewer line enters a manhole higher than 24-inches above the invert of a manhole. At drop pipe connections through the fiberglass barrel, cut a circular hole sized to the requirements of the manufactured connector. Seal the cut edge with resin. Install the watertight connector according to the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.10 STUBS FOR FUTURE CONNECTIONS A. Where future connections are indicated on the Drawings, install resilient connectors and pipe stubs with approved watertight plugs in manholes. B. At cast -in -place base where future connections are indicated on the Drawings, install a section of pipe extending no further than 12 inches from the edge of the foundation, ending in a bell, and provided with a rubber-gasketed watertight plug. 3.11 ADJUSTMENT RINGS AND FRAME A. Install concrete grade rings for height adjustment, as required. Construct chimney on flat shoulder. Do not load manhole except on Toad bearing shoulder of manhole. Adjustment height is limited to 18 inches. Do not use brick for adjustment of manholes to grade SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 02608 Page 7of8 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B 98-01 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES B. Set cast iron frame on top of cone or adjustment rings using water swelling sealant materials and adjust elevation of casting cover to match pavement surface. For manholes in unpaved areas, set the top frame a minimum of 6 inches above existing ground line unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 3.12 BACKFILL A. Place and compact backfill material in the area of excavation surrounding manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02227- Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Use embedment zone backfill material, as specified for the adjacent utilities, from manhole foundation up to an elevation 12-inches over each pipe connected to the manhole. Provide trench zone backfill, as specified for the adjacent utilities, above the embedment zone backfill. B. In unpaved areas, provide positive drainage away from manhole frame to natural grade. Provide a minimum of 4-inches of topsoil conforming to requirements of Section 02920 - Topsoil and seed in accordance with Section 029322 - Hydromulch Seeding. If shown on Drawings, sod disturbed areas in accordance with Section 02935- Sodding. 3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Conduct leakage testing of manholes in accordance with requirements of Section 02732 Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers. 3.14 PROTECTION A. Protect manholes from damage until work has been finally accepted. Repair damage to manholes at no additional cost to City. END OF SECTION SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 02608 Page 8of8 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B 98-01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS Section 02610 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Ductile iron pipe and fittings for water mains, wastewater force mains, gravity sanitary sewers, and storm sewers. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for ductile iron pipe and fittings under this Section. Include cost in unit price for work included in Document 00300 - Bid Proposal as specified in the following Sections: 1. Section 02664 - Water Mains 2. Section 02720 - Storm Sewers 3. Section 02725 - Sanitary Sewer Lines in Tunnel 4. Section 02730 - Gravity Sanitary Sewers 5. Section 02731 - Sanitary Sewage Force Mains 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI A21.4 (AWWA C104) - Cement -Mortar Lining for Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Pipe and Fittings, for Water and Other Liquids. B. ANSI A21.10 (AWWA C110) - Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings, 3-in. through 48-in., for Water and Other Liquids C. ANSI A21.11 (AWWA C111) - Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. D. ANSI A21.15 (AWWA C115) - Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges. E. ANSI A21.50 ( AWWA C150) - Thickness Design of Ductile -Iron Pipe. F. ANSI A21.51 (AWWA C151) - Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast for Water and Other Liquids. G. ANSI A21.53 (AWWA C153) - Ductile Iron Compact Fittings, 3 inches through 24 inches and 54 inches through 64 inches for water service. H. ANSI B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. I. ASTM D1248 - Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials. J. ASTM G62 - Test Methods for Holiday Detection in Pipeline Coatings. 02610 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 5 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B 98-01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS K. AWWA C600 - Standard for Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances. L. SSPC-SP6 - Steel Structures Painting Council, Commercial Blast Cleaning. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Submit shop drawings showing design of new pipe and fittings indicating alignment and grade, laying dimensions, fabrication, fitting flange, and special details Show station numbers for pipe and fittings corresponding to Drawings. Production of pipe and fittings prior to review by City Engineer is at Contractor's risk 1.05 QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide manufacturer's certifications that all ductile iron pipe and fittings meet provisions of this Section and have been hydrostatically tested at factory and meet requirements of ANSI A21.51. B. Provide certifications that all pipe joints have been tested and meet requirements of ANSI A21.11. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE A. Ductile iron pipe barrels: ANSI A21.15, ANSI A21.50 or ANSI A21.51; bear mark of Underwriters' Laboratories approval, minimum thickness Class 51 for water mains and Class 52 for sanitary sewers, or as shown on Drawings. Provide minimum thickness Class 53 for flanged pipe. B. Provide pipe sections in standard lengths, not Tess than 18 feet long, except for special fittings and closure sections as indicated on shop drawings. 2.02 JOINTS A. Joint types: ANSI A21 11 push -on; ANSI A21.11 mechanical joint; or ANSI A21.15 flanged end. Provide push -on joints unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or required by these specifications. For bolted joints, bolts shall conform to requirements of AWWA C111. B. Where restrained joints for buried service are required by Drawings, provide one of the following, or equal: 1. Super -Lock Joint by Clow Corporation. 2. Flex -Ring or Lok-Ring by American Cast Iron Pipe Company. 3. TR-Flex Joint by U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company. C. Threaded or grooved type joints which reduce pipe wall thickness below minimum required are not acceptable. 02610 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 5 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B 98-01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS D. Provide for restrained joints designed to meet test pressures required under Section 02676- Hydrostatic Testing of Pipelines or Section 02731 - Sanitary Sewage Force Mains, as applicable. E. Where ductile iron water main is cathodically protected from corrosion, bond rubber gasketed joints as shown on Drawings to provide electrical continuity along entire pipeline, except where insulating flanges are required by Drawings. 2.03 GASKETS: A. Furnish, when no contaminant is identified, plain rubber (SBR) gasket material; for flanged joints 1/8-inch thick gasket in accordance with ANSI A21.15. B. Pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated areas, especially where free product is found near the elevation of the proposed pipeline, shall have the following gasket materials for the noted contaminants: Contaminant Gasket Material Required Nitrile Rubber Petroleum (diesel, gasoline) As by the Other contaminants recommended pipe manufacture 2.04 FITTINGS A. Use fittings of same size as pipe. Reducers are not permitted to facilitate an off -size fitting. Reducing bushings are also prohibited. Make reductions in piping size by reducing fittings. Line and coat fittings as specified for pipe they serve. B. Push -on Fittings: ANSI A21.10; ductile iron ANSI A21.11 joints, gaskets and lubricants; pressure rated at 250 psig. C. Flanged Fittings: ANSI A21.10, ANSI B16.1 cast or ductile iron. Flanges: ANSI B16.1, Class 125; pressure rated at 250 psig D. Mechanical Joint Fittings: ANSI A21.11 (AWWA C110); pressure rated at 250 psi. E. Ductile Iron Compact Fittings for Water Mains: ANSI A21.53; 4-inch through 12-inch diameter; cement -mortar lining; conform to requirements of Section 02630 - Polyethylene Wrap. 2.05 COATINGS AND LININGS A. Water Main Interiors: ANSI A21.4, cement lined with seal coat. B. Sanitary Sewer and Force Main Interiors: 02610 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 5 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B 98-01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 1. Preparation: Commercial blast cleaning conforming to SSPC-SP6. 2. Liner thickness Nominal 40 miles, minimum 35 miles, for pipe barrel interior; minimum 6 - 10 mils at gasket groove and outside spigot end to 6-inches back from end. 3. Testing: ASTM G62, Method B for voids and holidays; provide written certification. 4. Acceptable Lining Materials: a. Virgin polyethylene conforming to ASTM D1248, with inert fillers and carbon black to resist ultraviolet degradation during storage heat bonded to interior surface of pipe and fittings; "Polyline" by American Cast Iron Pipe Company; or equal. b. Polyurethane: Corro-pipe II by Madison Chemicals. c. Ceramic Epoxy: Protecto-401 by Enduron Protective Coatings. C. Sanitary Sewer Point Repair Pipe: For pipes which will be lined with high density polyethylene liner pipe or cured -in -place liner, provide cement Tined with seal coat in accordance with ANSI A21.4. For pipes which will not be provided with named liner, provide pipe as specified in Paragraph 2 05B. D. Exterior: Prime coat and outside asphaltic coating conforming to ANSI A21.10, ANSI A21.15, or ANSI A21.51 for pipe and fittings in open cut excavation and in casings. E. Polyethylene Wrap: For buried water lines and sanitary sewers, including point repairs, provide polyethylene wrap unless otherwise specified or shown. Provide Polyethylene Wrap for all buried ductile iron pipe, including polyurethane coated pipe. Conform to requirements of Section 02630 - Polyethylene Wrap. F For flanged joints in buried service, provide petrolatum wrapping system, Denso, or equal, for the complete joint and all alloy steel fasteners. Alternatively, provide bolts made of Type 304 Stainless Steel G. Pipe to be installed in potentially contaminated areas shall have coatings and linings recommended by the manufacturer as resistant to the contaminants identified in the Phase II Environmental Site Assessment Report. 2.06 MANUFACTURERS A. Pre -approved manufacturers of ductile iron are American Cast Iron Pipe Co., McWane Cast Iron Pipe Co., and U. S. Pipe and Foundry Co. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION • A. Conform to installation requirements of Sections 02664 - Water Mains, 02730 - Gravity Sanitary Sewers, and 02731 - Sanitary Sewage Force Mains, except as modified in this Section. B. Install in accordance with AWWA C600 and manufacturer's recommendations. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 02610 Page 4 of 5 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B 98-01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS C. Install all ductile iron pipe in polyethylene wrap, unless cathodic protection is provided. Do not use polyethylene wrap with a cathodic protection system. 3.02 GRADE A. Unless otherwise specified on Drawings, install ductile iron pipe for water service to clear utility lines with following minimum cover: Diameter Depth of Cover (Inches) (Feet) 16and24 5 12 and smaller 4 END OF SECTION 02610 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 5 of 5 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 Section 02620 PVC PIPE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe for water distribution in nominal diameters 4 inches through 16 inches. B. Polyvinyl chloride sewer pipe for gravity sanitary sewers in nominal diameters 4 Inches through 48 inches. C. Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe for gravity sanitary sewers and force mains in nominal diameters 4 inches through 36 inches. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for PVC pipe under this section. Include cost in unit price for work included in Document 00300 - Bid Proposal, as specified in the following sections for water or sanitary sewer lines or sanitary sewer point repairs. 1. Section 02664 - Water Main Relocation 2. Section 02730 - Gravity Sanitary Sewers 3. Section 02763 - Point Repair and Obstruction Removal 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI A21.5 (AWWA C 105) - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Piping for Water and Other Liquids. B. ANSI A21 10 (AWWA C 110) - Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings, 3 inches through 48 inches for Water and Other Liquids C. ANSI A21 11 (AWWA C 111) - Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. D. ASTM D 1248 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials. E ASTM D 1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride Compound and Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride Compounds. F. ASTM D 2241 - Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR). SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 02620 Page 1 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PVC PIPE G. ASTM D 2321 - Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe. H. ASTM D 2444 - Test Method for Impact Resistance of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings by Means of a Tup (Falling Weight). I. ASTM D 2680 - Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) and Polyvinyl Chloride Composite Sewer Piping. J. ASTM D 3034 Specification for Type PSM Polyvinyl Chloride Sewer Pipe and Fittings K. ASTM D 3139 - Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. L. ASTM D 3212 - Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomenc Seals. M. ASTM F 477 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. N. ASTM F 679 - Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Large -Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. O. ASTM F 794 - Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Large -Diameter Ribbed Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter. ASTM F 949 - Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth Interior and Fittings. Q. AWWA C 900 - Polyvinyl Chloride Pressure Pipe, 4 Inches Through 12 Inches for Water Distribution. AWWA C 905 - Polyvinyl Chloride Water Transmission Pipe, Nominal Diameters 14 Inches Through 36 Inches. S. PPI TR3 - Policies and Procedures for Developing Recommended Hydrostatic Design Stresses for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials. T UNI-B-11 - Recommended Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Water Transmission Pipe (Nominal Diameters 14 Inches through 36 Inches) U. UNI-B-13 - Recommended Standard Performance Specification for Joint Restraint Devices for Use with Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe. 02620 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PVC PIPE 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings showing design of new pipe and fittings indicating alignment and grade, laying dimensions, fabrication, fittings, flanges, and special details. 1.05 QUALITY CONTROL A. Submit manufacturer's certifications that PVC pipe and fittings meet requirements of this Section and AWWA C 900 or AWWA C 905 for pressure pipe applications, or the appropriate ASTM standard specified for gravity sewer pipe. B. Submit manufacturer's certification that PVC pressure pipe has been hydrostatically tested at the factory in accordance with AWWA C 900 or AWWA C 905 and this Section. C. When foreign manufactured material is proposed for use, have material tested for conformance to applicable ASTM requirements by certified independent testing laboratory located in United States. Certification from any other source is not acceptable Furnish copies of test reports to City Engineer for review. Cost of testing shall be borne by Contractor. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL A. Use PVC compounds in the manufacture of pipe that contain no ingredient in an amount that has been demonstrated to migrate into water in quantities considered to be toxic. B. Furnish PVC pressure pipe manufactured from Class 12454-A or Class 12454-6 virgin PVC compounds as defined in ASTM D 1784. Use compounds qualifying for a rating of 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F per requirements of PPI TR3. Provide pipe which is homogeneous throughout, free of voids, cracks, inclusions, and other defects, uniform as commercially practical in color, density, and other physical properties Deliver pipe with surfaces free from nicks and scratches with joining surfaces of spigots and joints free from gouges and imperfections which could cause leakage. C. For PVC pressure pipe used for water mains, provide self -extinguishing PVC pipe that bears Underwriters' Laboratories mark of approval and is acceptable without penalty to Texas State Fire Insurance Committee for use in fire protection lines. 02620 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 D. Gaskets: PVC PIPE 1. Gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 477. Use elastomeric factory -installed gaskets to make joints flexible and watertight. 2. Pipes to be installed in potentially contaminated areas, especially where free product is found near the elevation of the proposed sewer, shall have the following gasket materials for the noted contaminants. CONTAMINANT Petroleum (diesel, gasoline) GASKET MATERIAL REQUIRED Nitrile Rubber Other contaminants As recommended by the pipe manufacturer E Lubricant for rubber-gasketed joints: Water soluble, non -toxic, non -objectionable in taste and odor imparted to fluid, non -supporting of bacteria growth, having no deteriorating effect on PVC or rubber gaskets. 2.02 WATER SERVICE PIPE A. Pipe 4-inch through 12-inch: AWWA C 900, Class 150, DR 18; nominal 20-foot lengths; cast iron equivalent outside diameters. B. Pipe 16-inch: AWWA C 905; Class 235; DR 18; nominal 20-foot lengths; cast iron equivalent outside diameter. Joints: ASTM D 3139; push -on type joints in integral bell or separate sleeve couplings. Do not use socket type or solvent weld type joints D. Make curves and bends by deflecting the joints Do not exceed maximum deflection recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Submit details of other methods of providing curves and bends for review by City Engineer E Hydrostatic Test: AWWA C 900, AWWA C 905, ANSI A21 10 (AWWA C110); at point of manufacture; submit manufacturer's written certification. 02620 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PVC PIPE 2.03 BENDS AND FITTINGS FOR PVC PRESSURE PIPE A. Bends and Fittings: ANSI A21 10, ductile iron; ANSI A21 11 single rubber gasket push -on type joint, minimum 150 psi pressure rating. B. Coatings and Linings: Conform to requirements of Section 02610 - Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2.04 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE A. PVC gravity sanitary sewer pipe shall be in accordance with the provisions in the following table: SDR (MAx.)/ WALL PRODUCT ASTM STIFFNESS DIAMETER SIZE CONSTRUCTION MANUFACTURER OPTIONS DESIGNATION (MIN.) RANGE Solid J-M Pipe Approved D3034 SDR 26 / PS 115 6" to 10" CertamTeed Can -Tex Crlon Diamond Approved D3034 SDR 35 / PS 46 12" & 15" Approved F679 SDR 35 / PS 46 18" to 27" Approved AWWA C900 DR 18 / N/A 4" to 12" Approved AWWA C905 DR 18 / N/A 14" to 36" Truss Contech Approved D2680 N/A /200 psi 8" to 15" (Gasketed) Profile Contech A-2000 Approved F949 N/A / 50 psi 12" to 36" FTI Ultra -Rib Approved F794 N/A / 46 psi 12" to 48" Lamson Vylon Approved F794 N/A / 46 psi 21" to 48" SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 02620 Page 5of7 City of Peariand, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PVC PIPE B. When solid wall PVC pipe 18 inches to 27 inches in diameter is required in SDR 26, provide pipe conforming to ASTM F679, except provide wall thickness as required for SDR 26 and pipe strength of 115 psi. C. For sewers up to 12-inch-diameter crossing over waterlines, or crossing under waterlines with less than 2 feet separation, provide minimum 150 psi pressure -rated pipe conforming to ASTM D 2241 with suitable PVC adapter couplings. D. Joints: Spigot and integral wall section bell with solid cross section elastometric or rubber ring gasket conforming to requirements of ASTM D 3212 and ASTM F 477, or ASTM E. D 3139 and ASTM F 477, shall be provided. Gaskets shall be factory -assembled and securely bonded in place to prevent displacement The manufacturer shall test a sample from each batch conforming to requirements ASTM D2444. F. Fittings: Provide PVC gravity sewer sanitary bends, tee or wye fittings for new sanitary sewer construction. PVC pipe fittings shall be full-bodied, either injection molded or factory fabricated. Saddle -type tee or wye fittings are not acceptable. 2.05 SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAIN PIPE A. Provide PVC pressure pipe conforming to the requirements for water service pipe, and conforming to the minimum working pressure rating specified in Section 02731 - Sanitary Sewage Force Mains. B. Acceptable pipe joints are integral bell -and -spigot, containing a bonded -in elastomeric sealing ring meeting the requirements of ASTM F 477. In designated areas requiring restrained joint pipe and fittings, use EBAA Iron Series 2000PV Uniflange Series 1350 restrainer or equal joint restraint device conforming to UNI-B-13, for PVC pipe 12-inch diameter and less. C. Fittings: Provide ductile iron fittings as per Paragraph 2.03, except furnish all fittings with one of the following internal linings: 1. Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum) virgin polyethylene complying with ASTM D 1248, heat fused to the interior surface of the fitting as manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe "Polybond", or U.S. Pipe "Polyline". 2. Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum) polyurethane, Corro-pipe II by Madison Chemicals, Inc. 02620 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 6 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 PVC PIPE 3. Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum) ceramic epoxy, Protecto 401 by Enduron Protective Coatings. D. Exterior Protection: Provide polyethylene wrapping of ductile iron fittings as required by Section 02630 - Polyethylene Wrap. E Hydrostatic Tests: Hydrostatically test pressure rated pipe in accordance with Paragraph 2.02 E F Manufacturers: Approved manufacturers of pressure rated, solid wall PVC pipe for sanitary sewer force mains are: 1. J & M Manufacturing Company, Inc. 2. CertainTeed Corporation 3. Diamond Plastics Corporation 4. Carlon Company PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION A. Store pipe under cover out of direct sunlight and protect from excessive heat or harmful chemicals in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Conform to requirements of Section 02730 - Gravity Sanitary Sewers, Section 02731 Sanitary Sewage Force Mains, and Section 02763 - Point Repairs to Sanitary Sewers, as applicable. B. Install PVC pipe in accordance with Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities, ASTM D 2321, and manufacturer's recommendations. C. Sanitary Sewer Forcemains: Installed to clear utility lines and have minimum 4 feet of cover below lowest property line grade of street, unless otherwise required by Drawings. D. Avoid imposing strains that will overstress or buckle the pipe when lowering pipe into trench. E Hand shovel pipe bedding under the pipe haunches and along the sides of the pipe barrel and compact to eliminate voids and ensure side support. END OF SECTION 02620 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 7 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project POLYURETHANE COATINGS ON B98-01 STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE Section 02629 POLYURETHANE COATINGS ON STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Two -component polyurethane coating system for use as an internal or external coating for steel or ductile iron pipe 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for work performed under this section. Include cost of polyurethane coatings in contract unit prices for steel pipe or ductile iron pipe. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AWWA C210 - Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. B. ASTM D16 - Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products. C. ASTM D1737 - Elongation of Attached Organic Coatings with Cylindrical Mandrel Apparatus. D. SSPC-PA2 - Measurement of Dry Paint Thickness with Magnetic Gages. E SSPC-PA Guide 3 - A Guide to Safety in Paint Application. F. SSPC-PS Guide 17.00 - Guide for Selecting Urethane Painting Systems. G. SSPC No. 1 - Solvent Cleaning. H. SSPC No. 10 - Near -White Blast Cleaning. 1.04 SAFETY A. Secure, from manufacturer Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for polyurethane coatings and repair materials listed in this section. B. Safety requirements stated in this specification and in related sections apply in addition to applicable federal, state and local rules and regulations. Comply with instructions of coating manufacturer and requirements of insurance underwriters. C. Handling and application practices: SSPC-PA Guide 3; SSPC-PS Guide 17.00; Coating Manufacturer s Material Safety Data Sheet. 02629 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project POLYURETHANE COATINGS ON B98-01 STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's catalog sheets and complete technical information for approval, prior to delivery of pipe. B. Obtain from coating manufacturer and furnish to City Engineer, a coating "affidavit of compliance" to requirements of this section stating that coatings were applied in factory and in accordance with manufacturer's minimum requirements. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 COATING MATERIAL A. Coating Standard: ASTM D16. B. Coating System. Use a Coating Standard ASTM D16 Type, V system which is a 2- package polyisocyanate, polyol-cured urethane coating The components are mixed in 1 1 ratio at time of application. The components are balanced viscosities in their liquid state and do not require agitation during use. C. Exterior Coating Material: CORROPIPE II -TX and Joint Coating Material CORROPIPE II-PW, as manufactured by Madison Chemical Industries, Inc., 5673 Old Dixie Road, Forest Park, Georgia 30050, or approved equal. D. Internal Coating Material: Exterior Coating Material, CORROPIPE II -TX and Joint Coating Material CORROPIPE II-PW, as manufactured by Madison Chemical Industries, Inc., 5673 Old Dixie Road, Forest Park, Georgia 30050, or approved equal E Cured Coating Properties: 1. Conversion to Solids by Volume. 97 percent plus or minus 3 percent. 2. Temperature Resistance: Minus 40 degrees F and plus 130 degrees F. 3. Minimum Adhesion: 500 psi, when applied without primer to ductile iron pipe which has been blasted to comply with SSPC-SP10. • 4. Cure Time. For handling in 1 minute at 120 degrees F, and full cure within 7 days at 70 degrees F. 5. Maximum Specific Gravities: Polyisocyanate resin, 1.20. Polyol resin, 1.15, 6. Minimum Impact Resistance: 80 inch -pounds using 1-inch diameter steel ball where coating is applied at 30 mils to ductile iron pipe surface which has been blasted to SSPC No. 10 finish. 7 Minimum Tensile Strength: 2000 psi. 8. Hardness: 55 plus or minus 5 Shore D at 70 degrees F. 02629 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project POLYURETHANE COATINGS ON B98-01 STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE 9. Flexibility Resistance: ASTM D1737 using 1-inch mandrel. Allow coating to cure for 7 days Perform testing on test coupons held for 15 minutes at temperature extremes specified in Paragraph 2.01 E 2.02 REPAIR AND/OR TOUCHUP MATERIAL A. CORROPIPE II PW - TOUCHUP (two -component, brush applied), mix in accordance with coating manufacturer's recommendations 2.03 PACKAGING AND LABELING A. Containers: Standard containers to prevent gelling, thickening deleteriously or forming of gas in closed containers within period of one year from date of manufacture. B. Labeling: Label each container of separately packaged component clearly and durably to indicate date of manufacture, manufacturer's batch number quantity color, component identification and designated name or formula specification number of coating together with special instructions. Do not use coating components older than one year. 2.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver coating materials to pipe manufacturer in sealed containers showing designated name, batch number color, date of manufacture and name of coating manufacturer. B. Storage: Store material on site in enclosures, out of direct sunlight in warm, ventilated and dry area. C. Protection: Prevent puncture, inappropriate opening or other action which may lead to product contamination PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Remove deposits of oil, grease or other organic contaminates before blast cleaning by using solvent wash as specified in SSPC-SP1. Clean and dry surfaces making them completely dry, free of moisture, dust, grit, oil, grease or any other deleterious substances prior to application of coating. B. Exterior and Interior Surfaces: SSPC-SP10; near -white metal blast cleaning. The blasting shall be done with clean, hard, sharp cutting abrasives with no steel or cast iron shot in the mix. C. Ductile Iron Pipe: Prior to the start of production blasting, the Contractor shall prepare specimens for a white metal blast and a near -white metal blast using the equipment and abrasives proposed for the work. During preparation of the 02629 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project POLYURETHANE COATINGS ON B98-01 STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE specimens, the blasting intensity and abrasive shall be changed as necessary to provide the degree of cleaning required by SSPC-SP10, except that the color of the blasted substrate is not expected to match the color of blasted steel. After examination and concurrence by the City Engineer, the production blasting may begin. The production blasting shall be monitored and controlled by the Contractor so that production pipe surfaces match the surface of the approved blasting specimens. 3.02 THICKNESS A. External Coatings: Minimum DFT of 25 mils (0.025 inch). B. Internal Coatings: Minimum DFT of 35 mils. C. Thickness Determinations: Use Type 1 magnetic thickness gage as described in SSPC-PA2 specification. Individual readings below 90 percent of specified minimum are not acceptable. Average individual spot readings (consisting of three point measurements within 3 inches of each other) less than 95 percent of minimum are not acceptable. Average of all spot readings less than minimum thickness specified are not acceptable. 3.03 FACTORY APPLICATION OF POLYURETHANE COATING A. Equipment: Two -component, 1.1 mix ratio, heated airless spray unit. B. Temperature: Minimum 5 degrees F above dew point temperature. The temperature of the surface shall not be Tess than 60 degrees F during application. C. Humidity. Heating of pipe surfaces may be required to meet requirements of 2.01 E if relative humidity exceeds 80 percent. D. Do not thin or mix resins; use as received. Store resins at a temperature above 55 degrees F at all times. E. Application: Conform to coating manufacturer's recommendations. Apply directly to substrate to achieve specified thickness. Multiple -pass one -coat application process is permitted provided maximum allowable recoat time specified by coating manufacturer is not exceeded. F. Recoating: Recoat only when coating has cured less than maximum time specified by coating manufacturer. When coating has cured for more than recoat time, brush - blast or thoroughly sand coating surface. Blow -off cleaning using clean, dry, high pressure compressed air. 02629 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project POLYURETHANE COATINGS ON B98-01 STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE G. Curing: At ambient temperature above 0 degrees F. Do not handle pipe until coating has been allowed to cure as follows: Ambient Temperature Minimum Full Cure Time Over 70 degrees F 50 to 70 degrees F 0 to 50 degrees F 3.04 JOINTS 7 days 9 days 12 days A. Apply coating to unlined pipe surfaces including inside of bell socket and outside of spigot. B. Joint Coating Materials: CORROPIPE II PW (instant -set, two -component material, plural component spray applied) or CORROPIPE II PW -TOUCHUP (two - component, brush applied). C. Coating thickness on sealing areas of spigot end of pipe exterior Minimum 8 mils (0.008 inch), maximum of 10 mils (0.010 inch). Maximum 10 mils may be exceeded in spigot end provided maximum spigot diameter as specified by pipe manufacturer is not exceeded. 3.05 INSPECTION A. The Contractor shall inspect coatings. Notify City Engineer as to time and place for inspection. B. Secure approval of surface preparation by coating manufacturer prior to coating application. C. Holiday Inspection: AWWA C210, Section 5.3.3.1. Follow coating manufacturer's recommendation. Conduct inspection any time after coating has reached initial cure. Repair in accordance with paragraph 3.07, Repair and Field Touchup. 3.06 PIPE INSTALLATION • A. Provide services of manufacturer's representative for period of not Tess than 2 weeks at beginning of actual pipe laying operations to advise Contractor regarding installation including but not limited to handling and storing, cleaning and inspecting coatings repairs, and general construction methods as to how they may affect pipe coatings. B. Handling, Shipment, and Storage Nylon straps, padded lifts and padded storage skids are required. Field cuts should be kept to minimum. Repair damage to coating due to handling or construction practices at no additional cost to City. See Section 02316 - Pipe and Casing Augering for Sewers and Section 02610 - Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings for additional requirements. 02629 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 5 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project POLYURETHANE COATINGS ON B98-01 STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE C. Just before each section of pipe is to be placed into the trench, conduct a visual and holiday inspection. Defects in the coating system shall be repaired before the pipe is installed. 3.07 REPAIR AND FIELD TOUCHUP A. Apply repair/touchup materials in conformance with factory application of polyurethane coating requirements specified in this section, excluding equipment requirements. B. Repair Procedure - Holidays: 1. Remove all traces of oil, grease, dust, dirt, etc, 2. Roughen area to be patched by sanding with rough grade sandpaper (40 grit). 3. Apply one coat of repair material described above. Work repair material into scratched surface by brushing. C. Repair Procedure - Field Cuts or Large Damage: 1. Remove burrs from field cut ends or handling damage and smooth out edge of polyurethane coating. 2. Remove all traces of oil, grease, dust, dirt, etc. 3. Roughen area to be patched with rough grade sandpaper (40 grit). Feather edges and include overlap of 1 inch to 2 Inches of roughened polyurethane in area to be patched. 4. Apply thick coat of repair material described above. Work repair material into scratched surface by brushing. Feather edges of repair material into prepared surface. Cover at least 1 inch of roughened area surrounding damage, or adjacent to field cut. D. Repair Procedure - Thermite Brazed Connection Bonds: 1. Remove polyurethane coating from area on metal surface which is to receive thermite brazed connection with power wire brush. 2. Grind metal surface to shiny metal with power grinder and coarse grit grinding wheel. 3. Apply thermite brazed connection using equipment, charge and procedure recommended by manufacturer of thermite equipment. 4. After welded surface has cooled to temperature below 130 F, apply protective coating repair material to weld, exposed pipe surface and damaged areas of polyurethane coating. 02629 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 6 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project POLYURETHANE COATINGS ON B98-01 STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE 5. Do not cover or backfill freshly repaired areas of coating at thermite brazed connection until repair material has completely cured. Allow material to cure in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION 02629 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 7 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 POLYETHYLENE WRAP Section 02630 POLYETHYLENE WRAP PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Polyethylene wrap to be used in open cut construction for cast iron and ductile iron pipe when cathodic protection system is not required by Drawings. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices. 1. No separate payment will be made for polyethylene wrap. Include cost of polyethylene wrap in unit price for pipes and fittings to be wrapped. 2. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 REFERENCE A. ASTM D 1248 Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data for proposed film and tape for approval. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Polyethylene Film. Tubular or sheet form without tears, breaks, holidays, or defects; conforming with requirements of AWWA C 105, 2.5 to 3 percent carbon black content, either low- or high -density: 1. Low -density polyethylene film. Low -density polyethylene film shall be manufactured of virgin polyethylene material conforming to the following requirements of ASTM D 1248. a. Raw material. (1) Type : I (2) Class: C (black) (3) Grade: E-5 (4) Flow rate (formerly melt index): 0.4 g/10 minute, maximum (5) Dielectric strength: Volume resistivity, 10t5 ohm -cm, minimum 02630 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 POLYETHYLENE WRAP b. Physical properties. (1) Tensile strength: 1200 psi, minimum (2) Elongation: 300 percent, minimum (3) Dielectric strength: 800 V/mil thickness, minimum c. Thickness: Low -density polyethylene film shall have a normal thickness of 0 008 inch. The minus tolerance on thickness is 10 percent of the nominal thickness. 2. High -density, cross -laminated polyethylene film. High -density, cross laminated polyethylene film shall be manufactured of virgin polyethylene material conforming to the following requirements of ASTM D 1248 a. Raw material. (1) Type: 111 (2) Class: C (black) (3) Grade: P33 (4) Flow rate (formerly melt index): 0.4 to 0 5g/10 minute, maximum (5) Dielectric strength: Volume resistivity 10t5 ohm -cm, minimum b. Physical properties. (1) Tensile strength: 5000 psi, minimum (2) Elongation: 100 percent, minimum (3) Dielectric strength: 800 V/mil thickness, minimum c. Thickness: Film shall have a nominal thickness of 0.004 inch. The minus tolerance of thickness is 10 percent of the nominal thickness. B. Polyethylene Tape: Provide 3-inch-wide, plastic -backed, adhesive tape; Paleocene No. 900, Scotchwrap No. 50, or approved equal. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Remove lumps of clay, mud, and cinders from pipe surface prior to installation of polyethylene encasement. Prevent soil or embedment material from becoming trapped between pipe and polyethylene. B. Fit polyethylene film to contour of pipe to effect a snug, but not tight fit; encase with minimum space between polyethylene and pipe. Allow sufficient slack in contouring to prevent stretching polyethylene where it bridges irregular surfaces, such as bell spigot interfaces bolted joints or fittings, and to prevent damage to polyethylene due to backfilling operations. Secure overlaps and ends with adhesive tape to hold polyethylene encasement in place until backfilling operations are complete. C. For installations below water table or in areas subject to tidal actions, seal both ends of polyethylene tube with adhesive tape at joint overlap. 02630 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 4 City of Peariand, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 POLYETHYLENE WRAP 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Tubular Type (Method A): 1. Cut polyethylene tube to a length approximately 2 feet longer than pipe section. Slip tube around pipe, centering tube to provide 1-foot overlap on each adjacent pipe section, and bunching it accordion -fashion lengthwise until it clears pipe ends. 2. Lower pipe into trench and make up pipe joint with preceding section of pipe. Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene tube. 3. After assembling pipe joint, make overlap of polyethylene tube. Pull bunched polyethylene from preceding length of pipe, slip it over end of adjoining length of pipe, and secure in place. Then slip end of polyethylene from adjoining pipe section over end of first wrap until it overlaps joint at end of preceding length of pipe. Secure overlap in place Take up slack width at top of pipe to make a snug, but not tight fit along barrel of pipe, securing fold at quarter points 4. Repair cuts tears, punctures, or other damage to polyethylene. Proceed with installation of next section of pipe in same manner. B. Tubular Type (Method B): 1. Cut polyethylene tube to a length approximately 1 foot shorter than pipe section Slip tube around pipe centering it to provide 6 inches of bare pipe at each end. Take up slack width at top of pipe to make a snug, but not tight, fit along barrel of pipe, securing fold at quarter points; secure ends. 2. Before making up joint, slip 3-foot length of polyethylene tube over end of preceding pipe section, bunching in accordion -fashion lengthwise After completing joint, pull 3-foot length of polyethylene over joint overlapping polyethylene previously placed on each adjacent section of pipe by at least 1 foot; make each end snug and secure. 3. Repair cuts tears, punctures, or other damage to polyethylene. Proceed with installation of next section of pipe in same manner. C. Sheet Type: 1. Cut polyethylene sheet to a length approximately 2 feet longer than pipe section. Center length to provide 1-foot overlap on each adjacent pipe section, bunching sheet until it clears pipe ends. Wrap polyethylene around pipe so that sheet circumferentially overlaps top quadrant of pipe. Secure cut edge of polyethylene sheet at intervals of approximately 3 feet. 2 .Lower wrapped pipe into trench and make up pipe joint with preceding section of pipe. Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene. After completing joint make overlap and secure ends. 02630 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 POLYETHYLENE WRAP 3. Repair cuts tears, punctures, or other damage to polyethylene. Proceed with installation of next section of pipe in same manner. D. Pipe -shaped Appurtenances: Cover bends, reducers, offsets, and other pipe - shaped appurtenances with polyethylene in same manner as pipe. E. Odd -shaped Appurtenances: When it is not practical to wrap valves, tees, crosses, and other odd -shaped pieces in tube, wrap with flat sheet or split length of polyethylene tube by passing sheet around appurtenance and encasing it Make seams by bringing edges together folding over twice, and taping down. Tape polyethylene securely in place at valve stem and other penetrations. F. Openings in Encasement: Create openings for branches, service taps, blowoffs, air valves, and similar appurtenances by making an X-shaped cut in polyethylene and temporarily folding back film After appurtenance is installed, tape slack securely to appurtenance and repair cut, as well as other damaged area in polyethylene, with tape. Service taps may also be made directly through polyethylene, with any resulting damaged areas being repaired as specified. Junctions between Wrapped and Unwrapped Pipe: Where polyethylene -wrapped pipe joins an adjacent pipe that is not wrapped, extend polyethylene wrap to cover adjacent pipe for distance of at least 3 feet. Secure end with circumferential turns of tape. Wrap service lines of dissimilar metals with polyethylene or suitable dielectric tape for minimum clear distance of 3 feet away from cast or ductile iron pipe. 3.03 REPAIRS A. Repair any cuts tears, punctures, or damage to polyethylene with adhesive tape or with short length of polyethylene sheet or cut open tube, wrapped around pipe to cover damaged area, and secured in place. END OF SECTION 02630 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 4 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project 898-01 AIR RELEASE AND VACUUM RELIEF VALVES Section 02642 AIR RELEASE AND VACUUM RELIEF VALVES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Air release and vacuum relief valves. 1.02 UNIT PRICES. A Measurement for air release and vacuum relief each valve installed valves is on a Ium P sum basis for B. Payment includes manhole (if required), fittings, and appurtenances necessary complete installation of valve. ary for C. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedur 1.03. STIPULATED PRICE (Lump Sum). es. A. If the Contract is a Stipulated Price Contract, payment for work in this S included in the total Stipulated Price. ection is 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 48 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. B. ASTM A 126 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves and Pipe Fittings ,Flanges, C. ASTM A 240 Standard Specification for Heat -Resisting Chromium and C Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels, hromium- D. ASTM A 276 - Standard n Specification for Stainless and Heat -Resisting and Shapes. g Steel Bars E. ASTM A 313 - Standard Specification for Chromium -Nickel Stainless Resisting Steel Spring Wire. sand Heat- F. ASTM B 584 - Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Y Sand Castings for General SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 02642 Page 1 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project AIR RELEASE AND B98-01 VACUUM RELIEF VALVES 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's product data for proposed valves for approval. 1.06 QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide manufacturer's affidavit that air release and vacuum relief valves purchased for the Work, were manufactured and tested in the United States, and conform to requirements of this Section. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Combination air valves designed to fulfill functions of air release (permit escape of air accumulated in line at high point of elevation while line is under pressure) and vacuum relief Air release and vacuum relief valves 8 inches and smaller in diameter shall be self-contained in one unit. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Air Release Valves: Apco No. 200, GA Industries Fig. 2-AR, or approved equal, with body and cover, ASTM A 48, Class 30 cast iron; float and leverage mechanism, ASTM A 240 or ASTM A 276 stainless steel; orifice and seat stainless steel against Buna-N or Viton mechanically retained with hex head nut and bolt. Other valve internals shall be stainless steel or bronze. Provide inlet and outlet connections, and orifice as shown on Drawings. B. Air Release and Vacuum Relief Valves: Provide single -body, standard combination valves or duplex -body custom combination valves as indicated on Drawings 1. For 2-inch and 3-inch, single -body valves, provide inlet and outlet, sizes as shown on Drawings and orifice sized for 100 psi working pressure Valve materials: body, cover, and baffle, ASTM A 48, Class 35, or ASTM A 126, Grade B cast iron; plug or poppet, ASTM A 276 stainless steel; float, ASTM A 240 stainless steel; seat, Buna-N; other valve internals, stainless steel. Valve exterior: Painted with shop -applied primer suitable for contact with potable water Provide Apco Model 145C or 147C, Val-Matic Series 200, or approved equal valves. 2. For 3-inch and larger duplex body valves as shown on Drawings, provide Apco Series 1700 with No. 200 air release valve, GA Industries Fig No. AR/GH-21 K/280 or approved equal. Air and vacuum valve materials: body and cover ASTM A 48, Class 35, cast iron, float, ASTM A 240 stainless steel; seat Type 304, stainless steel and Buna-N; other valve internals, stainless steel or bronze. Air release valve: Constructed as specified in paragraph above on Air Release Valves. 02642 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project AIR RELEASE AND B98-01 VACUUM RELIEF VALVES C. Vacuum Relief Valves: Provide air inlet vacuum relief valves with flanged inlet and outlet connections as shown on Drawings. Provide air release valves in combination with inlet and outlet, and orifice as shown on Drawings. Valve shall open under pressure differential not to exceed 0.25 psi. Provide Apco Series 1500 with a No. 200A air release valve, GA Industries Fig. No. HCARV, or approved equal. Materials for vacuum relief valves: valve body, ASTM A 48, Class 35, cast iron; seat and plug, ASTM B 584 bronze, copper alloy 836; spring ASTM A 313, Type 304 stainless steel; bushing, ASTM B 584 bronze, copper alloy 932; retaining screws, ASTM A 276, Type 304, stainless steel. D. Valve Boxes: Standard "A" valve boxes conforming to requirements of Section 02604 Valve Boxes, Meter Boxes and Meter Vaults. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EARTHWORK A. Conform to applicable provisions of Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 3.02 SETTING VALVES AND MANHOLES A. Provide services of a technical representative of valve manufacturer available on site during installation of valves. B. Prior to installing valves, remove foreign matter from within valves. Inspect valves in open and closed position to verify that parts are in satisfactory working condition. C. Install valves and valve manholes where indicated on Drawings or as located by City Engineer. Set manholes plumb and as detailed. Center manholes on valves. Compact cement stabilized sand around each manhole for minimum radius of 4 feet, or to undisturbed trench face if Tess than 4 feet. Provide above -ground vents for manholes as indicated on Drawings. 3.03 DISINFECTION AND TESTING A. Assist City with disinfection of valves and appurtenances as required by Section 02675 - Disinfection of Waterlines and test as required by Section 02676 Hydrostatic Testing of Pipelines. 3.04 PAINTING OF PIPING A. Paint valves located in manholes, stations, and above ground using ACRO Paint No. 2215, or approved equal. END OF SECTION 02642 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project CUT, PLUG AND B98-01 ABANDONMENT OF MAINS Section 02669 CUT, PLUG AND ABANDONMENT OF MAINS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cut, plug and abandonment of water mains. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for cut, plug and abandonment of mains is on a linear foot basis for each main. Separate payment will be made for each size of water main. B. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment of unit price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit produce data for proposed plugs and clamps for approval. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete for reaction blocks: Class B conforming to requirements of Section 03305 - Concrete for Utility Construction. B. Plugs and clamps shall be suitable for type of pipe to be plugged. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Do not begin cut, plug and abandonment operations until replacement main has been constructed, disinfected, and tested, and service lines have been transferred to replacement main. B. Install plug, clamp, and concrete reaction block and make cut at location shown on Drawings. C. Main to be abandoned shall not be valved off and shall not be cut or plugged other than at supply main or as shown on Drawings. D. After main to be abandoned has been cut and plugged, check for other sources feeding abandoned main If sources are found notify City Engineer immediately. Cut and plug abandoned main at point of other feed as directed by City Engineer. E. Plug or cap ends or openings in abandoned main in an acceptable manner approved by City Engineer. 02669 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project CUT, PLUG AND B98-01 ABANDONMENT OF MAINS F. Remove and dispose of surface identifications such as valve boxes and fire hydrants. Valve boxes in improved streets, other than shell, may be poured full of concrete after removing cap. G. Backfill excavations in accordance with Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. H. Repair street surfaces in accordance with Section 02570 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing. END OF SECTION 02669 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 2 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS Section 02730 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Gravity sanitary sewers and appurtenances, including cleanouts, stacks, and service connections. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for pipe is on a linear foot basis, complete in place including sewer pipe, excavation, bedding, backfill and special backfill, shoring earthwork, connections to existing manholes and pipe, stacks, cleanout accessories and testing. Measurement will be taken along the center line of the pipe from center line to centerline of manholes. B. Unit Price Items identifies line segments between stations as shown on the Drawings. C. Pay estimates for progress payments will be made as measured above according to the following schedule: 1. An estimate for 95 percent payment will be authorized for the amount of pipe installed and backfilled. 2. An estimate of 100 percent payment will be authorized when the line segment has been tested and accepted by the City D. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 STIPULATED PRICE (Lump Sum) A. If the Contract is a Stipulated price Contract, payment for work in this Section is included in the total Stipulated Price. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit proposed methods, equipment, materials and sequence of operations for sewer construction. Plan operations to minimize disruption of utilities to occupied facilities or adjacent property. Text Reports: Submit test reports and inspection videos as specified in Part 3 of this Section 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications. Install a sanitary sewer that is watertight both in pipe -to -pipe joints and in pipe -to -manhole connections. Perform testing in accordance with Section 02732 - Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 02730 Page 1 of 6 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS B. Regulatory Requirements. 1. Install sewer lines to meet the minimum separation distance from any potable water line, as scheduled below. The separation distance is defined as the distance between the outside of the water pipe and the outside of the sewer pipe. When possible, install new sanitary sewers no closer to water lines than 9 feet in all directions. Where this separation distance cannot be achieved, new sanitary sewers shall be installed as specified in this section. 2. Make notification to the City Engineer if water lines are uncovered during sanitary sewer installation where the minimum separation distance cannot be maintained. 3. Lay gravity sewer lines in straight alignment and grade. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Inspect pipe and fittings upon arrival of materials at the job site. B. Handle and store pipe materials and fittings to protect them from damage due to impact, shock, shear or fee fall. Do not drag pipe and fittings along the ground. do not roll pipe unrestrained from delivery trucks. C. Use mechanical means to move or handle pipe Employ acceptable clamps, rope or slings around the outside barrel of pipe and fittings. Do not use hooks, bars or other devices in contact with the interior surface of the pipe to lift or move Tined pipe PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE A. Provide piping materials for gravity sanitary sewers of the sizes and types indicated on the Drawings or as specified. B. Unlined reinforced concrete pipe is not acceptable. 2.02 PIPE MATERIAL SCHEDULE A. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, use pipe materials that conform to requirements specified in one or more of the following sections: 1. Section 02610 - Ductile - Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2. Section 02618 - Centrifugally Cast Fiberglass Pipe, 3. Section 02619 - High Density Polyethylene Pipe 4. Section 02620 - PVC Pipe. 5. Section 02621 - Extra Strength Clay Pipe. 6. Section 02615 - Reinforced Concrete Pipe. B. Where shown on the Drawings, provide pipe meeting the minimum class, dimension ration, or other criteria indicated. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 02730 Page 2 of 6 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS C. Pipe materials other than those listed above shall not be used for gravity sanitary sewers. 2.03 APPURTENANCES A. Stacks. conform to the requirements of Section 02762 - Sanitary Sewer Service Stubs or Reconnections. B. Service Connections. Conform to requirements of Section 02762 - Sanitary Sewer Service Stubs or Reconnections. C. Roof, street or other type of surface water drains shall not be connected or reconnected into the sanitary sewer lines. 2.04 BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND TOPSOIL MATERIAL A. Bedding and Backfill: Conform to requirements of Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities Section 02251 - Utility Backfill Material, and Section 02252 - Cement Stabilized Sand. B. Topsoil: Conform to requirements of Section 02920 - Topsoil. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Prepare traffic control plans and set up street detours and barricades in preparation for excavation if construction will affect traffic. Conform to requirements of Section 01570 - Traffic Control and Regulation. B. Provide barricades, flashing warning lights, and warning signs for excavations. Conform to requirements of Section 01570 - Traffic Control and Regulation. Maintain barricades and warning lights where work is in progress or where traffic is affected by the work. C. Perform work in accordance with OSHA standards Employ a trench safety system as specified in Section 01526 - Trench Safety System for excavations over 5 feet deep. D. Immediately notify the agency or company owning any utility line which is damaged, broken or disturbed. Obtain approval from City Engineer and agency or utility company for any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent. E. Remove old pavements and structures including sidewalks and driveways in accordance with requirements of Section 02076 - Removing Existing Pavements and Structures. Install and operate dewatering and surface water control measures in accordance with Section 01563 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water G. Do not allow sand, debris or runoff to enter sewer system. 02730 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 6 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 3.02 DIVERSION PUMPING GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS A. Install and operate required bulkheads, plugs, piping, and diversion pumping equipment to maintain sewage flow and to prevent backup or overflow. Obtain approval for diversion pumping equipment and procedures from City Engineer. B. Design piping joints and accessories to withstand twice the maximum system pressure or 50 psi, whichever is greater. C. No sewage shall be diverted into any area outside of the sanitary sewer. D. Inthe event of accidental spill or overflow, immediately stop the overflow and take action to clean up and disinfect spillage. Promptly notify City Engineer so that required reporting can be made to the Texas Natural Resources Conservation Commission and the Environment Protection Agency by the City Engineer. 3.03 EXCAVATION A. Earthwork. Conform to requirements of Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Use bedding as indicated on Drawings. Line and Grade. Establish the required uniform line and grade in the trench from stakes set by the City Engineer. Maintain this control for a minimum of 100 feet behind and ahead of the pipe -laying operation. Use laser beam equipment to establish and maintain proper line and grade of the work. Use appropriately sized grade boards which are substantially supported is also acceptable. Protect the boards and location stakes from damage or dislocation. C. Trench Excavation. Excavate pipe trenches to depths shown on Drawings and as specified in Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 3.04 PIPE INSTALLATION BY OPEN CUT A. Install pipe in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations and as specified in the following paragraphs. B. Install pipe only after excavation is completed, the bottom of the trench fine graded, bedding material is installed, and the trench has been approved by the City Engineer. C. Install pipe to the line and grade indicated Place pipe so that it has continuous bearing of barrel on bedding material and is laid in the trench so the interior surfaces of the pipe follow the grades and alignment indicated. Provide bell holes where necessary. D. Install pipe with the spigot end toward the direction of flow. E. Form a concentric joint with each section of adjoining pipe so as to prevent offsets. SEI PN: 97-027 02730 8/14/99 Page 4 of 6 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS F. Keep the interior of the pipe clean as the installation progresses. Where cleaning after laying the pipe is difficult because of small pipe size, use a suitable swab or drag in the pipe and pull it forward past each joint immediately after the point has been completed. Remove foreign material and debris from the pipe. G. Provide lubricant, place and drive home newly laid sections with come -a -long winches so as to eliminate damage to sections. Install pipe to "home' mark where provided. Use of back hoes or similar powered equipment will not be allowed unless protective measures are provided and approved in advance by City Engineer. H. Keep excavations free of water during construction and until final inspection. I. When work is not in progress, cover the exposed ends of pipes with an approved plug to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe. J. Where a gravity sanitary sewer is to be installed under an existing water line with a separation distance of at least 2 feet and less than 9 feet, install the new sewer pipe so that one full joint length of pipe is centered on the water line crossing. Embed the sewer pipe in cement stabilized sand for a minimum distance of 9 feet on each side of the crossing. K. Where a gravity sanitary sewer is to be installed under an existing water line with a separation distance of less than 2 feet, install the new sewer using pressure -rated pipe as shown on the Drawings. Maintain a minimum 6-inch separation distance. L. Where the length of stubs is not indicated, install a 4-foot length and seal the free end of an approved plug. 3.05 PIPE INSTALLATION OTHER THAN OPEN CUT A. For installation of pipe by augering, jacking, or tunneling, conform to requirements of specification sections on tunneling, augering, jacking and microtunneling work, as appropriate. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF APPURTENANCES A. Service Connections. Install service connections to conform to requirements of Section 02762 - Sanitary Sewer Service Stubs or Reconnections. B. Stacks. Construct stacks to conform to requirements of Section 02762 - Sanitary Sewer Service Stubs or Reconnections. C. Construct manholes to conform to requirements of Section 02600 - Cast -in -Place Manholes, Section 02601 - Precast Concrete Manholes, and Section 02608 - Fiberglass Manholes, as applicable. Install frames, rings and covers to conform to requirements of Section 02603 - Frames, Grates, Rings and Covers. SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 02730 Page 5 of 6 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 3.07 , INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Pipe Leakage Test After backfilling a line segment and prior to tie-in of service connections visually inspect gravity sanitary sewers where feasible, and test for leakage in accordance with Section 02732 - Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers. Maintain piezometer installed to conform with Section 01563 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water, until acceptance testing is completed. B. Deflection Testing. Use a Mandrel Test to test flexible pipe for deflection. Refer to Section 02732 - Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers. 3.08 BACKFILL AND SITE CLEANUP A. Backfill and compact soil in accordance with Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities B. Backfill the trench in specified lifts only after pipe installation is approved by the City Engineer. Repair and replace removed or damaged pavement, curbs, gutters, and sidewalks as specified in Section 02570 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing. D. Provide hydromulch seeding in areas of commercial, industrial or undeveloped land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved or not designated to be paved. Grade surface at a uniform slope to natural grade was indicated on the Drawings. Provide a minimum 4 inches of topsoil as specified in Section 02920 - Topsoil and apply hydromulch according to requirements of Section 02932 - Hydromulch Seeding. E. provide sodding in areas of residential land use over the surface of the ground disturbed during construction and not paved or not designated to be paved. Grade surface at a uniform slope to natural grade as indicated on the Drawings. Provide a minimum 4 inches of topsoil per Section 02920 - Topsoil Sod disturbed areas in accordance with Section 02935 - Sodding END OF SECTION 02730 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 6 of 6 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 SANITARY SEWAGE FORCE MAINS Section 02731 SANITARY SEWAGE FORCE MAINS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sanitary sewage force mains. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for payment for pipe is on a unit pnce per linear foot basis. Measurement will be taken along the center line of the pipe from end to end. Payment will be made per foot of force main installed, complete in place including pipe, fittings excavation, bedding, backfill and special backfill, shoring, earthwork connections to existing manholes and pipe, and accessories Measurement and payment for acceptance testing of forcemains is on a unit price per linear foot basis for force mains tested in accordance with the requirements of paragraphs 3 03 and 3.04 of this Section. C. Refer to Document 00300 - Bid Proposal which identifies forcemain sizes and lengths as shown on the Drawings. D. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. B. ASTM D 696 - Standard Test Methods for Coefficient of Linear Expansion of Plastics Between - 30 degrees C and 30 degrees C. C. ASTM D 2310 - Standard Specification for Machine -Made Reinforced Thermosetting - Resin Pipe D. ASTM D 2992 - Standard Practice for Obtaining Hydrostatic or Pressure Design Basis for "Fiberglass" (Glass -Fiber Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin) Pipe and Fittings. E. ASTM D 2996 - Standard Specification for Filament -Wound "Fiberglass" (Glass - Fiber -Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin) Pipe F. Uni-Bell UNI-B-3 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe (complying with AWWA Standard C 900) 02731 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 6 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 1.04 SUBMITTALS SANITARY SEWAGE FORCE MAINS A. Submit proposed methods, equipment, materials, and sequence of operations for force main construction. Plan operations to minimize disruption of utilities to occupied facilities or adjacent property. B. Submit shop drawings and design calculations for joint restraint systems using reinforced concrete encasement of pressure pipe and fittings. C. Submit qualifications, proposed methods, equipment, materials, and sequence for acceptance testing of the pipeline. Submit evidence of experience with pipeline proving by pigging for at least three projects of equal or greater scope Project list shall include dates, size and length of pipe, location, owner name, contact person and telephone number. Provide certificate of training by the manufacturer of the pigging equipment being used. D. Submit test reports as specified in Part 3 of this Section. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Conform to requirements of Section 02610 - Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2.02 PVC PIPE A. Conform to requirements of Section 02620 - PVC Pipe. B. Provide lined ductile iron fittings conforming to Section 02610 - Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2.03 POLYETHYLENE PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Conform to requirements of Section 02619 - High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Solid and Profile Wall Pipe 2.04 CENTRIFUGALLY CAST FIBERGLASS PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Conform to requirements of Section 02618 - Centrifugally Cast Fiberglass Pipe. 2.05 FILAMENT -WOUND FIBERGLASS PIPE A. Provide dual -angle, filament -wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy pipe with integral epoxy liner and exterior coating in sizes from 4-inch to 16-inch diameter. Conform to requirements of ASTM D 2310 or ASTM D 2996, depending on size and class of pipe required. 02731 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 6 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 SANITARY SEWAGE FORCE MAINS B. Fiberglass pipe shall have a resin rich liner of the following thickness: 1. For nominal sizes 2 inches through 6 inches, conform to ASTM D 2310 RTRP 11 CX and ASTM D 2996 RTRP 11 CX 5430, with a minimum liner thickness of 0.020 inch. 2. For nominal sizes 8 inches through 16 inches, conform to ASTM D 2310 RTRP 11 FX and ASTM D 2996 RTRP 11 FX 3210 with a minimum liner thickness of 0.025 inch. 3. The coefficient of linear thermal expansion shall be 8.5 x 10� inch/inch/degrees F for 2- inch through 6-inch pipe and 12.0 x 16� inch/inch/degrees F for 8-inch through 16-inch pipe in accordance with ASTM D 696. C. Hydrostatic design value shall be not Tess than 21,000 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2992(B) and not less than 8000 psi when tested according to ASTM D 2992(A) D. Burial depths for pipes with standard wall thickness shall be between 3 feet and 25 feet. E. Joints: Heavy duty threaded coupling system with positive o-ring seals. For 2-inch through 6-inch diameters, provide mechanical joints with fast advance, acme -type threads. Male threaded portion of couplings shall lock the mechanical joints for couplings for pipe diameters of 8 inches through 16 inches. Axial movement of couplings shall allow up to 2 degrees of angular deflection without affecting o-ring seal integrity. F. Fittings may be contact molded, compression molded, filament wound, or mitered. Fitting must also be capable of withstanding test pressures. G. Pipes, fittings, and other components in this system shall be rated for service to 150 psig at 120 degrees F. Components shall be rated at or above the design pressure of the system. H. Acceptable Manufacturers: Bondstrand 3200 by Ameron, or approved equal. 2.06 THRUST RESTRAINT A. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, provide concrete thrust blocking for force mains up to 12-inches in diameter, to prevent movement of buried lines under pressure at bends, tees, caps, valves and hydrants. Blocking shall be Portland cement concrete, as specified in Section 03305 - Concrete for Utility Construction Place concrete in accordance with details on the Drawings. Place thrust blocks between undisturbed ground and the fittings. Anchor fittings to thrust blocks so that pipe and fitting joints are accessible for repairs. Concrete shall extend from 6 inches below the pipe or fitting to 12 inches above. 02731 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 6 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 SANITARY SEWAGE FORCE MAINS B. For all force mains larger than 12 inches in diameter, and where indicated on the Drawings, provide restrained joints conforming to the requirements of the force main pipe material specifications. Restrained joints shall be installed for the length of pipe on both sides of each bend or fitting for the full length shown on the Drawings. C. Horizontal and vertical bends between zero and 10 degrees deflection angle will not require thrust blocks or harnessed or restrained joints D. Horizontal and vertical bends between 10 degrees and 90 degrees deflection angle shall have thrust restraint as shown on the Drawings. E Provide thrust restraint at tees, plugs, blowoff drains, valves, and caps, as indicated. F. Reinforced concrete encasement of force main pipe and fittings may be used in lieu of manufactured joint restraint systems. Alternate joint restraint systems using reinforced concrete encasement shall conform to the following design requirements 1. Design calculations shall be performed and sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Texas. 2. Design calculations shall be based upon soil parameters quantified in the geotechnical report for the site where the alternative thrust restraint system is to be installed. If data Is not available for the site, use parameters recommended by the geotechnical engineer. 3. The design system pressure shall be the specified test pressure. 4. The following safety factors shall be used in sizing the restraint system. a. Apply a factor of safety equal to 1.5 for passive soil resistance. b. Apply a factor of safety equal to 2.0 for soil friction. 5. The encasement shall be contained entirely within the standard trench width and terminate on both ends at a pipe bell or coupling. 6. Concrete encasement reinforcement steel shall be designed for all loads including internal pressure and longitudinal forces. Concrete design shall be in accordance with ACI 318 PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PIPE INSTALLATION BY OPEN -CUT A. Perform excavation, bedding, and backfill in accordance with Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B. Wrap ductile -iron pipe and fittings with polyethylene wrap in accordance with requirements of Section 02630 - Polyethylene Wrap. Polyethylene wrap shall not be Installed on ductile iron pipe protected by a cathodic protection system. 02731 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 6 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 SANITARY SEWAGE FORCE MAINS C. Install pipe in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations and as specified in the following paragraphs. D. Install pipe only after excavation is completed, the bottom of the trench is fine graded bedding material is installed, and the trench has been approved by the City Engineer. E Install pipe to the line and grade indicated. Place pipe so that it has continuous bearing of barrel on bedding material and is laid in the trench so the interior surfaces of the pipe follow the grades and alignment indicated. Provide bell holes where necessary. F. Install pipe with the spigot ends toward the direction of flow. Form a concentric joint with each section of adjoining pipe so as to prevent offsets. G. Keep the interior of pipe clean as the installation progresses. Where cleaning after laying the pipe is difficult because of small pipe size, use a suitable swab or drag in the pipe and pull it forward past each joint immediately after the joint has been completed. Remove foreign material and debris from the pipe. H. Provide lubricant, place and drive home newly -laid sections with come -a -long winches so as to eliminate damage to sections. Install pipe to "home' mark where provided. Use of back hoes or similar powered equipment will not be allowed unless protective measures are provided and approved in advance by City Engineer. I. Keep excavations free of water during construction and until final inspection. J. When work is not in progress, cover the exposed ends of pipes with an approved plug to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe. • Where sanitary sewer force main is to be installed under an existing waterline with a separation distance of Tess than 2 feet, install one full joint length of pipe centered on the waterline and maintain a minimum 6-inch separation distance. 3.02 PIPE INSTALLATION OTHER THAN OPEN -CUT A. For installation of pipe by augering, jacking, or tunneling, conform to requirements of specification sections for augering or tunneling work. 3.03 HYDROSTATIC TESTING A. After the pipe and appurtenance have been installed, test line and drain. Prevent damage to the Work or adjacent areas. Use clean water to perform tests. B. City Engineer may direct tests of relatively short sections of completed lines to minimize traffic problems or potential public hazards. C. Test pipe in the presence of City Engineer. 02731 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 5 of 6 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 SANITARY SEWAGE FORCE MAINS D. Test pipe at 150 psig or 1.5 times design pressure of the pipe, whichever is greater. Design pressure of the force main shall be the rated total dynamic head of the lift station pump. E Test pipe at the required pressure for a minimum of 2 hours according to requirements of UNI-B-3. F Maximum allowable leakage shall be as calculated by the following formula: L = (S) (D) (P°5) / 133,200 Where: L S D P • IMMO Leakage in gallons per hour. Length of pipe in feet. Inside diameter of pipe in inches. Pressure in pounds per square inch. G. Correct defects, cracks, or leakage by replacement of defective items or by repairs as approved by City Engineer. H. Plug openings in the force main after testing and flushing. Use cast iron plugs or blind flanges to prevent debris from entenng the tested pipeline. 3.04 PIGGING TEST A. After completion of hydrostatic testing and prior to final acceptance test force mains longer than 200 feet by pigging to ensure piping is free of obstructions. B. Pigs: Provide proving pigs manufactured of an open -cell polyurethane foam body, without any coating or abrasives which would scratch or otherwise damage interior pipe wall surface or lining. Pigs shall be able to pass through reductions of up to 65 percent of the nominal cross -sectional area of the pipe. Pigs shall be able to pass through standard fittings such as 45-degree and 90 degree elbows, crosses, tees, wyes, gate valves, or plug valves, as applicable to the force main being tested. C. Test Execution: Pigging test shall be conducted in the presence of the City Engineer. Provide at least 48-hours notice of scheduled pigging of the force main prior to commencing the test. END OF SECTION 02731 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 6 of 6 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project PLASTIC LINER FOR LARGE -DIAMETER B98-01 CONCRETE SEWERS AND STRUCTURES Section 02752 PLASTIC LINER FOR LARGE -DIAMETER CONCRETE SEWERS AND STRUCTURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of plastic liners for concrete interceptor sewers and structures. Only plastic liners manufactured with integral locking ribs spaced at approximately 2-1/2 inches on center over the entire liner is acceptable Liners relying on mechanically fastened batten strips as the primary means of anchorage are unacceptable. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. The cost shall be incidental to the work of large diameter sewers, precast concrete manholes, or cast- in - place, wastewater -containing structures. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D 412 - Standard Test Methods for Rubber Properties in Tension. B. ASTM D 2440 - Standard Test Methods for Oxidation Stability of Mineral Insulating Oil. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings according to Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Prior to submittal of shop drawings, the manufacturer shall approve the proposed panel layout and proposed details. The Contractor shall then submit shop drawings showing the proposed panel layout to cover the area to be Tined. Shop drawings shall also show the proposed details for installation of liner at seams, terminations, corners, openings, pipe penetrations, etc. and the type of factory and field welds and attachments. C. Provide sufficient details to permit placement of liner without use of design drawings. Reproduction of design Drawings for use as shop drawings will not be allowed. Do not begin fabrication of the liner until after shop drawings and submitted materials have been reviewed and accepted by the City Engineer. 1.05 INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS A. Applicators. The application of plastic liner to forms and other surfaces, liner finishing, repair, and testing is considered highly specialized work and shall be performed only by firms and individuals recommended and approved by the lining manufacturer. Personnel performing such work shall be trained in methods of installation and shall demonstrate their ability to the City Engineer. 02752 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project PLASTIC LINER FOR LARGE -DIAMETER B98-01 CONCRETE SEWERS AND STRUCTURES B. Welders. 1. Each welder shall pass a qualification welding test before doing any welding. Requalification may be required at any time deemed necessary by the City Engineer. Provide at least 24 hours notice to the City Engineer to schedule a qualification welding test. 2. All test welds shall be made in the presence of the City Engineer and shall consist of the following: a. Begin with two pieces of liner, at least 15 inches long and 9 inches wide. Hold pieces in a vertical position, lapped 1-1/2 inches. b. Position a weld strip over the edge of the lap and weld to both pieces of liner. Extend each end of the weld strip at least 2 inches beyond the liner to provide tabs. 3. The weld specimen will be tested as follows: a. Each weld strip tab, tested separately, shall be subjected to 10-pound pull normal to the face of the liner with the liner secured firmly in place. The weld is acceptable if there is no separation between the weld strip and liner. b. Three test specimens shall be cut from the welded sample and tested in tension across the welds. Tensile strength measured across welded joints shall be at least 2000 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM D 412. If none of these specimens fails when tested as indicated above, the weld will be considered satisfactory. c. If one specimen fails to pass the tension test, a retest will be permitted. The retest shall consist of testing three additional specimens cut from the original welded sample. If the three retest specimens pass the test, the weld will be considered satisfactory. 4. A disqualified welder may submit a new weld sample when the welder has had sufficient off -the -job training or experience to warrant re-examination. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Plastic liner shall be as manufactured by Ameron Protective Linings Division; Poly -Tee, Inc.; or approved equal. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Manufacturing. 1. Plastic liner sheet, joint, corner and weld strips shall be manufactured from a high molecular weight thermoplastic polymer compounded to make a permanently flexible material suitable for use as protective liner in concrete pipe or other concrete 02752 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project PLASTIC LINER FOR LARGE -DIAMETER B98-01 CONCRETE SEWERS AND STRUCTURES structures. Polyvinyl chloride resin shall constitute not Tess than 99 percent by weight of the resin used in the formulation Copolymer resins shall not be permitted. 2. At any time during the manufacture or prior to the final acceptance of the Work, the City Engineer may sample specimens taken from sheets, strips or welded joints for testing. 3. Changes in formulation will be permitted only after prior notice is given to the City Engineer and the manufacturer demonstrates that the new plastic liner will meet or exceed requirements for chemical resistance and physical properties. B. Properties. 1. Plastic liner sheets including locking extensions, joints, corners, and welding strips shall be free of cracks cleavages or other defects adversely affecting the protective characteristics of the material. 2. Except at shop welds, plastic liner sheets, joint, corner and weld strips shall have the following properties when tested at 77 degrees F plus or minus 5 degrees F. ASTM TEST CHEMICAL RESISTANCE TEST PROPERTY METHOD INITIAL AFTER CHEMICAL EXPOSURE (Note 1) Tensile strength, min. D 412, Die B 2200 psi 2100 psi Elongation at break, D 412, Die B 200 200 percent min. percent +5 Shore durometer, D 2240, Within 1 50-60 (Note 2) Type D sec. , D 2240, 10 sec. 35-50 ±5 (Note 2) Weight change (Note 3) +1.5 % (Note 2) Notes: 1. For 112 days in chemical solutions 2. With respect to initial test results 3. Specimen shall be 1 inch x 3 inch sample sheet thickness, taken from sheet or strip at any time prior to final acceptance of the work. 2.03 MATERIAL TESTS A. Material Properties. Samples taken from sheets, joints or weld strips shall be tested to determine material properties Determination of PVC tensile strength and elongation shall be in accordance with ASTM D 412 using Die B. Determination of indentation hardness shall be in accordance with ASTM D 2240 using a Type D durometer, except that a single thickness of material will be used. Determination of change of weight and indentation 02752 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project PLASTIC LINER FOR LARGE -DIAMETER B98-01 CONCRETE SEWERS AND STRUCTURES hardness shall be made of 1-inch by 3-inch specimens. Thickness of specimens shall be the thickness of the sheet or strip. B. Measurement of Initial Physical Properties. Determine the initial values for tensile strength, weight,elongation and indentation hardness prior to chemical resistance tests. C. Chemical Resistance Tests. 1. Determine the physical properties of the specimens after exposure to chemical solutions. Test specimens shall be conditioned to constant weight at 110 degrees F before and after submersion in the following solutions for a period of 112 days at 77 degrees F plus or minus 5 degrees F. Chemical Solution Concentration Sulfuric acid 20%* Sodium hydroxide 5% Ammonium hydroxide 5%* Nitric acid 1%* Ferric chloride 1ok Soap 0.1 % Detergent (linear alkyl benzyl sulfonate or LAS) 0.1 % Bacteriological BOD not less than 700 ppm * Volumetric percentages of concentrated C.P. grade reagents. 2. At 28 day intervals, remove specimens from each chemical solution and test. If any specimen fails to meet the 112-day property requirements specified in paragraph 2.02B before completion of the 112-day exposure, the material will be rejected. D. Pull Test for Locking Extensions Liner locking extensions embedded in concrete shall withstand a test pull of at least 100 pounds per linear inch, applied perpendicularly to the concrete surface for a period of 1 minute, without rupture of the locking extensions or withdrawal from embedment. This test shall be made at a temperature between 70 degrees F and 80 degrees F, inclusive E. Shop -Welded Joints. Shop -welded joints used to fuse individual sections of liner together, shall meet the minimum requirements of the liner for thickness, corrosion resistance and impermeability. Welds shall show no cracks or separations and shall be tested for tensile strength. Tensile strength, measured across the welded joint in accordance with ASTM D 412 using Die B, shall be at least 2000 psi. Test temperature shall be 77 degrees F plus or minus 5 degrees F and the measured minimum width and thickness of the reduced test specimen section shall be used. F. Spark Test. Liners shall be shop and field tested for holidays or flaws using an approved spark tester set to provide a minimum of 20,000 volts (Tinker and Rasor Model AP-W with power pack, or approved equal). Sheets having holes shall be satisfactorily repaired in the shop prior to shipment from the manufacturer's plant. Repairs shall be made by welders qualified in accordance with these specifications 02752 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project PLASTIC LINER FOR LARGE -DIAMETER B98-01 CONCRETE SEWERS AND STRUCTURES 2.04 MATERIAL DETAILS AND DIMENSIONS A. Approval of Details. Liner sheet, strip and other accessory pieces shall conform to the requirements of these Specifications B. Thickness of Material. The minimum thickness of PVC sheet and strip shall be as follows: Material S heet, integral locking extensions S heet, plain Joint strip Weld strip Thickness in Inches 0.065 0.094 0.094 0.125 C. Material Sizes. Sheets of PVC liner used for pipe shall be pipe -size sheets to provide the coverage required by the Drawings. Structural sheets shall be standard 48 inches by 96- inches, with any special size noted on the shop drawings. Lengths specified shall include tolerance at a ratio of plus or minus 1/4-inch for each 100 inches, or 0.25 percent Joint strips shall be 4 inches plus or minus 0.25 inch in width and shall have each edge beveled prior to application. Weld strips shall be 1 inch plus or minus 0.125 inch in width. Weld strips shall have edges beveled at time of manufacture. D. Locking Extensions. 1. No polygrip-type holding or locking extension will be permitted. 2. PVC liner to be embedded in concrete shall have integral locking extensions Liner may not be bonded to concrete surfaces with adhesives except as specifically acceptable to the City Engineer 3. PVC locking extensions shall be the same material as the liner, shall be integrally molded or extruded with the sheets, and shall have an approved cross section with a minimum height of 0 375 inch and a minimum web thickness of 0.085 inch. They shall be approximately 2.5 inches apart and shall be such that when the extensions are embedded in concrete, the liner will be held permanently in place. PVC locking extensions shall be parallel and continuous except where interrupted for joint flaps, weep channels, strap channels and for other purposes shown on Drawings or permitted by the City Engineer. 5. The liner sheet edge which will be the lower terminal edge in the structure shall not extend beyond the base of the final locking extension more than 0.375 inch. E. Provisions for Strap Channels. Unless alternate methods are acceptable to the City Engineer, the liner required to be secured to the inner form with straps shall have strap channels at not more than 20 inches on center perpendicular to the locking extensions. S trap channels shall be a maximum of 1-inch wide and formed by removing the locking extensions so that a maximum of 3/16-inch remains. The channels shall not be provided in the final two locking extensions adjacent to the terminal edge of the liner coverage. 02752 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 5 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project PLASTIC LINER FOR LARGE -DIAMETER B98-01 CONCRETE SEWERS AND STRUCTURES F. Flaps. When transverse flaps are specified or required, they shall be fabricated by removing locking extensions so that no more than 1/32 inch of the base of the locking extensions remains on the sheet. G. Adhesive Products. Adhesive products and application procedures used in the installation of the liner shall be according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Adhesive products intended for use inside cast -in -place structures shall be non-flammable. H. Cleaners. Cleaners used in the installation of the liner shall be reviewed by the City Engineer prior to use. Cleaners shall be nonflammable and shall be water soluble or water dispersible and shall not be detrimental to the plastic liner. Caulking Products. Caulking products and application procedures used in the installation of liner and appurtenances shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. J. Mechanical Anchors. When approved for use with plain sheet liner, provide anchors and washers of Type 316 stainless steel, and as recommended by the liner manufacturer. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 NOTIFICATION A. Notify the City Engineer at least 24 hours before reinforcing steel placement so that the lining may be inspected and errors corrected without delaying the Work. 3.02 PLACING LINER A. Location Liner shall be placed throughout the entire length of the interceptor sewer along the top 300 degrees of the pipe circumference, and inside all structures as indicated on the Drawings Liner shall be applied and secured to the forms and inspected by the City Engineer prior to the placement of reinforcing steel. B. Coverage. 1. In cast -in -place structures, no offset of the lower terminal edge is permitted. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, the lower terminal edge shall be one foot below the low water level call pumps off' level for lift stations), or 6 inches below the top of the grout or concrete fillet whichever is higher. 2. At any station where there is a difference in the pipe's circumferential liner coverage, as shown on the Drawings, and the longitudinal terminal edges of liner downstream from that station are lower than those upstream the terminal edges of the liner installed in the section of pipe or structure immediately upstream from the station shall be sloped uniformly for the entire length of the section of pipe or structure from the limits of the smaller coverage to those of the greater coverage. Wherever the longitudinal terminal edges of the liner downstream from the station are higher than those upstream the slope shall be accomplished uniformly throughout the length of the section of pipe or structure immediately downstream from the station. An approved locking extension shall be provided along all sloping lower terminal edges of liner plate. 02752 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 6 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project PLASTIC LINER FOR LARGE -DIAMETER B98-01 CONCRETE SEWERS AND STRUCTURES C. Positioning Liner. 1. Position PVC liner installed in pipe so that locking extensions are parallel to the longitudinal axis of the pipe 2. Position PVC liner installed in cast -in -place structures so that the locking extensions are parallel to the direction of concrete placement, which is normally vertically for vertical walls. 3. Liner shall be closely fitted to inner forms. Sheets shall be cut to fit curved and warped surfaces using a minimum number of separate pieces. 4. The City Engineer may require the use of patterns or the marking of sheet layouts directly on the forms where complicated warped surfaces are involved. 5. At transverse joints between sheets of liner used in cast -in -place structures and pipe joints, the space between ends of locking extensions, measured longitudinally shall not exceed 4 inches. Where sheets are cut and joined for the purpose of fitting irregular surfaces, this space shall not exceed 2 inches. D. Securing Liner in Place. 1. Liner shall be held snugly in place against inner forms. For pipes and similar circular sections, Tight steel banding straps or other approved means shall be used. Prefabricated pipe -size tubular sheets which do not require strap channels may also be used. 2. Banding straps, when used, shall be placed in strap channels, as specified under provision for strap channels, at a spacing not to exceed 20 inches. 3. Any method of banding, other than in strap channels, shall be reviewed by the City Engineer prior to use. 4. On vertical surfaces where form ties or form stabilizing rods pass through liner, provisions shall be made to maintain the liner in close contact with the forms during concrete placement. These provisions shall be reviewed by the City Engineer. 5. Concrete shall be prevented from flowing around the edges of sheets at joints by sealing the joint or seam with waterproof tape recommended by the manufacturer. 6. Forms in contact with plastic liner need not be oiled. E Weep Channels. 1. At each pipe joint and at transverse joints in cast -in -place structures, a gap not less than 2 inches nor greater than 4 inches shall be left in all locking extensions to provide a transverse weep channel. If locking extensions are removed to provide a weep channel at joints, the base of the extension left on the sheet shall not exceed 3/16 inch. 02752 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 7 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project PLASTIC LINER FOR LARGE -DIAMETER B98-01 CONCRETE SEWERS AND STRUCTURES 2. Intermediate weep channels shall be provided as required to maintain a maximum spacing of 8 feet Intermediate weep channels shall not be less than 2.0 inches nor greater than 4.0 inches in width. If locking extensions are removed to provide intermediate weep channels, the base of the extension left on the sheet shall not exceed 3/16 inch. 3. Any area behind liner, which is not properly served by regular weep channels, shall have additional weep channels 2 inches wide provided by cutting away locking extensions. 4. A transverse weep channel shall be provided approximately 12 inches away from each liner return where surfaces lined with plastic liner join surfaces which are not so Tined. 5. As a part of the Work of installing liner, outlets of all weep channels shall be cleared of obstructions which would interfere with their proper functions. 6. Weep channels shall be designed for external hydrostatic pressures of a water column equal in height to the greater of 50 feet (22 psi) or 1.1 times the depth of burial. F. Liner Returns. 1. A liner return shall be installed where shown on the approved shop drawings and wherever surfaces lined with plastic liner joins surfaces which are not so Tined. 2. Unless otherwise indicated by the Drawings or the approved shop drawings showing liner installation methods, returns shall be made as follows: a. The liner shall be returned at least 3 inches at the surfaces of contact between the concrete structure and items not concrete (including access frames, gate guides and pipe penetrations). b. The same procedure shall be followed at joints where the type of protective lining is changed or the new work is built to join existing unlined concrete. 3. Locking extensions shall be provided on returns to lock the returns to the concrete of plastic -Tined, cast -in -place structures. 4. Each liner return shall be sealed to adjacent construction with which it is in contact by means of an adhesive system recommended by the manufacturer and acceptable to the City Engineer If the joint space is too wide or the joint surfaces too rough to permit the use of the compound, the joint space shall be filled with 2 inches of densely caulked cement mortar, lead wool, or other caulking material and finished with a minimum of 1 inch depth of an approved corrosion resistant sealant material 02752 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 8 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project PLASTIC LINER FOR LARGE -DIAMETER B98-01 CONCRETE SEWERS AND STRUCTURES 3.03 CONCRETING OPERATIONS A. Concrete Placement. 1. Concrete placed against liner shall be carefully vibrated so as to avoid damage to the liner and to produce dense concrete securely anchoring the locking extensions into the concrete. External vibrators shall be used in addition to internal vibrators, particularly along the lower terminal edge of the liner. 2. Stiffeners, when used along locking extensions of liner installed in forms for pipe, shall be withdrawn completely during the placement of concrete in the forms. The concrete shall be revibrated to consolidate the concrete in the void spaces caused by the withdrawal of the stiffeners. B. Removing Forms. 1. In removing forms, care shall be taken to protect liner from damage. Sharp instruments shall not be used to pry forms from Tined surfaces. When forms are removed any nails that remain in the liner plate shall be pulled without tearing the liner and the resulting holes clearly marked. Form tie holes shall be marked before ties are broken off and all areas of abrasion of the liner shall be marked. 2. Following completion of form removal, liner in pipe and structures shall be cleaned for inspection. 3. Banding straps used in securing liner to forms for pipe and cast -in -place structures shall be removed within the limits of the unlined invert. 3.04 FIELD JOINTING OF LINER A. Installation Requirements. 1. No field joint shall be made in the liner until the Tined pipe or structure has been backfilled and 7 days have elapsed after the flooding or jetting has been completed. Where ground water is encountered, the joint shall not be made until pumping of ground water has been discontinued for at least 7 days and no visible leakage is evident at the joint Liner at joints shall be free of all mortar and other foreign material and shall be clean and dry before joints are made. 2. Hot joint compound shall not be brought in contact with liner. 3. No coating of any kind shall be applied over any joint, corner or welding strip, except where nonskid coating is applied to liner surfaces B. Field Joints in Pipe Installation. 1. Field joints in the lining at pipe joints shall be one of the following types: a. Type P-1. The joint shall be made with a separate 4-inch joint strip and two welding strips. The 4-inch joint strip shall be centered over the joint, heat- 02752 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 9 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project PLASTIC LINER FOR LARGE -DIAMETER B98-01 CONCRETE SEWERS AND STRUCTURES sealed to the lining, then welded along each edge to adjacent liner sheets with a 1-inch weld strip The 4-inch joint strip shall lap over each sheet a minimum of 1/2 inch. b. Type P-2. (1) The joint shall be made with a joint flap with locking extensions removed as described in paragraph 2.04 above, and extending approximately 4 inches beyond the pipe end. The joint flap shall overlap the lining in the adjacent pipe section a minimum of 1/2 inch and be heat -sealed in place prior to welding. The field joint shall be completed by welding the flap to the lining of the adjacent pipe using 1-inch weld strip. (2) Care shall be taken to protect the flap from damage. Excessive tension and distortion in bending back the flap to expose the pipe joint during laying and joint mortaring shall be avoided. At temperatures below 50 degrees F heating of the liner may be required to avoid damage. 2. Field joints in liner at pipe joints shall not be made until the mortar in the pipe joint, if used, has been allowed to cure for at least 48 hours 3. Joints between lined pipe and Tined structures shall be either Type C 1 joint or Type C-2 joint as described below C. Field Joints in Concrete Structures. Field joints in liner on concrete structures shall be one of the following types: 1. Type C-1. The joint shall be made with a separate 4-inch joint strip and two welding strips. The 4-inch joint strip shall be centered over the joint, heat -sealed to the liner then welded along each edge to adjacent sheets with a 1-inch wide weld strip The width of the space between adjacent sheets shall not exceed 2 inches The 4-inch joint strip shall lap over each sheet a minimum of 1/2 inch. It may be used at any transverse or longitudinal joint. 2. Type C-2. The joint shall be made by lapping sheets not less than 1/2 inch One 1- inch weld strip is required. The upstream sheet shall overlap the one downstream. The lap shall be heat -sealed into place prior to welding on the 1-inch weld strip. 3. Type C-3. The joint shall be made by applying 2-inch wide waterproof tape or 1-inch wide welding strip on the back of the maximum 1/4-inch gap butt joint or by some other method approved by the City Engineer to prevent wet concrete from getting under the sheet. After the forms have been stripped, a 1-inch weld strip shall be applied over the face to the sheet. D. Installation of Welding Strips. 1. All welding of joints is to be in strict conformance with the specifications and instructions of the lining manufacturer. 02752 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 10 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project PLASTIC LINER FOR LARGE -DIAMETER B98-01 CONCRETE SEWERS AND STRUCTURES 2. Welding shall fuse both sheets and weld strip together to provide a continuous joint equal in corrosion resistance and impermeability to the liner plate. 3. Hot-air welding tools shall provide effluent air to the sheets to be joined at a temperature between 500 degrees F and 600 degrees F. Welding tools shall be held approximately 1/2 inch from and moved back and forth over the junction of the two materials to be joined. The welding tool shall be moved slowly enough as the weld progresses to cause a small bead of molten material to be visible along both edges and in front of the weld strip. 4. Adequate ventilation shall be maintained in confined spaces during welding operations. 5. After repairs have been made, defective welds will be reinspected and re -tested. E Joint Reinforcement. A 12-inch long welding strip shall be applied as a reinforcement across each transverse joint and weep channel which extends to the lower terminal edge of liner. These reinforcement strips shall be centered over the joint being reinforced and located as close to the lower edge of liner as practicable. They shall be welded in place after the transverse welding strips have been installed. F Application of Liner to Concrete Surfaces with Adhesives. Application of liner plate to concrete surfaces by means of adhesive shall be allowed only where shown on the Drawings for existing structures, or where specifically acceptable to the City Engineer and called out on approved shop drawings, and shall be accomplished by the following steps: 1. The concrete surface shall be etched by abrasive blasting to develop a slightly granular surface. 2. After abrasive blasting, the concrete surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust. 3. Application of primer, adhesive and liner shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, as approved by the City Engineer. 4. Mechanical anchors shall be placed at 12-inch centers each way after adherence of the liner to the concrete surface has been achieved. Anchors shall be placed after the adhesive system as cured for a minimum of 24 hours. The penetration of the liner by the anchor shall be sealed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. G. Nonskid Surfaces. Surfaces of liner, shown on the Drawings to be nonskid, shall be treated as follows prior to installation: 1. The liner shall be cleaned, dried, and spread with an adhesive coating recommended by the manufacturer of the liner plate 2. The surface shall then be liberally sprinkled with clean, dry, well graded sand, all of which will pass a No. 30 sieve but be retained on a No. 70 sieve. 02752 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 11 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project PLASTIC LINER FOR LARGE -DIAMETER B98-01 CONCRETE SEWERS AND STRUCTURES 3. After the sanded surface has thoroughly dried, excess sand shall be brushed away and a seal coat of the adhesive coating shall be sprayed over the sand in sufficient quantity to coat and bond the sand to the liner plate. 4. The coated sand surface shall be allowed to dry thoroughly before handling. H. Protection and Repair of Liner. 1. Necessary measures and precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to liner from equipment and materials used in or taken through the Work. Any damage to installed liner plate shall be repaired by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements for repair of the liner. 2. Nail and tie holes and cut, torn and seriously abraded areas in the liner plate shall be patched. Patches made entirely with welding strip shall be fused to the liner over the entire patch. The use of this method is limited to patches which can be made with a single welding strip The use of parallel, overlapping or adjoining welding strips will not be permitted. larger patches may consist of smooth liner over the damaged area with edges covered with welding strips fused to the patch and to the liner adjoining the damaged area. The size of a single patch of the latter type shall be limited only as to its width, which shall not exceed 4 inches. 3. Whenever liner is not properly anchored to concrete, or whenever patches larger than those permitted above are necessary, the repair of the liner and the restoration of anchorage shall be accomplished by injecting epoxy grout behind the liner plate by a method approved by the City Engineer. The use of adhesives will not be allowed to repair improperly anchored liner plate. I. Field Tests. 1. Upon completion of the installation, the surface of liner shall be cleaned to permit visual inspection and spark testing by the City Engineer, using a spark -type detector complying with the requirements for Spark Test. Areas of liner failing to meet the field test shall be properly repaired and retested. 2. The Contractor shall assist in tfie inspection and spark testing by providing adequate ventilation, ladders for access, barricades or other traffic control devices and shall be responsible for opening and closing entrances and exits. 3. Any spark testing of liner by the Contractor shall be done with a detector complying these Specifications END OF SECTION 02752 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 12 of 12 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 STUBS OR RECONNECTIONS Section 02762 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE STUBS OR RECONNECTIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of service stubs on new sanitary sewers serving areas where sanitary sewer service did not previously exist. B. Reconnection of existing service connections along parallel, replacement, or rehabilitated sanitary sewers. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for sanitary sewer service stubs or service reconnections with stacks located within 5 feet of the sanitary sewer main centerline is on a unit price basis for each stub or reconnection, complete in place. Service stubs and reconnections include service connections couplings, adapters disconnecting existing services, reconnecting new service, fittings, excavation backfill, and testing. Measurement for sanitary sewer service stubs or service reconnections without stacks located within 5 feet of the sanitary sewer main is on a unit price basis for each stub or reconnection complete in place. Service stubs and reconnections include service connections, couplings, adapters disconnecting existing services, reconnecting new service, fittings, excavation backfill, and testing. C. Measurement for sanitary sewer service lines more than 5 feet laterally from the sewer main is on a linear foot basis, complete in place Measurement will be taken along the centerline of the pipe from the centerline of the lateral connection or stack to the end of the service for service stubs laid in open cut excavation. Augered pipe for service stubs will be paid as provided in Section 02316 - Pipe and Casing Augering. D. Pay estimates for progress payments will be made as measured above according to the following schedule: 1. An estimate for 95 percent payment will be authorized when the reconnection is completely installed and backfilled. 2. An estimate for 100 percent payment will be authorized when the reconnection has been tested E. One or more connections discharging into a common point are considered one service connection. The Contractor shall not add service reconnections without approval of the City Engineer The City Engineer may require reconnections to be moved or relocated to avoid having more than two houses per reconnection. 02762 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project 698-01 STUBS OR RECONNECTIONS F Protruding service connections which must be removed to allow liner insertion are paid as a service reconnection when connected. If abandoned, they will be paid as an abandoned connection. G. Measurement for abandonment of service connection is on a unit price basis for each abandoned connection. No separate payment will be made for abandonment of service connection unless excavation is required. No separate payment will be made for excavation of sanitary sewer services within the new or replacement sewer trench. No separate payment will be made for an abandoned service connection if the service to be abandoned is within 4 feet of an active connection. Payment for only one abandoned service connection will be allowed when a second abandoned connection is within 4 feet of the first. I. If a faulty remote cut is later corrected using the procedures specified for reconnection by excavation, only one reconnection will be allowed for payment. J. Measurement for hand excavation and backfill is on a cubic yard basis when authorized by City Engineer in locations where excavation by machine is not suitable. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 1784 Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. B. ASTM D 3034 Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. C. ASTM D 3212 - Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomenc Seals. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Accurately locate in the field all proposed service stubs along the new sanitary sewer main. B. Accurately locate in the field existing service connections and proposed service stubs along the alignment of the new parallel or replacement sewer main. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data for each pipe product, fitting, coupling and adapter. B. Show reconnected services on record drawings. Give the exact distance from each service connection to the nearest downstream manhole. 02762 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 STUBS OR RECONNECTIONS PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PVC SERVICE CONNECTION A. As stubouts, use PVC sewer pipe, 4-inch through 10-inch, conforming to ASTM D 1784 and ASTM D 3034, with a cell classification of 12454-B. The SDR (ratio of diameter to wall thickness) shall be 26 for pipe 10 inches in diameter or less. B. PVC pipe shall be gasket jointed with gasket conforming to ASTM D3212. C. Provide service connection pipe in sizes shown on the Drawings. For reconnection of existing services, select service connection pipe diameter to match existing service diameter. Reconnections to rehabilitated sanitary sewer mains shall be limited to the following maximum service connection diameter: Maximum Service Connection Diameter Sewer Diameter 8" or Tess 4" 10" or greater 6" D. Subject to the above limits, provide a 6-inch service connection when more than one service discharges into a single pipe E Connect service pipes to new parallel or replacement sewer mains with prefabricated, full-bodied tee or wye fittings conforming to specifications for the sewer main pipe material as specified in other Sections for all sewers up to 18 inches in diameter. F. Where new sewers are installed using pipe augering or tunneling, or where the new sewer is greater than 18 inches in diameter, use Fowler "Inserta-Tee" to connect the service to the new sewer main. 2.02 PIPE SADDLES A. Use pipe saddles only on rehabilitated sanitary sewer mains. Comply with Paragraph 2.01E for new parallel and replacement sanitary sewer mains. B. Supply one-piece prefabricated saddle, either polyethylene or PVC, with neoprene gasket to accomplish a complete seal. Use a saddle fabricated to fit the outside diameter of the pipe to which it will be attached. The protruding lip of the saddle must be at least 5/8-inch long with grooves or ridges to retain the stainless steel band clamps. C. Use 1/2-inch stainless steel band clamps for securing saddles to liner pipe. 02762 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 STUBS OR RECONNECTIONS 2.03 COUPLINGS AND ADAPTERS A. For connection between new PVC pipe stubout and existing service; 4-, 6-, or 8-inch diameter, use flexible adapter coupling consisting of a neoprene gasket and stainless steel shear ring, with 1/2-inch stainless steel band clamps: 1. Fernco Pipe Connectors, Inc., Series 1055 with shear ring SR-8; 2. Band Seal by Mission Rubber Co., Inc.; 3. Approved equal. B. For connection between new PVC pipe stub out and new service, use rubber- gasketed adapter coupling: 1. GPK Products, Inc., IPS & Sewer Adapter. 2. Approved Equal 2.04 STACKS A. Provide stacks for service connections wherever the crown of the sewer is 8 feet or more below finished grade. B. Construct stacks of the same material as the sanitary sewer and as shown on the Drawings. C. Provide stacks of the same nominal diameter at the sanitary service line. 2.05 PLUGS AND CAPS A. Seal the upstream end of unconnected sewer service stubs with rubber gasketed plugs or caps of the same pipe type and size Provide plugs or caps by GPK Products, Inc., or equal. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide a minimum of 72 hours notice to customers whose sanitary sewer service will potentially be interrupted. B. Accurately field locate service connections, whether in service or not, along the rehabilitated sanitary sewer main. For new parallel and replacement sewers service connections may be located as pipe laying progresses from downstream to upstream. C. Properly disconnect existing connections from the sewer and reconnect to the rehabilitated liner, as described in this Section. 02762 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 STUBS OR RECONNECTIONS D. Reconnect service connections, including those that go to unoccupied or abandoned buildings or to vacant lots, unless directed otherwise by City Engineer. E. Complete reconnection of service lines within 24 hours after cured -in -place liner installation and within 72 hours after disconnection for sliplining, new parallel, or replacement sanitary sewer mains F. Reconnect services on cured in place liner at 12 feet depth or less by the excavation method. The City Engineer reserves the right to require service connections by excavation when a remote cut service connection damages the lines. G. Reconnection by the excavation method shall include the stack and fittings and required pipe length to reconnect service line. H. Connect services 8 inches in diameter and larger to the sewer by construction of a manhole. Payment for the manhole will be made at the contract unit price for the appropriate manhole diameter and depth. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Provide barricades and warning lights and signs for excavations created for service connections. Conform to requirements of Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. B. Do not allow sand, debris or runoff to enter sewer system. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Accurately field locate existing service connections, whether in service or not. Use existing service locations to reconnect service lines to new liner or new sanitary sewer main. B. For new parallel and replacement sanitary sewer mains, complete testing and acceptance of downstream sewers as applicable. Provide for compliance with requirements of Paragraph 3.01 E. 3.04 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Excavate in accordance with Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B. Perform work in accordance with OSHA standards. Employ a Trench Safety System as specified in Section 01526 - Trench Safety System for excavations requiring trench safety. C. Install and operate necessary ground water and surface water control measures in accordance with requirements of Section 01563 - Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. 02762 SEI PN* 97-027 8/14/99 Page 5 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 STUBS OR RECONNECTIONS D. Determine locations where excavation cannot be performed by excavation machinery Reasons excluding excavation equipment are limited access and buildings or structure adjacent to or over easements. In such cases obtain approval from City Engineer for hand excavation. 3.05 RECONNECTION BY EXCAVATION METHOD A. Remove a portion of existing sanitary sewer main or carrier pipe to expose the liner pipe. Provide sufficient working space for installing a prefabricated pipe saddle. B. Carefully cut the liner pipe making a hole to accept the stubout protruding from the underside of the saddle. C. Strap on the saddle using a stainless steel band on each side of the saddle. Tighten the bands to produce a watertight seal of the saddle gasket to the liner pipe. D. Remove and replace cracked, offset, or leaking service line for up to 5 feet, measured horizontally, from the center of the new liner. E Make up the connection between liner and service line using PVC sewer pipe and approved fittings and couplings. F. Encase the entire service connection in cement stabilized sand as shown in Detail 02762-01, Sanitary Sewer Service Connections for Liner Pipe. G. Test the service connections before backfilling. 3.06 RECONNECTION BY REMOTE METHOD A. Make service reconnections using remote operated cutting tools on cured -in -place liners greater than 12 feet deep. B. Employ method and equipment that restore the service connection capacity to not Tess than 90 percent of original capacity C. Immediately open any missed connections and repair any holes drilled in error using a method approved by City Engineer. 3.07 RECONNECTION ON PARALLEL OR REPLACEMENT SEGMENTS A. Install the new service connection on the new sanitary sewer main for each service connection. B. Remove and replace cracked, offset or leaking service line for up to 5 feet, measured horizontally, from the centerline of the new sanitary sewer main. C. Make up the connection between the new main and the existing service line using PVC sewer pipe and approved couplings, as shown on the Drawings. 02762 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 6 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 STUBS OR RECONNECTIONS D. Test service connections before backfilling. E Embed the service connection and service line as specified for the new sanitary sewer main at this location, and as shown on the Drawings Place and compact trench zone backfill in compliance with Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF NEW SERVICE STUBS A. Install the new service connections on the new sanitary sewer main for each service connection. Provide the length of stub indicated on the Drawings. Install plug or cap on the upstream end of the service stub as needed. B. Test service connections before backfilling. Embed the service connection and service line as specified for the new sanitary sewer main at this location and as shown on the Drawings Place and compact trench zone backfill in compliance with Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. Install a minimum 2-foot length of magnetic locating tape along the axis of the service stub and 9 inches to 12 inches above the crown of the pipe, at the end of the stub. 3.09 TESTING A. Test service reconnections and service stubs. Follow applicable procedures given in Section 02732 - Acceptance Testing for Sanitary Sewers to perform smoke testing to confirm reconnection. B. Perform a post completion CCTV inspection as specified in Section 02733 - Cleaning and Television Inspection to show locations of service connections. 3.10 CLEANUP A. Backfill the excavation as specified in Section 02227 - Excavation and Backfill for Utilities. B. Replace pavement or sidewalks removed or damaged by excavation in accordance with Section 02571 - Pavement Repair and Resurfacing. In unpaved areas, bring surface to grade and slope surrounding the excavation. Replace a minimum of 4 inches of topsoil and seed according to requirements of Section 02932 - Hydromulch Seeding. END OF SECTION 02762 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 7 of 7 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 HYDROMULCH SEEDING Section 02932 HYDROMULCH SEEDING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Seeding, fertilizing, mulching, and maintenance of areas indicated on Drawings. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for hydromulch seeding disturbed areas is on a per acre basis. B. Unless an item has been listed in Section 00300 - Bid Proposal, payment for hydromulch seeding shall be included in other sections C. Refer to Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit certification from supplier that each type of seed conforms to these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Seed Law. Certification shall accompany seed delivery. B. Submit a certificate stating that fertilizer complies with these specification requirements and the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Conform to material requirements of Section 02920 - Topsoil. B. Seed: Conform to U.S. Department of Agriculture rules and regulations of the Federal Seed Act and the Texas Seed Law. Seed shall be certified 90 percent pure and furnish 80 percent germination and meet the following requirements: 1. Rye. Fresh, clean, Italian rye grass seed (lollium multi-florum), mixed in labeled proportions. As tested, minimum percentages of impurities and germination must be labeled. Deliver in original unopened containers. 2. Bermudas Extra -fancy, treated, lawn type common Bermuda (Cynodon dactylon). Deliver in original, unopened container showing weight, analysis, name of vender, and germination test results. 3. Wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged seed will not be accepted. 02932 SEI PN: 97-027 8./14/99 Page 1 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 HYDROMULCH SEEDING 4. Seed requirements, application rates and planting dates are: Type Application Rate Pounds/A Planting Date Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 4040 Jan 1 to Mar 31 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 Hulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 Unhulled Common Bermuda Grass 98/88 Annual Rye Grass (Gulf) 40 404030 Apr 1 to Sep 30 Oct 1 to Dec 31 C. Fertilizer Dry and free flowing inorganic, water soluble commercial fertilizer, which is uniform in composition Deliver in unopened containers which bear the manufacturers guaranteed analysis. Caked, damaged, or otherwise unsuitable fertilizer will not be accepted. Fertilizer shall contain minimum percentages of the following elements: Nitrogen: Phosphoric Acid: Potash: 10 Percent 20 Percent 10 Percent Mulch. Virgin wood cellulose fibers from whole wood chips having a minimum of 20 percent fibers 0 42 inches (10.7 mm) in length and 0.01 inches (0.27 mm) in diameter. Mulch shall be dyed green for coverage verification purposes. E Soil Stabilizer: "Terra Tack" 1 or approved equal. F. Weed control agent: Pre -emergent herbicide for grass areas, "Benefin" or approved equal. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Place and compact a 4" thick layer of salvaged topsoil over excavated areas. 02932 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 HYDROMULCH SEEDING 3.02 APPLICATION A. Seed: Apply uniformly at rates given in Paragraph 2.01 B for type of seed and planting date. B. Fertilizer Apply uniformly at a rate of 500 pounds per acre. C. Mulch: Apply uniformly at a rate of 50 pounds per 1000 square feet. D. Soil stabilizer: Apply uniformly at a rate of 40 pounds per acre. E Weed control agent: Apply at manufacturer's recommended rate prior to hydromulching. F. Suspend all operations under conditions of drought, excessive moisture, high winds, or extreme or prolonged cold. Obtain City Engineer approval before resuming operations. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A. Maintain grassed areas a minimum of 90 days, or as required to establish an acceptable lawn. Acceptable coverage constitutes no bare spots greater than 9" square without reseeding. For areas seeaecl in the fall, continue maintenance the following spring until acceptable an lawn is established. B. Maintain grassed areas by watering, fertilizing, weeding, and trimming. C. Repair areas damaged by erosion by regrading, rolling and replanting. END OF SECTION 02932 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 3 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION Section 03305 CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cast -in -place concrete work for utility construction or rehabilitation, such as slabs on grade, small vaults, site -cast bases for precast units, and In -place liners for manhole rehabilitation. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No payment will be made for concrete for utility construction under this Section unless specifically noted in bid documents. Include payment in applicable utility structure section B. Obtain the services of and pay for a certified testing laboratory to prepare design mixes. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 117 - Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. B. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete. C. ACI 302.1R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. D. ACI 304R Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete. E. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. F. ACI 309R - Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. G. ACI 311 - Batch Plant Inspection and Field Testing of Ready Mixed Concrete. H. ACI 315 - Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. J. ACI 544 - Guide for Specifying, Mixing, Placing, and Finishing Steel Fiber Reinforced Concrete. K. ASTM A82 - Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. L. ASTM A185 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 03305 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 15 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION M. ASTM A615 - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. N . ASTM A767 - Standard Specifications for Zinc -coated (Galvanized) Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. O. ASTM A775 - Standard Specification for Epoxy -Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars. P . ASTM A820 - Steel Fibers for Fiber Reinforced Concrete. Q . ASTM A884 - Specification for Epoxy -coated Steel Wire and Welded Wire Fabric for Reinforcement. ASTM C31 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. S . ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. T. ASTM C39 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. U . ASTM C42 - Standard Method of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. V. ASTM C94 - Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. W. ASTM C138 - Standard Test Method for Unit Weight Yield and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete. X. ASTM C143 - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. Y. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement. Z ASTM C172 - Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. AA. ASTM C173 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by Volumetric Method. AB. ASTM C231 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. AC. ASTM C260 - Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. AD. ASTM C309 - Standard Specifications for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. AE. ASTM C494 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. AF. ASTM C595 - Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements. SEI PN: 97-027 03305 8/14/99 Page 2 of 15 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project 698-01 CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION AG. ASTM C685 - Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and Continuous Mixing. AH. ASTM C1017 - Chemical Admixtures for Use in Producing Flowing Concrete. Al. ASTM C1064 Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Portland Cement Concrete. AJ. ASTM C1077 - Standard Practice for Laboratory Testing of Concrete and Concrete Aggregate for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation. AK. ASTM D638 - Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. AL. ASTM D746 - Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by Impact. AM. ASTM D747 - Test Method for Apparent Bending Modulus of Plastics by Means of a Cantilever Beam. AN. CRSI MSP-1 - Manual of Standard Practice. AO. CRSI - Placing Reinforcing Bars. AP. Federal Specification SS-S-210A - Sealing Compound, Preformed Plastic, for Expansion Joints and Pipe Joints. AQ. NRMCA - Concrete Plant Standards. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit proposed mix design and test data for each type and strength of concrete in the Work. Submit laboratory reports prepared by an independent testing laboratory stating that materials used comply with the requirements of this Section. C. Submit manufacturer's mill certificates for reinforcing steel. Provide specimens for testing when required by City Engineer. Submit certification from concrete supplier that materials and equipment used to produce and deliver concrete comply with this Specification. E. When required on Drawings, submit shop drawings showing reinforcement type, quantity, size, length, location, spacing, bending, splicing, support, fabrication details and other pertinent information F. For waterstops, submit product information sufficient to indicate compliance with specifications, including manufacturer's descriptive literature and specifications, when required on Drawings. 03305 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 15 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION 1.05 HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Cement: Store cement off of the ground in a well -ventilated weatherproof building. B. Aggregate: Prevent mixture of foreign materials with aggregate and preserve gradation of aggregate. C. Reinforcing Steel: Store reinforcing steel to protect it from mechanical injury and formation of rust. Protect epoxy -coated steel from damage to the coating. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II, unless the use of Type III is authorized by City Engineer; or ASTM C595, Type IP. For concrete in contact with sewage use Type II cement. 2. When aggregates are potentially reactive with alkalis in cement, use cement not exceeding 0.6 percent alkali content in the form of Na2O + 0.658K20. B. Water: Clean, free from harmful amounts of oils acids, alkalis or other deleterious substances, and meeting requirements of ASTM C94. C. Aggregate: 1. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C33. Unless otherwise indicated, use the following ASTM standard sizes: No. 357 or No 467; No 57 or No 67, No. 7. Maximum size* Not larger than 1/5 of the narrowest dimension between sides of forms, nor larger than 3/4 of minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars. 2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C33. 3. Determine the potential reactivity of fine and coarse aggregate in accordance with the Appendix to ASTM C33. D. Air Entraining Admixtures: ASTM C260. E. Chemical Admixtures: 1. Water Reducers: ASTM C494, Type A. 2. Water Reducing Retarders: ASTM 494, Type D. 3. High Range Water Reducers (Superplasticizers): ASTM C494, Types F and G Prohibited Admixtures Admixtures containing calcium chloride, thiocyanate, or materials that contribute free chloride ions in excess of 0 1 percent by weight of cement 03305 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 15 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION G. Reinforcing Steel: 1. Use new billet steel bars conforming to ASTM A615, ASTM A767, or ASTM A775, grade 40 or grade 60, as shown on Drawings. Use deformed bars except where smooth bars are specified. When placed in work, keep steel free of dirt, scale, loose or flaky rust, paint, oil or other harmful materials. 2. Where shown, use welded wire fabric with wire conforming to ASTM A185 or ASTM A884. Supply the gage and spacing shown, with longitudinal and transverse wires electrically welded together at points of intersection with welds strong enough not to be broken during handling or placing. 3. Wire: ASTM A82. Use 16-1/2 gage minimum for tie wire, unless otherwise indicated H. Curing Compounds: Type 2 white -pigmented liquid membrane -forming compounds conforming to ASTM C309. 2.02 FORMWORK MATERIALS A. Lumber and Plywood§ Seasoned and of good quality, free from loose or unsound knots, knot holes, twists, shakes, decay and other imperfections which would affect strength or impair the finished surface of concrete. Use S4S lumber for facing or sheathing. Forms for bottoms of caps: At least 2-inch (nominal) lumber, or 3/4-inch form plywood backed adequately to prevent misalignment. General use: Provide lumber of 1-inch nominal thickness or form plywood of approved thickness Formwork for Exposed Concrete Indicated to Receive Rubbed Finish: Form or form -lining surfaces free of irregularities; plywood of 1/4-inch minimum thickness, preferably oiled at the mill. C. Chamfer Strips and Similar Moldings Redwood, cypress or pine that will not split when nailed and which can be maintained to true line. Use mill -cut molding dressed on all faces. D. Form Ties: Metal or fiberglass of approved type with tie holes not larger than 7/8 inch in diameter. Do not use wire ties or snap ties. E. Metal Forms: Clean and in good condition, free from dents and rust, grease or other foreign material that tend to disfigure or discolor concrete in a gage and condition capable of supporting concrete and construction loads without significant distortion. Countersink bolt and rivet heads on facing sides Use only metal forms which present a smooth surface and which line up properly. 2.03 PRODUCTION METHODS A. Use either ready -mixed concrete conforming to requirements of ASTM C94, or concrete produced by volumetric batching and continuous mixing in accordance with ASTM C685. 03305 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 5 of 15 City of Peariand, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 2.04 MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION A. Measure dry materials by weight, except volumetric proportioning may be used when concrete is batched and mixed in accordance with ASTM C685. B. Measure water and liquid admixtures by volume. 2.05 DESIGN MIX A. Use design mixes prepared by a certified testing laboratory in accordance with ASTM C1077 and conforming to requirements of this section, B. Proportion concrete materials based on ACI 211.1 to comply with durability and strength requirements of ACI 318, Chapters 4 and 5, and this specification. Prepare mix design of Class A concrete so minimum cementitious content is 564 pounds per cubic yard. Submit concrete mix designs to the City Engineer for review. C. Proportioning on the basis of field experience or trial mixtures in accordance with the requirements at Section 5.3 of ACI 318 may be used, if approved by City Engineer. D. Classification: Class Iypp A Structural B Minimum Compressive Strength (Lbs/sq in.) 7-Day 28-Day 3200 4000 Maximum W/C Ratio 0.45 Air Content (Percent) 4±1 Consistency Range in Slump (Inches) 2to4* Pipe Block Fill, Thrust Block 2500 4±1 5 to 7 *When ASTM C494, Type F or type G admixture is used to increase workability, this range may be 6 to 9. E. Add steel or polypropylene fibers only when called for on the Drawings or in another section of these Specifications. F. Determine air content in accordance with ASTM C138, ASTM C173 or ASTM C231. G. Use of Concrete Classes: Use classes of concrete as indicated on the drawings and other specifications. Use Class B for unreinforced concrete used for plugging pipes seal slabs, thrust blocks, trench dams, and concrete fill unless indicated otherwise Use Class A for all other applications. 03305 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 6 of 15 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION 2.06 PVC WATERSTOPS A. Extrude from virgin polyvinyl chloride elastomer. Use no reclaimed or scrap material. S ubmit waterstop manufacturer's current test reports and manufacturer's written certification that the material furnished meets or exceeds Corps of Engineers S pecification CRD-0572 and other specified requirements. B. Flat Strip and Center -Bulb Waterstops: As detailed, and as manufactured by: Kirkhill Rubber Co., Brea, California; Water Seals, Inc., Chicago, Illinois; Progress U nlimited, Inc., New York, New York; Greenstreak Plastic Products Co. St. Louis, Missouri* or equal acceptable to the City Engineer, provided that at no place shall waterstop thickness be less than 3/8 inch 2.07 RESILIENT WATERSTOP A. Resilient waterstop, where called for on the Drawings, shall be either a bentonite or adhesive type material. B. Bentonite Waterstop: 1. Material: 75 percent bentonite, mixed with butyl rubber -hydrocarbon containing less than 1.0 percent volatile matter, and free of asbestos fibers or asphaltics. 2. Manufacturer's rated temperature ranges: For application, 5 to 125 degrees F; in service -40 to 212 degrees F. 3. Cross -sectional dimensions, unexpanded waterstop 1 inch by 3/4 inch 4. Provide with adhesive backing capable of producing excellent adhesion to concrete surfaces. Adhesive Waterstop: 1. Adhesive waterstop shall be at least 2 inches in diameter and shall be Synko-Flex preformed plastic adhesive waterstop by Synko-Flex Products, Inc. or equal. The waterstop shall meet or exceed requirements of Federal Specification SS-S-210A. 2. The adhesive waterstop shall be supplied wrapped completely by a two part protective paper. 3. The adhesive waterstop material shall have independent laboratory tests verifying that the material seals joints in concrete against leakage when subjected to a minimum of 30 psi water pressure for at least 72 hours. 4. Primer to be used on hardened concrete surfaces shall be provided by the same manufacturer as the waterstop material. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 FORMS AND SHORING A. Provide mortar -tight forms sufficient in strength to prevent bulging between supports. Set and maintain forms to lines designated such that finished dimensions of structures are within the tolerances specified in ACI 117. Construct forms to permit 03305 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 7 of 15 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION removal without damage to concrete. Forms may be given slight draft to permit ease of removal Provide adequate cleanout openings. Before placing concrete, remove extraneous matter from within forms. B. Install rigid shoring having no excessive settlement or deformation. Use sound timber in shoring centering. Shim to adjust and tighten shoring with hardwood timber wedges. C. Design Loads for Horizontal Surfaces of Forms and Shoring: Minimum fluid pressure, 175 pounds per cubic foot; live load, 50 pounds per square foot. Maximum unit stresses: 125 percent of allowable stresses used for form materials and for design of support structures. D. Back formwork with a sufficient number of studs and wales to prevent deflection. E. Re -oil or lacquer the liner on the job before using. Facing may be constructed of 3/4-inch plywood made with waterproof adhesive backed by adequate studs and wales. In such cases, form lining will not be required. F. Unless otherwise indicated, form outside corners and edges with triangular 3/4-inch chamfer strips (measured on sides). G. Remove metal form ties to depth of at least 3/4 inch from surface of concrete. Do not burn off ties. Do not use pipe spreaders. Remove spreaders which are separate from forms as concrete is being placed. H. Treat facing of forms with approved form coating before concrete is placed. When directed by City Engineer, treat both sides of face forms with coating. Apply coating before reinforcement is placed. Immediately before the concrete is placed, wet surface of forms which will come in contact with concrete. 3.02 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. Place reinforcing steel accurately in accordance with approved Drawings. Secure steel adequately in position in forms to prevent misalignment. Maintain reinforcing steel in place using approved concrete and hot -dip galvanized metal chairs and spacers. Place reinforcing steel in accordance with CRSI Publication "Placing Reinforcing Bars." Request inspection of reinforcing steel by City Engineer and obtain acceptance before concrete is placed. B. Minimum spacing center -to -center of parallel bars: 2-1/2 times nominal bar diameter. Minimum cover measured from surface of concrete to face of reinforcing bar unless shown otherwise on the Drawings 3 inches for surfaces cast against soil or subgrade, 2 inches for other surfaces. C. Detail bars in accordance with ACI 315. Fabricate reinforcing steel in accordance with CRSI Publication MSP-1 "Manual of Standard Practice " Bend reinforcing steel to required shape while steel is cold. Excessive irregularities in bending will be cause for rejection. 03305 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 8 of 15 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION D. Do not splice bars without written approval of City Engineer. Approved bar bending schedules or placing drawings constitute written approval. Splice and development length of bars shall conform to ACI 318, Chapters 7 and 12, and as shown on Drawings. Stagger splices or locate at points of low tensile stress. 3.03 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Install conduit and piping as shown on Drawings. Accurately locate and securely fasten conduit, piping and other embedded items in forms. Install waterstops as specified in other sections and according to manufacturer's instructions. Securely position waterstops at joints as indicated on Drawings. Protect waterstops from damage or displacement during concrete placing operations. 3.04 BATCHING, MIXING AND DELIVERY OF CONCRETE A. Measure, batch, mix, and deliver ready -mixed concrete in accordance with ASTM C94 Sections 8 through 11. Produce ready -mixed concrete using an automatic batching system as described in NRMCA Concrete Plant Standards, Part 2 - Plant Control Systems. B. Measure, mix and deliver concrete produced by volumetric batching and continuous mixing in accordance with ASTM C685, Sections 6 though 8. C. Maintain concrete workability without segregation of material and excessive bleeding. Obtain approval of City Engineer before adjustment and change of mix proportions. D. Ready -mixed concrete delivered to the site shall be accompanied by batch tickets providing the information required by ASTM C94, Section 16. Concrete produced by continuous mixing shall be accompanied by batch tickets providing the information required by ASTM C685, Section 14. When adverse weather conditions affect quality of concrete, postpone concrete placement. Do not mix concrete when the air temperature is at or below 40 degrees F and falling Concrete may be mixed when temperature is 35 degrees F and rising. Take temperature readings in the shade, away from artificial heat. Protect concrete from temperatures below 32 degrees F until the concrete has cured for a minimum of 3 days at 70 degrees F or 5 days at 50 degrees F. F. Clean, maintain and operate equipment so that it thoroughly mixes material as required. G. Hand -mix only when approved by City Engineer. 03305 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 9 of 15 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION 3.05 PLACING CONCRETE A. Give sufficient advance notice to City Engineer (at least 24 hours prior to commencement of Operations) to permit inspection of forms, reinforcing steel, embedded items and other preparations for placing concrete. Place no concrete prior to City Engineer's approval. B. Schedule concrete placing to permit completion of finishing operations in daylight hours. However, if necessary to continue after daylight hours, Tight the site as required If rainfall occurs after placing operations are started, provide covering to protect the Work. C. Use troughs, pipes and chutes Tined with approved metal or synthetic material in placing concrete so that concrete ingredients are not separated Keep chutes, troughs and pipes clean and free from coatings of hardened concrete. Allow no aluminum material to be in contact with concrete. D. Limit free fall of concrete to 4 feet. Do not deposit large quantities of concrete at one location so that running or working concrete along forms is required. Do not jar forms after concrete has taken on initial set; do not place any strain on projecting reinforcement or anchor bolts. E. Use tremies for placing concrete in walls and similar narrow or restricted locations. Use tremies made in sections, or provide in several lengths, so that outlet may be adjusted to proper height during placing operations F. Place concrete in continuous horizontal layers approximately 12 inches thick. Place each layer while layer below is still plastic. G. Compact each layer of concrete with concrete spading implements and mechanical vibrators of approved type and adequate number for the size of placement. When immersion vibrators cannot be used, use form vibrators. Apply vibrators to concrete immediately after depositing. Move the vibrator vertically through the layer of concrete just placed and several inches into plastic layer below. Do not penetrate or disturb layers previously placed which have partially set Do not use vibrators to aid lateral flow concrete Closely supervise consolidation to ensure uniform insertion and duration of immersion H. Handling and Placing Concrete: Conform to ACI 302.1 R, ACI 304R and ACI 309R. 3.06 WATERSTOPS A. Embed waterstops in concrete across joints as shown. Waterstops shall be continuous for the extent of the joint; make splices necessary to provide such continuity in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Support and protect waterstops during construction operations; repair or replace waterstops damaged during construction. B. Install waterstops in concrete on one side of joints, leaving other side exposed until the next pour When a waterstop will remain exposed for 2 days or more, shade and protect the exposed waterstop from direct rays of the sun during the entire exposure and until the exposed portion of the waterstop is embedded in concrete. 03305 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 10 of 15 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION C. Splicing PVC Waterstops: 1 Splice waterstops by heat -sealing adjacent waterstop sections in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. Butt end -to -end joints of 2 identical waterstop sections may be made in the forms during placement of waterstop material. 3. Prior to placement in formwork, prefabricate all waterstop joints involving more than two ends to be joined together an angle cut, an alignment change, or the joining of two dissimilar waterstop sections, allowing not less than 24-inch long strips of waterstop material beyond the joint. Upon inspection and approval by the City Engineer, install prefabricated waterstop joint assemblies in formwork, and butt -weld ends of the 24-inch strips to the straight -run portions of waterstop in the forms. D. Setting PVC Waterstops• 1. Correctly position waterstops during installation. Support and anchor waterstops during progress of the work to ensure proper embedment in concrete and to prevent folding over of the waterstop by concrete placement. Locate symmetrical halves of waterstops equally between concrete pours at joints, with center axis coincident with joint openings. Thoroughly work concrete in joint vicinity for maximum density and imperiousness. 2. Where a waterstop in a vertical wall joint does not connect with any other waterstop, and is not intended to be connected to a waterstop in a future concrete placement, terminate the waterstop 6 inches below the top of the wall. E. Replacement of Defective Field Joints: Replace waterstop field joints showing evidence of misalignment, offset, porosity, cracks, bubbles, inadequate bond or other defects with products and joints complying the Contract Documents. F. Resilient Waterstop: 1. Install resilient waterstop in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations except as otherwise indicated and specified. 2. When requested by the City Engineer, provide technical assistance by manufacturer's representative in the field at no additional cost to the City. 3. Use resilient waterstop only where complete confinement by concrete is provided do not use in expansion or contraction joints. 4. Where resilient waterstop is used in combination with PVC waterstop, lap resilient waterstop over PVC waterstop a minimum of 6 inches and place in contact with the PVC waterstop. Where crossing PVC at right angles, melt PVC ribs to form a smooth joining surface. 5. At the free top of walls without connecting slabs, stop the resilient waterstop and grooves (where used) 6 inches from the top in vertical wall joints. 6. Bentonite Waterstop• a. Locate bentonite waterstop as near as possible to the center of the joint and extend continuous around the entire joint. Minimum distance from edge of waterstop to face of member: 5 inches. b. Where thickness of the concrete member to be placed on the bentonite waterstop is Tess than 12 inches, place waterstop in grooves at least 3/4 inch deep and 1-1/4 inches wide formed or 03305 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 11 of 15 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION ground into the concrete. Minimum distance from edge of waterstop placed in groove to face of member: 2 5 inches. c. Do not place bentonite waterstop when waterstop material temperature is below 40 degrees F. Waterstop material may be warmed so that it remains above 40 degrees F during placement but means used to warm it shall in no way harm the material or its properties. Do not install waterstop where air temperature falls outside manufacturer's recommended range. Place bentonite waterstop only on smooth and uniform surfaces; grind concrete smooth if necessary to produce satisfactory substrate, or bond waterstop to irregular surfaces using an epoxy grout which completely fills voids and irregularities beneath the waterstop material. Prior to installation, wire brush the concrete surface to remove laitance and other substances that may interfere with bonding of epoxy. e. In addition to the adhesive backing provided with the waterstop, secure bentonite waterstop in place with concrete nails and washers at 12-inch maximum spacing. 7 Adhesive Waterstop a. Thoroughly clean the concrete surface on which the waterstop is to be placed with a wire brush and coat with primer b. If the surface is too rough to allow the waterstop to form a complete contact, grind to form an adequately smooth surface. c. Install the waterstop with the top protective paper left in place. Overlap joints between strips a minimum of 1 inch and cover back over with the protective paper. d. Do not remove protective paper until just before final formwork completion. Concrete shall be placed immediately. The time that the waterstop material is uncovered prior to concrete placement shall be minimized and shall not exceed 24 hours. 3.07 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. Definitions: 1. Construction joint: Contact surface between plastic (fresh) concrete and concrete that has attained initial set. 2. Monolithic: Manner of concrete placement to reduce or eliminate construction joints; joints other than those indicated on Drawings will not be permitted without written approval of City Engineer. Where so approved, make additional construction joints with details equivalent to those indicated for joints in similar locations. B. Preparation for Construction Joints: Roughen surface of concrete previously placed, leaving some aggregate particles exposed. Remove laitance and loose materials by sandblasting or high-pressure water blasting. Keep surface wet for several hours prior to placing of plastic concrete. 03305 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 12 of 15 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION 3.08 CURING A. Comply with ACI 308. Cure by preventing loss of moisture, rapid temperature change and mechanical injury for a period of 7 curing days when Type II or IP cement has been used and for 3 curing days when Type III cement has been used. Start curing as soon as free water has disappeared from the concrete surface after placing and finishing. A curing day is any calendar day in which the temperature is above 50 degrees F for at least 19 hours Colder days may be counted if air temperature adjacent to concrete is maintained above 50 degrees F. In continued cold weather, when artificial heat is not provided, removal of forms and shoring may be permitted at the end of calendar days equal to twice the required number of curing days. However, leave soffit forms and shores in place until concrete has reached the specified 28-day strength, unless directed otherwise by City Engineer. B. Cure formed surfaces not requiring rub -finished surface by leaving forms in place for the full curing period. Keep wood forms wet during the curing period Add water as needed for other types of forms. Or, at Contractors option, forms may be removed after 2 days and curing compound applied. Rubbed Finish: 1. At formed surfaces requiring rubbed finish, remove forms as soon as practicable without damaging the surface. 2. After rub -finish operations are complete, continue curing formed surfaces by u sing either approved curing/sealing compounds or moist cotton mats until n ormal curing period is complete. D. Unformed Surfaces: Cure by membrane curing compound method. 1. After concrete has received a final finish and surplus water sheen has disappeared, immediately seal surface with a uniform coating of approved curing compound, applied at the rate of coverage recommended by manufacturer or as directed by City Engineer Do not apply less than 1 gallon per 180 square feet of area. Provide satisfactory means to properly control and check rate of application of the compound. 2. Thoroughly agitate the compound during use and apply by means of approved mechanical power pressure sprayers equipped with atomizing n ozzles. For application on small miscellaneous items, hand -powered spray e quipment may be used. Prevent loss of compound between nozzle and concrete surface during spraying operations. 3. Do not apply compound to a dry surface. If concrete surface has become dry, thoroughly moisten surface immediately prior to application. At locations where coating shows discontinuities, pinholes or other defects, or if rain falls on a newly coated surface before film has dried sufficiently to resist damage, apply an additional coat of compound at the specified rate of coverage. 3.09 REMOVAL OF FORMS AND SHORING A. Remove forms from surfaces requiring rubbing only as rapidly as rubbing operation progresses. Remove forms from vertical surfaces not requiring rub -finish when concrete has aged for the required number of curing days When curing compound is used, do not remove forms before 2 days after concrete placement, 03305 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 13 of 15 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION B. Leave soffit forms and shores in place until concrete has reached the specified 28- day strength, unless directed otherwise by City Engineer 3.10 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Immediately repair any defective work discovered after forms have been removed. If concrete surface is bulged, uneven, or shows excess honeycombing or form marks which cannot be repaired satisfactorily through patching, remove and replace the entire section. 3.11 FINISHING A. Patch honeycomb, minor defects and form tie holesin concrete surfaces with cement mortar mixed one part cement to two parts fine aggregate Repair defects by cutting out unsatisfactory material and replacing with new concrete, securely keyed and bonded to existing concrete. Finish to make junctures between patches and existing concrete as inconspicuous as possible. Use a stiff mixture and thoroughly tamp into place. After each patch has stiffened sufficiently to allow for greatest portion of shrinkage, strike off mortar flush with the surface. B. Apply a rubbed finish to exposed surfaces of formed concrete structures as noted on Drawings. After pointing has set sufficiently, wet the surface with a brush and perform first surface rubbing with No. 16 carborundum stone or equal. Rub sufficiently to bring surface to paste, to remove form marks and projections and to produce a smooth dense surface. Add cement to form surface paste as necessary. Spread or brush material, which has been ground to paste, uniformly over surface and allow to reset. In preparation for final acceptance, clean surfaces and perform final finish rubbing with No. 30 carborundum stone or equal. After rubbing, allow paste on the surface to reset, then wash surface with clean water. Leave structure with a clean, neat and uniform -appearing finish. C. Apply a wood float finish to concrete slabs. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing shall be performed under provisions of Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services. B. Unless otherwise directed by City Engineer, the following minimum testing of concrete is required Testing shall be performed by qualified individuals employed by an approved independent testing agency, and conform to the requirements of ASTM C1077. 1. Take concrete samples in accordance with ASTM C172. 2. Make one set of four compression test specimens for each mix desic. least once per day and for each 150 cubic yards or fraction thereof Ma1,d, cure and test the specimens in accordance with ASTM C31 and ASTM C39. 03305 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 14 of 15 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 CONCRETE FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION 3. When taking compression test specimens, test each sample for slump according to ASTM C143, for temperature according to ASTM C1064, for air content according to ASTM C231, and for unit weight according to ASTM C138 4. Inspect, sample and test concrete in accordance with ASTM C94, Section 13, 14 and 15, and ACI 311-5R. C. Test Cores: Conform to ASTM C42. D. Testing High Early Strength Concrete: When Type III cement is used in concrete, the specified 7-day and 28-day compressive strengths shall be applicable at 3 and 7 days, respectively. E. If 7-day or 3-day test strengths (as applicable for type of cement being used) fail to meet established strength requirements, extended curing or resumed curing on those portions of structure represented by test specimens may be required. If additional curing fails to produce the required strength, strengthening or replacement of portions of structure which fail to develop required strength may be required by the City Engineer, at no additional cost to the City 3.13 PROTECTION A. Protect concrete against damage until final acceptance by the City. B. Protect fresh concrete from damage due to rain, hail, sleet, or snow. Provide such protection while the concrete is still plastic, and whenever such precipitation is imminent or occurring. C. Do not backfill around concrete structures or subject them to design loadings until all components of the structure needed to resist the loading are complete and have reached the specified 28-day compressive strength, except as authorized otherwise by the City Engineer END OF SECTION 03305 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 15 of 15 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 STRUCTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE Section 03411 STRUCTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Precast concrete for wet wells, junction structures, valve vaults, and meter vaults as shown on the Drawings. Also includes supporting and connecting devices necessary for proper installation and embedded items shown on the Drawings. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete C. ACI 350R - Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures. D. ANSI/AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code. E. ANSI/AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel. F. ASTM A 497 - Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. G. ASTM A 36 - Structural Steel. H. ASTM A 153 - Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. I. ASTM A 615 - Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. J. ASTM A 666 - Austenitic Stainless Steel, Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar for Structural Applications. K. City of Pearland, Design Guidelines Manual. L. City of Pearland, Engineering Design Manual, M. PCI MNL-116 - Manual for Quality Control for plans and production of precast and prestressed concrete products. 1.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. For members exposed to weather, design for movement of components without damage, failure of joint seals, undue stress on fasteners or other detrimental effects when subject to seasonal or cyclic, day/night temperature ranges. 03411 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 1 of 5 City of Peariand, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 STRUCTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE B. Design system to accommodate construction tolerances, deflection of other building structural members, and clearances of intended openings. C. Design structural precast concrete members in accordance with ACI 350R. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to Section 01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples B. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout, unit locations, fabrication details, reinforcement, connection details, support items, dimensions, openings, and relationship to adjacent materials and design calculations signed and sealed by a Professional Structural Engineer licensed in the State of Texas. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with the requirements of PCI MNL-116 and ACI 301. 1.06 QUALIFICATIONS A. Fabricator: Company specializing in manufacturing precast concrete components with minimum 5 years documented experience. B. Erector: Company specializing in erecting precast concrete components with 5 years documented experience and approved by manufacturer. C. Welder: Qualifled within previous 12 months in accordance with AWS D1.1 and AWS 1.4. D. Design precast concrete members under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of structural precast concrete components and licensed in the State of Texas. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to ACI 318, ACI 350R and City of Houston Design Guidelines and Engineering Design Manual for design load and construction requirements applicable to work of this section. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products at the site under provisions of Section 01600 - Material and Equipment B. Handle precast members in position consistent with theft shape and design Lift and support only from support points. C. Lifting or Handling Devices: Capable of supporting member in positions anticipated during manufacture, storage, transportation, and erection. 03411 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 2 of 5 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 STRUCTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE D. Protect members to prevent staining, chipping, or spalling of concrete. E. Mark each member with date of production and final position in structure. PART2 PRODUCTS A. Cement, Gray Portland, conforming to ASTM C 150 Type II. B. Aggregate, Sand, Water, Admixtures: Determined by precast fabricator as appropriate to design requirements and PCI MNL-116 and Section 03310 - Structural Concrete. 2.01 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A 615 Grade 60, deformed steel bars. B. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A 497 Welded Deformed Type; in flat sheets; unfinished 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Connecting and Supporting Devices: ASTM A 666 stainless steel plates, angles, items cast into concrete. B. Grout: Non -shrink, non-metallic, minimum compressive strength of 7000 psi at 28 days conforming to Section 03600 - Structural Grout. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabrication procedure to conform to PCI MNL-116 and ACI 318. B. Maintain plant records and quality control program during production of precast members Make records available upon request. C. Ensure reinforcing steel, anchors, inserts, plates, angles, and other cast -in items are embedded and located as indicated on shop drawings. D. Provide required openings with a dimension larger than 10 inches and embed accessories, provided by other Sections, at indicated locations. 2.04 FINISHES A. Finish members to PCI MNL-116 Commercial Finish A grade. 2.05 FABRICATION TOLERANCES A. Conform to PCI MNL-116. B. Maximum Out -of -Square: 1/8 inch/10 feet, non -cumulative. 03411 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 3 of 5 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project B98-01 STRUCTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE C. Maximum Out of -Round: 1/8 inch/10 feet diameter, non -cumulative. D. Maximum Misalignment of Anchors, Inserts, Openings: 1/8 inch. 2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTS A. Test samples in accordance with applicable ASTM standard and as required by Section 03310 - Structural Concrete PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that site conditions are ready to receive work and field measurements are as shown as on shop drawings. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare support equipment for the erection procedure, temporary bracing, and induced loads during erection. B. Prepare a means of protection of PVC liner and embeds from damage during construction, transportation, and erection. 3.03 ERECTION A. Erect members without damage to structural capacity, shape or finish. Replace or repair damaged members. B. Align and maintain uniform horizontal and vertical joints, as erection progresses. C. Provide continuous resilient waterstop or ASTM C 443 rubber gasket to obtain watertight joint between precast units. D. Set vertical units dry, without grout, attaining joint dimension with lead or plastic spacers. E. Grout joints between precast units before caisson sinking proceeds. F. Secure units in place with connection plates before caisson sinking proceeds. G. Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Erect members level and plumb within allowable tolerances. B, Conform to PCI MNL-116. 03411 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 4 of 5 City of Pearland, Texas SWEC Project • B98-01 STRUCTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect members from damage caused by field welding or erection operations. B. Provide non-combustible shields during welding operations. 3.06 CLEANING A. Clean weld marks, dirt, or blemishes from surface of exposed members. END OF SECTION 03411 SEI PN: 97-027 8/14/99 Page 5 of 5